Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Results for gin
| Word | Reference | Gender | Number | Synonyms | Definition |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
 | |||||
| bhrātarau | 2.6.36 | Masculine | Dual | bhrātṛbhaginyau | |
| |||||
| subhagāsutaḥ | 2.6.24 | Masculine | Singular | saubhāgineyaḥ | |
| |||||
| bhoginyaḥ | 2.6.5 | Feminine | Plural | ||
| |||||
| bhaginī | 2.6.29 | Feminine | Singular | svasā | |
| |||||
| bhāgineyaḥ | 2.6.32 | Masculine | Singular | svasrīya | |
| |||||
| purobhāgin | 3.1.45 | Masculine | Singular | doṣaikadṛk | |
|
|
|||||||
| |||||||
| ginduka | equals gend-   | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhāgin | mfn. having no share  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhāgin | mfn. not participating in, excluded from (genitive case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| ābhaṅgin | mfn. (  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhiprabhaṅgin | mfn. ( | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhiṣaṅgin | mfn. humiliating, defeating  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhiṣvaṅgin | mfn. intensely attached to or mad for  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhiyogin | mfn. intent upon, absorbed in attacking  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhiyogin | mfn. (in law) accusing | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhiyogin | m. a plaintiff, prosecutor. | ||||||
| |||||||
| ābhogin | mfn. curved, bent | ||||||
| |||||||
| ābhogin | mfn. enjoying, eating  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ābhogin | mfn. (for 1. ābhogin-See ā-- | ||||||
| |||||||
| ābhogin | 1 (also) of great extent,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āḍhyarogin | mfn. ill with rheumatism or with gout  | ||||||
| |||||||
| adveṣarāgin | mfn. free from malevolence and passionate desire.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ākāśayoginī | f. Name of a goddess.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aliṅgin | mfn. "not wearing the usual"frontal marks, skin, staff, etc., a pretended ascetic or student (see sa-liṅgin-.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āliṅgin | mfn. embracing  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āliṅgin | m. a small drum shaped like a barleycorn and carried upon the breast | ||||||
| |||||||
| aṃśabhāgin | mfn. one who has a share, an heir, co-heir.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ananuṣaṅgin | mfn. not attached to, indifferent to.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aṅgin | mfn. having limbs, corporeal, having subordinate parts, principal  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aṅgin | mfn. having expedients. | ||||||
| |||||||
| aniyogin | mfn. not attached or clinging to.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anudyogin | mfn. inactive, lazy, indifferent.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anupayogin | mfn. unsuitable, useless.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anurāgin | mfn. impassioned, attached  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anurāgin | mfn. causing love | ||||||
| |||||||
| anuṣaṅgin | mfn. addicted or attached to, connected with, or"common, prevailing"  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anuyogin | mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' combining, uniting | ||||||
| |||||||
| anuyogin | mfn. connected with | ||||||
| |||||||
| anuyogin | mfn. questioning. | ||||||
| |||||||
| anyonyāpatitatyāgin | mfn. deserting each other without either losing caste,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| apatitānyonyatyāgin | mfn. deserting one another (as the father deserting a son, the teacher a pupil etc.) without (the latter) being ejected from caste, . | ||||||
| |||||||
| apratiyogin | mfn. not opposed to, not incompatible with  | ||||||
| |||||||
| apratiyogin | mfn. not correlative to. | ||||||
| |||||||
| apriyabhāgin | mfn. unfortunate.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| arāgin | mfn. idem or 'mfn. neither loving nor hating, '  | ||||||
| |||||||
| arāgin | mfn. not coloured | ||||||
| |||||||
| araṅgin | mfn. passionless  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ardhabhāgin | mfn. receiving half a share  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ardhacandrabhāgin | mfn. seized by the neck | ||||||
| |||||||
| arogin | mfn. healthy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| arśorogin | mfn. afflicted with hemorrhoids.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āryaliṅgin | mfn. bearing the external semblance of an Aryan or honourable man  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asaṃtyāgin | mfn. not giving up or abandoning  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asaṅgin | mfn. not attached to the world | ||||||
| |||||||
| asaṅgin | mfn. free from worldly desire | ||||||
| |||||||
| āsaṅgin | mfn. clinging to, attached  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āsaṅginī | f. a whirlwind | ||||||
| |||||||
| astrīsambhogin | mfn. not enjoying women (by sexual intercourse) commentator or commentary on  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātmatyāgin | mfn. committing suicide ([ ātmanas tyāgin- ])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āvalgin | mfn. idem or 'mfn. springing, jumping '  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avibhāgin | mfn. not dividing or sharing  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avisargin | mfn. unintermittent (as a fever)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aviyogin | mfn. not liable to separation | ||||||
| |||||||
| ayogin | mfn. separated (from a beloved object),  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bāhyaliṅgin | m. a heretic  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhagin | bhagīratha- See p.744.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhagin | mfn. prosperous, happy, fortunate, perfect, splendid, glorious (superl. g/i-tama-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhagin | m. Name of Scholiast or Commentator on amara-koṣa- (abridged fr. bhagī-ratha- q.v) | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāgin | mfn. entitled to or receiving or possessing a share, partaking of, blessed with, concerned in, responsible for (locative case, genitive case or compound)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāgin | mfn. inferior, secondary | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāgin | m. a partner, owner, possessor, fortunate man etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāgin | m. "the whole"as consisting of parts | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāgin | m. a co-heir | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāgineya | m. (fr. bhaginī-) a sister's son etc. (also in friendly address to any younger person ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāgineyaka | m. (fr. bhaginī-) a sister's son etc. (also in friendly address to any younger person ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāgineyī | f. a sister's daughter | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaginī | f. See below. | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaginī | f. a sister ("the happy or fortunate one", as having a brother) etc. (in familiar speech, also for -bhrātṛ-,"brother" ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaginī | f. any woman or wife | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāginī | f. a co-heiress | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaginībhartṛ | (gaRa yuktā | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaginībhrātṛ | m. dual number sister and brother | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaginikā | f. a little sister, (see next) . | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaginīpati | () m. a sister's husband. | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaginīsuta | m. a sister's son | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaginīya | m. (prob.) a sister's son. | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaṅgin | mfn. fragile, transient, perishable (See kṣaṇa--and tat-kṣaṇa-bh-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaṅgin | mfn. (in law) defeated or cast in a suit | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhartṛśokaparītāṅgin | mfn. whose limbs are affected by it  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhasmarogin | mfn. suffering from it  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhavasaṅgin | mfn. attached to worldly existence  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhikṣopabhegin | mfn. living on alms,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhogin | mfn. (for 2.See column 3) furnished with windings or curves or rings, curved, ringed (as a serpent) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhogin | m. a serpent or serpent-demon etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhogin | m. a kind of shrub | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhogin | mfn. (for 1.See column 2) enjoying, eating | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhogin | mfn. having or offering enjoyments, devoted to enjoyments, wealthy, opulent etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhogin | mfn. suffering, experiencing, undergoing | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhogin | mfn. using, possessing | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhogin | m. a voluptuary | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhogin | m. a king | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhogin | m. the head man of a village | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhogin | m. a barber | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhogin | m. equals vaiyāvṛtti-kara- (?) | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhogin | m. a person who accumulates money for a particular expenditure | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhogin | m. Name of a prince | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhogin | m. the concubine of a king or a wife not regularly consecrated with him | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhoginandana | m. patronymic of śāli-vāhana- | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhoginī | f. a serpent nymph | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhoginī | f. a kind of heroine | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhrātṛbhaginī | dual number a brother and sister  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhrātṛbhaginīdarśanavidhi | m. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhṛṅgin | m. the Indian fig-tree  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhṛṅgin | m. Name of one of śiva-'s attendants (see bhṛṅgariṭi-, giriṭa-etc.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhṛṅgin | m. plural Name of a people | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhujaṃgabhogin | m. "id.", a peacock (varia lectio -bhojin-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| brahmānandayogin | m. brahmānanda | ||||||
| |||||||
| brahmayogin | m. Name of an author  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cāruśṛṇgin | see śṛngin-, parasmE-pada 1088.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| caturaṅgin | mfn. (equals ṅga-;with bala-or vāhinī-,an army) comprising elephants, chariots, cavalry, and infantry  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cauraṅgin | m. Name of a teacher, .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dadrurogin | mfn. leprous (also dard- ), 8, 444; 11, 232 and 244  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dadrūrogin | mfn. equals dru-- (varia lectio dard-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| ḍāgineya | yaka- Name of a gambler, .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ḍāginī | Prakrit form for dākinī- (q.v) | ||||||
| |||||||
| dantarogin | mfn. suffering from ga-, | ||||||
| |||||||
| dāratyāgin | m. a repudiator of his wife  | ||||||
| |||||||
| daurbhāgineya | m. the son of a woman disliked by her husband (gaRa kalyāṇy-ādi-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| daurbhāgineyī | f. the daughter of a disliked woman. | ||||||
| |||||||
| dharmabhāgin | mfn. possessed of virtue, virtuous  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dharmabhaginī | f. a female that has the rights of a sister | ||||||
| |||||||
| dharmabhaginī | f. a sister in respect of religion (see -bhrātri-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhātutaraṃginī | f. Name of gram. work  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhyānayogin | mfn. absorbed in meditation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dīrgharogin | mfn. long ill or sick  | ||||||
| |||||||
| duḥkhabhāgin | mfn. having pain as one's portion, unhappy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dvijaliṅgin | mfn. wearing the insignia of a Brahman  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dvijaliṅgin | mfn. a kṣatriya- | ||||||
| |||||||
| dvijaliṅgin | mfn. an impostor, a pretended Brahman | ||||||
| |||||||
| dviśṛṅgin | m. "2-horned", a kind of fish | ||||||
| |||||||
| gargabhaginī | f. a sister of the garga-s vArttika  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gopālayogin | m. Name of the author of a commentator or commentary on kaṭhavallī-bhāṣya-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| grahaṇīrogin | mfn. affected with dysentery  | ||||||
| |||||||
| guṇatyāgin | mfn. giving up what is excellent  | ||||||
| |||||||
| haṭhayogin | m. an adherent of the hatha-yoga-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hemaśṛṅgin | mfn. having golden"tusks"and"peaks"  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hṛdrogin | mfn. suffering from heart-ache  | ||||||
| |||||||
| indrabhaginī | f. " indra-'s sister", Name of parvatī-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| janmarogin | mfn. sickly from birth  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jhiṅginī | f. equals gī-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jhiṅginī | f. a torch | ||||||
| |||||||
| jiṅginī | f. (equals jhiṅg-) Odina Wodier  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kālabhogin | m. Coluber Naga  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kālayogin | m. "reigning over destiny", Name of śiva-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāñcanaśṛṅgin | mfn. golden-peaked  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kapālakhaḍgin | mfn. bearing a skull and a sword  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kapālaśūlakhaṭvāṅgin | mfn. "bearing a skull, a spear, and a club", Name of śiva- | ||||||
| |||||||
| karmasaṅgin | mfn. attached to action, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaṣṭabhāgineya | m. a wife's sister's son  | ||||||
| |||||||
| khaḍgin | mfn. armed with a sword  | ||||||
| |||||||
| khaḍgin | m. śiva- | ||||||
| |||||||
| khaḍgin | m. a rhinoceros | ||||||
| |||||||
| khaḍgin | m. Name of mañjuśrī- (see khadga-,"a pratyeka-buddha-") | ||||||
| |||||||
| khaṭvāṅgin | mfn. (vā | ||||||
| |||||||
| khaṭvāṅgin | m. (ī-) śiva- | ||||||
| |||||||
| kleśabhāgin | mfn. having trouble.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛṣibhāgin | m. equals -kara-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛṣṇabhaginī | f. " kṛṣṇa-'s sister", Name of durgā-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛṣṇabhogin | m. equals -bhujaṃga- | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛtākṛtaprasaṅgin | mfn. in grammar equals nitya-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣaṇabhaṅgin | mfn. perishing in an instant, transient, perishable  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣaṇamātrānurāgin | mfn. one whose affection lasts only a moment | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣayarogin | mfn. consumptive  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kuyogin | m. a bad yogin-, impostor  | ||||||
| |||||||
| laṅgin | mfn. lame, limping  | ||||||
| |||||||
| lepabhāgin | m. "sharing the lepa-", a paternal ancestor (in the 4th, 5th, and 6th degrees; see above )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| liṅgin | mfn. having a mark or sign, wearing a distinguishing mark | ||||||
| |||||||
| liṅgin | mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') having the marks or appearance of, characterized by etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| liṅgin | mfn. bearing false marks or signs, a hypocrite, (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') only having the appearance or acting the part of (see dvija-l-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| liṅgin | mfn. having a right to wear signs or badges, one whose external appearance corresponds, with his inner character | ||||||
| |||||||
| liṅgin | mfn. having a subtle body | ||||||
| |||||||
| liṅgin | m. a Brahman of a particular order, religious student, ascetic etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| liṅgin | m. plural "possessing or furnished with a liṅga-", Name of a śaiva- sect (See liṅga-vat-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| liṅgin | m. "sustaining the liṅga- or pradhāna-", Name of parameśvara- | ||||||
| |||||||
| liṅgin | m. (in logic) equals -vyāpaka-, that which possesses an invariable characteristic mark (as in the proposition"there is fire because there is smoke" , fire is the liṅgin-; see ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| liṅgin | m. original source or germ | ||||||
| |||||||
| liṅgin | m. an elephant | ||||||
| |||||||
| liṅgin | m. a species of plant | ||||||
| |||||||
| liṅginī | f. a female ascetic | ||||||
| |||||||
| lokavisargin | mfn. creating the world  | ||||||
| |||||||
| madhyayogin | mf(inī-)n. (in astronomy) being in the middle of a conjunction, completely covered or obscured  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahābhāgin | mfn. exceedingly fortunate  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahābhogin | mfn. equals -bhoga-vat- 1 | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāliṅgayogin | m. Name of author  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahārogin | mfn. suffering from a severe illness  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahātyāgin | mfn. extremely liberal or generous (said of śiva-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāyogin | m. a great yogin- (Name of viṣṇu- or of śiva-, especially when worshipped by Buddhists ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāyogin | m. a cock | ||||||
| |||||||
| mainākabhaginī | f. "sister of maināka-", Name of pārvatī-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mandabhāgin | mfn. unfortunate, ill-fated, unhappy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mandaregin | mfn. rarely ill, | ||||||
| |||||||
| maṅginī | f. a boat, ship  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mārgin | m. one who clears or guards or shows the way, a pioneer or a guide  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mārjāraliṅgin | mfn. having the nature or character of a cat  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mataṃginī | f. Name of a daughter of mandara-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mithyābhiyogin | mfn. making a false charge  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mukharogin | mfn. diseased in the mouth  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mūtrasaṅgin | mfn. mūtrasaṅga | ||||||
| |||||||
| nāgabhaginī | f. "serpent's sister", Name of the goddess manasā- (see -māsṛ-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nāgin | mfn. covered with or surrounded by serpents | ||||||
| |||||||
| nāginī | f. Piper Betle | ||||||
| |||||||
| nāginī | f. a kind of bulbous plant | ||||||
| |||||||
| nakṣatrayogin | mfn. connected with nakṣatra-s  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nakṣatrayoginī | f. plural chief stars in the nakṣatra-s | ||||||
| |||||||
| naktambhogin | mfn. equals ta-bh- (varia lectio) | ||||||
| |||||||
| nātibhogin | mfn. not too much given to enjoyments  | ||||||
| |||||||
| navanāthayogin | m. Name of an author  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niriṅginī | f. a veil (see nī-raṅgī-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niṣaṅgin | mfn. having a quiver (or sword ?) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niṣaṅgin | mfn. cleaving, clinging, sticking, attached to, | ||||||
| |||||||
| niṣaṅgin | m. a bowman, warrior | ||||||
| |||||||
| niṣaṅgin | m. Name of a son of dhṛtarāṣṭra- | ||||||
| |||||||
| niyogin | mfn. appointed, employed  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niyogin | m. a functionary, official, minister | ||||||
| |||||||
| paiṅgin | mfn. derived from paiṅgya-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paiṅgin | m. a follower of paiṅgya-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| paiṅginpaiṅgirahasyabrāhmaṇa | n. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| pālaṅgin | m. pl Name of a school called after a disciple of vaiśampāyana-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāṇḍurogin | mfn. jaundiced  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāparogin | mfn. suffering from a bad disease (see above)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parāgagin | () mfn. laden or covered with pollen.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parimārgin | mfn. tracking, going after, pursuing (compound)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pariṣvaṅgin | mfn. succumbing, sāṃkhya-s. Scholiast or Commentator  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parityāgin | mfn. leaving, quitting, forsaking, renouncing (mostly in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paryaṅkabhogin | m. a kind of serpent  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pataṃgin | m. a bird  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pataṃginī | f. a female bird | ||||||
| |||||||
| patsaṅgin | mfn. sticking or adhering to the fringes  | ||||||
| |||||||
| phalabhāgin | mfn. sharing in profit or advantage, partaking of a reward  | ||||||
| |||||||
| phalabhogin | mfn. enjoying fruits or consequences, receiving profits | ||||||
| |||||||
| phiraṅgin | m. a Frank, a European (f. iṇī-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pittarogin | mfn. equals -gadin-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prabhaṅgin | mfn. breaking, crushing, destroying  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prasaṅgin | mfn. attached or devoted to (compound)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prasaṅgin | mfn. connected with, dependent on, belonging to, contingent, additional | ||||||
| |||||||
| prasaṅgin | mfn. occurring, appearing, occasional, incidental | ||||||
| |||||||
| prasaṅgin | mfn. secondary, subordinate, non-essential | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratisaṅgin | mfn. ( | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratisaṅgin | mfn. (a-pr-) not meeting with any obstacle, irresistible | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratiyogin | mfn. idem or 'mfn. antithetical, relative, correlative ( pratiyogikatva -tva- n.) ' etc. (see a-pratiy-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratiyogin | m. an adversary, rival | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratiyogin | m. any object dependent upon another and not existing without it | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratiyogin | m. a partner, associate | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratiyogin | m. a counterpart, match | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratiyoginirūpaṇa | n. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| prayogin | mfn. being employed or used, applicable, usual ( prayogitva gi-tva- n.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prayogin | mfn. having some object in view | ||||||
| |||||||
| prayogin | mfn. performing (on the stage) | ||||||
| |||||||
| prayogin | m. an actor | ||||||
| |||||||
| pṛṣṭhaśṛṅgin | m. (L.)"id." , a ram  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pṛṣṭhaśṛṅgin | m. a buffalo | ||||||
| |||||||
| pṛṣṭhaśṛṅgin | m. a eunuch | ||||||
| |||||||
| pṛṣṭhaśṛṅgin | m. Name of bhīma-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| purobhāgin | mfn. taking the first share, obtrusive, forward  | ||||||
| |||||||
| purobhāgin | mfn. grudging, censorious, malevolent | ||||||
| |||||||
| puruṣayogin | mfn. relating to a Person or subject  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāgin | mf(iṇī-)n. (fr.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāgin | mf(iṇī-)n. colouring, dyeing | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāgin | mf(iṇī-)n. red, of a red colour | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāgin | mf(iṇī-)n. impassioned, affectionate, enamoured, passionately fond of or attached to or hankering after (locative case or compound) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāgin | mf(iṇī-)n. gladdening, delighting | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāgin | m. a painter | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāgin | m. a lover, libertine | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāgin | m. a sort of grain | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāgin | m. a wanton and intriguing woman | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāgin | m. Name of the eldest daughter of menakā- | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāgin | m. of a form of lakṣmī- | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāmabhaginī | f. " rāma-s's sister", Name of pārvatī-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| raṅgin | mfn. colouring, dyeing, painting  | ||||||
| |||||||
| raṅgin | mfn. passionate, impassioned | ||||||
| |||||||
| raṅgin | mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') attached to, delighting in, fond of | ||||||
| |||||||
| raṅgin | mfn. entering the stage  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rathāṅgin | m. "one who possesses a discus", Name of viṣṇu-,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rikthabhāgin | () ( ) mfn. inheriting or sharing property, an heir.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| riṅgin | mf(iṇī-)n. creeping, crawling (said of young children) | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṛkthabhāgin | mfn. one who inherits or receives property  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rogin | mfn. sick, diseased, ill  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṣaḍaṅginī | f. a six-limbed id est complete army  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sadāyogin | mfn. always practising yoga-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sadāyogin | m. Name of viṣṇu- | ||||||
| |||||||
| sakṛtprayogin | mfn. being employed only once  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saliṅgin | m. "having the usual marks (as of an ascetic etc., without belonging to the order)", a religious impostor (applied to the 7 schisms)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samāṃśabhāgin | mfn. sharing in equal portions  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samaṅgin | mfn. complete in all parts, furnished with all requisites | ||||||
| |||||||
| samaṅginī | f. Name of a bodhi-vṛkṣa-devatā- | ||||||
| |||||||
| sambhogin | mfn. enjoying together or enjoying each other mutually  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sambhogin | mfn. enjoying, using, possessing | ||||||
| |||||||
| sambhogin | m. a sensualist, libertine | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃcarabhāgin | mfn. obtaining a share with difficulty (?)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃgin | mfn. (for saṅgin-See  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃharṣayogin | mfn. possessing joy, enraptured  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samprajñātayogin | m. a yogin- who is still in a state of consciousness  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samprayogin | mfn. addicted to sexual intercourse, wanton equals kāmuka-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samprayogin | mfn. equals su-prayoga- | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsaṅgin | mfn. clinging or adhering to, coming into close contact or near relation ( saṃsaṅginītva ginī-tva- n.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsaṅginītva | n. saṃsaṅgin | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsargin | mfn. commingled, mixed together, joined or connected or in contact with (compound)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsargin | mfn. partaking or possessed of (compound) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsargin | mfn. one who lives together with his relatives (after partition of the family inheritance) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsargin | mfn. familiar, friendly, acquainted | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsargin | m. an associate, companion | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃtyāgin | mfn. relinquishing, leaving, abandoning  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samuddhatataraṃgin | mfn. (a river) whose waves are heaving or swelling  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃvibhāgin | mfn. used to share with others, accustomed to share with (genitive case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃvibhāgin | mfn. receiving a share of (genitive case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃyogin | mfn. being in contact or connection, closely connected with (instrumental case or compound)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃyogin | mfn. united (with a loved object; opp. to virahin-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃyogin | mfn. married | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃyogin | mfn. conjunct, one of the consonants in a combination of consonants | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṅgin | mfn. hanging on, sticking in, clinging or adhering to (compound)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṅgin | mfn. coming into contact with, touching (compound) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṅgin | mfn. attached or devoted or addicted to, fond of, intent on, connected with (genitive case locative case,or compound) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṅgin | mfn. full of affection or desire, worldly, licentious | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṅgin | mfn. continuous, uninterrupted | ||||||
| |||||||
| saptabhaṅginaya | m. (with jaina-s) the method of the 7 formulas of sceptical reasoning (each beginning with the word syāt-,"perhaps"see bhaṅga-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śārṅgin | m. "bowman, archer", Name of viṣṇu-kṛṣṇa-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śārṅgin | m. of śiva- | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarogin | mfn. (and sarogitā gi-tā- f.) equals prec.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvabhogin | mfn. enjoying all  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvaliṅgin | m. "having all kinds of external marks", a heretic  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvayogin | m. Name of śiva- | ||||||
| |||||||
| śātaśṛṅgin | m. Name of a mountain  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saubhāgineya | m. (fr. su-bhagā-) the son of a favourite wife or of an honoured mother  | ||||||
| |||||||
| savarṇiliṅgin | mfn. wearing the marks of a religious student, disguised as a brahmacārin- (See varṇin-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| siddhayogin | m. Name of śiva-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| siddhayoginī | f. a sorceress, witch, fairy | ||||||
| |||||||
| siddhayoginī | f. Name of manasā- | ||||||
| |||||||
| siddhiyoginī | f. a kind of yoginī-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śiṅgin | n. a beard  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śīrṣarogin | mfn. having or producing head-ache  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śivalīṅgin | m. a worshipper of śiva-'s liṅga- or one who carries that symbol on his person  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śivayogin | m. a śaiva- ascetic, | ||||||
| |||||||
| śivayogin | m. Name of one of the six guru-s of ṣaḍ-guruśiṣya- | ||||||
| |||||||
| soddhāravibhāgin | mfn. receiving an inheritance together with a selected portion  | ||||||
| |||||||
| somayogin | mfn. being in conjunction with the moon  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sphuliṅgin | mfn. having sparks of fire, sparkling  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sphuliṅginī | f. Name of one of the seven tongues of agni- or fire | ||||||
| |||||||
| śrāddhopayogin | mfn. serviceable or appropriate for a śrāddha- (with mantra- m. plural and śrāddhopayogivacana gi-vacana- n.Name of works.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śṛṅgārataraṃginī | f. Name of a bhāṇa- and other works.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śṛṅgin | mfn. horned, crested, peaked (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' having horns of -) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śṛṅgin | mfn. tusked | ||||||
| |||||||
| śṛṅgin | mfn. having a sting (See viṣa-śṛ-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śṛṅgin | mfn. breasted (in cāru-śṛ-,beautifully breasted) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śṛṅgin | m. "a horned or tusked animal", a bull | ||||||
| |||||||
| śṛṅgin | m. elephant | ||||||
| |||||||
| śṛṅgin | m. a mountain | ||||||
| |||||||
| śṛṅgin | m. Ficus Infectoria | ||||||
| |||||||
| śṛṅgin | m. Spondias Mangifera | ||||||
| |||||||
| śṛṅgin | m. a particular bulbous plant (equals vṛṣabha-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śṛṅgin | m. Name of a mythical mountain or mountain-range forming one of the boundaries of the earth (See śaila-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śṛṅgin | m. of a ṛṣi- | ||||||
| |||||||
| śṛṅgin | m. Cardiospermum Halicacabum | ||||||
| |||||||
| śṛṅgin | m. Jasminum Sambac | ||||||
| |||||||
| sthānayogin | mfn. equals sthāne-yoga- (column 3)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sthāneyogin | mfn. (see sthāna-yoga-) idem or 'mf(ā-)n. (in gram.) implying the relation of"instead"(said of the genitive case case or ṣaṣṭhī-,which designates that for which something is substituted) ' ( sthāneyogitva gi-tva- n.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sthirānurāgin | mfn. equals rāga-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| strīpuṃsaliṅgin | mfn. having the marks of man and women  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śubhāṅgin | mfn. equals śubhā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śukayogin | m. Name of an author  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sukhabhāgin | () mfn. possessing or sharing in happiness, happy, fortunate  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sukhabhogin | mfn. enjoying pleasure | ||||||
| |||||||
| sukhasaṅgin | mfn. attached to pleasure | ||||||
| |||||||
| śuṅgin | mfn. having a sheath or calyx  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śuṅgin | mfn. furnished with an awn | ||||||
| |||||||
| śuṅgin | m. Ficus Indica or Infectoria | ||||||
| |||||||
| surataprasaṅgin | mfn. addicted to sexual intercourse  | ||||||
| |||||||
| surataraṅgin | mfn. (for sura-t-See) , delighting in or addicted to sexual intercourse | ||||||
| |||||||
| suvegin | mfn. very swift or rapid (varia lectio -vegita-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svāduyogin | mfn. idem or 'mfn. possessing sweetness, sweet '  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svarabhaṅgin | m. "note-separating", a kind of bird  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svargin | mfn. belonging to or being in heaven  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svargin | mfn. gone to heaven, deceased, dead | ||||||
| |||||||
| svargin | m. an occupant of heaven, a god, one of the Blest | ||||||
| |||||||
| svarṇaśṛṅgin | m. Name of a mountain  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṭaṅginī | f. Clypea hernandifolia | ||||||
| |||||||
| taraṃgin | mfn. wavy, waving, moving restlessly to and fro  | ||||||
| |||||||
| triśṛṅgin | m. the fish Cyprinus Rohita  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tuṅgin | mfn. being in the apsis (a planet)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tuṅginī | f. Name of a plant. | ||||||
| |||||||
| turagin | m. a horseman  | ||||||
| |||||||
| turaṃgin | m. a horseman | ||||||
| |||||||
| turaṃgin | m. a groom | ||||||
| |||||||
| turaṃgin | consisting of horses or horsemen,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tvagindriya | n. the sense of touch  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tyāgin | mfn. () equals tyājaka- (with genitive case) and (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tyāgin | mfn. giving up, resigning (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') | ||||||
| |||||||
| tyāgin | mfn. one who has resigned (as an ascetic who abandons worldly objects) | ||||||
| |||||||
| tyāgin | mfn. sacrificing, giving up (life, ātmanaḥ-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tyāgin | mfn. liberal, (m.) donor | ||||||
| |||||||
| tyāgin | m. a hero | ||||||
| |||||||
| udvegin | mfn. suffering distress, anxious, unhappy | ||||||
| |||||||
| udvegin | mfn. causing anxiety or agitation of mind  | ||||||
| |||||||
| udyogin | mfn. one who makes effort, active, laborious, persevering, energetic.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| unmārgin | mfn. going astray  | ||||||
| |||||||
| unmārgin | mfn. finding an outlet | ||||||
| |||||||
| unmattaliṅgin | mfn. feigning madness.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upabhogin | mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' enjoying, making use of.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upasargin | mfn. adding, one who adds  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upayogin | mfn. serving for use or application, suitable, fit, useful, convenient etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upayogin | mfn. appropriate | ||||||
| |||||||
| upayogin | mfn. favourable, propitious | ||||||
| |||||||
| upayogin | mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') using, employing | ||||||
| |||||||
| upayogin | mfn. touching, in contact with | ||||||
| |||||||
| ūrdhvaliṅgin | mfn. having the membrum above (id est chaste)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ūrdhvaliṅgin | m. Name of śiva- | ||||||
| |||||||
| utpannāpavargin | mfn. perishing as soon as produced.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| utsaṅgin | mfn. having depth, deep-seated (as an ulcer)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| utsaṅgin | mfn. associating or combining with, coherent on | ||||||
| |||||||
| utsaṅgin | mfn. an associate, partner | ||||||
| |||||||
| utsaṅgin | m. an ulcer, deep sore | ||||||
| |||||||
| utsaṅginī | f. pimples on the inner edge of the eyelid | ||||||
| |||||||
| utsargin | mfn. leaving out or off  | ||||||
| |||||||
| utsargin | mfn. omitting, abandoning, quitting. | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāgindra | m. Name of a son of prakāśa-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vairāgin | mfn. idem or 'mfn. equals vairaṅgika- '  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vairāgin | m. a particular class of religious devotees or mendicants (generally vaiṣṇava-s) who have freed themselves from all worldly desires | ||||||
| |||||||
| vajrayoginī | f. Name of a goddess  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaktrarogin | mfn. suffering from it  | ||||||
| |||||||
| valagin | mfn. versed in secret charms  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāmamārgin | m. equals vāmā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vanitābhoginī | f. a woman like a serpent  | ||||||
| |||||||
| varāṅgin | m. sorrel  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vargin | mf(iṇī-)n. belonging to a class, devoted to a side or party  | ||||||
| |||||||
| varṇiliṅgin | m. one wearing the marks of a religious student  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vastrayugin | mfn. clad in an upper-garments and under-garments  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vātarogin | mfn. suffering from gout or rheumatism etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāyuvegin | mfn. idem or 'mf(ikā-)n. swift as the wind ' ,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vedāṅgin | m. one who studies or teaches the vedā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vegin | mfn. having velocity, swift, rapid, impetuous etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vegin | m. a hawk, falcon | ||||||
| |||||||
| vegin | m. an express, courier | ||||||
| |||||||
| vegin | m. Name of vāyu- | ||||||
| |||||||
| veginī | f. a river | ||||||
| |||||||
| veśabhaginī | f. Name of sarasvatī- (see next) .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibhāgin | See a-vibhāgin-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibhaṅgin | mfn. wavy, undulating, wrinkled | ||||||
| |||||||
| vidhirasāyanasukhopayoginī | f. Name of work  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vijñānayogin | m. equals vijñāne  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vīṇāgaṇagin | (v/īṇā--) m. idem or 'm. a music-master, the leader of a musical band '  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vinayayogin | mfn. possessing humility  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viprayogin | mfn. separated (from a beloved object)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| virāgin | mfn. indifferent to (locative case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣaṅgin | mfn. adhering, clinging or crowded together  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣaṅgin | mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') smeared or anointed with | ||||||
| |||||||
| visargin | mfn. granting, bestowing (see also loka-vis-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣaśṛṅgin | () m. "having a poisonous sting", a wasp. | ||||||
| |||||||
| viyogin | mfn. separated or absent from (instrumental case or compound)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viyogin | mfn. liable to separation (See a-v-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| viyogin | m. the ruddy goose, Anas Casarca (see cakravāka-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| viyogin | m. a kind of metre (commonly called vaitālīya- q.v) | ||||||
| |||||||
| viyoginī | f. a woman separated from her husband or lover | ||||||
| |||||||
| vṛthāliṅgin | mfn. one who wears a sectarian mark without any right to it  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyaṅgin | mfn. deficient in limb, deformed, crippled  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyāsaṅgin | mfn. attaching one's self or applying closely to anything  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyatiṣaṅgatiṣaṅgin | mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') hanging or sitting on  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yajñatyāgin | mfn. one who has abandoned a sacrifice  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yamabhaginī | f. " yama-'s sister", the river yamunā- or Jumna  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yaśobhagin | mfn. rich in glory, famous, renowned  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogayogin | mfn. equals -yukta- above  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogin | mfn. joined or connected with, relating to, accompanied by, possessed of (compound) | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogin | mfn. being in conjunction with (exempli gratia, 'for example' candra-y-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogin | mfn. possessed of superhuman powers | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogin | m. a follower of the yoga- system, a yogin- (usually called yogī-) or contemplative saint, devotee, ascetic etc. (see ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogin | m. a magician, conjurer | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogin | m. a particular mixed caste (varia lectio yuṅgin-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogin | m. an orange tree | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogin | m. natron, alkali | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogin | m. Name of yājñavalkya- | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogin | m. of arjuna- | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogin | m. of viṣṇu- | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogin | m. of śiva- | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogin | m. of a buddha- | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginī | f. See next. | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginī | f. a female demon or any being endowed with magical power, a fairy, witch, sorceress (represented as eight in number and as created by durgā- and attendant on her or on śiva-;sometimes 60, 64 or 65 are enumerated) etc. (see ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginī | f. Name of durgā- | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginī | f. (with tāntrika-s) a particular śakti- | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginī | f. (with Buddhists) a woman representing any goddess who is the object of adoration. | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginībhairavatantra | n. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginīcakrapūjana | n. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginīdaśā | f. state or condition of a yoginī- | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginīdaśācintāmaṇi | m. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginīdaśādhyāya | m. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginīdaśājñāna | n. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginīdaśākrama | m. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginīdaśāprakaraṇa | n. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginīdaśāvicāra | m. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginidrā | f. "a yogi-'s sleep", light sleep, wakefulness | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginīhṛdaya | n. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginīhṛdayasetubandha | m. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginījālaśambara | n. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginījātaka | n. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginījñānārṇava | m. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginīpura | n. Name of a city | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginīsādhana | n. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginīstavarāja | m. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginītantra | n. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginy | in compound for yoginī-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginyādipūjanavidhi | m. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginyaṣṭadaśākrama | m. Name of work | ||||||
| |||||||
| yugin | See vastra-yugin-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yuṅgin | m. Name of a particular mixed caste  | ||||||
Results for gin72 results
| |
| gindukaḥ | गिन्दुकः 1 A ball for playing with. -2 N. of a tree; see गेन्दुक. |
| |
| aṅgin | अङ्गिन् a. [अङ्ग्-अस्त्यर्थे इनि] 1 Corporeal, having limb, embodied, incarnate; धर्मार्थकाममोक्षाणामवतार इवाङ्गवान् V.1. -भाक् R.1.84. अङ्गिनां तमसेवोभौ गुणौ 38. one who has a body; येनाङ्गविकारः P.II.3.23 येनाङ्गेन विकृतेनाङ्गिनो विकारस्तस्मात् तृतीया Sk. व्यायामे वृद्धिरङ्गिनाम् Śi.2.94. -2 Having subordinate parts; chief, principal; ये रसस्या- ङ्गिनो धर्माः, एक एव भवेदङ्गी शृङ्गारो वीर एव वा, अङ्गी अत्र करुणः, रसस्याङ्गित्वमाप्तस्य धर्माः शौर्यादयो यथा S. D. |
| |
| anuyogin | अनुयोगिन् pot. p. 1 What combines or unites; connected with, situated in or on. -2 Examining, questioning. |
| |
| anuṣaṅgin | अनुषङ्गिन् a. 1 Connected with, adhering or sticking to; अनीकजे रजसि मुखानुषङ्गिणि Śi.17.57. -2 Following as a necessary consequence; यस्यानुषङ्गिण इमे भोगादयो भवन्ति Bh.3.76. -3 Related or applicable to, common, prevailing (अनुक्षणं प्रसक्त); सप्तकस्यास्य वर्गस्य सर्वत्रैवानुषङ्गिणः Ms.7.52; विभुतानुषङ्गि भयमेति जनः Ki.6.35 connected with, natural to, greatness. -4 Addicted to, devoted or attached to, fond of. |
| |
| apratiyogin | अप्रतियोगिन् a. 1 Without an adversary. -2 Having no opposite or counterpart. |
| |
| abhāgin | अभागिन् a. 1 unfortunate; सहते यातनामेतामनर्थानाम- भागिनी Rām.5.16.21. -2 Having no share. |
| |
| abhiyogin | अभियोगिन् a. 1 Devoted to, intent on, absorbed in (in comp). -2 Attacking, assaulting. -3 Accusing; मिथ्याभियोगी Y.2.11. m. A plaintiff, complainant. |
| |
| araṅgin | अरङ्गिन् a. Passionless; ˚सत्त्वः a passionless being; a class of divinities with Buddhists. अरजस् arajas अरज araja अरजस्क arajaska अरजस् अरज अरजस्क a. 1 Dustless, clean, pure (fig also); मथितामृतफेनाभमरजोवस्त्रमुत्तमम् Rā.5.18.24. -2 Free from passion (रजस्). -3 Not having the monthly courses. f. (-जाः) A young girl who has not reached the age of puberty; a girl before menstruation. |
| |
| arogin | अरोगिन् अरोग्य a. Healthy. |
| |
| ābhaṅgin | आभङ्गिन् a. A little curved. |
| |
| āliṅgin | आलिङ्गिन् a. Embracing &c. m. (-गी), आलिङ्ग्यः A small drum shaped like a barley-corn (यव); चतुरङ्गुल- हीनोंक्यान्मुखे चैकाङ्गुलेन यः । यवाकृतिः स आलिङ्ग्य आलिङ्ग्य स हि वाद्यते ॥ Śabdārṇava. |
| |
| āvalgin | आवल्गिन् a. Dancing; कामेनाकृष्य चापं हतपटुपटहावल्गि- भिर्मारवीरैः Nāg.1.2. |
| |
| āsaṅginī | आसङ्गिनी A whirlwind. |
| |
| utsaṅgin | उत्सङ्गिन् a. 1 Associating with, an associate, partner. -2 Deep-seated (as an ulcer). m. An ulcer, a deep sore. -नी Pimples on the inner edge of the eye-lids. (Mar. रांजणवाडी). |
| |
| utsargin | उत्सर्गिन् a. 1 Leaving out or off. -2 Omitting abandoning. |
| |
| udyogin | उद्योगिन् a. Active, diligent, persevering, industrious; उद्योगिनं पुरुषसिंहमुपैति लक्ष्मीर्दैवं हि दैवमिति कापुरुषा वदन्ति Pt.1.361,2.134. |
| |
| unmārgin | उन्मार्गिन् a. Going astray; finding an outlet (as water). |
| |
| upabhogin | उपभोगिन् a. Eating, enjoying. |
| |
| upayogin | उपयोगिन् a. 1 Employing, using. -2 Conducive or contributing to, serviceable, useful. -3 Appropriate, fit, proper. -4 Favourable, propitious. -5 Touching. |
| |
| upabhogin | उपभोगिन् a. Enjoying, using. उपभोग्य upabhōgya भोक्तव्य bhōktavya भोज्य bhōjya उपभोग्य भोक्तव्य भोज्य pot. p. To be enjoyed, used or eaten; असूत सा नागवधूपभोग्यम् Ku.1.2; |
| |
| khaḍgin | खड्गिन् a. (-नी f.) Armed with a sword. -m. 1 A rhinoceros; शार्दूलानां वृकाणां च खड्गिनां वनदंष्ट्रिणाम् Śiva. B.22.29. -2 An epithet of Śiva. |
| |
| jhiṅginī | झिङ्गिनी 1 A sort of cucumber. -2 A torch, fire-brand. |
| |
| taraṅgin | तरङ्गिन् a. Wavy, undulating, unsteady. -णी A river; as in राजतरङ्गिणी; तरङ्गिणी वेणिरिवायता भुवः Śi. ˚नाथः, भर्ता the sea; Vikr.13.53. |
| |
| tuṅgin | तुङ्गिन् a. High, lofty. -m. A planet at the apex of its orbit. |
| |
| turagin | तुरगिन् m. A horseman; तुरङ्गिन् also; तुरङ्गिभिर्यत्ननिरुद्ध- वेगाः Śi. |
| |
| tyāgin | त्यागिन् a. 1 Leaving, abandoning, giving up &c. -2 Giving away, a donor. -3 Heroic, brave. -4 Liberal. -5 Sacrificing. -6 One who does not look to any reward or result from the performance of ceremonial rites; यस्तु कर्मफलत्यागी स त्यागीत्यमभिधीयते Bg.18.11. |
| |
| daurbhāgineyaḥ | दौर्भागिनेयः The son of a woman disliked by her husband. |
| |
| nāgin | नागिन् m. An epithet of Śiva. |
| |
| niyogin | नियोगिन् a. 1 Appointed, employed. -2 Authorized -m. An officer, dependent, minister, functionary; अपराधे$पि निःशङ्को नियोगी चिरसेवकः H.2.96. |
| |
| niṣaṅgin | निषङ्गिन् a. 1 Attached or clinging to; स्थाणौ निष- ङ्गिण्यनसि क्षणं पुरः Śi.12.26. -2 Having a quiver. -3 Bearing a sword. -m. 1 An archer, a bowman. -2 A quiver. -3 A sword-bearer. |
| |
| pataṅgin | पतङ्गिन् m. A bird. |
| |
| parityāgin | परित्यागिन् a. Renouncing (a Saṁnyāsin); गच्छत्येव परित्यागी वानप्रस्थश्च गच्छति Mb.12.268.13. |
| |
| piśaṅgin | पिशङ्गिन् a. Brown, tawny. |
| |
| pratiyogin | प्रतियोगिन् a. 1 Opposing, counteracting, impeding. -2 Related or corresponding to, being or forming a counter-part of (anything); often used in works on Nyāya; as a घट is the प्रतियोगी of घटाभाव; (यस्याभावो विवक्ष्यते स प्रतियोगी). -3 Co-operating with. -4 Equally matched. -m. 1 An adversary, opponent, enemy; आर्थो विरोधः शक्तेन जातो नः प्रतियोगिना Mv.2.7; दहत्यशेषं प्रतियोगि- गर्वम् Vikr.1.117. -2 A counter-part, match. -3 A partner, an associate, -4 An object dependent upon another. -5 A counter-part, counter-entity; प्रतियोगि- ज्ञानाधीनज्ञानविषयत्वमभावलक्षणम्. प्रतियोगिता pratiyōgitā त्वम् tvam प्रतियोगिता त्वम् 1 Opposition. -2 Dependent existence. -3 Being a counter-part. -4 Partnership, co-operation. |
| |
| pratisaṃgin | प्रतिसंगिन् a. 1 Clinging or adhering to, attached to. -2 Irresistible. |
| |
| prayogin | प्रयोगिन् a. 1 Using, employing. -2 Having an object in view. -3 Prompting, stimulating. -m. Performer (rituals &c.); तत्र कर्मणि विपर्यणीनमन् मन्त्रमूहकुशलाः प्रयोगिणः Śi.14.23. |
| |
| prasaṅgin | प्रसङ्गिन् a. 1 Fond of, attached or devoted to. -2 Dependent on, contingent on. -3 Occasional, incidental; नान्वेष्टव्या विशेषास्तु विशेषा हि प्रसङ्गिनः Mb.12. 325.9. -4 Secondary, subordinate. |
| |
| phiraṅgin | फिरङ्गिन् m. A Frank (i. e. a European). |
| |
| bhagin | भगिन् a. (-नी f.) 1 Prosperous, happy, fortunate. -2 Grand, splendid. |
| |
| bhaginikā | भगिनिका A little sister. |
| |
| bhaginī | भगिनी [भगं यत्नः अंशो वा पित्रादीनां द्रव्यादाने$स्त्यस्याः इनि ङीप्] 1 A sister. -2 A fortunate woman. -3 A woman in general. -Comp. -पतिः, -भर्तृ m. a sister's husband. |
| |
| bhaginīyaḥ | भगिनीयः A sister's son. |
| |
| bhaṅgin | भङ्गिन् a. 1 Frail, fragile, transient; तदपि तत्क्षणभङ्गि करोति चेत् Bh.2.92; Hence भङ्गित्व means 'evanescence'; स च व्यापारो न तदात्वे सुखफलो भवति, नापि आयत्याम् । भङ्गित्वात् ŚB. on MS.4.3.1. -2 Cast in a suit. |
| |
| bhaṅginī | भङ्गिनी A river; आत्ममौलिमणिकान्तिभङ्गिनीं तत्पदारुणसरोज- सङ्गिनीम् N.18.137. |
| |
| bhāgin | भागिन् a. [भाग-इनि] 1 Consisting of shares or parts. -2 Sharing, having a share; रूपस्य भागी भवति दृष्टमेतत्पुरातनैः Mb.3.84.57. -3 Sharing or participating in, partaking of; as in दुःख˚. -4 Concerned in, affected by. -5 A possessor, owner; तस्येह भागिनौ दृष्टौ बीजी क्षेत्रिक एव च Ms.9.53. -6 Entitled to a share; औरसक्षेत्रजौ पुत्रौ पितृरिक्थस्य भागिनौ Ms.9.165; विड्जास्तु द्व्येकभागिनः Y.2.125. -7 Lucky, fortunate; शिवामृद्धां भागिनीं सुप्रसन्नाम् Mb.13.26.86 (com. भागिनीं भागानामैश्वर्यादीनां षण्णां समूहो भागं तद्वतीम्). -8 Inferior, secondary. -9 Highly useful. Hence भागित्वम् means 'high utility'; भागित्वाद्वा गवां स्यात् MS.1.3.47. [शबर explains भागित्वात् as भागवत्यो हि महाभागाः । महति उपकारे वर्तन्ते इत्यर्थः ।]. -m. A co-heir. -नी A co-heiress. |
| |
| bhāgineyaḥ | भागिनेयः [भगिन्या अपत्यं ढक्] A sister's son. -यी A sister's daughter. |
| |
| bhṛṅgin | भृङ्गिन् m. 1 The fig-tree. -2 N. of an attendant of Śiva; तयोः कारणयोः सद्यः संभूतौ शंकरात्मजौ । एको भृङ्गसमः कृष्णो भिन्नाञ्जनसमो$परः । भृङ्गी तस्य तदा ब्रह्मा नाम भृङ्गीति चाकरोत् ॥ Vamana. P.; also भृङ्गिः -Comp. -ईशः N. of Śiva. भृङ्गिरि bhṛṅgiri (री rī) टिः ṭiḥ भृङ्गिरि (री) टिः See भृङ्गरिटि. |
| |
| bhogin | भोगिन् a. [भोग-इनि] 1 Eating. -2 Enjoying. -3 Suffering, experiencing, enduring. -4 Using, possessing (at the end of comp. in these four senses.) -5 Having curves, having large body; अभवन् पन्नगास्रस्ता भोगिनस्तत्र- वासिनः Rām.6.5.35 (com.). -6 Having hoods. -7 Devoted to enjoyment, indulging in sensual pleasures; भोगिनः कञ्चुकाविष्टाः कुटिलाः क्रूरचेष्टिताः । सुदुष्टा मन्त्रसाध्याश्च राजानः पन्नगा इव ॥ Pt.1.65 (where it has sense 6 also). -8 Rich, opulent. -m. 1 A snake; गजाजिनालम्बि पिनद्धभोगि वा Ku.5.78; R.2.32;4.48;1.7;11.59. -2 A king. -3 A voluptuary. -4 A barber. -5 The headman of a village. -6 The lunar mansion आश्लेषा. -नी 1 A woman belonging to the king's harem, but not consecrated with him, the concubine of a king. -2 A kind of heroine. -Comp. -इन्द्रः, ईशः Śeṣa or Vāsuki. -कान्तः wind, air. -भुज् m. 1 an ichneumon. -2 a peacock. -राज् m. Śeṣa, the lord of snakes; भुजे भोगिराजो गले कालिमा च. -वल्लभम् sandal. |
| |
| maṅginī | मङ्गिनी A boat, ship. -Comp. -शिरस् the prow of a vessel. |
| |
| mārgin | मार्गिन् m. 1 A pioneer. -2 A guide, leader. -3 One who guards the way; Rām.2.8.2. |
| |
| yuṅgin | युङ्गिन् m. N. of a mixed tribe. |
| |
| yogin | योगिन् a. [युज् घिनुण्, योग-इनि वा] 1 Connected or endowed with. -2 Possessed of magical powers. -3 Endowed or provided with, possessing. -4 Practising Yoga. -m. 1 A contemplative saint, a devotee, an ascetic; आत्मौपम्येन सर्वत्र समं पश्यति यो$र्जुन । सुखं वा यदि वा दुःखं स योगी परमो मतः ॥ Bg.6.32; see the sixth adhyāya inter alia; सेवाधर्मः परमगहनो योगिनामप्यगम्यः Pt.1.285; बभूव योगी किल कार्तवीर्यः R.6.38. -2 A magician, sorcerer. -3 A follower of the Yoga system of philosophy. -4 N. of Yājñavalkya. -5 Of Arjuna. -6 Of Viṣṇu. -7 Of Śiva. -8 N. of a mixed caste. -नी 1 A female magician, witch, sorceress, fairy. -2 A female devotee. -3 N. of a class of female attendants on Śiva or Durgā; बलीनदात् योगिनीभ्यो दिक्पालेभ्यो$प्यनेकधा Śiva B. 6.51; (they are usually said to be eight). -4 N. of Durgā. -Comp. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः 1 the chief of saints. -2 N. of Yājñavalkya. -ईश्वरी the chief of magicians. -इष्टम् lead. -दण्डः a kind of reed. -निद्रा light-sleep, wakefulness. -मार्गः the air, atmosphere. |
| |
| raṅgin | रङ्गिन् a. 1 Colouring, dyeing. -2 Attached or devoted to, fond of. -3 Passionate, impassioned. -4 Acting on a stage. |
| |
| rāgin | रागिन् a. [राग-इनि] 1 Coloured, dyed. -2 Colouring. painting. -3 Red. -4 Full of passion or feeling, impassioned; रागिणापि विहिता तव भक्त्या Ki.18.27. -5 Full of love, subject to love. -6 Passionately fond of, devotedly attached to, desirous of, yearning after (at the end of comp.); रागी कर्मफलप्रेप्सुः Bg.18.27. -7 Delighting, rejoicing. -m. 1 A painter. -2 A lover; एको रागिषु राजते प्रियतमादेहार्धहारी हरः Bh.3.121. -3 A libertine, sensualist. -णी 1 A modification of a musical mode (राग), of which 3 or 36 kinds are enumerated. -2 A wanton and intriguing woman, a lustful woman. |
| |
| rogin | रोगिन् a. Sickly, ill, diseased. -Comp. -तरुः the Aśoka tree. -वल्लभम् medicine, a drug. |
| |
| liṅgin | लिङ्गिन् a. [लिङ्गमस्त्यस्य इनि] 1 Having a mark or sign. -2 Characterized by. -3 Wearing the maks or badges of, having the appearance of, disguised as, hypocritical, wearing false badges (at the end of comp.); स वर्णिलिङ्गी विदितः समाययौ युधिष्ठिरं द्वैतवने वनेचरः Ki.1.1; so आर्यलिङ्गिन्. -4 Furnished with a liṅga. -5 Having a right to wear signs or badges. -6 One whose outward form corresponds with his inward character. -7 Having a subtle body. -m. 1 A religious student, Brāhmaṇa ascetic; अलिङ्गी लिङ्गिवेषेण यो वृत्तिमुपजीवति । स लिङ्गिनां हरत्येनस्तिर्यग्यौनौ च जायते ॥ Ms.4.2; स्त्रीलिङ्गिविप्रबालानां प्रहर्तव्यं न कर्हिचित् Pt.4.39. -2 A worshipper of Śiva's liṅga. -3 A hypocrite, pretending devotee, pseudoascetic. -4 An elephant. -5 (In logic) That which possesses the liṅga or middle term; i. e. वह्नि is the लिङ्गिन् in the familiar instance पर्वतो बह्निमान् धूमात्. -6 (Hence) The subject of a proposition. -7 The Supreme Being (as the sustainer of liṅga.) -8 The cause or source. -9 N. of a Śaiva sect. -Comp. -वेषः the dress of a religious student. |
| |
| vargin | वर्गिन् a. Belonging to a class or party. -m. A leader of a group; परिचर्यावतो द्वारे ये च केचन वर्गिणः (अभिघात- येत्) Mb.12.1.29. |
| |
| viyogin | वियोगिन् a. 1 Separated. -2 Absent, apart. -m. The ruddy goose. |
| |
| viyoginī | वियोगिनी 1 A woman separated from her lover or husband; गुरुनिःश्वसितैः कपिर्मनीषी निरणैषीदथ तां वियोगिनीति Bv.4.35. -2 N. of a metre; (see App.). |
| |
| vegin | वेगिन् a. (-नी f.) Swift, fleet, impetuous, violent, rapid. -m. 1 A courier. -2 A hawk. -नी A river. |
| |
| śārṅgin | शार्ङ्गिन् m. 1 An archer, a bowman. -2 An epithet of Vi&stodṇ&u; धर्मसंरक्षणार्थैव प्रवृत्तिर्भुवि शार्ङ्गिणः R.15.4;12.7; Me.47. -3 Of Śiva. |
| |
| śuṅgin | शुङ्गिन् m. 1 The (Indian) fig-tree. -2 The Plakṣa tree. |
| |
| śṛṅgin | शृङ्गिन् a. (-णी f.) [शृङ्गमस्त्यस्य इनि] 1 Horned. -2 Crested, peaked. -m. 1 A mountain. -2 An elephant. -3 A ram. -4 A tree. -5 N. of Śiva. -6 N. of one of Śiva's attendants; शृङ्गी भृङ्गी रिटिस्तुण्डी Ak. -7 A bull; शङ्ग्यग्निदंष्ट्र्यसिजलद्विजकण्टकेभ्यः Bhāg.1.8.25. |
| |
| saṃyogin | संयोगिन् a. 1 United, conjoined. -2 Joining. -3 Married. |
| |
| saṃvibhāgin | संविभागिन् m. A partner, sharer, participator; असं- विभागी दुष्टात्मा ...... वर्जनीयो नराधिप Mb.5.8.39. |
| |
| saṃsargin | संसर्गिन् a. 1 United, associated with. -2 Keeping company with, familiar. m. An associate, a companion. |
| |
| saṃgin | संगिन् a. 1 United with, meeting. -2 Attached or devoted to, fond of; बद्धमिव स्वैरगतिर्जनमिह सुखसंगिनमवैमि Ś.5.11; R.19.16; M.4.2; बुद्धिभेदं न जनयेदज्ञानां कर्मसंगिनाम् Bg.3.26;14.15. -3 Full of affection, desirous. -4 Libidinous, lustful. -5 Continuous, uninterrupted; विधूनितं भ्रान्तिमियाय संगिनीम् Ki.14.59. |
| |
| saṃprayogin | संप्रयोगिन् a. 1 Joining together. -2 Wanton, addicted to sexual intercourse. -m. 1 A joiner, uniter. -2 A conjuror. -3 A libertine. -4 A catamite. |
| |
| saṃbhogin | संभोगिन् a. 1 Sensual. -2 Employing, using. -m. A sensualist, libertine. |
| |
| saubhāgineyaḥ | सौभागिनेयः The son of a favourite wife. |
| |
| sphuliṅginī | स्फुलिङ्गिनी One of the seven tongues of fire. |
| |
| svargin | स्वर्गिन् a. [स्वर्गो$स्त्यस्य भोग्यत्वेन इनि] Belonging to heaven, heavenly. -m. 1 A god, deity, an immortal; त्वमपि विततयज्ञः स्वर्गिणः प्रीणयालम् Ś.7.34; Me.3; Ku.2. 45. -2 A dead or deceased man. स्वर्गीय svargīya स्वर्ग्य svargya स्वर्गीय स्वर्ग्य a. 1 Heavenly, celestial, divine. -2 Leading to heaven, procuring entrance into heaven; न च प्राणिवधः स्वर्ग्यस्तस्मान्मांसं विवर्जयेत् Ms.5.48;3.16; Bg.2.2. स्वर्जिकः svarjikḥ स्वर्जिन् svarjin स्वर्जिकः स्वर्जिन् m. 1 Natron. -2 Salt-petre, nitre. |
26 results
| |
| agra | ág-ra, n. front; beginning; top, x. 135, 6; lc. ágre in the beginning, x. 129. 3. 4. |
| |
| agratas | agra-tás, adv. in the beginning, x. 90, 7. |
| |
| ajara | a-jára, a. (K.) unaging, i. 160, 4 [jṝ waste away]. |
| |
| ajurya | a-jur-yá, a. unaging, iv. 51, 6 [jur waste away]. |
| |
| arcant | árc-ant, pr. pt., singing, i. 85, 2; viii. 29, 10. |
| |
| āraṇya | āraṇyá, a. belonging to the forest, x. 90, 8 [áraṇya]. |
| |
| rkvan | ṛ́k-van, m. pl. name of a group of ancestors, x. 14, 3 [singing from arc sing]. |
| |
| rkvant | ṛ́k-vant, a. singing, jubilant, iv. 50, 5 [arc sing]. |
| |
| khanitrima | Khan-í-trima, a. produced by digging, vii. 49, 2 [khan dig]. |
| |
| gṛṇant | gṛṇ-ánt, pr. pt. singing; m. singer, iii. 59, 5 [gṛ sing]. |
| |
| gṛṇāna | gṛṇ-āná, pr. pt. Ā. singing, praising, i. 35, 10; 160, 5 [gṛ sing]. |
| |
| grāmya | grām-yá, a. belonging to the village, x. 90, 8 [grá̄ma]. |
| |
| citraśravas | citrá-śravas, a. (Bv.) having brilliant fame; spv. -tama of most brilliant fame, i. 1, 5; bringing most brilliant fame, iii. 59, 6. |
| |
| jarant | jár-ant, pr. pt. aging, old, x. 34, 3 [jṝ waste away; Gk. γέρ-οντ- ‘old man’]. |
| |
| pūrvasū | pūrva-sú̄, a. bringing forth first, ii. 35, 5. |
| |
| pratijanya | prátijan-ya, a. belonging to adversaries, iv. 50, 9; n. hostile force, iv. 50, 7 [prati-janá, m.adversary]. |
| |
| prāvṛṣa | prāvṛṣ-á, a., f. í̄, belonging to the rains, vii. 103, 7. |
| |
| rathya | ráth-ya, a. belonging to a car, i. 35, 6. |
| |
| vahant | váh-ant, pr. pt. carrying, i. 35, 5; bearing, ii. 35, 9; bringing, vii. 71, 2. |
| |
| vahantī | váh-ant-ī, pr. pt. f. bringing, ii. 35, 14. |
| |
| viśvadeva | viśvá-deva, a. [Bv.] belonging to all the gods, iv. 50, 6. |
| |
| vaiśya | váiśya, m. man of the third caste, x. 90, 12 [belonging to the settlement = víś]. |
| |
| vaiśvānara | vaiśvānará, a. belonging to all men, epithet of Agni, vii. 49, 4 [viśvá̄-nara]. |
| |
| sajanya | sájan-ya, a. belonging to his own people, iv. 50, 9 [sa-jana, kinsman]. |
| |
| sādhāraṇa | sá̄dhāraṇa, a. belonging jointly, common, vii. 63, 1 [sa-ādhāraṇa having the same support]. |
| |
| sānasi | sān-as-í, a. bringing gain, iii. 59, 6 [san gain]. |
987 results
| |
| agratas | ad. in front, forward; at the head, in the beginning, first of all; --kri, place in front; prp. before, in presence of (g.). |
| |
| agra | n. front; beginning; point, tip, top, main thing: -m, before (g., --°ree;); in. before (ac.); lc. before, in presence of (g., --°ree;); in the beginning, at first, in the first place; after (ab.): -bhû, come forward. |
| |
| agraśas | ad. from the beginning. |
| |
| acchidra | a. intact; uninterrupted; faultless: -m, in., ad. uninterruptedly, from beginning to end. |
| |
| ajara | a. not aging, ever young; m. pl. the flames of Agni. |
| |
| atyutka | a. ardently longing; -½ut kata, a. excessive, extraordinary; -½uttama, a. most excellent; -½udâtta, a. very eminent; -½udâra, a. most excellent; too liberal: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -½un-nata, pp.excessively high; -½unnati, f. eminence. |
| |
| atha | ad. then, thereupon; now, here begins (at bg. of works or sections, cp. iti); now, so, then (at bg. of sentences); but, however, and yet; if; then, corr. to yadâ; often strengthened by atas, api, ka, tu, punar; sts. mere verse-filler; atha vâ, or, or else, or rather (giving another explanation); however; even; repeated: either--or; atha kim, what else ?= certainly; atha kimu, to say nothing of --. |
| |
| adāditva | n. appertaining to the verbs beginning with &open;ad&close; (=Ad-class). |
| |
| adūṣita | pp. blameless, good: f. â, unviolated; -kaumârâ, a. f. whose virginity is intact. |
| |
| adhogata | pp. gone down; bowing low; -gati, f. going down (+to hell); sinking; a. going downwards, going to hell; -gamana, n. going downwards; -drishti, f. downcast gaze; a. looking down; -nayana, n. bringing down; -nilaya, m. hell; -nivîta, pp. wearing the sacred cord low; -bhâga, m. lower part; lower part of the body; depth; -mukha, a. (î) downcast; downward. |
| |
| anatilambin | a. not hanging down very far. |
| |
| anantara | a. having no interval, immediately following, next; belonging to the next lower caste: -m, ad. forthwith, pre sently; thereupon, afterwards; immediately after (ab., g., or --°ree;). |
| |
| anapeta | pp. not removed from, not diverging from (ab.). |
| |
| anasūya | a. uncomplaining; not detracting, not envious; kind; -aka, a. (ikâ) id.; -â, f. non-grumbling, ungrudgingness. |
| |
| anādi | a. having no beginning; -tâ, f. abst. n. |
| |
| anādyananta | a. lacking begin ning or end. |
| |
| anāvādi | a. not belonging to the Gana nau. |
| |
| anārṣa | a. not belonging to the Rishis. |
| |
| anukāṅkṣin | a. striving after, eager; -kâmá, m. desire, longing; a. conform ing to one's wish: -m, ad.; -kâra, -ka, a. imitating; resembling; -kârin, a. id.; corre sponding, conforming to, following; -kârya, fp. to be represented; n. subsequent business; -kâlam, ad. at the regular time. |
| |
| anudhāvana | n. running after; cleansing; -dhyâna, n. meditation; -dhyâ yin, a. reflecting; indulging in longing; -dhye ya, fp. to be reflected on. |
| |
| anudyama | m. absence of exertion; -udyoga, m. id.; inactivity; -udyogin, a. not exerting oneself, lazy; -ud-vigna, pp. not agitated, not frightened: -m, ad.; -udvega, m. absence of excitement, calmness: -kara, a. not agitating, not frightening; -udvegaka, a. causing no excitement, giving no offence to (g.); -ud-vegayat, pr. pt. not agitating. |
| |
| anupapatti | f. not coming to pass, impossibility; a. inadmissible, impossible; -upa-panna, pp. unsuitable; unproved, in admissible; -upa-bhugyamâna, pr. pt. ps. not being enjoyed (riches); -upa-bhogya, fp. not to be enjoyed; -upama, a. incomparable; -upa-yat, pr. pt. not cohabiting with; -upa-yukta, pp. unserviceable, useless; unfit; -upa-yugyamâna, pr. pt. ps. good for nothing; -upayogin, a. unserviceable:(i)-tva, n. abst. n.; -uparodha, m. not prejudicing, not injur ing: -tas, ad. without inconvenience; -upa-lakshita, pp. unnoticed; -upalabdhi, f. non perception; imperceptibility; -upalambha, m. id.; -upasamhârin, a. non-exclusive (fallacious middle term); -upasarga, a. not combined with a preposition; -upa-skrita, pp. unprepared; simple; unfurnished with (in.); disinterested; blameless; -upa-hata, pp. healthy; undisputed: -½âtmaka, a.not dejected, cheerful; -upa-hita, pp. unconditioned, unappropriated. |
| |
| anurakta | pp. devoted, attached, fond; -rakti, f. attachment, fondness; -rañg aka, a. gratifying; -rañgana, n. gaining the affection of; -rathyâ, f. footpath, pavement; -râga, m. colouring; redness; affection; at tachment; fondness for (--°ree;); contentment: -vat, a. red; fond; enamoured of (saha): -î, f. N.: -sri&ndot;gâravatyau, du. f. Anurâgavatî and Sri&ndot;gâravatî; -râgi-tâ, f. attachment; -râ gin, a. attached to; worldly; enamoured; lovely; -râtram, ad. by night. |
| |
| anulepa | m. anointing; ointment: -na, n. id.; -lepin, a. anointed with (--°ree;); -loma, a. following the hair, with the grain: °ree;--, in. in the natural direction, downwards; in. in a friendly way: f. â,spell (sc. vidyâ); girl of lower caste than the man she marries: -ga, a. born of such a union; -lomana, a. put ting in due order; n. purging. |
| |
| anuṣaṅga | m. attachment to (lc.); longing; immediate consequence; -sha&ndot;gin, a. attached; prevailing; necessarily following from (g.); -shañganîya, fp. to be supplied from the context. |
| |
| antarajña | a. discriminating: -tâ, f. discrimination; -tara, cpv. very intimate with (g.); -tás, ad. within; prp. within (g.); from within (--°ree;); -patita, pp. vanished,=not coming into consideration; -pûrusha, m. soul; -prabhava, a. of intermediate origin, i. e. of mixed caste; -prepsu, des. a. wishing to obtain an opportunity; -stha, a. being within (g., --°ree;); inner; m. surety; witness; -sthita, pp. standing within (--°ree;). |
| |
| anyadīya | a. belonging to another. |
| |
| andolana | n. swinging. |
| |
| anvayin | a. belonging to or con nected with the same family; resulting from anything. |
| |
| apatita | pp. not outcast; not for feited; -½anyo&zip;nya-tyâgin, a. forsaking each other without losing caste. |
| |
| apāka | a. coming from afar; -ga, a. (not produced by ripening), original, natural. |
| |
| apya | a. (f. â, or ápî) belonging to water. |
| |
| apratibaddha | pp. not kept at a distance, belonging to the retinue; -bandha, m. no hindrance; a. unhindered; -buddha, pp. unawakened; unenlightened, stupid; -bodha, ad. without awakening (°ree;--); -bhata, a. irre sistible; -bhâ, f. non-appearance, non-arrival; -bheda, m. non-betrayal. |
| |
| aprākṛta | a. (î) not original, second ary; unusual, extraordinary. |
| |
| apriyakara | a. unpleasant; caus ing disaffection; -krit, a. acting unkindly; -bhâgin, a. full of unpleasantness. |
| |
| abhavadīya | a. not belonging to your Honour. |
| |
| abhayaḍiṇḍima | m. war drum: -m dâ, proclaim security of person amid beating of drums; -tama, n. greatest safety; -da, a. affording security; -dakshi- nâ, f. promise of security; -datta, m. N. of a physician; -dâna, n. granting of security; -prada, -pradâyin, a. granting security; -pradâna, n. granting of security; -yâkanâ, f. begging for security of person; -vâk, f. as surance of safety. |
| |
| abhikāṅkṣā | f. longing, desire for (ac., --°ree;); -kâ&ndot;kshin, a. desirous of (ac., --°ree;); -kâma, m. desire; affection, love; a. well-disposed to, longing for (ac., --°ree;). |
| |
| abhimata | pp. esteemed, loved; wished for, approved; n. wish, desire; -man tavya, fp. to be regarded as (nm.); -man tri, a. bringing objects into relation with it self; -mantrana, n. invocation; consecration. |
| |
| abhinna | pp. not pierced, not pene trated; unhurt; unbroken, undivided; stead fast; unchanged; not different from (ab.): -gati, a. not changing one's gait; -vela, a. not breaking bounds; -sthiti, a. id. |
| |
| abhiyoktavya | fp. to be prose cuted; -yoktri, m. assailant; plaintiff; -yoga, m. employment; exertion, diligence; attack; charge; -yogin, a. prosecuting; -yogya, fp. to be attacked, assailable. |
| |
| abhilaṅghana | n. overleaping (g.); infringement; -la&ndot;ghin, a. overstepping, infringing (--°ree;); -lashanîya, -lashya, fp. de sirable; -lashita, pp. n. desire, wish. |
| |
| abhiśrāva | m. giving ear; -sr&isharp;, a. arranging; m. arranger; -sha&ndot;ga, m. de feat; -sha&ndot;gin, a. defeating, humbling; -shava, m. pressing (Soma). |
| |
| abhyarthana | n., â, f. begging; -½arthanîya, fp. to be requested; -arthita, pp. n. request; -arthin, a. asking for (--°ree;); -arthya, fp. to be requested; -árdha-yag van, a. receiving special offerings;-arhana, n. homage, adoration; -arhanîya, fp. vener able: -tâ, f. venerableness. |
| |
| abhyantara | a. inner, being within; contained in (g., lc., --°ree;); intimate; initiated, conversant with (lc.); akin; belonging to; essential to (--°ree;); secret; n. interior; interval of time: -m, ad.within; into (--°ree;); lc. at in tervals; in the space of, within (--°ree;). |
| |
| abhyudaya | m. rise; beginning; success, fortune, prosperity; wealth; festi val, esp. sacrifice to the Manes; -udayin, a. arising, imminent; -udgati, f. going to meet; -udgama, m. rising to greet. |
| |
| amājur | f. aging at home, old maid. |
| |
| amogha | a. not vain, unerring; in fallible; -krodha-harsha, a. not angry or rejoicing in vain; -darsana, a. not appearing in vain, i. e. bringing luck (Pr.); -patana, a. not falling in vain, hitting themark; -vakana, a. whose word is not idle. |
| |
| ambhoja | n. (day) lotus; -ginî, f. lotus plant: -vana, n. pond covered with lotuses; -da, m. cloud; -dhara, m. id.; -dhi, m. sea; -nidhi, m. id.; -bindu, m. drop of water; -muk, m. cloud; -ruha, n. (day) lotus: -maya, a. full of lotuses. |
| |
| ayoni | m. f. what is not pudendum muliebre; a. lacking an origin or beginning; -ga, a. not born of the womb: -tva, n. abst. n.; -ganman, a. not born of the womb. |
| |
| arājaka | a. kingless; n. anarchy; -tâ, f. kinglessness; -daivika, a. not caused by the king or by fate; -lakshman, a. lack ing royal insignia; -½anvayin, a. belonging to no royal race. |
| |
| arṇa | a. surging; m. n. wave, stream, flood; m. N. |
| |
| arkin | a. radiant; singing songs of praise. |
| |
| arthakara | a. (î) useful; -kâma, n. sg., m. du. the useful and the pleasant; a. de sirous of wealth; wishing to be useful; -kâm ya, a. id.; -kârsya, n. destitution, poverty; -kilbishin, a. transgressing with money; -krikkhra, n. difficult matter; -krit, a. use ful; -kritya, n., â, f. accomplishment of an affair; -grahana, n. taking away of money; import of the meaning; -ghna, a. (î) pro digal; -kitta, a. intent on riches; -kintaka,a. knower of the useful; -gâta, n. sg. pl. money; things, objects; -gña, a. understanding the matter or the meaning; -tattva, n. real state of things; fact of a matter; true sense: -tas, ad. for a purpose; for the sake of (--°ree;); for the sake of gain; in truth, really, according to the meaning; -trishnâ, f. thirst for gold, avarice; -tva, n. serviceableness for (--°ree;); -da, a. useful; liberal; -datta, m. N. of wealthy merchants; -darsana, n.judging a matter; -dâna, n. present in money; -dûshana, n. prodigality; unjust seizure of property. |
| |
| ardhacandra | m. half-moon; ar row with half-moon-shaped head; hollowed hand: -m dâ, seize by the throat; -ka, m. bent hand; -bhâgin, a. seized by the throat; -mu kha, a. having a half-moon-shaped point. |
| |
| alaṅghanīya | fp. not to be over taken; not to be overstepped; unapproach able; -ayat, pr. pt. not infringing. |
| |
| avagantavya | fp. to be understood; to be concluded from (ab.); -gantri, m. one who understands; -gama, m., -na, n. understanding, cognizance, ascertainment; -gâha, m. immersion; washing; bathing: -na, n. id.; -gâhin, a. reaching to; engaging in (--°ree;); -gunthana, n. veiling; veil: -vat, a. veiled; -gûrana, n. roaring, raging; -graha, m. hindrance; obstacle; drought; division of a word; pause, mark of elision (gr.); -grâha, m. drought; -grâham, abs. separating the words; -grâhin, a. separating; -gharsha- na, n. rubbing off; -ghâta, m. blow; un husking by pounding. |
| |
| avalamba | a. hanging down; m. attachment to; support, prop; -ana, a. (î) hanging to, leaning on; n. hanging down; at tachment to, resting upon (--°ree;); dependence; support; tarrying; -itavya,fp. to be clung to; -in, a. hanging down; reclining or leaning on; attached to; dependent on (--°ree;). |
| |
| avikāra | m. no change, no dis figurement; a. subject to no change; -in, a. not changing; not moving a muscle: -i-tâ, f. abst. n.; -ya, fp. unchangeable. |
| |
| asamāna | a. unequal; not shared by others; n. no corresponding condition; -grâma, a. belonging to a different village. |
| |
| asāda | a. unflagging. |
| |
| asūya | a. grumbling, angry: â, f. grumbling, displeasure, anger, grudge: -ka, a. grumbling, angry, grudging. |
| |
| astrī | f. no woman; no feminine=m. and n. (gr.); -sambhogin, a. lying with no woman. |
| |
| asmatkūlīna | a. belonging to our family; -samîpa-tas, ad. near us. |
| |
| astābhilāṣin | a. verging towards sunset. |
| |
| ākarṣa | m. attraction; -ana, a. (î) attracting; n. pulling; attraction; -ikâ, f. N. of a city; -in, a. dragging along. |
| |
| ākara | m. scatterer, bestower; abun dance, plenty; mine; origin: -ga, a. mineral; -in, a. arising from mines, mineral. |
| |
| āgati | f. arrival, return (-tva, n. abst. n.); origin; coming up to, joining. |
| |
| ākṣepa | m. turning up (soil); quiv ering, convulsion; putting on (salve); throw ing off; abandonment; enrapturing (g. or --°ree;); reference to (--°ree;); hint; challenge; abuse, af front; -na, a. (î) ravishing, charming; -rûpaka, n. kind of simile; -valana, n. swaying (of the arms); -sûtra, n. thread for stringing pearls; -½upamâ, f. kind of simile. |
| |
| āgnāvaiṣṇava | a. belonging to Agni-Vishnu. |
| |
| āgama | a. coming up; m. arrival, occurrence; origin; course (of streams); af fluence, revenue, property; acquisition; learn ing, knowledge; science; precept, tradition; manual, code; augment (gr.); -na, n. coming, arrival; origin; sexual intercourse; -vat, a. having sexual intercourse; -sruti, f. tradi tion; -½apâyin, a. coming and going. |
| |
| ācāra | m. behaviour; good con duct; usage, custom, observance, rule: °ree;--, customary: -maya, a. ceremonious, devoted to etiquette; -lâg&abrevcirc;, m. f. pl. customary parched grain; -vat, a.well-behaved, virtuous; -vya peta, pp. diverging from usage; -½apeta, a. id.; -hîna, pp. neglectful of the rules of conduct. |
| |
| ātmecchā | f. longing for the universal soul; -½îsvara, m. master of oneself. |
| |
| ādi | m. [taking in hand: â+√ dâ] beginning: lc. in the --, at first; --°ree;, beg. with= and the rest, etc. (often -ka); -kartri, m. original creator; -kesava, m. ep. of Vishnu; -tas, ad. from or in the beg., at first; --°ree;, from onwards: -tâ, f. being the beginning, origin. |
| |
| ādādika | a. belonging to the Ad class (gr.). |
| |
| ātharvaṇa | a. (î) belonging to A tharvan or the Atharvans; m. descendant of Atharvan or the Atharvans; Brâhman conversant with the AV.; conjuror; the AV.; i-ká, m. follower of the AV. |
| |
| ādima | a. first; -mat, a. having a beginning; -mûla, n. original cause; -va râha, m. original boar, ep. of Vishnu. |
| |
| ādiparvata | m. chief mountain; -purusha, m. original ancestor; primeval spirit; -pûrusha, m. primeval spirit, ep. of Vishnu; -bhava, a. produced in the beginning; -bhûta, pp. being the first among (g.). |
| |
| āditya | a. belonging to the Âdi tyas; divine; relating to the sun; -kandra, m. du. sun and moon; -prabha, m. N. of a king; -mandalá, n. sun's orb; -vat, ad. like the sun; -varna, a. sun-coloured; -varman, -sena, m. Ns. of kings. |
| |
| āditya | a. belonging to or descended from Aditi; m. son of Aditi; sun: pl. a class of gods; n. N. of a lunar mansion. |
| |
| ādhī | f. longing, care, anxiety. |
| |
| ādhāna | n. laying or placing on; kindling of the sacred fires; impregnation; ceremony preceding impregnation; produc tion; pledging; employment: -hetu, a. occasioning the creation of (--°ree;). |
| |
| ādyanta | n. sg., m. du. beginning and end; --°ree;, a. beginning and ending with: -vat, a. having a beginning and an end. |
| |
| ānayana | n. bringing near or back; procuring; producing; -itavya, fp. to be brought near. |
| |
| āndolaka | m. swing; -ana, n. swinging. |
| |
| ābhijana | a. patronymic; -gâtî, f., -gâtya, n. nobility; -gñânika, a. relating to cognition; -dhânika, m. lexicographer; -plavika, a. belonging to the abhiplava; -mukhya, n. direction towards (ac., g., --°ree;); -râmika, a. amiable; -sheka, -shekanika, a. (î) referring to the inauguration of a king. |
| |
| āyaji | a. bringing by sacrifice; -ishtha, spv. (&asharp;-) of âyagí. |
| |
| āmuṣmika | a. (î) belonging to the next world. |
| |
| ārambha | m. setting about; under taking; beginning; -na, n. taking hold; handle; support; make-shift; -nîya, fp. to be begun with: â, f. N. of certain verses; -tâ, f. beginning; -ruki, a. enterprising: -tâ, f. de light in undertakings. |
| |
| āropa | m. placing upon; attribu tion; substitution for, identification with (lc.); -aka, a. planting (--°ree;); -ana, n. causing to ascend; setting up; putting on; stringing (a bow); identification; -anîya, fp.that should be caused to ascend (lc.); -ita, pp. cs. from √ ruh; -ya, fp. to be placed upon. |
| |
| āryarāja | m. N. of a king; -rûpa, a. having the air of respectability; -li&ndot;gin, a. bearing the marks of respectability; -var man, m. N. of a king; -vâk, a. speaking an Aryan tongue; -vidagdha-misra, a. honour able, learned, &c. &c. (honorific designation); -vritta, n. honourable behaviour; a. behav ing honourably; -vesha, a. respectably dressed; -vrata, a. behaving like an Aryan; -sîla, a. of honourable character; -samaya, m. ordi nance of honourable men; -suta, m.=ârya putra (husband); -strî, f. woman of the upper castes. |
| |
| ārya | a. (â or î) belonging to the faith ful, of one's own tribe; honourable, noble; m. Âryan (Vedic Indian); man of the first three castes; man of worth: voc. sir, friend; â, f.; Âryâ verse; a metre; -ka, m. man of worth; N. of a king; -guna, m. noble quality; -grihya, a. siding with the noble; -ketas, a. noble-minded; -gana, m. Âryans, honourable people; -gushta, pp. approved by the honourable; -tâ, f., -tva, n.honourableness; -dâsî, f. N.; -duh itri, f. daughter of a noble (honorific mode of addressing a female friend); -desa, m. dis trict inhabited by Âryans; -desya, a. coming from an Âryan district; -putra, m. son of an Âryan,honorific designation of (1) son of person addressed; (2) husband; (3) sovereign; -prâya, a. inhabited chiefly by Âryans; -buddhi, a. noble-minded; -bhata, m. N. of two astronomers: î-ya, n. work composed by Ârya bhata. |
| |
| ālarka | a. belonging to a mad dog. |
| |
| ālamba | a. hanging down; m. hold, support; -ana, n. holding fast to; supporting (--°ree;); hold, support; foundation; -in, a. hanging down; attached to, resting on, reaching down to, dependent on, supporting (--°ree;). |
| |
| ārabhya | gd. beginning with (ab. or --°ree;). |
| |
| ārṣabha | a. belonging to --, of a bull. |
| |
| āvaha | a. bringing, effecting (--°ree;). |
| |
| āvasati | f. night's lodging; quar ters; -athá, m. id.; abode; -ath-ya, m. sacred domestic fire. |
| |
| āśramin | a. belonging to one of the religious stages. |
| |
| āśvina | a. (î) like horsemen; (á) be longing or sacred to the Asvins; m. N. of a rainy month; -kratu, m. N. of a rite in the prâtaranuvâka; -satra, n. N. of a modifica tion of the prâtaranuvâka. |
| |
| āsamāpti | ad. up to the end, from beginning to end. |
| |
| āskanda | m. leaping up; attack; -ana, n. attack; -in, a. springing upon (--°ree;); bestowing. |
| |
| āsura | a. (&isharp;) spiritual, divine; belonging to the demons or Asuras, demon-like; m. Asura; &isharp;, f. female Asura. |
| |
| āhara | a. (--°ree;) bringing; m. offering (a sacrifice): -ana, n. fetching; offering (sacrifice): -î-kri, present, bestow; -trí, m. bringer; taker; causer (ac.); performer. |
| |
| idamādi | a. beginning with this. |
| |
| indrayu | a. longing for Indra. |
| |
| ityādi | a. beginning thus=and so on; n. this and the like, and so on, &c. |
| |
| iyakṣu | des. a. longing. |
| |
| indriya | a. belonging to, like or dear to Indra; m. companion of Indra; n. Indra's might; dominion; mighty deed; vigour, energy; semen virile; organ of sense; -kâma, a. desirous of might; -grâma, m.totality of the senses; -nigraha, m. restraint of the senses; -sakti, f. power of the senses; -samyamá, m. restraint of the senses. |
| |
| īṅkhana | n. swinging. |
| |
| ihatya | a. belonging to this place. |
| |
| avadola | m. swinging, rocking. |
| |
| utkarṇa | a. pricking up the ears; -tâla, a. beginning to flap its ears. |
| |
| utkaya | den. P. fill with longing. |
| |
| utkaṇṭha | a. having the neck out stretched; longing; amorous: -m, ad. long ingly, -kârin, a. causing longing; -kanthâ, f. longing; love-sick yearning. |
| |
| utka | a. longing or eager for (inf. or --°ree;); n. longing, eagerness. |
| |
| uṇādi | m. pl. Unâdi suffixes, class of primary suffixes beginning with u (gr.). |
| |
| utkalikā | f. longing; love-sick yearning; bud; wave. |
| |
| utpatti | f. coming into being, birth; origin; mine; new birth, regeneration; pro duce; productiveness; occurrence, esp. of or in a Vedic passage: -dhâman, n. birthplace; -mat, a. produced, born. |
| |
| uttha | a. arising; springing up; pro ceeding from, originating in (--°ree;); -thâ-ta vya, fp. n. one should rise; one should be up and doing; -th&asharp;na, m. originator; n. rising; rise (of heavenly bodies); resurrection; insurrection, tumult; exertion, activity; origin: -vat, a. strenuous, -vîra, m. man of action; -thâpana, n. raising; awakening; -thâya, gd. having arisen; -thây-in, a. rising; appearing; active, strenuous: -i-tva, n. abst. n.; -thita, pp. √ sthâ. |
| |
| utsuka | a. uneasy, agitated; eager; yearning; longing for (lc., prati, or --°ree;); *anxious about (in., lc.): -tâ, f. uneasiness; eagerness, zeal; longing, yearning; -vadana, a. having a yearning face. |
| |
| utsarpaṇa | n. rising; going out; stepping forward; -in, a. springing up; breaking forth, coming to light; soaring up wards: (n)-î, f. ascending cycle. |
| |
| udaka | n. water; ablution; libation to the Manes: -m kri, dâ, or pra-dâ, present libation of water to the dead (d., g.); -m kri, perform the prescribed ablutions; -m upa-spris, touch various parts of the body with water as prescribed; -karman, n. libation of water to the Manes; -kârya, n. id.; ablution; -kriyâ, f.=udaka-karman; -tarpana, n. li bation with water; -dâna, n. id.; -dâyin, a. offering the funeral libation ofwater; -pûr va, a. beginning with a pouring out of water; -maya, a. consisting of water only; (á)-vat, a. supplied with water; -vatî, f. girl's N.; -sparsana, n. contact with water; ablution. |
| |
| udaya | m. rising; rise (of sun or moon), break (of dawn); gathering (of clouds); N. of the mythical mountain behind which sun and moon are supposed to rise; appearance, arising, production, beginning; consequence, result; success; prosperity; gain; income, revenue; interest; -giri, m. sunrise mountain; -gupta, m. N. of a man; -tata, m. slope of Mount Udaya. |
| |
| udanya | a. surging, watery: â, f. desire for water, thirst; -yú, a. desirous of water; -vát, a. surging; abounding in water; m. ocean. |
| |
| udaghāta | m. blow; jolt, shock; dis cussion; beginning; -in, a. rough, rugged. |
| |
| udgama | m. rise (of heavenly bodies); ascent; rising, elevation, breaking forth, ap pearance; springing up; shoot; departure; -tva, n. abst. n. |
| |
| udgati | f. coming forth, springing up. |
| |
| udbandha | m. hanging oneself; -na, n. id.; hanging (a criminal). |
| |
| uddāna | n. tying up; stringing. |
| |
| udbhūti | f. origin; appearance; ex altation; prosperity. |
| |
| udbhava | m. origin, birth, appear ance; birthplace; --°ree;, a. arising or produced from: -kshetra, n. place of origin. |
| |
| udvega | m. tremor, heaving, surging; uneasiness, agitation; objection; -kara, a. (î) causing uneasiness, distressing, agitating, alarming; -kâraka, -kârin, a. id.; -krit, a. causing aversion. |
| |
| unmukha | a. (î) having the face upturned; upward; looking up towards; longing for; expecting; ready for, about to (--°ree;): -m, ad. upwards; -tâ, f. desire, expect ancy: -darsana, n. upward gaze. |
| |
| upakrama | m. approach; applica tion, treatment; beginning; design, scheme; first project of a work; means, expedient; -anîya, fp. to be begun; -krânta, (pp.) n. beginning; -krâmya, fp. to be treated (disease). |
| |
| upaghāta | m. blow; injury, damage; infringement; -ka, a. injuring, hurting; in fringing. |
| |
| upaja | a. belonging to (g.); proceed ing from (--°ree;). |
| |
| upanyāsa | a. procuring; m. ad junction; procurement; incidental mention, intimation; statement, declaration; discus sion; kind of alliance or peace: -m, ad. while alleging (--°ree;). |
| |
| upanaya | m. bringing, supplying; application; introduction: -na, n. id.; initi ation of a pupil; investiture; offering. |
| |
| upamantrin | a. encouraging. |
| |
| upapādaka | a. effecting, bring ing about; -na, a. bringing forward; n. pro curement; appearance; demonstration. |
| |
| upākaraṇa | n. preparation; be ginning of Vedic study; -karman, n. id. |
| |
| upahāra | m. offering; presenta tion, gift; peace purchased by indemnifica tion: -m vi-dhâ, offer (ac.) as a victim: a-ka, m., i-kâ, f. id.; -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.: -pâ- ni, a. bringing a present in one's hand; -var man, m. N.; î-kri, offer up, sacrifice (ac.); î-kikîrshu, des. a. wishing to offer up as a sacrifice (ac.). |
| |
| ubhayātmaka | a. belonging to both sets. |
| |
| upodghāta | m. introduction; be ginning; apt instance. |
| |
| ullola | a. [ud + lola] violently agitated, surging. |
| |
| ūḍhi | f. carrying, bringing. |
| |
| ṛkvat | a. singing, shouting; m. singer (a class of gods); -van, a. id. |
| |
| urmya | a. surging; â, f. night. |
| |
| ṛghāvat ríghâ-vat, ˚van | a. raging, stormy. |
| |
| ekapatikā | a. having the same husband; -patni-tâ, f. having one wife in common; -patnî, f. (é-) wife of any one man, faithful spouse; a. pl. having one and the same husband; -pád (or é-), strong base -pâd, f. -padî, a. one-footed; -pada, n. one and the same spot: -m, lc. at once, suddenly, in a trice; a. (é-) one-footed; only one step long: -m, ad. in short; -padâ, f. verse consisting of one pâda; -padî, f. foot-path; -pará, a. marked with one point (die); -pâna, m. single wager or stake; -pâtin, a. isolated, separate; connected: pl. taken together; -pâda, m. one foot; a. (é-) one-footed; -pârthiva, m. sole monarch; -pi&ndot;ga, m.(quite brown) ep. of Kubera: -la, m. id.: -½akala, m. Kubera's mountain, i. e. the Himavat; -pîta, a. quite yellow; -prakhya, a. homogeneous; uniform; -phala, a. bearing the same fruit as (--°ree;); -buddhi, a.unanimous; simple-minded; m. N. of a fish; f. simple conception (ph.); -bhakta, pp. serving or kept by one master; n. eating one meal a day; -bhakti-ka, a. taking only one meal a day; -bhaksha, m. sole food; -bhâva, m.simplicity, straightforwardness, sincerity; a. having one and the same nature; honest, sincere; behaving uprightly towards (g.); -bhâvin, a. becoming one, coalescing; -bhû- ta, pp. undivided; closely attentive; -bhû mi½îsvara, m. sole ruler of earth; -bhogin, a. eating only once a day; -mati, f. unanimity; concentration of mind; a. unanimous; -manas, a. having the mind fixed on one object, attentive (sts. --°ree;); unanimous; -maya,a. (î) consisting exclusively of, quite filled with (--°ree;); -mukha, a. superintended by one; -mûrti, f. one person; -mûla, a. having a single root. |
| |
| ekaika | a. one each time, each singly, every single (sts. pl.): -m, ad.: -vritti, a. belonging to each single object; -sas, ad. one by one, singly, severally. |
| |
| etadanta | a. ending with this or these; -artham, ad. for this purpose, there fore; -avastha, a. being in this condition; being of such a kind; referring thereto; -îya, pos. prn. his, her, their; -yoni, a.having this origin; -vasa, a. dependent on him. |
| |
| evaṃkarman | a. having acted thus; -gata, pp. being in such a plight, so circum stanced: lc. such being the case; -guna, a. having such qualities or excellences: -½upeta, pp. endowed with such qualities or excellences; -tarkin, a. conjecturing thus; -darsin, a. seeing or judging thus. |
| |
| aindra | a. (î) belonging to or coming from Indra, Indra-like; n. N. of a lunar mansion. |
| |
| aiṇa aina, aiṇeya | a. belonging to the black antelope. |
| |
| aihika | a. belonging to or occurring in this world, terrestrial, temporal. |
| |
| aiśvara | a. (î) befitting a lord, majestic; belonging to Siva; n. supreme dominion; -ya, n. position of a great lord; kingly state; supreme dominion; control; lordship or do minion of (g., lc., --°ree;); kingdom: -vat, a. possessed of supreme power. |
| |
| aiśa | a. belonging to Siva (îsa). |
| |
| aibha | a. (î) belonging to an elephant. |
| |
| autpattika | a. (î) original, innate, natural. |
| |
| auṇādika | a. belonging to the Unâdi-sûtras. |
| |
| oṣṭha | m. [ava-stha, hanging down], upper lip, lip (a. --°ree;, f. î). |
| |
| aurabhra | a. belonging to a ram or sheep; -ika, m. shepherd. |
| |
| aupendra | a. belonging to Vishnu. |
| |
| auddhārika | a. belonging to the share deducted. |
| |
| audumbara | a. (î) belonging to the Udumbara tree; made of Udumbara wood. |
| |
| auśīnara | a. (î) belonging to the people of Usînara; î, f. N. of a wife of Purûravas. |
| |
| auśanasa | a. (î) belonging to Usa nas; m., î, f. pat. descendant of Usanas; n. law-book composed by Usanas. |
| |
| aurva | a. (î) belonging to the earth; -ra, a. coming from the earth (dust). |
| |
| kathodaya | m. beginning of a story; statement; -½udghâta, m. beginning of a narrative. |
| |
| kanyā | f. girl, virgin; daughter; Virgo (in the Zodiac); -½âgâra, n. women's apart ments; -griha, n. id.; -tva, n. virginity; -dâtri, m. man who gives a daughter in mar riage; -dâna, n. bestowal of a daughter in marriage; -dûshin, a. deflowering a virgin; -pura, n. women's apartments; -bhâva, m. virginity; -bhaiksha, n. begging for a girl; -maya, a. consisting of a maiden or daughter; -vat, a. having a daughter; m.father of a daughter; -vedin, m. son-in-law; -vrata, n. monthlies: -sthâ, f. menstruating woman. |
| |
| kanīna | a. young, youthful: -ká, m. boy, youth: &asharp;, f. girl, virgin; (&isharp;na)-ka, m., a-kâ, i-kâ, f. pupil of the eye. |
| |
| karṣa | m. dragging; ploughing; a weight (=16 mâshas); -aka, a. dragging about, harassing (--°ree;); ploughing, cultivating; m. busbandman; -ana, a.=karshaka: n. bring ing; driving out; pulling; tormenting; plough ing, agriculture; bending a bow; -in, a. drag ging along; inviting; ploughing; m. culti vator; -&usharp;, f. furrow; trench; incision. |
| |
| kalā | f. small part, esp. one-sixteenth; sixteenth part of the moon's disc; interest on capital; small division of time (ranging be tween 8 seconds and about 2 1/2 minutes accord ing to different statements); artistic skill; art (of which there are 64); -keli, a. practising an art as an amusement; -gña, a. understand ing an art or the arts; m. artist; -dhara, a. possessing an art or the arts; m. moon; -nâtha, m. moon;-nidhi, m. id. |
| |
| kalpa | a. feasible, possible; able to, fit for (g., lc., inf., --°ree;); nearly equal to, like (--°ree;); after an a. --°ree;, almost; m. precept, rule, usage, manner; body of rules on ritual (one of the six Vedâ&ndot;gas); cosmic period (=a day of Brahma=1000 Yugas). prathamah kal pah, chief rule, original law. |
| |
| kalpya | fp. to be assigned; to be imagined. |
| |
| kāṅkṣaṇīya | fp. desirable; -â, f. desire for (--°ree;); -in, a. desirous of, longing for, waiting for (ac. or --°ree;). |
| |
| kāmarasika | a. indulging in love; libidinous; -rûpa, n. any form desired; a. assuming any form at will; m. pl. N. of a people in western Assam; -rûpin, a. id.; -vat, a. enamoured; -varsha, a.raining as desired; -vâda, m. talking as one lists; -vâs in, a. changing one's abode at pleasure; -vritta, pp. indulging one's desires, pleasure-loving; -sara, m. arrow of Kâma; -sâsana, m. ep. of Siva; -sâstra, n. treatise on love, T. of various works; -sû, a. granting desires; -sûtra, n. a Sûtra treating of love; -haituka, a. caused by desire only. |
| |
| kārṣṇa | a. (î) coming from the black antelope; belonging to or composed by Krish na; n. hide of the black antelope. |
| |
| kālapakva | pp. ripened by time; -paryaya, m. course of time; -paryâya, m. id.; -pâsa, m. noose of the god of death; -pâsika, m. hangman; -purusha, m. time personified; minion of the god of death;-prabhu, m. lord of seasons, the moon; -prâpta, pp. brought by time; -bhogin, m. black snake; -megha, m. black cloud. |
| |
| kāśyapa | a. (î) belonging to Kasyapa; m. pat. descendant of Kasyapa. |
| |
| kāśmīra | a. (î) belonging to Kas mîra; m. king of Kasmîra: pl. N. of a people and a country; n. saffron: -ka, a. belonging to Cashmere; i-kâ, f. princess of Cashmere; -ga, n. saffron. |
| |
| kutastya | a. coming from whence? with api, of unknown origin. |
| |
| kumārī | f. girl, virgin; daughter; (î)-pura, n. part of harem where girls live; -bhâga, m. daughter's portion. |
| |
| kulya | a. referring or belonging to a family. |
| |
| kulīna | a. noble (of race and char acter); belonging to the race of (--°ree;): -tva, n. noble birth; -îya, a. belonging to the family of (--°ree;). |
| |
| kimīya | a. belonging to whom or what place? |
| |
| kūpa | m. [ku½ap-a], pit, hole; well: -ka, m. little well; -kâra, m. well-digger; -kûr ma, m. tortoise in a well=unsophisticated person; -khanana, n. digging of a well; -khânaka, m. well-digger;-kakra, n. water wheel; -dardura, m. frog in a well=unsophis ticated person; -yantra, n. water-wheel. |
| |
| kṛṣṇāguru | n. kind of aloe; -½aginá, n. skin of the black antelope. |
| |
| kṛṣṇagati | m. (black-pathed), fire; -katurdasî, f. 14th day of the dark half= new moon; -ganma½ashtamî, f. a certain eighth day which is Krishna's birthday; -tâ, f., -tva, n. blackness; -nayana, -netra, a. black-eyed; -paksha, m. dark fortnight (full moon to new moon); -bhûma, m. black soil; -bhogin, m. kind of black snake; -mukha, a. (î) black-mouthed; -mriga, m. black ante lope; -yagurveda, m. Black Yagur-veda. |
| |
| kaiśava | a. belonging to Kesava (Krishna or Vishnu). |
| |
| kauñjara | a. (î) belonging to an ele phant. |
| |
| kaukṣeya | m. (belonging to a sheath), sword: -ka, m. id.; knife. |
| |
| kaumāra | a. (î) relating to a youth or virgin; youthful; relating to Kumâra (god of war); n. childhood, youth; innocence of youth, virginity; -kârin, a. practising chas tity; -vrata, n. vow of chastity:-kârin, a. practising a vow of chastity. |
| |
| kauṭumba | a. requisite for the household; n. affinity; -ika, a. belonging to or constituting a family; m. father of a family. |
| |
| kauśāmbī | f. N. of a city: -ya, a. belonging to Kausâmbî. |
| |
| kaurava | a. (î) belonging to the Kurus; m. pat. descendant of Kuru; -eya, m. pl. descendants of Kuru; -yá (+kaúrav ya), m. pl. id.=Pândavas; N. of a people. |
| |
| krakṣ | only pr. pt. krákshamâna, (V.) raging, roaring. |
| |
| kaunda | a. (î) belonging to or made of jasmine. |
| |
| kausalya | a. belonging to the Ko salas; m. king of the Kosalas; â, f. queen of Kosala (mother of Râma). |
| |
| krauḍa | a. (î) belonging to the boar. |
| |
| krodha | m. anger: -kakshus, n. angry eye; -ga, a. springing from wrath; -mukha, a. (î) angry-faced; -vasa, m. power of anger. |
| |
| kṣobha | m. swaying, tremor; jolting, agitation; -ana, a. shaking, agitating; -ayitri, m. prime mover or originator. |
| |
| khanati | m. N.; -ana, n. digging; -í, a. digging; f. mine; -i-trí, m. digger. |
| |
| khanitra | n., -trâ, f. spade; (i)-tra ka, n. small spade; í-trima, a. produced by digging. |
| |
| khānaka | a. digging (--°ree;); m. under mining burglar. |
| |
| khela | a. swinging, swaying, rocking; m. N.: -gamana, a. of playful gait; -ana, n. flying or moving to and fro; restless mo tion (of the eye): -ka, n. play, sport; -i, f. (?) play, sport. |
| |
| garbhāgāra | n. womb; bed chamber; lying-in room; inner sanctuary; -½âdi, a. beginning with conception; -½âdhâ na, n. impregnation; a certain ceremony preceding impregnation; -½ashtama,m. eighth year after conception. |
| |
| gāḍha | pp. (√ gâh) bathed in; deep; fast tight, close; strong, vehement:°ree;--or-m, ad.-ly; -tâ, f., -tva, n. depth; vehemence, intensity; -nidra, a. sound asleep; -½nurâgin, a. deeply enamoured. |
| |
| gāṅga | a. (î) belonging to the Ganges; m. met. of Bhîshma; -eya, -yá, m. id. |
| |
| gaveṣaṇa | a. ardently desirous; longing for battle; n. search; -½eshin, a. seek ing (--°ree;). |
| |
| guṭikā | f. pellet; pill; pearl: -½añgana, n. collyrium in globules; -pâta, m. fall of the ball, casting lots; -½astra, n. bow discharging clay pellets. |
| |
| gītācārya | m. teacher of singing. |
| |
| guṇakarman | n. unessential secondary action; remote object (gr.); -ka lusha, n. coalescence of the three fundamental qualities; -kritya, n. function of a bow-string; -gana, m. multitude of excel lences; -grihya, a. appreciating excellences; -grahana, n. recognition of merit, eulogy; -grâma, m. multitude of virtues; -grâhin, a. appreciating merit; -ghâtin, a. detract ing from merit; -kkheda, m. breaking of the ropeand disappearance of virtue; -gña, a. recognising merits: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -tantra, a. guided by virtue; -tas, ad. conformably to the fundamental qualities; with regard to good qualities; -tâ, f. subordinateness; ex cellence; -tyâgin, a. forsaking virtue; -tva, n. consistency of a rope; accessoriness; excel lence; -deva, m. N. of a pupil of Gunâdhya. |
| |
| gurukarman | n. affair of the teacher; -kârya, n. important business; -kula, n. teacher's house: -vâsa, m. sojourn in a teacher's house, tutelary stage in a Brâhman's life; -krita, pp. made much of, lauded; -kratu, m. great sacrifice; -griha, n. pre ceptor's house; -gana, m. venerable person, father, mother, parents; -talpa, m. teacher's conjugal bed; violation of one's preceptor's bed: -ga, -gâmin, a. defiling a teacher's conjugal bed, -½abhigamana, n. violation of one's teacher's bed; -talpin, a. = -talpa ga; -tâ, f. heaviness; importance; dignity; condition of a teacher; -tva, n. id.; proso dical length: -ka, n. heaviness; -darsana,n. sight of one's teacher; -dâra, m. teacher's wife; -dhur, f. pl. severe task; -patnî, f. teacher's wife; -pûgâ, f. reverence towards a teacher; -prasâdanîya, fp. obliging to one's teacher; -prasûta, pp. permitted or bidden by elder relatives; -bhâryâ, f. teacher's wife. |
| |
| gṛhakapota | m. domestic pigeon; -karma-kara, m. domestic; -karma-dâsa, m. domestic slave; -karman, n. household affair; -kâraka, m. carpenter; -kârin, m. kind of wasp; -kârya, n. household affair; -kritya, n. id.; kind of tax; -gupta, (pp.) m. N.; -kkhidra, n. hole or weak point in the house; -ga, a. born in the house; -gana, m. family; -gâta, pp. born in the house; -dâru, n. beam of a house; -dâha, m. con flagration; -dîpti, f. light (=ornament) of the house; -devatâ, f. pl. domestic deities; -dvâra, n. house-door; -nadikâ, f. drain of a house; -nirvâha, m. housekeeping; -pá, m. guardian of the house; (á)-pati, m. master of the house, paterfamilias; ep. of Agni; one who has precedence at a Sattra; village magistrate; -pâta, m. collapse of a house; -pâla, m. guardian of the house; -poshana, n. maintenance of the household; -bali, m.domestic offering: -bhug, m. bird that feeds on the domestic offering (sparrows, crows, and other birds); -bhartri, m. master of the house; -bhogin, m. member of the house hold; -medhá, 1. m. domestic sacrifice; 2. a.performing or taking part in the domestic sacrifices; m. householder, paterfamilias; -medhín, a. id.; m. married Brâhman house holder (second stage in his religious life): -î, f. Brâhman housewife. |
| |
| geya | fp. to be sung; *singing (g.); n. song; buzzing, humming. |
| |
| gotraka | n. race; family name; -kar tri, m. founder of a family; -kârin, a. found ing a family; -ga, a. born in the same race; of high lineage; m. blood-relation; -nâman, n. family name; -pravara, m.chief of a fa mily, prime ancestor: -dîpa, m., -nirnaya, m., -mañgarî, f. titles of works; -bhâg, a. be longing to the family; -bhíd, a. bursting open the cowshed; destroying families, name-de stroying; m. ep. of Indra (who releases the cows=rain-clouds from the stronghold of Vritra); -riktha, n. du. surname and heri tage: -½amsa-bhâgin, a. assuming the family surname and coming into one's share of the inheritance; -vrata, n. family law;-sthiti, f. id.; mountain-like stability. |
| |
| ānīti | f. bringing near. |
| |
| gomaya | a. consisting of cows; full of cowdung; (m.) n. cowdung (often pl.): -pâ yasîya-nyâya-vat, ad. after the manner of cowdung and milk-food, i. e. widely differing though identical in origin; -maya, a. (î) made of cowdung. |
| |
| granthiśamana | n. (bringing a garment to an end with a knot =) money knot. |
| |
| grāmakāma | a. desirous of a village; fond of village life; -kukkuta, m. (village=) tame cock; -ghâta, m. plundering of a village; -karyâ, f. village ways= sexual enjoyment; -kaitya, m.sacred tree of the village; -gâta, pp. grown in a village or in cultivated soil; -nî, m. leader of a host; chief of a community; *barber (chief person in a village); -tâ, f. number of villages; -dasa½îsa, m. chief of ten villages;-dharâ, f. N. of a rock (supporting villages); -dharma, m. village custom; -nivâsin, a. dwelling in villages, tame (birds); -pishta, pp. ground at home; -yâgaka, -yâgin, a. sacrificing (through avarice) for all members ofthe community (whether admissible or not); -vâsin, a. living in villages, tame (animal); m. villager; -vriddha, m. old man of the village; -sîmâ, f. village field; -sûkara, m. domestic hog. |
| |
| ghaṭana | n. union with (in. or --°ree;): â, f. course of action, doings, practice; striving for (lc. or --°ree;); exertion; discharging (arrows, --°ree;); accomplishment, success; union with (--°ree;); literary composition; procuring, find ing; producing, creating. |
| |
| cariṣṇu | a. moving; unsteady, roaming; belonging to the animal world. |
| |
| cāturvarṇya | n. the four castes; -vimsika, a. belonging to the 24th day; -vid ya, a. versed in the four Vedas; n. the four Vedas; -vaidya, a. versed in the four Vedas; -hotra, a. performed by the fourprincipal priests; n. sacrifice performed by the four principal priests. |
| |
| cāturmāsī | f. day of full moon at the four-monthly sacrifices; -mâsyá, n. period of four months; sacrifice to be offered every four months (at the beginning of the three seasons). |
| |
| cāturtha | a. discussed in the fourth (chapter): -ka, a. occurring every fourth day (fever); -½ahnika, a. belonging to the fourth day. |
| |
| cāpalatā | f. bowstring; -lekhâ, f. N.; -veda, m. archery; -½adhiropana, n. stringing or drawing a bow; -½âropana, n. id. |
| |
| cāndrāyaṇa | m. observer of the moon's course; n. moon-course penance in which the number of mouthfuls eaten decreases by one daily from fifteen at full moon to none at new moon, after which it increases similarly (it may begin either at new or at full moon): -vrata, n. id. |
| |
| cāla | m. shaking, looseness (of the teeth); -aka, m. obstinate person; -ana, n. moving, wagging, motion, shaking; loosening: î, f. sieve; strainer; -ya, fp. to be moved; to be diverted. |
| |
| cāraṇa | a. connected with the school; belonging to the same school; m. strolling player; celestial musician; spy; cattle-driving: -tva, n. condition of a strolling player; -½eka maya, a. (î) consisting of strolling players only. |
| |
| cikīrṣa | des. of √ kri, do; -shâ, f. desire to do or make, longing for (g.; --°ree;); -shita, n. undertaking; purpose, intention; -shu, a. wishing to do, make, fashion, per form, or practise; desirous of (ac., --°ree;). |
| |
| citraka | m. small hunting leopard (Cheeta); n. mark (--°ree;, a. characterised by); picture, painting; -kara, m. painter (a mixed caste); -karman, n. painting; picture; adornment (Pr.); -kûta, m. hill of pleasure; (Bright-peak), N. of a mountain (in Bun delkund, now Kitrakote); N. of a town; -krit, m. painter; -kritya, n. painting; -ga, a., -gata, pp. (belonging to a picture), painted; -gupta, m. N. of a recorder of human actions in Yama's realm; -griha, n. apartment adorned with pictures; -grâvan, a. stony; -grîva, m. Spotted-neck, N. of a pigeon king; -nyasta, pp. put on canvas, painted; -paksha, m. (spotted-wing), kind of pigeon; N. of a demon causing headache; -pata, m. picture; -patta, m. id.: -gata, pp. painted; -putrikâ, f. female portrait; -phalaka, picture-panel, painting; (á)-bhânu, a. shining brightly; m. fire, Agni; -bhâshya, n. eloquence; -bhitti,f. painted wall, wall-painting; -mriga, m. spotted antelope. |
| |
| cittakheda | m. affliction, grief; -kaura, m. heart-stealer, lover; -ga, m. (heart-born), love; Kâma; -ganman, m. id.; -gña, a. knowing the intentions or heart of (g.); having knowledge of human nature; -nâtha, m. heart's lord, lover; -nâsa, m. loss of con sciousness; -nirvritti, f. peace of mind; -pramâthin, a. disturbing the mind; -bheda, m. depression of mind; -bhrama, m. men tal confusion; -bhrânti, f., -moha,m. id.; -yoni, m. (having its origin in the mind), love; -rañgana, n. gladdening of hearts; -vat, a. rational, sensible, wise; -vikâra, m. mental derangement; -viplava, m. id., mad ness; -vislesha, m. alienation of hearts; breach of friendship with (in.); -vritti, f. mental disposition, sentiments, feeling; train of thought; frame of mind, mental process; -hârin, a. ravishing. |
| |
| cirakāra | a. slow, tardy; dilatory; -kâr-i, -kâr-in, a. id.: i-ta, f., i-tva, n. tardi ness, dilatoriness; -kâla, a. belonging to the olden time; m. long time: -m, °ree;--, for a long time; ab. after a long time; on account of the long interval; -krita, pp. long practised; -gîvin, a. long-lived; m. N. of a crow; -dâ tri, m. N. of a prince; -nirvâhya, fp. tak ing a long time to carry out. |
| |
| cira | a. long (time); of long standing; old (friend); belonging to the olden time: -m, ad. long, for a long time; slowly; long ago; too long; -m kri, be long, delay; °ree;--, in., d., ab., g., lc. after a long time; for a long time, long; d., ab., g. also at last, too late; only now; n. delay. |
| |
| curādi | m. pl. list of verbs of the tenth class beginning with kur. |
| |
| ghaṭādi | pl. the gana beginning with ghat (gr.). |
| |
| codana | a. urging, impelling; n., â, f. incitement, invitation; command; precept, prescription; -ayi-tavya, cs. fp. to be cen sured or criticised; -ayitri, m., trî, f. inciter, stimulator, promoter; -i-tri, m.inciter, stimulator, promoter; -ya, fp. to be urged; -censured; -called in question; na kodya, not to be insisted on=matter of course. |
| |
| caitta | a. belonging to the province of thought (kitta), that which is thought; mental. |
| |
| jaghanya | a. hindermost, last, latest; lowest, meanest, worst; of low birth: -ga, a. last-born, youngest; -prabhava, a. of low origin. |
| |
| janana | a. (î) bringing forth; pro ducing; m. producer, creator; î, f. mother; n. birth; existence, life; bringing forth; pro duction; -vat, a. endowed with production. |
| |
| janus | m. n. birth, origin; creation; kind: in. by nature. |
| |
| janiman | n. birth, origin; pro geny; creature; race, kind. |
| |
| janitva | n. wifehood; -divasa, m. birth-day; -mat, a. wedded; having an ori gin; m. creature, man. |
| |
| janitra | n. birth-place, origin: pl. parents; blood-relations. |
| |
| jani | f. woman; wife (pl. fig. the fingers); birth, origin. |
| |
| janā | f. birth, origin. |
| |
| janya | a. belonging to the race, cognate; m. (countryman), groomsman; com mon man; â, f. bridesmaid; n. people, tribe (also -yá); battle. |
| |
| janmāntara | n. another birth, previous or future existence: -gata, pp. born again; -½antarîya, a. belonging to or per formed in a previous existence; -½andha, a. blind by birth; -½âspada, n.birth-place. |
| |
| janman | n. birth, origin, production; appearance; life, existence; birth-place; father; creature, being; race, kind; nature; way, manner; m. offspring of (--°ree;). |
| |
| jaras | f. aging, old age, decrepitude; -as-a, --°ree;, a. id. |
| |
| jaladāna | n. libation of water (fes tival in Uggayinî); -dravya, n. ocean-pro duct, pearl; -dhara, m. (water-bearer), cloud: -mâlâ, f. tract of clouds, -½abhyudaya, m. (rise of the clouds), rainy season; -dhârâ, f. stream of water, shower; -dhi, m. ocean, sea: -tâ, f. abst. n., -rasanâ, f. ocean-girt (earth); -nidhi, m. ocean, sea; -pakshin, m. water bird; -patha, m. sea-voyage; -pâda, m. (water-foot), N. of a frog-king; -pûra, m. full channel (of a river); -pûrusha, m. water pixie; -pravâha, m. current; -plava, m. de luge; -bindu, m. drop of water: -durdina, n. shower of rain; -budbuda, m. water-bub ble; -bhâgana, n. water-vessel; -maya, a. (î) consisting of water; -mânusha, m. (î) fa bulous aquatic being; otter; -muk, a. dis charging rain; m. cloud. |
| |
| jahatsvārtha | a. giving up its original meaning; â, f.=gahal-lakshanâ. |
| |
| jānukā | f. bringing forth (ac.). |
| |
| jāti | f. birth, origin, rebirth; exist ence, life; state; rank, caste; family, tribe, race; genus (opp. species), species (opp. individual), kind, class; disposition; normal character, genuineness: in. -tas, °ree;--, by birth. |
| |
| jātakarman | n. after-birth cere mony; -dosha, a. guilty; -nashta, pp. hav ing appeared and disappeared; -paksha, a. fledged; -prâya, a. almost come to pass; -preta, pp. first born and thendeceased; -mâtra, a. but just born, only just arisen; -rûpa, a. of native beauty, beauteous; golden; n. gold: -maya, a. (î) golden; -vat, a. born; containing a derivative of the √ gan; -vâsaka, n. lying-in room; -vâsa-griha, n. (apart ment in which living takes place), sitting room; (á)-vidyâ, f. science of the origin or of the essence of things, metaphysics; -vi nashta, pp.=gâta-nashta; -visvâsa, a. hav ing confidence engendered, inspired with con fidence; (á)-vedas, a. having knowledge of beings; m. Agni; (C.) fire; -vesman, n. chamber of a new-born infant; lying-in room; -silâ, f. (real=) massive stone; -samkalpa, a. resolved; enamoured. |
| |
| jāna | n. origin, birth-place. |
| |
| jātya | a. belonging to the family, caste, etc. of (--°ree;); related; noble; genuine; native, original (svarita accent). |
| |
| jātīya | a. belonging to the caste, family, race, kind, or genus, of (--°ree;): -ka, a. id. |
| |
| jālaka | n. net; web; lattice; clus ter of buds; multitude; -kâra, m. spider: -ka, m. id.; -gavâksha, m. lattice window; -m dhara, n. N. of a locality; -pâda, m. web footed bird; N. of a magician; -pâsa,m. single thread of a web; -pura, n. N. of a city; -bandha, m. snare, gin; -mâlâ, f. net; -vat, a. having a net; furnished with lattices. |
| |
| jihvāgra | n. tip of the tongue; -mûlîya, a. belonging to the root of the tongue (certain letters); -laulya, n. voracity. |
| |
| jīvana | a. (î) quickening, animat ing; restoring to life (--°ree;); n. restoration to life; existence, life; subsistence; manner of life; maintenance by (--°ree; or in.); water: -yoni, a. having its origin in life; -hetu, m. means of subsistence. |
| |
| jinendra | m. lord of the Ginas, Buddha. |
| |
| jīra | a. swift, active; urging, stimu lating. |
| |
| jaina | a. (î) relating to the Ginas; m. Jain: î, f. doctrine of the Jains. |
| |
| ṭaṃkārita | n. humming; twanging; -krita, n. sound. |
| |
| tatkartavya | fp. n. (necessity to do that), appropriate course of action; -karma kârin, a. following the same occupations; -kârin, a. doing the same thing; -kâla, m. that time, that particular time, previous time: -m, at that time, at the same time; instantly, at once; a. happening at the same time or at once, -parikaryâ, f. immediate hospitality; -kâlîna, a. being at or belonging to that time; simultaneous; -krita, pp.caused thereby; -kshana, m. the same moment: -m, ab., lc., °ree;--, straightway, instantly. |
| |
| tanaya | a. continuing a family; belonging to one's own family; m. son; â, f. daughter; n. progeny; race, family; child. |
| |
| tadrasa | m. essence of it; -râga, m. suffix attached to the name of a people to designate their king; -rûpa, a. of such kind or appearance; of the same kind; -vamsya, m. relative of that ruler; -vaktri, m.propounder of that; -vat, 1. ad. in this way, thus; similarly, likewise, also; 2. a. possess ing or containing that: -tâ, f. conformity, harmony; -vayas, a. of the same age; -víd, a. knowing or versed in that; m. connoisseur; -vidha, a. of such a kind, such, such-like; corresponding thereto: -tva, n. corresponding nature; -vishaya, a. belonging to that cate gory; having that as an object; -vritti, a. living according to that; -vrata, a. fulfilling duties towards him, her, or them. |
| |
| tadīya | a. belonging, referring or proper to him, her, it, them, or that; his, her, its, their; such: -sa&ndot;ga, m. union with her. |
| |
| taruṇī | f. virgin, maiden; young woman. |
| |
| tāḍāga | a. belonging to ponds. |
| |
| tākṣṇa | a. (î) belonging to a carpenter. |
| |
| talpya | a. belonging to the bed; born in the nuptial bed. |
| |
| tāma | m. longing, yearning. |
| |
| tāradīrgha | a. loud and protracted (sound); -nâtha, m. N. of a historian of Bud dhism who lived at the beginning of the 17th century; -mûla, n. N. of a locality. |
| |
| tāraṇa | a. bringing over, delivering; n. crossing over, overcoming; saving. |
| |
| tārtīya | a. belonging to the third; the third; n. a third: -ka, a. belonging to the third; î-ka, a. third. |
| |
| tairyagyona | a. of animal origin; m. animal. |
| |
| taittirīya | m. pl. N. of a school of the Yagur-veda: -ka, a. belonging to the school of the Taittirîyas; -prâtisâkhya, n. Prâtisâkhya of the Taittirîyas; -yagur-veda, m. the Yagur-veda of the Taittirîyas;-sâkhâ, f. the school of the Taittirîyas; -samhitâ, f. the Samhitâ of the Taittirîyas; -½âranyaka, n. an Âranyaka of the Taittirîyas; -½upani shad, f. the Taittirîya Upanishad. |
| |
| toda | m. goader, driver; sting; -ana, n. stinging; -ya, n. kind of cymbal. |
| |
| tripṛṣṭha | a. having or occupying three backs, ridges, or heights; m. Vishnu; -prakâra, a. threefold; -phala, a. bearing three fruits; -bâhu, a. three-armed; -bhâga, m. third part (esp. of the eye in a side-glance); -bhuvana, n. the three worlds: heaven, sky or lower regions, and earth; m. N.: -guru, m. ep. of Siva, -pati, m. ep. of Vishnu; -bhauma, a. three-storied; -madhu, a. who knows or recites the three versesbeginning with madhu (RV. I, xc, 6-8); -mâtra, a. containing three morae; -mârga-gâ, f. ep. of the Ganges; -mûrti, a. having three forms; °ree;--, the trinity, i. e. Brahma, Vishnu, Siva. |
| |
| traivarṇika | m. member of the three upper castes; -vârshika, a. lasting or sufficient for three years; -vikrama, a. be longing to Vishnu (trivikrama); -vidya, a. versed in the three Vedas; n. the three Vedas; study or knowledge of the three Vedas; as semblage of Brâhmans versed in the three Vedas: -vriddha, pp. (old=) learned in the three Vedas; -vidhya, n. triplicity; -vish- tapa: e-ya, m. pl. gods; -vedika, a. (î) re lating to the three Vedas. |
| |
| traigarta | a. belonging to the Trigar tas; m. prince of the Trigartas. |
| |
| tvāṣṭra | a. belonging to Tvashtri; m. Tvashtri's son. |
| |
| dakṣiṇa | a. able, clever, dexterous; right; southern (because when look ing east the right hand is towards the south); south (wind); upright, honest; amiable, obliging; m. right hand or arm;m. n. right side; south; â, f. (sc. go), a good i. e. milch cow, (being the original) sacrificial fee; fee; gift; personified as the wife of Sacrifice. |
| |
| daṃśa | m. bite; stinging insect, gadfly; -aka, m. N. of a prince; -ana, n. biting; bite; coat of mail. |
| |
| daśālambin | a. hanging down with the skirt=dragging. |
| |
| dākṣiṇātya | a. coming from, belonging to, or living in, the South; m. pl. inhabitants of the Deccan. |
| |
| dāmodarīya | a. belonging to (king) Dâmodara. |
| |
| dāśārha | a. belonging to Dasârha (Krishna); m. ep. of Krishna; king of the Dasârhas. |
| |
| dāśārṇaka | a. (ikâ) belonging to the Dasârnas. |
| |
| dāśataya | a. (î) tenfold; belonging to the tenfold Rig-veda. |
| |
| diśya | a. belonging or referring to the quarters or horizon; foreign (ware). |
| |
| duḥkhakara | a. afflicting (g.); -gata, n. adversity, misfortune; -graha, a. hard to comprehend; -kkhedya, fp. hard to destroy; -gîvin, a. living in distress; -tara, cpv. more unpleasant or distressing; n.greater affliction, hardship, or evil; -tâ, f. discomfort, distress, affliction; -duhkha, n. in. with great difficulty; -prâya, a. abounding in woe; -bhâgin, a. having misfortune for one's lot, unfortunate; -bhâg, a. id. |
| |
| durya | a. belonging to the door or house; m., â, f. pl. dwelling. |
| |
| deśya | fp. to be pointed to, exemplary; a. being on the spot, having been present (m. eye-witness); belonging to or current in the country, provincial; native of (--°ree;); bordering or verging on, not far removed from, almost, like (--°ree;). |
| |
| deśīya | a. belonging to the country, provincial; living in, native of (--°ree;); bordering or verging on, not far from, about, like (--°ree;). |
| |
| daivādyanta | a. beginning and ending with a rite in honour of the gods. |
| |
| daivādika | a. belonging to the div or fourth class of verbs. |
| |
| dola | m. swinging; (m.) â, f. swing, often as symbol of doubt; dooly, bamboo litter (carried on four men's shoulders). |
| |
| daiśika | a. relating to place or space; native; belonging to the country of (--°ree;); m. instructor. |
| |
| dohadin | a. having a violent longing for (lc., --°ree;). |
| |
| dohada | m. [corruption of dau(r) hrida] longing of pregnant women; violent desire, for (lc., --°ree;); longing of plants for the touch of a beautiful maiden which elicits their blossoms: -duhkha-sîla, a.suffering from mor bid longing during pregnancy: -tâ, f. morbid condition of longing during pregnancy; -lak shana, n. sign of pregnancy. |
| |
| doṣātana | a. belonging to the evening, nocturnal. |
| |
| dvārya | a. belonging to the door; â, f. door-post. |
| |
| dvijamaya | a. (î) consisting of Brâhmans; -mukhya, m. chief of the twice born, Brâhman; -râga, m. moon; -½rishi, m. priestly sage (=brahmarshi); -li&ndot;gin, a. bearing the distinctive marks of a Brâhman; -vara, m. best among the twice-born, Brâh man; -sreshtha, -sattama, m. id.; -½agrya, m. chief of the twice-born, Brâhman. |
| |
| dvigotra | a. belonging to two fami lies. |
| |
| dvaijāta | a. belonging to or consisting of the twice-born. |
| |
| dauhṛda | n. longing in pregnancy. |
| |
| dharmanātha | m. lawful pro tector; -nitya, a. persistent in duty; -pati, m. lord of order; -patnî, f. lawful wife; -patha, m. path of duty or virtue; -para, -parâyana, a. devoted to duty, righteous; -pâthaka, m. teacher of law, jurist; -pîdâ, f. violation of duty; -pûta, pp. of unsullied virtue; -pratibhû, a. for which justice is surety; -pravaktri, m. teacher of law, jurist; -pravritti, f. practice of virtue, virtuous con duct; -buddhi, a. righteous-minded; N.; -bhaginî, f. woman admitted to the rights of a sister; sister in faith (Pr.); -bhâgin, a. possessed of virtue, virtuous; -bhikshu-ka, m. beggar for virtuous reasons; -bhrit, a. maintaining the law, just (king); -bhrâtri, m. brother in the sacred law, co-religionist; -máya, a. consisting of virtue; -mâtra, n. the manner only; a. relating to attributes only; only attributive; -mârga, m. path of virtue; -mûla, n.source of the sacred law or of justice; -yukta, pp. endowed with virtue, virtuous, just; harmonizing with the law; -yuddha, n. fair contest; -rakshitâ, f. N.; -rata, pp. delighting in virtue; -rati, a. id.; -râg, m. king of justice, ep. of Yama; -râga, m. just king, ep. of Yama; -râgan, m. ep. of Yudhishthira; -ruki, a. delighting in virtue; N. of a Dânava; -lopa, m. neglect of duty; absence of an attribute (rh.); -vat, a. virtuous, just: -î, f. N.; -vardhana, a. increasing virtue (Siva); m. N.; -vâda, m. discourse on virtue or duty; -vâdin, a. discoursing on duty; -vahikâ, f. vehicle of religious merit = account-book of charitable gifts; -vigaya, m. triumph of virtue orjustice; -vid, a. knowing the sacred law or one's duty; versed in customary law; -viplava, m. violation of the law; -vi vekana, n. discussion of the law or of duty; -vriddha, pp. rich in virtue; -vyatikrama, m. transgression of the law; -vyavasthâ, f. judicial decision; -vyâdha, m. N. of a virtuous hunter. |
| |
| daurhṛda | m. rogue; *n. longing of pregnant women. |
| |
| dhārtarāṣṭra | a. (î) belonging to Dhritarâshtra; m. Dhritarâshtra's son, pat. of Duryodhana (pl.=the Kurus); kind of goose. |
| |
| dhūnana | n. shaking, wagging (also pl.). |
| |
| dhaurjaṭa | a. (î) belonging to Siva (Dhurgati). |
| |
| dhruvaśīla | a. permanently resident; not changing one's residence; -sam dhi, m. N.; -siddhi, m. (sure recovery), N. of a physician. |
| |
| na | pcl. not; less (with numerals=not quite by, in. or ab.: ékayâ na vimsati, 19; ekân na trimsat, 29); lest (with pot.); V.: as, like (not exactly, almost; or as it does not coalesce metrically, it may have been an affirmative particle originally= Gk. nai/). When repeated it implies a very strong affirmation (exceptionally a strengthened negation). In a second or later clause it is sometimes replaced by ka, vâ, api vâ, or even dropped. It is often strengthened by api, api ka, u, utá, eva, khalu, ka, ka½api, ka½eva, ked, tu, tu½eva, vâ, atha vâ, ha. |
| |
| dhvasira | a. bestrewn, covered; dusty, obscured; -ti, f. disappearance; one of the four states of a Yogin in which all the consequences of actions disappear; -ra, a. withered; falling off. |
| |
| nakṣatra | n. heavenly body; star; constellation; lunar mansion (originally 27, later 28 were enumerated: personified as daughters of Daksha and wives of the moon): -nâtha, m. (lord of the stars), moon; -patha, m. course of the stars, starry heavens; -pâthaka, m. astrologer; -mâlâ, f. wreath or group of stars; elephant's head-ornament. |
| |
| nanu | ad. not (emphatic); inter. pcl. not? (=nonne), surely? with inter. prn. or impv. pray; nanu ka, surely (at the begin ning of a sentence); nanu½astu--tathâ½api, well, even granting--yet; nanu mâ bhut tathâ½api, well, even granting that--is not the case -yet (nanu here to be taken with the apodosis); nanu is frequently used by com mentators to state a supposed objection, which is disposed of with a followingukyate, to this the reply is as follows. |
| |
| nayana | n. bringing, conducting, leading to (--°ree;); eye (guiding organ): -tva, n. abst. n. |
| |
| narayāna | n. palanquin; -rûpa, n. human form; -loka, m. world of men: -pâla, m. prince, king; -vara, m. excellent man: -½uttama, spv. best of excellent men; -var man, m. N. of a prince; -vâhana, a.drawn by men; m. ep. of Kubera; N.: -datta, m. N. of a prince: -karita, n. adventures of Naravâhanadatta; -vâhana-datt-îya, a. be longing to Naravâhanadatta; -vâhin, a. borne by men: w. yâna, n. palanquin; -vishâna,n. human horn=chimera; -vîra, m. heroic man: -loka, m.=children of men; -vyâghra, -sâr dûla, m. tiger-like man=most illustrious of men; -sreshtha, spv. best of men; -sakha, m. friend of Nara, ep. of Nârâyana; -simha, m. lion among men=great warrior; man-lion (the fourth Avatâr of Vishnu); -hari, m. man lion, Vishnu's fourth Avatâr. |
| |
| dolotsava | m. swinging festival. |
| |
| nalanāman | a. named Nala; -mârgana, n. search for Nala; -vâgin, m. horse of Nala; -sa&ndot;kâ, f. suspicion of its being Nala; -sâsana, n. command of Nala; -sam nidhi, f. presence of Nala; -sârathi, m. charioteer of Nala; -siddha, pp. prepared by Nala; -½amâtya, m. minister of Nala; -½asva, m. Nala's horse. |
| |
| nāgara | a. belonging to the town, town-bred, urban; polished; adroit; m. citizen. |
| |
| nānā | ad. variously, in different places, separately; often, esp. °ree;--, used like an adjec tive, different, various, manifold; -½âkâra, a. various, sundrv; -gati, m. wind; -tva, n. dif ference; manifoldness; -digdesa, m.: ab. sg. from various quarters, from all parts of the world; -devatya, a. addressed to various gods; -desa, m. sg. various regions; -desîya, -desya, a. pl. belonging to various lands; -dhâtu-sata,n. pl. hundreds of various minerals; -dhâtu-samâkîrna, pp. filled with various minerals; -pakshi-gana½âkîrna, pp. filled with flocks of various birds; -pakshi nishevita, pp. frequented by various birds; -mantra½ogha-siddhi-mat, a. possessed of a number of efficacious spells; -mriga-gana, m. pl. flocks of various animals; -rasa, a. having various sentiments (drama); -rûpa, a. hete rogeneous; -½argha-mahâratna-maya, a. consisting of various priceless precious stones; -½artha, a. having different meanings; con taining something different; N. word with several meanings; new sentence; -varna½â kriti, a. of various colours and shapes; -vi dha, a.various, manifold; -strî, f. pl. women of different castes. |
| |
| nāsadāsīya | a. relating to RV. X, 129 (which begins n&asharp;sad âsît). |
| |
| nāman | n. (f. --°ree; a. -mnî or less commonly -man) mark, token; form, manner; name, appellation; mere name (opp. reality), trace; personal name (opp. family name or gotra); nature; kind, race; good name, fame (only --°ree; a.); noun (gr.): nâma kri, Â. take a name; -grah, mention the name; -bhri, bear a name; -kri, -dâ, or -dhâ, give a name; nâmnâ kri or vi-dhâ, name (2 ac.); n&asharp;ma, ad. by name (sts. nâmnâ or nâmatas is redun dantly added); indeed, certainly, of course; perhaps; with inter. then, pray; with impv. ever so much, no matter if; api nâma, with pot. at the beginning of a sentence, perhaps;emphasizes a preceding word more strongly than api; mâ nâma, ± pot. would that not, if only not; nanu nâma, surely. |
| |
| nārmada | a. belonging to the Nar madâ. |
| |
| nidarśaka | a. seeing; announcing; -darsana, a. (î) showing; announcing; teaching; n. seeing, sight; reference to (--°ree;); showing, authority, evidence; instance, example, illustration; symptom; prognostic; system; contradictory instance; -darsin, a. (--°ree;) seeing, understanding; pleasing; -dâghá, m. heat, hot season, summer: -dhâman, m. sun, -½avadhi, m. hot season; -dâna, n. rope, halter; prime cause, original form; cause; a class of Buddhistic works: in. originally, essentially, really; -didrâsu, des. a. sleepy; -didhyâsana, n. profound meditation; -di dhyâsitávya, fp. to be profoundly meditated on; -desa, m. command, order; neighbour hood: e sthâ, be at any one's (d.) command. |
| |
| nāra | a. belonging to a man, human; m. man: pl. water. |
| |
| nirākaraṇa | n. expulsion; re pudiation of a wife; removal; disproval; -âkaranîya, fp. to be disproved; -âkari shnu, a. repudiating (ac.); seeking to remove from (ab.); forgetful; -âkartavya, fp. to be disproved; -âkartri, m. contemner of (g.); a. disproving; -âkâ&ndot;ksha, a. expecting nothing; having no desires; requiring no supplement; -âkâra, a. formless, bodiless; having no object, vacant; -âkula, a. not crowded, unfrequented; not confused, orderly; unconcerned, calm; -â kriti, a. formless; neglecting one's religious duties; -âkranda, a. unprotected; affording no protection; m. or n. unsheltered place; -âkri yâ, f.expulsion; disproval; -âgas, a. guiltless; -âgraha, a. not obstinately insisting on any thing; -âkikîrshu, des. a. wishing to refute any one (ac.); -âgîvya, a. affording no livelihood; -âdambara, ad. without much talk (°ree;--); -âta&ndot;ka, a. free from ailment or anxiety; causing no ailment or anxiety; -â- tapa, a. sheltered from the heat of the sun, shady; -âtapatra, a. destitute of an umbrella; -âtithya, n. inhospitable (forest); -âdara, a.showing no respect towards (lc.); -âdhi, a. free from care; -ânanda, a. joyless, sad; -ântra, a. disembowelled; -âpad, a. free from adversity; -âbâdha, a. undisturbed; harm less; frivolous, futile; -âmaya, m. health, welfare; a. healthy, well; salubrious; in fallible; -âmarsha, a. putting up with every thing, apathetic; -âmisha, a. fleshless; hav ing no sensual desires: -½âsin, a. not eating flesh, not carnivorous; -âyata-tva, n. lack of extension, shortness; -âyati, a. having no future; -âyâsa, a. involving no trouble; causing no fatigue; -âyudha, a. unarmed; -ârambha, a. unenterprising, inactive; -â lamba, a. having no support; suspended in the air; self-supported, isolated, affording no support; -âlâpa, a. not talking; -âloka, a. devoid of light, dark; blind, foolish; -âvar ana, a. uncovered, manifest; -âsa, a. having given up all hope or expectation, despairing (of, ac. with prati, d., ab., lc., or --°ree;): -kara, a. taking away all hope of, rendering impos sible, -tva, n. hopelessness; -âsa&ndot;ka, a. fear less; not afraid of (lc.); -âsa&ndot;kya, fp. not to be feared; -âsâ, f. renunciation of all hopes: -½âsanna, pp. verging on despair; -âsitva, n. despair; -âsin, a. having renounced all hope, hopeless; -âsis, a. having no desires or hopes; -âsî-bhû, lose all hope; -âsrama, a. being in none of the four stages of a Brâh man: -pada, a. having no hermitages (forest); -âsramin, a. id.; -âsraya, a. shelterless, un supported; independent; unprotected; -âsa, m. expulsion, exclusion, rejection, repudiation; -âstha, a. taking no interest in, not caring about (--°ree;); -âhâra, m. fasting; a. abstaining from food, having nothing to eat: -tâ, f. abst. n. |
| |
| nirjana | a. deserted, desolate, soli tary; n. solitude: -tâ, f., -tva, n. id., -vana, n. lonely forest; -gaya, m. conquest; -gara, a. not aging, young; m. god; -gala, a. water less; -galada, a. cloudless;-gigamishu, des. a. wishing to go out; -gita-varman, m. N.; -gita½ari-gana, a. having conquered the host of his foes; -giti, f. conquest; -gihîrshu, des. a. wishing to take out or remove; -gîva, a. lifeless, dead; -gîva-karana, n. death-blow (to, g.); -gîvita, a. lifeless: -tva, n. -ness; -getri, m. vanquisher; -gñâna, a. ignorant, stupid. |
| |
| nirvyañjaka | a. testifying; -vyañg ana, a. spiceless: lc. without more ado, straight out; -vyatha, a. free from pain, well; -vyapeksha, a. unconcerned about, indif ferent as to (lc. or --°ree;); -vyalîka, a. not hurting; heartfelt, ungrudging (gift); glad, willing; not false; -vyavadhâna, uncovered, bare (ground); -vyavastha, a. not remain ing in its place, moving about; -vyasana, a. free from vice. |
| |
| nivapana | n. strewing; offering to the Manes; -varta, a. causing to turn back; -vartaka, a. (ikâ) causing to cease, removing; -vártana, a. causing to turn back; n. return; coming down to the earth;cessa tion; abstention from (ab.); inactivity; bringing back; means of return; restraining from (ab.); a certain square measure; -vart anîya, fp. to be led back; -rescinded or made void; -vartin, a. returning; refraining from (ab.); -vasana, n. putting on (clothes); n. garment; -vaha, m. crowd, swarm, multi tude (sg. & pl.). |
| |
| niṣāda | m. N. of aboriginal Indian tribes described as fishermen, hunters, and robbers; considered a degraded caste, off- spring of Brâhmans and Sûdra women; a note in the musical scale; î, f.Nishâda woman. |
| |
| niṣkevalya | a. belonging to some one exclusively: with sastra, n., or uktha, n. midday recitation meant for Indra alone; -kaitava, a. free from fraud, honest (person); -kaivalya, a. mere, simple. |
| |
| nisarga | m. evacuation of excre ment; giving away; bestowal, grant; crea tion; innate disposition, nature: °ree;--, -tas, in., ab. by nature; -ga, a. innate, original, origin ally formed by (--°ree;); -padva,a. (î) naturally inclined towards (lc.). |
| |
| nīca | a. [weak base of ny-añk+a] low; short (hair, nails); deep (navel); lowered (tone); base, vile, mean: -ka, a. (ikâ) soft (tread); -ga, a. low-going (river); of low rank; belonging to a man of low rank;-gâm in, a. following what is low or base; -gâti, a. of low extraction: -tâ, f. low or humble position; inferiority; -patha, m. downward path; -rata, pp. delighting in what is base. |
| |
| nīlāya | den. Â. begin to be dark or blue. |
| |
| nṛyajña | m. sacrifice to men, i.e. hospitality; -loka, m. world of men, earth; -vát, a. manly; belonging to or consisting of men; -vara, m. best of men, prince, king; -samsa, a. injurious to mankind, noxious, malicious, base: -tâ, f. mischievousness, baseness; -samsita, n. malignity, baseness; -shád, a. sitting among men; -simha, m. man-lion, great hero; half man half lion, the fourth Avatâr of Vishnu; N.: -ka, m.man-lion, Vishnu; -soma, m. moon among men, i. e. distinguished man; -hari, m. man-lion, the fourth Avatâr of Vishnu. |
| |
| naidāgha | a. (î) belonging to the hot season; m. summer. |
| |
| naiṣāda | a. (î) belonging to the Nishâdas. |
| |
| nairgandhya | n. scentlessness; absence of smell; -gun-ya, n. exemption from qualities; lack of virtues; -ghrin-ya, n. hard-heartedness, cruelty; -ghara, a. belonging to waterfalls. |
| |
| naisarga | a. natural: i-ka, a. id.; original, inherent, innate, constitutional. |
| |
| nyāsa | m. setting down, planting (the foot); putting on; insertion, impact; applying, drawing, commitment; writing down, inscribing; written text; renunciation; laying aside; deposit; bringing forward, adduction: -dhâraka, m. depositary. |
| |
| nyasana | n. arranging, putting or writing down; adduction. |
| |
| pakṣin | a. winged; on the side of, belonging to the party of (--°ree;); m. bird; winged creature; (n)-î, f. hen-bird; night with the two contiguous days (sc. râtri). |
| |
| patana | n. flying, flight; flying or falling down, descent, fall, from (ab.), into (lc. or --°ree;); casting oneself (into, --°ree;), prostra tion (at, --°ree;); hanging down, flaccidity (of the breasts); fall, ruin; getting into (lc.): -sîla, a. accustomed to fall down. |
| |
| patitva | n. matrimony, wedlock; -darsana-lâlasa, a. desirous of seeing her husband; -devatâ, a. f. making a god of --, idolizing her husband; -dharma, m. duty to a husband; -prânâ, a. f. whose life is her husband; -la&ndot;ghana, n. conjugal infidelity in a wife; -lâlasa, a. longing for her hus band; devoted to her husband; -loka, m. world or abode of the husband (after death); -vamsya, a. belonging to the husband's family; -vatnî, a. f. having a husband; n. married woman, wife; -vrata, n. fidelity to a husband: â, a. f. faithful or devoted to her husband: -maya, a. consisting in a faithful wife; -suk, f. mourning for a husband; -sthâna,n. husband's place; -sthânîya, a. belonging to or being in the husband's place; m. husband's representative. |
| |
| padaka | n. step; office, position; -krama, m. kind of gait; peculiar method of reciting and writing the Veda; -gati, f. gait; -kihna, n. footprint; -tâ, f. original form of a word; condition of a word; -nyâsa, m. putting down the foot, step; footprint; inditing of verses; (á)-pa&ndot;kti, f. series of footsteps, track; a metre (5 X 5 syllables); series of words; -paddhati, f. series of foot steps, track; -pâtha, m. word-reading, a mode of reciting and writing the Veda in which every word is given in its original form irrespective of Sandhi; -pûrana, a. verse filling; -yópana, a. (î) pace-retarding; -rak anâ, f. arrangement of words, literary work; -vigraha, m. separation of words; -víd, a. (knowing the place), familiar with (g.). |
| |
| parakathā | f. pl. talk about others; -kara-gata, pp. being in the hands of another or others; -karman, n. service for others; -kalatra½abhigamana, n. adultery; -kârya, n. another person's business oraffair; -kâla, a. belonging to a later time, subsequent. |
| |
| payodhārā | f. shower of water; -dhi, m. water reservoir; sea; -nidhi, m. sea; -bhrit, m. (water-bearing), cloud; -maya, a. consisting of water; -mukha, a. having milk on the surface; -muk, a.yielding milk; m. (water-discharging), cloud; -raya, m. torrent; -râsi, m. ocean; -vâha, m. (water carrying), cloud; -vrata, a. subsisting on milk only as a vow. |
| |
| paratas | ad. 1.=ab. of para, a. highest; belonging to another; m. stranger; 2. further; henceforward, afterwards; high up; with ab. high above, over (of power or rank); after (of time); itas--paratas,here--there; before--after. |
| |
| parakṛta | pp. done or committed by another; -kriti, f. act of another; analogous case, precedent; -kritya, n. another person's business or affair; a. belonging to the enemy's party, supporting the enemy's cause: -paksha, m. hostile party; -kshetra, n. another's field; another man's wife; -gata, pp. belonging to another; -gâmin, a. benefiting another; relating to another (adjective); -guna, m. pl. or °ree;--, other people's merits: -grâhin, a. recognising the merits of others; -geha-vâsa, m. sojourn in another's house; -glâni, f. laxity of the enemy. |
| |
| pariṇatavayas | a. of declining age, old; -nati, f. transmutation, trans formation, change; development; ripening; maturity; mature age; consequence, effect; issue, end; fulfilment of a promise;°ree;--, in the end, finally; -m yâ, come to an end; -nam ana, n. transformation into (in.); -nama yitri, m. ripener; -naya, m. leading the bride round the nuptial fire, wedding, mar riage; -nayana, n. id.; -nâma, m.transforma tion, change; natural development; transmu tation of food, digestion; withering; lapse of time; decline of life, old age; consequence, issue; termination, last stage, final state, end: lc. or °ree;--, in the end, finally: -vat, having a natural development; -nâmin, a. changing; developing; ripening; -nâyaka, m. guide; husband; -nâha, m. extent, width, circum ference: -vat, a. big; -nâhin, a. extensive, large; --°ree;, having the circumference of; -ni namsu, a. about to strike sideways with his tusks (elephant); -nîta, pp. (√ nî) married; n. marriage: -pûrvâ, a. f. previously married, -vat, act. pf. pt. having married; -netavya, fp. to be married;-netri, m. husband; -neya, fp. to be led round; to be ascertained; interchangeable with (in.): â, f. to be led round the nuptial fire, to be married. |
| |
| paridhāna | n. putting on (a gar ment); clothing, dressing; vesture, garment, sp. lower or under garment: -valkala, n. bark for clothing, -vastra, n. upper garment; -dhânî-kri, turn into an under garment; -dhârana, n. suffering, indulging in (g.): â, f. endurance; -dhí, m. (put-round), enclo sure, protection, fence, rampart: also of the ocean as encircling the earth; halo round sun or moon; horizon; circumference; the (three) green sticks surrounding the sacrificial altar; -dhî-kri, put on; -dhûsara, a. quite grey or dusty; -dhvamsa, m. eclipse; distress; dis aster, failure; loss or mixture of caste; -dhvamsin, a.destroying (--°ree;); destructive. |
| |
| paritāpa | m. heat, warmth; dis tress, anguish, sorrow, affliction; remorse; giving pain; -tâpin, a. burning hot; causing affliction or sorrow, distressing; -tushti, f. satisfaction; -tripti, f. perfect satisfaction; -tosha, m. satisfaction, gratification, glee; pleasure or delight in (g. or lc.); -toshayi tri, a. satisfying, gratifying; -tosha-vat, a. satisfied, gratified; -toshin, a. satisfied with, gratified by (--°ree;); -tyakta, pp.deserted, abandoned; -tyaktri, m. forsaker; -tyâga, m. abandonment, desertion; repudiation; re linquishment, renunciation, loss, privation, sacrifice: -sena, m. N. of a prince; -tyâgin, a. abandoning; resigning, renouncing (--°ree;); liberal; m. renouncer; -tyâgana, n. causing to abandon; depriving of (--°ree;); -tyâgya, fp. to be abandoned, -deserted, -renounced, avoided; -trâna, n. preservation, protection, help, deliverance, rescue from (ab.); shelter, refuge; preventive of (g.); -trâtavya, fp. to be protected from (ab.); -trâtri, m. pro tector, deliverer (with ac. or g.); -trâsa, m. fright, fear. |
| |
| paruṣita | pp. harshly addressed, used roughly; -iman, m. shagginess. |
| |
| parjanya | m. rain-cloud; rain; god of rain: -ginvita, pp. animated by Parganya. |
| |
| paryuka | m. N.; -½ukshana, n. sprinkling; -½utsuka, a. very restless or agitated; very me lancholy; vehemently longing for (d.): -tva, n. longing desire, î-bhû, become very melan choly; -½ud-asta, pp.excepting; -½udâsa, m. exclusion, negation; -½upâsaka, a. honour ing, respecting; -½upâsana, n. sitting round (Pr.); courtesy, affability; -½ushita, pp. (√ vas, dwell) stale; not punctually kept (word); -½ushta, pp. id. |
| |
| pāñcajanya | a. relating to the five races; m. Krishna's conch (taken from the demon Pañkagana); -nada, a. prevail ing in the Panjâb; m. prince of Pañkanada: pl. the people of Pañkanada; -bhautika, a. consisting of or containing the five elements: with âdânam, n. reception of the five ele ments; -yagñika, a. belonging or relating to the five sacrifices; -sara, a. (î) belonging to Kâma (the five-arrowed). |
| |
| pāṇḍava | m. pat. of Pându: pl. the five sons of Pându or the adherents of the Pândavas; a. (î) belonging to the sons of Pându. |
| |
| pāṇipātra | a. using the hand as a drinking vessel, drinking out of the hand; -pîdana, n. pressing the hand (of a girl), marriage; -puta, m. hollowed hand: -ka, m. (?) id.; -pûra, a. filling the hand: -½anna, n. handful of food; -pranay-in, a. longing for the hand: (i)-tâ, f. abst. n.: -m samupâ gata, pp.=grasped by the hand (sword); -pra- nayinî, f. beloved of his hand, wife; -mat, a. having hands; -mita, pp. to be spanned by the hands. |
| |
| pāthoja | n. (water-born), lotus (flower); -gin-î, f. lotus (plant); -da or -dhara, m. cloud; -dhi, -nâtha, -nidhi, m. ocean. |
| |
| parakīya | a. belonging to another or others; hostile. |
| |
| dauhadika | n. longing, desire. |
| |
| pāpaka | a. wicked, bad; m. rascal; n. evil; -karman, n. wicked deed; a. doing evil deeds, wicked, sinful; m. ill-doer, mis creant, criminal, sinner; -kârin, -krít, a., m. id.; -krita, (pp.) n. misdeed; -gati, a.ill starred; -ketas, a. evil-minded, malevolent; -timira, a. blinded by sin, sin-bedarkened; -pûrusha, m. rascal, villain; -priya, a. fond of or prone to evil; -bandha, m. continuous series of misdeeds; -buddhi, f. evil intent;a. evil-minded, malevolent; -bhañgana, a. destroying the wicked; m. N. of a Brâhman; -bh&asharp;g, a. participating in wrong, guilty; -bhâva, a. evil-minded; -mati, a. evil minded, malevolent, ungodly; -yoni, f. low womb, birth as a punishment of sin; -rahita, pp. freed from sin, sinless; -ripu, (foe of sin), N. of a Tîrtha; -roga, m. bad disease, dis ease as punishment for sin; -rogin, a. suf fering from a bad disease or disease in punish ment for former sin; -½riddhi, f. hunting, chase; -lokya, a. leading to hell; -vasîyasa or -vasyas-a, n. [betterness of the bad], topsy turvyness, preposterousness; -sîla, a. of bad character, prone to evil: -tva, n. depravity;-sodhana, a. purifying from guilt; n. N. of a sacred bathing-place; -sûdana-tîrtha, n. N. of a sacred bathing-place; -han, a. destroy ing sin or sinners; -hara, a. taking away sin; -hridaya, a. bad-hearted. |
| |
| pāraṇa | a. taking across, saving; n. bringing to an end, accomplishment, fulfil ment; conclusion of a fast (±vrata-), break fast (also â); reading; complete text. |
| |
| pārakya | a. belonging to or meant for another; alien, hostile; m. enemy. |
| |
| pāradeśya | a. belonging to or com ing from another country (para-desa), foreign. |
| |
| pārāśara | a. belonging to Parâ sara; -in, m. monk of the order of Pârâsarya: pl. a certain philosophical school; -ya, m. pat. son of Parâsara, i. e. Vyâsa. |
| |
| pāli | f. lobe of the ear; outer ear; margin, edge; dam, dyke; line, row. |
| |
| pālāśa | a. (î) belonging to or made of the wood of the palâsa tree. |
| |
| pārṣata | a. of or belonging to the spotted deer (prishata). |
| |
| pāśupata | a. (î) belonging or referring to Siva Pasupati; m. worshipper of Siva Pasupati. |
| |
| pāśa | m. [√ pas, bind], string, tether; snare, gin, trap, noose; bond, fetter (also fig.); --°ree;, smatterer, bungler; beauty of=beautiful, handsome; shock or quantity of, abundant (with words meaning hair): -ka, m. noose; snare; -kantha, a. having a noose round the neck; -dyumna, m. N.; -baddha, pp. caught in a net, entrapped, snared, noosed; -bandha, m. snare, noose, halter; net: -bandhaka, m. bird-catcher; -bandhana, n. snare; a. caught in a snare; -bhrit, a. holding a noose; m. ep. of Varuna; -raggu, f. fetter, bond. |
| |
| pitu | m. (n.1) juice, drink, food: -bhrít, a. bringing nourishment; -mát, a. accom panied by meat and drink; nourishing. |
| |
| pitṛyajña | m. sacrifice to the Manes; -y&asharp;na, a. trodden by or leading to the Manes; -yâna, m. path trodden by or leading to the Manes; -râga, m. king of the Manes, Yama; -loká, m. father's house; world or abode of the Manes; -vamsa, m. father's family; -vams-ya, a. belonging to the father's family; -vát, ad. like a father; like the Fathers; as at the funeral sacrifice; -vadha, m. parricide; -vana, n. ancestors' grove, cemetery; -ves man, n. father's house. |
| |
| pitṛpakṣa | a. being on the father's side, paternal; -pûgana, n. worship of the Manes; -paitâmaha, a. (î) inherited from or peculiar to father and grandfather: with nâman, n. father's and grandfather's name; m. pl. or °ree;-(metrical for -pitâmaha), fathers and grandfathers; -paitâmah-ika, a. id.; -mát, a. having a father; connected with the Manes; -mandira, n. father's house, pater nal mansion; -mâtri-maya, a. thinking of father and mother only; -mâtri½artha, a. begging for father and mother; -mitra, n. father's friend; -medha, m. sacrifice to the Manes. |
| |
| pipīlikā | f. id.: a, m. id.: -ma- dhya, a. slender in the middle like an ant: â, f. any metre the middle pâda of which is shorter than the preceding and following; â-madhya, n. ant-waist fast (beginning with fifteen mouthfuls at full moon, decreasing daily by one till new moon, and increasing similarly till full moon). |
| |
| puṃsavana | a. causing the birth of a male child; n. (±vrata) domestic rite (at the beginning of conception) for the obtain ment of a son. |
| |
| pādya | a. belonging to the foot; n. water for washing the feet. |
| |
| puṇya | a. auspicious, propitious, lucky, favourable; beautiful, agreeable; fragrant; good, virtuous, righteous, meritorious; pure, purifying, holy; n. the good, virtue; good work; moral or religious merit:-kartri, m. righteous man; -karman, n. virtuous action; a. righteous, virtuous; -krit, a. acting piously, virtuous; -gandha, -gandhi: -n, a. of plea sant smell, fragrant; -geha, n. abode of virtue; -ganá, m. pl. good people,designation of cer tain genii (V. E.)=the Yakshas (C. P.): -½îs vara, m. ep. of Kubera; -gala, a. having pure water; -tarî-kri, make purer or holier; -tâ, f. purity, holiness; -tîrtha, n. sacred place of pilgrimage (esp. along the course of sacred streams); a. possessed of sacred bath ing-places; -tva, n. purity, holiness; -dars ana, a. of handsome appearance, beautiful; -pâpa, n. pl. good and bad deeds; -punya tâ, f. supreme holiness; -prada, a.meritori ous; -phala, n. fruit or reward of good works; -bharita, pp. abounding in bliss; -bhâg, -bhâgin, a. happy, blessed; -yoga, m. con sequence of virtuous actions (done in a former life); -vat, a. righteous, virtuous, meritori ous; lucky, fortunate, happy: with ab.= happier than; -varman, m. N. of a prince; -sîla, a. righteous, virtuous; -srîka, a. happy; -sloka, a. of good repute; m. ep. of Nala, Yudhishthira, and Krishna: -didrikshâ, f.desire to see Nala, -parâ&ndot;mukha, a. averse to Nala; -sena, m. N.; -sthâna, n. sacred place. |
| |
| punaryuddha | n. renewal of battle; -lâbha, m. re-attainment, recovery; -lekhana, n. renewed writing down; -vaktavya, fp. to be repeated: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -vakana, n. saying over again, repeating; -vasu, a. bringing back boons; m. du. & sg. fifth or seventh lunar mansion. |
| |
| purastāt | ad. forward; before, in front, in one's presence; in or from the east; above or below (in a book); in the beginning, at first; previously, formerly; prp. with ac., ab., g., or --°ree;, before (of time or place). |
| |
| purātana | a. (î) belonging to the olden time, bygone, former, ancient, old: lc. formerly, in olden times, in bygone ages; m. pl. the ancients. |
| |
| purāṇa | a. (î) belonging to the olden time, primaeval, ancient, old; withered (leaf); n. things of the olden time; tale of past ages, ancient legend; Purâna, N. of eighteen legen dary works treating chiefly of cosmogony and divine genealogy; m. a coin of a certain weight (a measure of silver equal to eighty cowries). |
| |
| purobhāga | m. front part; for wardness, obtrusiveness; disfavour: -m muk, abandon one's forwardness = retire discom fited; (mama) e, before (me); -bhâgin, a. obtrusive, forward; grudging, censorious; -bhâvin, a. impending, imminent; -mâruta, m. east wind; -mukha, a. having the aper ture turned frontways or eastward. |
| |
| pūrvaka | a. (ikâ) prior, preceding, previous; first; --°ree; a. accompanied or pre ceded by, based on, consisting above all things in: -m, ad. after, with, amid, in accordance with (--°ree;); m. forefather, ancestor; -karman, n. former or previous action; preparation; -kalpa, m. previous manner, precedent; olden time (only lc. sg. & pl.); -kâya, m. fore part of the body (of animals), upper part of the body (of men); -kârin,a. acting first; -kâr ya, fp. to be done first; -kâla, a. belonging to a previous time; previously mentioned: -tâ, f. priority of time; -kâlika, a. belonging to a former time; -kâlîna, a. prior in time; -krita, pp. formerly done, performed in a previous life; n. former act, act committed in a previous life; -krama½âgata, pp. handed down from one's ancestors; -kriyâ, f. preparation. |
| |
| pūrvapakṣa | m. fore part or side; first half of a lunar month (when the moon increases), light fortnight; (primâ facie case), action at law; first objection to a proposi tion; -pakshin, a. making the first objection to a proposition; -pakshî-kri, make the first objection to a proposition; -patha, m. pre vious path, same way as before; -pada, n. previous member of a compound (gr.); -pad ya, a. belonging to the first member of a compound; -parigraha, m. first claim, pre cedence, privilege; a. claimed as a privilege by (g.); -pâda, m. fore-foot; -pitâmaha, m. fore-grandfather=ancestor; -pîthikâ, f. in troduction; -purusha, m.forefather (pl. ancestors); primaeval spirit, ep. of Brahman: -½upârgita, pp. collected by one's ancestors; -pûgita, pp. previously consecrated; -pûrva, a. every preceding one, each previously men tioned one; m. pl.ancient ancestors; -pûr va½ukta, pp. respectively mentioned before; -péya, n. precedence in drinking; precedence (in general); -pragñ&asharp;, f. knowledge of the past, memory; -prati-panna, pp. having previously agreed to or promised something; -pravritta, pp. having occurred previously; -prasthita, pp. having started previously, hastening on before. |
| |
| pūrvāhla | m. forenoon: gnly. lc.; i-ka, a. (î) belonging to the forenoon. |
| |
| pūrvākṣara | a. accompanied by the previous letter; -½agní, m. original, i. e. domestic, fire; -½a&ndot;ga, n. former body; com ponent of what precedes; m. first day in the civil month; -½akala,m. eastern or sunrise mountain; -½âkârya, m. ancient or former teacher; -½âdya, a. beginning in the east; -½adri, m. eastern or sunrise mountain; -½a dhika, a. greater than before; -½anubhûta, pp. formerly experienced; -½anta, m. end of the preceding word; anticipation; -½apara, a. being before and behind, directed forward and backward; eastern and western; earlier and later; preceding and following, follow ing in succession, relatively connected: -dak shina, a. eastern, western, and southern, -dina, n. forenoon and afternoon, -râtri, f. former and latter half of the night. |
| |
| pṛthaggaṇa | m. separate or distinct class; -gotra, a. pl. belonging to different families; -gana, m. man of lower classes: sg. & pl. common people; -gaya, m. victory in a duel; -dris, a. seeingsomething dif ferent from (ab.); -dvâra, n. pl. special doors, i. e. means of attainment; -dharma vid, a. pl. each knowing different institutes of law; -bhâva, m. separate condition, dif ference, variety; -yoga, a. pl. having dif ferent lots (perhaps incorrect for -bhoga or -bhâga); -lakshana, a. having different cha racteristics; -varsha, n. pl. a year in each case; -vidha, a. various, manifold, several; different from (in.). |
| |
| pṛśanī | a. f. [√ spris] hugging, caressing, tender. |
| |
| pṛṣṭhadeśa | m. back part, rear: lc. behind (g.); -pâtin, a. being at any one's back, keeping an eye on one; -pîthî, f. broad back; -bhâga, m. hind part, back; rear; -bhûmi, f. top-storey, roof-terrace (of a palace); -madhya, m. middle of the back; -mâmsa, n. back-flesh: -m khâd or bhaksh, bite the back-flesh; backbite; -mâmsa½âda, m. backbiter; -yâna, n. riding; a. riding on (--°ree;); -yâyin, a. riding on (--°ree;); -lagna, pp. hanging about one's back, dogging one's foot steps; -vamsa, m. backbone; -vâstu, n. upper storey; -vâha, m. riding animal, sump ter ox. |
| |
| paiśāca | a. (î) relating or peculiar to the Pisâkas; belonging to the goblins, demon-like. |
| |
| paināka | a. belonging to or proceed ing from Siva; m. pat. descendant of Pinâka. |
| |
| paitāputrīya | a. relating to father and son; -maha, a. (î) relating to or inherited from the grandfather; belonging or relating to Brahman; m. son of Brahman. |
| |
| poṣaka | a. nourishing, breeding, rearing; m. nourisher, breeder; -ana, a. cherishing, favouring (--°ree;); n. nurture, maintenance, cultivation (of trees, of the senses); -anîya, fp. to be nourished; -ayitnú, a. causing to thrive (ac.); -ayishnú, a. beneficial; -i-tri, m. nourisher, breeder; -in, a. rearing, bringing up (--°ree;); -u-ka, a. thriving; -tri, m. nourisher, bringer up; -ya, fp. thriving, well-fed; abundant; causing prosperity; to be nourished: -putraka, m. adopted son. |
| |
| potrīya | a. belonging or relating to the Potri. |
| |
| potaplava | m. boatman; -banig, m. voyaging merchant; -bha&ndot;ga, m. ship wreck; -½âdhâna, n. fry (of fish). |
| |
| paurava | a. (î) belonging to or descended from Pûru; m. descendant of Pûru: pl. race of Pûru. |
| |
| pauraṃdara | a. (î) belonging or relating to Puramdara, i. e. Indra. |
| |
| paurṇamāsa | a. (&isharp;) belonging or relating to or offered at full-moon; m. n. full-moon sacrifice; n. day of full-moon: î, f. night or day of full-moon. |
| |
| pauruṣeya | a. (î) made by, derived from or relating to men; derived from the soul; n. human effort: -tva, n. human origin. |
| |
| pauruṣa | a. (î) human; manly; belonging or relating to Purusha; m. man's load; n. manhood; manliness; manly cour age, vigour, or deed, valour, prowess; force (opp. intellect); length of a man; generation; membrum virile. |
| |
| prakara | m. (scattered) heap, quantity, plenty: î, f. kind of song; short interlude (in a drama); -karana, n. production, creation; treatment, discussion, exposition; subject of discussion, topic; section, chapter; special treatise, monograph; kind of drama (in which the plot is invented by the poet): asminn eva prakarane, in regard to this very point, in this connection; na ka prakaranam vetsi, nor do you know what the point in question is: -tas, ad. on a suitable occasion, -tva, n. condition of discussing (--°ree;); -kartavya, fp. to be prepared; to be displayed or cherished; to be appointed to (lc.); -kartri, m. one who causes or occasions; -karsha, m. (preference, advantage), excellence, superiority, pre-eminence; intensity, excess; predominance; --°ree; a. consisting for the most part in: in., ab., °ree;--, highly, strongly, thoroughly; -karshana, m. troubler;n. drawing off; protrusion; extension, long duration; -karsha-vat, a. excellent; --°ree;, distinguished or pre-eminent in; -kalpanâ, f. allotment; -kalp-ita, pp. fitted, arranged, placed; -kalp-ya, to be allotted or settled; -kâ&ndot;kshâ, f. appetite; -kânda, m. n. trunk of a tree (between the root and branches); minor section in a book; --°ree;=pre-eminent, excellent; -kâmá, m. delight, voluptuousness: pl. objects of desire: -m, -tas, or°ree;--, ad. with delight, willingly; according to desire, sufficiently; in very deed; -kâra, m. kind, sort, species; way, manner; --°ree; a. of the nature of, -like: kena prakârena, in what way? how? prakâraih, in one way or another; râmâyanasya bhâratasya vâ pra kârah, a kind of Râmâyana or Mahâbhârata; -kâra-ka, a. (--°ree;) of the nature of, -like; -kâra-tâ, f. speciality; -kâra-vat, a. belonging to a species; -kârya, fp. to be exhibited; -kâlana, a. driving on; m. N. of a Nâga. |
| |
| prakṛṣṭa | pp. (√ krish) extended, long (road); distinguished: -tva, n. excellence; -ketá, m. (V.) perception, intelligence, understanding; knower; -kopa, m. raging (of war, disease); turbulence, tumult, insurrection; anger, rage (ord. mg.): -m -kri, be angry with (g.); -kopana (or na), a. (î) exciting, arousing (--°ree;); n. irritation; provoking, exasperating; -kopita, cs. pp. (√ kup) provoked, enraged; -koshtha, m. fore-arm (ord. mg.); space near the gate of a palace; court of a palace (Pr.). |
| |
| prakṛti | f. (putting before, what is presupposed), original or natural form or condition (opp. vi-kriti, derivative form); nature, constitution, disposition, temper; fundamental form, pattern, standard, rule (sp. damental form, pattern, standard, rule (sp. in ritual); nature (opp. spirit: ph.): pl. material elements (rare); primary constituents of nature (from which all else is evolved: there are eight: avyakta, mahat, ahamkâra, and the five elements: ph.); constituent elements of the state (in politics: there are seven: king, minister, fortress, territory or subjects, treasure, army, and ally; kings primarily (of these there are four) and secondarily (of these there are eight) concerned in a war (each of these twelve having five prakritis in the form of minister, territory, fortress, treasure, army); constituent elements of a king's own state (exclusive of himself); ministers; subjects, citizens; sg. root, base (gr.): °ree;-or in. by nature, originally, properly; in the original state, unchanged: -ka, a. (--°ree;) id.; kripana, a. naturally feeble in discriminating between (lc.); -ga, a.innate; -purusha, m. nature and spirit (du.); minister; -bhâva, m. original or unmodified state; -mandala, n. whole circle of subjects, entire territory; -mat, a. having or being in the original, natural, or usual condition orform; -sampanna, pp. endowed with a noble nature; -subhaga, a. naturally beautiful; -stha, a. being in the natural state or condition, natural, genuine, normal; healthy; being in good circumstances. |
| |
| prakāśa | a. shining (out), clear, bright; manifest, open, visible, public; produced or occasioned by (--°ree;); generally known, renowned, for (in. or --°ree;), in (--°ree;); having the appearance of, resembling, like (--°ree;): -m or °ree;--, ad. openly, publicly; aloud (dr.); m. lustre, splendour, light (often --°ree; in titles of exegetical works); manifestation; renown; open place, open air; publicity: ab. manifestly, certainly; lc. publicly, openly; aloud; -kâsa-ka, a. (ikâ) clear, bright, shining; generally known, renowned; illuminating; making clear, explaining; expressing, designating; m. illuminator, sun; -kâsa-tâ, f. brightness, lustre; renown; publicity: -m gam, become known; -kâsa-tva, n. manifestation, appearance, renown; -kâsa-devî, f. N.; -kâs-ana, a. illuminating; n. illumination; allowing to appear, manifestation; -kâsa-nârî, f. public woman, prostitute; -kâs-anîya, fp. to be illuminated; -kâs-ayi tavya, fp. to be made clear or evident; to be manifested; -kâsa½âtma-ka-tva, n. luminousness; -kâsa½âtman, a. whose nature is light, luminous; -kâs-i-tâ, f.brightness, light; -kâs-i-tva, n. id.; -kâs-in, a. bright, shining; bringing to light (g.); -kâsî-karana, n. illumination; -kâsî-kri, illuminate; pub lish; -kâsî-bhâva, m. becoming light, dawn; -kâsa½itara, a. reverse of manifest, invisible; -kâs-ya, fp. to be brought to light or manifested: -tâ, f. publicity. |
| |
| prakrama | m. stride (Br., S.); C.: beginning (also S.); proportion, measure; right sequence of words, grammatical construction; -kramana, n. striding forward; advancing towards (--°ree;); going forth;-krama-bha&ndot;ga, m. violation of grammatical construction; -krânta, pp. √ kram; n. setting out, departure: -tva, n. state of being meant; -kriyâ, f. procedure, method, manner; ceremony; formality; privilege, prerogative, precedence, high position (ord. mg.); insignia of high rank; characterization; chapter; -krîdá, m. sport; playground; -krîdín, a. playing, gambolling (RV.1). |
| |
| pracaya | m. [√ ki] picking, gathering; accumulation, collection, quantity, multitude; -kayana, n. collecting; -kaya-svara, m. accumulated tone (i. e. tone occurring in a series of syllables), tone of the unaccented syllables following a Svarita; -karana, n. setting to work: &isharp;, f. kind of supplementary wooden ladle (rit.); -karanîya, fp. being in actual use (Br., S.); -karitavya, fp. n. imps. one should set to work;-kala, a. moving, tremulous, shaking; -kalana, n trembling, swaying; fleeing; -kalâyita, (den. pp.), n. nodding while asleep (âsîna-, -in a sitting posture); -kalita, pp. set out, departed, etc.; -kâra, m. walking about, ranging; going in pursuit of (--°ree;); showing oneself, manifestation, appearance; application, employment; currency; conduct, behaviour; pasture-ground; exercising-ground; -kârana, n. scattering; -kârin, a. going about; attaching oneself to (lc., --°ree;); acting, behaving; -kita, pp. (√ ki), pronounced with the Prakaya tone; -kura, a. abundant, ample, much, many, frequent; --°ree;, abounding in, replete with: -gaha&ntod;a,a. having abundance of impervious passages, -tva, n. abundance of (--°ree;), -ratna-dhana½â gama, a. having a large income of gems and money; -kurī-bhû, grow in extent; -kritta- sikha, a. having loosened braids orflowing hair; (á)-ketas, a. heedful, intelligent, wise (V.); m. (C.), ep. of Varuna; N.; -kodana, n. instigation, incitement; command; -kodin, a. driving before one (--°ree;). |
| |
| pragraha | m. holding forth, stretching out; grasping, seizing; seizure of the sun or moon, beginning of an eclipse; kindness; obstinacy (rare); rein, bridle (ord. mg.); leader, guide; companion, satellite; -grahana, m. leader, guide (only --°ree; a. = led by); n. grasping, seizing; commencement of an eclipse; -grâham, abs. keeping the words separate (i. e. not combining them according to the rules of Sandhi: Br.); -grîva, m.railing or fence enclosing a house. |
| |
| praṇaya | m. leader; guidance; mani festation, display; confidence, in (lc.); friendly regard; familiarity; affection, love; fond attachment (of lovers), display of affection; desire, longing, for (lc.): in., ab., °ree;--, and pranaya½upetam, ad. confidently, fearlessly; unreservedly, without ceremony: -kalaha, m. friendly quarrel; -nayana, n. bringing, fetching; means or vessel for fetching; mani festation, display; adduction; wielding (a weapon), infliction of punishment (danda); establishing, founding; performance, execu tion; composition (of, --°ree;); satisfying, satiat ing (--°ree;); -naya-bha&ndot;ga, m. breach of con fidence; -naya-vat,a. acting without re serve or ceremony, unaffected; tenderly at tached to (lc. or --°ree;); addicted to (--°ree;); -nay i-kriyâ, f. friendly service; -nayi-tâ, f. love, affection (for, lc.); desire, longing (for, g. or --°ree;); -nay-in,a. beloved, dear (to, g.); ten derly attached, affectionate, loving; fond of, liking, devoted to, longing for (in. or --°ree;); frequenting, dwelling or being in (--°ree;); aim ing at, having in view (--°ree;); combined orprovided with (--°ree;); m. favourite, dear friend; lover, husband: -î, f. mistress, wife; -nayî kri, attach closely: pp. connected with (in. or --°ree;); -nayî-bhû, again become attached to (lc.). |
| |
| prakampa | a. trembling; m. tremor, quake; -ana, m. wind; N. of an Asura; n. shaking, wagging; -ita, pp. √ kamp; n. tremor; -in, a. trembling, moving to and fro; -ya, fp. to be caused to trembleor quake. |
| |
| pratijñāntara | n. change of the proposition in an argument; -paripâl ana, n. adherence to a promise, keeping one's word; -pûrvakam, ad. beginning with the prosecution; -virodha, m.contradiction between proposition and argument; -sam nyâsa, m. abandonment of one's own pro position after hearing the argument of one's opponent; -hâni, f. abandonment of a pro position in a disputation. |
| |
| pratiprajñāti | f. discrimina tion, ascertainment; -pranavam, ad. at every &open;om;&close; -pranava-samyukta, pp. accompanied with &open;om&close; on each occasion; -pranâma, m.counter-bow, salutation in return; -pratí, a. (m. n.) forming a counterpart, counterbalanc ing, a match for (ac.); -pratîka, °ree;-or -m, ad. at every initial word; on every part of the body; -pradâna, n. giving back, restitu tion; bestowal in marriage; -prabhâ, f. pl. reflexion (of fire); -prabhâtam, ad. every morning; -prayavana, n. repeated mixing; -prayâna, n. return; -prasna, m. counter question, answer; -prasava, m. counter pre cept, annulment of a prohibition regarding (--°ree;); return to the original state; -prasa vam, ad. at every birth; -prasthâtrí, m. priest assisting the Adhvaryu; -prasth&asharp;na, n. office of the Pratiprasthâtri; -prahâra, m.counter blow, stroke in return; -prâni, ad. in or for every living being; -prâbhrita, n. counter present; -prâsthânika, a. relat ing to the office of the Pratiprasthâtri. |
| |
| pratipuṃniyata | pp. specially meant for every soul; -purusha, m. similar man, representative; companion; doll; °ree;-or -m, ad. man for man, for each man; for every soul; -pustaka, n. copy of an original manuscript, transcript; -pûgaka, a. honour ing (--°ree; or g.); -pûgana, n. doing honour to (g.); -pûgâ, f. id. (with g. or lc.); -pûgya, fp. to be honoured; -pûrana, n. filling, oc cupation of (g.); being filled with (in.); stoppage, obstruction; -prishthâ, f. each side of a leaf. |
| |
| pratipāṇa | a. bartering; m. counter stake; revenge at play; -pâtram, ad. in or on every part (in a play); -pâdaka, a. (ikâ) giving, bestowing (--°ree;); discussing, treating of, teaching; explanatory, illustrative; -pâd ana, n. causing to attain (--°ree;); giving, be stowal, on (lc. or --°ree;); giving back, return ing; bringing back; inauguration in (--°ree;); producing, causing; setting forth, treating of, propounding, illustrating, teaching; com mencement; -pâdanîya, fp. to be given, in marriage (Pr.); to be propounded, dis cussed or treated of; -pâdapam, ad. in every tree; -pâdam, ad. in every verse (pâda); -pâdayitavya, fp. to be bestowed or pre sented; -pâdayitri, m. bestower, on (lc.); propounder, teacher; -pâdukâ, f. pedestal; -pâdya, fp. to be propounded, explained, or discussed; under discussion; -pâna, n. drink ing; drinking water; -pâpa, a.bad in return, requiting any one (lc.) with evil; -pâlana, n. watching, guarding, protection; rearing, nurture (of animals); keeping, observance, maintenance, of (g. or --°ree;); expectation (Pr.); -pâlanîya or -pâlayitavya,fp. to be ex pected or waited for; -pâlin, a. guarding, protecting; -pâlya, fp. to be protected or guarded; to be waited for. |
| |
| pratyagra | a. [being at the beginning], new, fresh; young; early (rays); recent; renewed, repeated: °ree;-or -m, ad. recently; -prasavâ, a. f. having recently brought forth, -calved; -yauvana, a. being in early youth; -rûpa, a. youthful; -vayas, a. of youthful years. |
| |
| pratyādhāna | n. place for keep ing anything; -nayana, n. fetching back again; bringing back, restoration; -neya, fp. to be made good. |
| |
| pratyātāpa | m. sunny spot; -½âtma, °ree;-or -m, ad. for or in every soul; singly; -½âtmaka, -½âtmika, a. belonging to oneself, severally one's own; -½âtmya, n. likeness to oneself: in. after his own image; -½âdarsa, m. incorrect for pratyâdesa; -½âdâna, n. re covery, re-acquisition; reiteration, repetition; -½âditya, 1. m. mock sun; 2. ad, towards the sun (°ree;--); -½âditsu, des. a. desirous of gaining or regaining; -½âdeya, fp. to be received; -½âdesa, m. injunction, order; repudiation, rejection; refusal; prevention, determent, (deterrent) example; casting into the shade, eclipsing. |
| |
| pratyupakāra | m. requital of kindness, service in return; -kârin, a. re turning a kindness; requiting (--°ree;); -kriyâ, f. requital of kindness, service in return; -desa, m. instruction in return; -panna mati, a. possessed of presence of mind: -tva, n. presence of mind; -bhoga, m. enjoyment; -mâna, n. counter-simile; -vesa, m. beset ting or besieging (any one in order to make him yield); -sthâna, n. imminence; -sthâ pana, n. (mental) realisation; -sparsana, n. renewed washing or rinsing; -hâra, m. re storation, restitution. |
| |
| pratyāharaṇa | n. bringing back; withdrawal or withholding from (ab.); -hâra, m. withdrawal (of troops), retreat; with holding (the senses) from (ab.); abstention from the objects of the senses;withdrawal of creation, dissolution; technical grammatical contraction to a single syllable of a series of letters or suffixes by combining the initial of the first with the final of the last: thus al, the first vowel a+the last consonant ha-l (h with the technical suffix l), designates the entire alphabet; -hârya, fp. to be received or learned, from (ab.); -hvaya, m. echo. |
| |
| prathamaka | a. first; -kalpa, m. primary ordinance; -kalpita, pp. first in rank; -garbha, m. first pregnancy; a. f. â, pregnant for the first time; -ga or -g&asharp;, a. first-born; original; firstling; born in the first (i. e. first mentioned) wedlock; -gâta, pp. first-born; -tara, °ree;-or -m, (cpv.) ad. first; -tas, ad. first; forthwith; before, in preference to (g.); be fore, previously to (--°ree;); -darsana, n. first sight (lc. at --): -dina, n. first day of seeing any one (g.); -dugdhá, pp. just milked; -dhâra, m. (?) first drop; -nirdishta, pp. first stated or mentioned; -purusha, m. first (our third) person (gr.); -pravada, a. utter ing the first sound (child); -prasûtâ, pp. f. having calved for the first time; -bh&asharp;g, a. obtaining the first share; -yagñá, m. first sacrifice; -râtra, m. beginning of the night; -vayas-ín, a. young; -vasati, f. original or old home; -vittâ, f.first wife; -samgama, m. N.; -samâvritta, pp. only just turned to wards (lc.); -½âgâmin, a. coming or men tioned first; -½âdesa, m. initial position (of a word); -½abhidheya, n. fundamental meaning: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -½ardha, m. n. first half; -½ava ra-tva, n. higher and lower rank, seniority and juniority; -½astamita, n. recent setting of the sun; -½ahám, ad. on the first day; -½âhâra, m. first employment; -½itara, a. re verse of the first, second. |
| |
| prathama | spv. foremost], a. first; earliest; original; prior, pre vious, former; chief, most excellent, eminent, leading: it may often be translated by an ad.: first, for the first time; previously; just; forthwith: °ree;-or -m, ad. first, first of all, for the first time; only just; forthwith; for merly, previously: with g. before, previously to; ab. first; m. first consonant of a class, unaspirated tenuis; first (=our third) per son; personal endings of the third person; â, f. first or nominative case (including the vocative), termination of the nominative (in cluding the vocative): du. the two first cases, the terminations of the two first cases (=nm. and ac.); n. sg. coll. the first. |
| |
| pradātavya | fp. to be given or be stowed; -given in marriage; -delivered or restored; -granted; -allowed; -placed in (lc.); -dâtrí, m. giver, bestower (often --°ree; with the object, exceptionally with the reci pient); giver of a girl in marriage; imparter of, instructor in (g. or --°ree;); granter (of a wish); -d&asharp;na, n. giving, bestowal; presentation (of an offering in the fire); delivery; donation, gift; giving away a girl (g.) in marriage to (d.); utterance (of a curse); granting, vouch safing (a boon); imparting, teaching, an nouncing; declaring; application; bringing about or to pass: -vat, a. bountiful; -dâp ya, cs. fp. to be forced to give or pay (ac.); -dâya, n. gift: -ka, a. giving, bestowing, granting, imparting; -dây-in, a. id.; causing, producing: (-i)-tva, n. position of supplier of (--°ree;); -dâha, m. burning, heating with fire; destruction of (--°ree;). |
| |
| pauṣṇa | a. (î) belonging, relating, or sacred to Pûshan; relating to the sun; n. the lunar asterism Revatî. |
| |
| prathas | n. breadth; extension: -vat, a. broad, extensive; -â, f. spreading out; fame, celebrity; origin (--°ree;); -ita, pp. √ prath; -i-mán, m. breadth; extension, enlargement; -ishtha, spv., -îyas,cpv. of prithú; -u, a. distant, long (journey); reaching farther than (ab.). |
| |
| pradhana | n. prize of the contest; contest, battle; best of one's goods, valuables: -½âghâtaka, a. setting a contest on foot, -½a&ndot;gana, n. battle-field; -dharsha, m. as sault (--°ree;); -dharsha-ka, a.(--°ree;) wronging, violating (another man's wife); -dharshana, a. attacking, molesting; n., â, f. assaulting, laying hands on, ill-treatment, molestation; -dharshanîya, fp. liable to assault, ill-treat ment, or insult. |
| |
| prapitāmaha | m. great grandfather; also designation of Brahman and Krishna: pl. great-grandfathers, ances tors: î, f. paternal great-grandmother; -pi trivya, m. paternal grand-uncle; -pitvá, (V.) n. going away; flight, retreat; retired spot; evening; -pitsu, des. a. desirous of plunging into (lc.); wishing to enter upon a path (ac.); -pîdana, n. pressing, squeezing; means of squeezing tumours; -purâna, a.long kept, old; -pushpita, pp. covered with blossoms, flowering; -pûraka, a. (ikâ) fulfilling, satis fying; -pûrana, a. (î) filling up (oil) and increasing (love for anything); insertion in (lc. or --°ree;); drawing of a bow;embellishment of Indra's banner; -pûrya, ps. base of √ 1. pri, be thoroughly filled or satiated; be filled to the brim. |
| |
| pramaṃhiṣṭhīya | n. N. of RV. I. 57 (which begins with the words &open;pra mamhishthâya&close;); (á)-mati, f. care, protection; provider, protector; -matta, pp. (√ mad) inattentive, careless, heedless, negligent, remiss: -sakiva, a. having a careless minister; -matha, m. Teazer, kind of sprite attendant on Siva; -mathana, a. (î) tor menting, harassing; destroying, removing; m. N. of a Dânava; n.destruction; -ma tha-nâtha, m. ep. of Siva; -matha½adhipa, m. id.; -mathin, a. tormenting, racking, harassing; -mada, m. pleasure, joy; a. intoxicated, wild, mad: â, f. handsome, buxom, lively woman; woman; -madana, n. joy of love; place of amusement, playground; -ma da-vana, n. pleasure-grove (of a prince); -madâ-gana, m. womankind, the female sex, woman; -madâ-vana, n. pleasure-grove of the women (of a prince); -madâ½âspada, n. harem, gynaeceum; -maditavya, fp. n. imps. one should be negligent regarding (ab.); -madvara, a. foolish; m. fool: â, f. N. of the wife of Ruru; -mánas, a. careful, tender; pleased, joyful; willing; -mantha, m. fire-drill (by the rotation of which fire is produced from wood); -manyu, a. indignant with, incensed against (lc.); very sad; -maya, m. death; -mará, m. death; -marana, n. dying, death; -mardaka, a. crushing, destroying; -mardana, a. crushing, destroying, annihi lating (g. or --°ree;); m. N. of a fairy; -mardi tri, m. crusher, destroyer; -mardin, a. crush ing, destroying (--°ree;); (á)-mahas, a. of great might. |
| |
| prabhṛti | f. offering (of praise or sacrifice); throw, stroke, blow; beginning: --°ree; a. having as its beginning=beginning with, and the remainder, and so forth (±an accompanying substantive in the pl.); ad. --°ree; or immediately following an ad. in -tas or an ad. of time, from -onwards: ganma prabhriti, from birth; tatah or tadâ pra bhriti, from that time onwards, thenceforth; adya --, from now or to-day (the pcl.eva as a rule follows prabhriti, not the preceding ad.): -ka, a. --°ree;=prabhriti, beginning with, and so forth. |
| |
| prabhū | v. -bhu; -bhûta, pp. much, abundant: -tâ, f. quantity, plenty, large num ber, -tva, n. id., -yavasa½indhana, a. abound ing in meadow-grass and fuel, -vayas, a. of advanced years, aged, -sas, ad.frequently; (á)-bhûti, (V.) f. origin; violence; suffi ciency. |
| |
| prabhaṅga | m. breaker, crusher; crushing, destruction; -bha&ndot;gín, a. breaking, crushing, destroying; -bhañgana, a. id.; m. storm, tempest, hurricane; wind; god of wind; n. breaking; -bhadraka, a. extremely handsome; n. a metre; combination of four slokas containing a single sentence; -bhartav ya, fp. to be nourished or maintained; -(á) bhartri, m. bringer, procurer (RV.); (á) bharman, n. setting before, presenting; reci tation (of a hymn); -bhavá, a. prominent; m. origin, source, cause of existence, birthplace; a. arising or proceeding from, originating with; being in or on; -bhavitri, m. mighty one, great lord; -bhavishnu, a. mighty, pre-eminent; producing, creating; m. mighty one, master, lord, of (g., lc., --°ree;): -tâ, f. lordship, dominion; power, to (inf.); tyranny. |
| |
| pramātha | m. tugging; violent ab duction (of a woman); subjugation; destruc tion; N. of a Dânava; -mâthin, a. striking off; stirring, agitating, disturbing, afflicting; m. N.; -m&asharp;da, m.intoxication; heedlessness, inattention, negligence, with regard to (--°ree;): -pâtha, m. wrong reading; -mâdin, a. heedless, careless, negligent, off one's guard; -mâpa-ka, a. proving; -mâpana, 1. (cs. √ mâ) n. form, figure; 2. (cs. √ mî) a. (î) murder ing; m. murderer; n. killing; -mâpayitri, a. leading to destruction: -tva, n. abst. n.; -mâyu, -m&asharp;yuka, a. liable to perish; -mârg aka, a. wiping off, removing; -mârgana, n.wiping away; removal. |
| |
| pramukti | f. liberation; -mukha, a. having the face turned towards (ac.); foremost, first, chief, principal: gnly. --°ree;, having as the foremost=preceded or led by, and so forth; n. beginning (of a chapter); present time: lc. in front, opposite (w. g. or --°ree;): °ree;--, before one's face, in one's presence; -tas, ad. in front, at the head; opposite; in the presence of, before (g. or --°ree;); -múd, f. pleasure, de light; joy of love; -mudita, pp. √ mud; n. mirth, gaiety: -vat, act. pp. (he) rejoiced. |
| |
| prayāga | m. Place of sacrifice: cele brated place of pilgrimage at the confluence of the Yamunâ and the Ganges; also known as a kingdom: pl. inhabitants of Prayâga; N.; -yâkaka, a. entreating (-artham); -yâkana, n. imploration; -yâgá, m. preliminary offer ing (gnly., five, sts. nine or eleven); -y&asharp;na, n. setting out, going forth, departure; march, journey; day's journey; gait; attack (--°ree;); riding on (in.); expiration of life, decease; beginning; back of a horse (where the rider sits): -ka, n. march, journey, day's march, -kâla, m. time of death, -pataha, m. march ing drum, -bha&ndot;ga, m. interruption of a journey. |
| |
| pravaktavya | fp. to be propounded, imparted, or taught; -vaktri, m. one who tells, imparts, or says anything (--°ree;); good speaker; teacher, propounder; originator of a story: -tva, n. condition of an instructor; -vakana, n. speaking; propounding; reciting; instruction; expression, designation; pro pounded doctrine, holy treatise, sacred scrip tures, sp. the Brâhmanas: -patu, a. skilful in speech, eloquent; -vakanîya,fp. to be propounded. |
| |
| pralaghu | a. very small or insignificant (retinue): -tâ, f. excessive smallness; -lap ana, n. prattling, chattering; -lapita, pp. √ lap; n. prattle, chatter; lament; -lab dhavya, fp. to be made sport of, to be de ceived; -lamba, a. hanging down, pendulous; stooping; m. N. of a Daitya slain by Bala deva or Krishna: -tâ, f. pendulousness, -bâhu, a. having pendulous arms, -bhuga, a. id.; -lambin, a. pendulous; -lambha, m.obtainment; deception; -lambhana, n. taking in, deceiving; -laya, m. dissolution, destruction, death; annihilation or end of the world; setting (of stars); cause of dissolu tion; swoon: -ghana, m. cloud producing the dissolution of the world, -m-kara, a. (î) causing destruction, -tâ, f. dissolution: -m gam, be annihilated, -tva, n. id.: â-ya klip, go to ruin, -dahana, m. conflagration causing the destruction of the world, -½anta-ga, a.perishing only at the end of the world (sun). |
| |
| pravarga | m. large earthenware pot (used in the Pravargya ceremony); -vargyã, m. introductory ceremony of the Soma sacri fice, at which fresh milk is poured into a red-hot pot: -vat, a. connected with the Pravargya ceremony; -várgana, n. perform ance of the Pravargya rite, placing in or near the fire; -vartaka, a. (ikâ) causing to roll onward, setting in motion; promoting, insti gating; causing, producing; m.founder, author; n. entrance of a previously announced person on the stage (at the end of the intro duction); -vartana, n. advance, forward movement; emergence from (ab.); flow (of water); walking; activity; occupation with, engaging in (in., lc.); going on, proceeding, coming to pass, occurrence; procedure, be haviour; moving onward; erection, execu tion (of works); stimulation, promotion, pro duction, introduction, employment (of, g. or --°ree;): â, f. incitement to activity; -vartanî ya, fp. to be employed; -commenced; -vart ayitri, m. instigator, of (g.), to (lc.); erector, introducer; employer: -tva, n. instigation; -vartita, cs. pp.administered, dispensed; al lowed to take its course; enforced; -varti tavya, fp. n. imps. one should act; -varti tri, m. producer, bringer; one who fixes or settles; -vartin, a. issuing, streaming forth; moving forward, flowing; engaging in action; causing to flow; producing; employing; in troducing, propagating; -vartya, fp. being incited; -vardha-ka, a. (ikâ) augmenting, increasing (--°ree;); -vardhana, a. id.; -varsha, m. rain (sts. pl.):-na, n. raining; first rain; -varshin, a. raining, shedding (--°ree;); -varha, v. -barha; -valha, m. riddle; -vasathá, n. departure; separation (pl.) from (ab.); -vas ana, n. setting out on travel; dying, de cease; -vaha, a.carrying, wafting; m. one of the seven winds which set the planets in motion; one of the seven tongues of fire; reservoir for receiving water; -vahana, n. giving a girl in marriage; carriage; ship (also î, f.: --°ree; a. â): -bha&ndot;ga, m. shipwreck. |
| |
| pravṛtti | f. moving forward, ad vance, progress; appearance, manifestation, production; rise, origin; advent, setting in (of spring etc.); activity, efficacy, function; advance into, prosecution of, engaging in, ex posure of oneself to danger, predilection, pro pensity, addiction to (lc. or --°ree;); proceeding, occupation; behaviour, practice; employ ment, use, currency; applicability or validity of a grammatical rule;continuance, preva lence, continued validity; lot, fate; tidings, of (g. or --°ree;): -mat, a. devoted to a thing; -vriddha, pp. (√ vridh) grown up, great; -vriddhi, f. growth, increase; rise (of price); preferment, promotion, elevation; prosperity; -vrídh, f. growth. |
| |
| pravrajana | n. going abroad, leav ing home; -vragita, (pp.) m. religious men dicant (Brâhman in the fourth order); n. life of a religious mendicant: â, f. nun; -vragya, n. going abroad, migration, wander ing forth from home: â, f. religious mendi cancy; order of ascetics; joining the monastic (or fourth) order; -vraska, m. cut; -vrâg, m. religious mendicant, recluse; -vrâgá, m. river-bed (V.); -vrâgaka, m. religious men dicant: -strî, f. mendicant nun; -vrâgikâ, f. id.; -vrâgana, n. banishment; -vr&asharp;gin, going forth or after (--°ree;); m. religious mendi cant; -vlaya, m. collapse. |
| |
| praślita | pp. (=-srita), changing &open;as&close; to &open;o&close; before sonant letters (samdhi); -slishta, pp. slurred, coalescent (euphonic combina tion of a or â with a following vowel or of other vowels with homogeneous ones); vowel resulting from coalescence or accent of a coalescent vowel (gr.); -slesha, m. close con tact or pressure; coalescence (of vowels). |
| |
| prasāda | m. clearness (of water, the voice); brightness; perspicuity (of speech or style); radiance (of the countenance); calm ness (of mind), serenity; cheerfulness, good temper; kindness, graciousness, favour; help, aid; gracious gift; food offered to an idol; remnants of a preceptor's food (which may be eaten without scruple): -m kri, be gra cious, show favour; grant the favour of (inf. or --°ree;); -sâda-ka, a. making clear, clarifying; cheering, gladdening; -sâdana, a. (î) making clear, clarifying; n. making clear, clarification; soothing, calming, tranquillizing; rendering cheerful; gratifying; propitiation; -sâdanîya, fp. to be propitiated; -sâda-parâ&ndot;mukha, a. (î) indifferent to any one's favour; with drawing one's favour from (g.); -sâda-bhû mi, f. object of favour, favourite; -sâdayi tavya, fp. to be rendered propitious towards (upari); -sâda-vitta: -ka, a. abounding in favour, standing high in the favour of (g. or --°ree;); m. favourite; -sâda½antara, n. another mark of favour; -sâdita, cs. pp. (√ sad) pleased, propitiated, well-satisfied; -sâdin, a. bright (eye, face); clear (neetar); perspi cuous; cheering, gladdening; -sâdî-kri, grant (ac.) as a favour to (g.), graciously present; -sâdya, 1. cs. gd. having ap peased, pleased, or propitiated; 2. fp. to be propitiated; -sâdhaka, a. (ikâ) adorn ing; m. dresser, valet; f. (ikâ) lady's maid; -s&asharp;dhana, a. accomplishing; n. ac complishment; putting in order, arranging; embellishment, personal adornment, toilet; means of decoration, toilet requisites; orna ment of (--°ree;): î, f. comb; -sâdhita, pp. ac complished; decorated; -sâra, m. spreading or stretching out, extension; rising, whirling up (of dust); opening; -sârana, n. stretch ing out, extending; development; extension, diffusion, augmentation; vocalization of a semivowel (gr.); -sâranin, a. containing a semivowel liable to vocalization (gr.); -sâr ita, cs. pp. (√ sri) extended, expanded, dif fused; stretched forth, exposed for sale; -sârin, a. breaking forth, issuing from (--°ree;); stretching oneself out; extending to (--°ree;); -sârya, 1. cs. gd. having extended or put forth; 2. fp. to be vocalized (semivowel). |
| |
| prasava | m. 1. pressing (of Soma); 2. setting in motion, impulse; course, current; quickening power, stimulation, instigation; aid; command; acquisition; vivifier; 3. be getting, generation; conception; bringing forth, bearing; birth; delivery, confinement; augmentation; birth-place; flower, blossom; sg. & pl. offspring, progeny (--°ree;, sts.=young --): -griha, n. lying-in chamber; -savana, n. bringing forth, bearing of children; fe cundity; -sava-vedanâ, f. pangs of child birth, travail; -savitrí, m. 1. impeller, in citer, vivifier (of, g.); 2. (-tri), m. procreator, father; -savin, a. bearing, producing; -sa vya, a. (holding the left hand outtowards anything), following one's left hand, keeping one's left hand towards anything (in walking round it): -m, ad. to the left; -sáh, a. (str. st. -s&asharp;h) overpowering; -saha, a. enduring, withstanding (--°ree;); m.endurance, resistance (only --°ree;); beast or bird of prey; -sahana, n. resisting; overcoming; embracing; -sahya, 1. gd. forcibly; exceedingly; without more ado; necessarily (with na, by no means); 2. fp. conquerable;with inf. capable of being (ps. pt.): -kârin, a. acting with violence; -harana, n. forcible abduction or appro priation. |
| |
| prasakala | a. very full (bosom); -sakta, pp. √ sañg: °ree;-or -m, ad. incessantly; -saktavya, fp. to be attached to (lc.); -sak ti, f. attachment, devotion, or addiction to, indulgence in, occupation with (lc.), occur rence of a case; bearing, applicability; practicableness: -m pra-yâ, be practicable; -sa&ndot;ktavya, fp. to be allowed to occur; -sa&ndot;khyâ, f. sum total; consideration; -sam khyâna, n. enumeration; reflexion, medita tion; fame, reputation; -sa&ndot;ga, m. attach ment, inclination; fondness for, addiction to; indulgence in (lc. or --°ree;); gratification, of (g.); association or intercourse with (--°ree;); illicit pursuit; applicability; contingency; opening, opportunity, occasion; connexion (pl. all that is connected with or results from anything): in. assiduously, with one's whole soul; in the course of (--°ree;); occasionally, in cidentally (also ab., °ree;--, or -tas); amunâ or tat-prasa&ndot;gena, on that occasion; etat prasa&ndot;ge, on this occasion; prasa&ndot;ge ku tra½api, on a certain occasion: -vat, a. occa sional, incidental, -vinivritti, f. non-recur rence of a contingency, prevention of the re currence; -sa&ndot;gin, a. attached or devoted to (--°ree;); connected with anything; contin gent, occurring; secondary, unessential; -sag ya, fp. applicable: -tâ, f. -ness,-pratishe dha, m. negative form of an applicable (posi tive) statement: -tva, n. abst. n.; -satti, f. graciousness; favour, complacency; -sam dhâna, n. combination, union; -sanna, pp. (√ sad) clear; bright; pleased, soothed, de lighted; complacent; gracious, propitious, kindly disposed; plain (meaning); distinct (impression); correct (supposition): -tâ, f. clearness, purity; brightness; perspicuity; complacence, good humour, -tva, n.clearness, brightness, -mukha, a. of a placid counte nance, looking pleased, -salila, a. having clear water; -sabha, °ree;-or -m, ad. forcibly; violently; exceedingly, very much; importu nately: -damana, n. forcible subjugation; -sara, m. advance; diffusion, expansion, ex tension; range; issue (of smoke); free scope, ample space; motion (of the eye); appear ance, manifestation; prevalence, influence; stream, flood; multitude, quantity: -na, n. running away, escaping; coming into force; complaisance, amiability; -sárga (or á), m. gushing forth; dismissal; -sárpana, n. going forward, advancing; betaking oneself to (lc.); -sarpin, a. issuing from (--°ree;); slinking away. |
| |
| praseka | m. effusion; watering of the mouth, nausea; exudation, resin; spout (of a ladle); -sekin, a. discharging fluid; suffering from (excessive) salivation; -sena: -git, m. N. of various princes; -sevaka, m. sack, bag; damper on the neck of a lute. |
| |
| prasū | a. bearing, giving birth to; fruitful, prolific; producing, providing for (--°ree;); f. mother; sprout; flowering sacrificial grass; -sûta, pp. born, produced; n. pri mordial soul or matter (phil.);(á)-sûti, 1. f. instigation, command; permission; (a) sûti, 2. f. bringing forth, parturition; laying (of eggs); birth; coming forth, production (of fruit, flowers, etc.); producer; child, off spring, progeny; product; -sûtikâ, f. a. re cently confined; having lately calved; -sûna, pp. √ sû; n. blossom, flower: -bâna, m. (flower-arrowed), Kâma, -½âsuga, m. id. |
| |
| prastāra | m. strewing, spreading out; abundance; litter, bed of straw; couch; layer; stair (leading down to water); flat surface; table of all the possible combinations in a metre: -pa&ndot;kti, f.combination-pa&ndot;kti, a metre (12+12+8+8 syllables); -stârin, a. spreading out, extending to; -stâva, m. pre liminary mention, allusion, propounding or introducing a topic; subject of conversation, topic; opportunity, occasion, season, proper time; beginning, commencement; introduc tion; -of a Sâman sung by the Prastotri priest: in. at any one's convenience; lc. on a suitable occasion, opportunely, -tas, ad. in the course of (--°ree;); -stâvanâ, f. blazing abroad, through (in.); beginning, commencement; introduction, (dramatic) prologue (the scene between the benediction and beginning of the first act); -stâva-sadrisa, a. suited to the occasion, seasonable, appropriate; -stâvita, cs. pp. commenced, begun; referred to. |
| |
| prasraṃsa | m. falling down; -srams ana, n. dissolvent; -sramsin, a. (-î) mis carrying; -srava, m. flowing forth; stream, flow; flow of milk (lc. when the milk flows): pl. gushing tears; -srávana, n.gushing or streaming forth, trickling, oozing; effusion, discharge (of, from, or into, --°ree;); spring, foun tain; spout; -srava-yukta, pp. discharging milk (breasts), -samyukta, pp. id.; stream ing (tears); -sravin, a. pouring forth, dis charging (--°ree;); discharging milk (cow); -srâva, m. urine; -sruta, pp. oozed, issued, etc. |
| |
| prākṛta | a. (â, î) connected with nature (prakriti), natural, original; unal tered; usual, ordinary, common; low, vul gar; proceeding from or relating to nature (phil.); Prâkritic; m. low orvulgar man, n. vernacular dialect (derived from Sanskrit and spoken by women and inferior charac ters in Sanskrit plays), Prâkrit: -bhâshin, a. speaking Prâkrit, -sâsana, n. treatise on Prâkrit, -kandrikâ, f. Moonlight of Prâkrit, T. of Vararuki's Prâkrit grammar, -pra kâsa, m. Illustration of Prâkrit, id. |
| |
| prākaraṇika | a. belonging to the matter in question; -to the chapter; -to the genus. |
| |
| prāgātha | a. (î) belonging to the Pragâthas, i. e. to the eighth Mandala of the RV.; m. pat. descendant of Pragâtha. |
| |
| prāggṅgam | ad. on the east of the Ganges; -gamana-vat, a. going forward; -gâmin, a. preceding or intending to precede; -guna, a. having the previously mentioned quality; -grîva, a.having the neck directed eastward; -ganman, n. previous birth or existence; -gâta, (pp.) n., -gâti, f. previous existence; -gyotish-a, a. lighted from the east; relating to the city of Prâggyotisha; m. prince or country of Prâggyotisha: pl. inhabitants of--; n. N. of a city supposed to have been inhabited by the demon Naraka; -dakshina, a. (east-southern, i.e.) south-east ern: â, f. south-east; â, ad. south-easterly: -pravana, a. sloping towards the south-east; -desa, m. eastern country; -daihika, a. be longing to a former life; -dvâr, f. door facing east; -dvâra, n. id.; space in front of a door; a. having a door facing eastward; -bhâra, m. [having the weight in front, inclined], de clivity; inclination; (subsiding) mass, great quantity; -bhâva, m. previous existence. |
| |
| prātaradhyeya | fp. to be recited early in the morning; -anuvâká, m. early recitation (the litany with which the Prâtah savana begins); -anta, a. ending in the morning; -apavarga, a. id.; -abhivâda, m. morning greeting; -avanegá, m. morning ablution; -ahna, m. early part of the day, forenoon; -âsa, m. morning meal, breakfast; -âsita, pp. having taken one's morning meal, having breakfasted; -âhutí, f.morning sacri fice (the second half of the daily Agnihotra sacrifice). |
| |
| prāthamakalpika | a. being something in the strictest sense of the term; m. beginner, tyro in study. |
| |
| prātikāmin | m. (acting ac cording to one's desire: prati-kâmam), ser vant; messenger; -kûlika, a. (î) resisting, hostile, contrary: -tâ, f. opposition, hostility; -kûlya, n. unfriendliness, opposition; repug nant practice; disagreeableness; disagree ment with (--°ree;); -gña, n. subject under dis cussion; -daivas-ika, a. occurring daily (prati-divasam); -nidhi-ka, m. representa tive; -paksha, a. belonging to the enemy oradversary; -pakshya, n. hostility, enmity, towards (g.); -pada, a. forming the com mencement; m. N.; -pad-ika, a. express, ex plicit; n. crude base of a noun (before it re ceives the case terminations or other suffixes); -paurush-ika, a. relating to manliness or valour; -bha, a. intuitive; n. intuition; pre sence of mind; -bhat-ya, n. rivalry; -bhâv ya, n. surety, for (--°ree;); certainty, trustworthy news of (g.); -bhâs-ika, a. existing only in appearance, apparent only; -rûp-ika, a. coun terfeit, spurious; using false measure or coun terfeit coin; -lom-ya, n. inversion, inverse order; opposition, hostility; -ves-ika, m. neighbour; -vesm-ika, m. neighbour: î, f.female neighbour; -ves-ya, a. neighbouring; m. opposite neighbour; neighbour;--°ree;=neigh bouring: -ka, m. neighbour; -sâkhya, n. a grammatical treatise on the phonetic changes of words in the text of the Vedasaccording to the respective recension (prati-sâkham; there are four such treatises, one for the RV., two for the YV., and one for the AV.); -satvanam, ad. in the direction of the Sat van; -sv-ika, a. own, peculiar, not common to others; -hata, m. kind of svarita ac cent; -hartra, n. office of the Pratihartri; -hârika, m. door-keeper; -hâr-ya, n. jug glery, performance of miracles; miracle. |
| |
| prānta | m. n. [extreme end], edge, border, margin, verge, skirt; end, extremity, tip; corner (of lips, eyes, etc.): °ree;--, in the end, eventually: -virasa, a. tasteless in the end. |
| |
| prāyaṇa | n. entrance, commence ment; course of life, career; departure from life, death; refuge: -m kri, seek death; -tas, ad. in the beginning; -½anta, m. end of life: -m, till death; lc. at the end of life. |
| |
| prārambha | m. beginning of a task, undertaking, enterprise; commencement. |
| |
| prāyojya | a. belonging to what is requisite. |
| |
| prāvarṣin | a. beginning to rain. |
| |
| prālamba | a. hanging down, pen dent; n. (?) garland hanging down from the neck. |
| |
| prāśitra | n. [belonging to the Prâ sitri], portion of sacrificial ghee eaten by the Brahman priest: -hárana, n. vessel for hold ing the Prâsitra. |
| |
| prāvepa | m. hanging fruit swaying on a tree. |
| |
| prāvṛṣ | f. rainy season, rains (as a division of the calendar embracing the months Âshâdha and Srâvana, which are the first half of the actual rains); -vrishi-ga, a. produced or occurring in the rainy season; -vrish-&isharp;na, a. belonging to or beginning the rainy season (day); -vrish-enya, a. referring or belonging to the rainy season. |
| |
| prekṣaka | a. (ikâ) looking on; looking at or intending to look at (ac.); con sidering, investigating, judging; m. specta tor; -ana, n. viewing, looking at; looking on at a performance; view, look; eye; public show, spectacle: -ka, a. looking on; m. spectator; n. spectacle, show; comedy (opp. reality); -anîya, fp. to be seen, visible, to (in.); to look at, looking like (--°ree;); worthy to be seen by (--°ree;); beautiful to look at: -ka, n. show, spectacle, -tara, cpv. more beautiful to look at, -tâ, f. fitness to be seen. |
| |
| prepsā | f. wish to obtain; desire; assumption, supposition; -½îpsu, des. a. wish ing to obtain, seeking, longing for, aiming at; assuming, supposing. |
| |
| preṅkha | a. rocking, swaying, pitch ing; m., â, f. swing; -ana, n. moving to wards (--°ree;); n. swinging; kind of minor play in one act. |
| |
| preraka | a. urging, impelling; m. stimulator, instigator; -ana, n. (also â, f.) stimulation, instigation, incitement, to (pra ti); activity, action; -anîya, fp. to be urged, to (d.); -ita, pp. urged, instigated,etc.; sent, despatched; -itri, m. instigator, inciter. |
| |
| plākṣa | a. relating or belonging to the wavy-leaved fig-tree (Ficus infectoria). |
| |
| phiraṅga | a. belonging to the Franks, European; m. Europe; -in, m. European. |
| |
| phālguna | a. (&isharp;) belonging to the lunar mansion Phalgunî; m. month of which the full moon is in the asterism Phalgunî (February-March); ep. of Arguna; n. kind of grass used as a substitute for the Soma plant; N. of a place of pilgrimage: î, f. day of full moon in the month Phâlguna; the asterism Phalgunî. |
| |
| baddha | pp. (√ bandh) bound, etc.: -ka, m. prisoner (V.); -kadambaka, a. forming groups; -kalâpin, a. having his quiver tied on; -graha, a. insisting on something; -kitta, a. having one's thoughts fixed on (lc.); -trishna, a. longing for (--°ree;); -drishti, a. having one's gaze fixed on (lc.); -dvesha, a. entertaining hatred for any one; -niskaya, a. firmly resolved; -netra, a. having the eyes fixed on anything, gazing steadfastly; -pratigña, a. having made a promise; -pratisrut, a. echoing; -bhâva, m. having the affections fixed on, enamoured of (lc.); -bhîma½andhakâra, a. wrapped in terrible gloom; -mandala, a. having circles formed, ranged in circles; -mushti, a. having the fist elenched; close-fisted; -mûla, a. having taken root, firmly rooted; having gained a firm footing: -tâ, f. firm footing; -mauna, a. observing silence; -rabhasa, a.impetuous, passionate; -râga, a. having one's desire fixed on, enamoured of (lc.); -râgga, a. hav ing gained the sovereignty, having succeeded to the throne; -laksha, a. having the gaze fixed on, gazing steadfastly at (--°ree;); -vasati, a. having one's abode fixed in, dwelling in (lc.); -vâk, a. obstructing speech; -vepathu, a. trembling; -vaira, a. having contracted hostility with (in. or --°ree;); -sikha, a. having one's hair tied in a top-knot;-srotra-manas- kakshus, a. having ears, mind, and eyes fixed on (lc.); -sneha, a. entertaining affection for (lc.); -spriha, a. feeling a longing for (--°ree;); -½añgali, a. holding one's hands joined together (in supplication or as a mark of respect); -½âdara, a. attaching great value to (--°ree;); -½ânanda, a. having joy attaching to it, joyful (day); -½anurâga, a. conceiving an attachment, enamoured; -½anusaya, a. con ceiving an unconquerable hatred; -½andha kâra, a. wrapped in darkness; -½avasthiti, a. constant; -½âsa, a. entertaining hope of (--°ree;); -½âsa&ndot;ka, a. conceiving anxiety; -½ut sava, a. entering upon a festival; -½udyama,a. making efforts or prepared to (inf.). |
| |
| bata | ij. (of astonishment or regret), ah! alas! (following the idea producing the emotion at the beginning of a sentence; in C. often in the middle of a sentence); bata½are, id.; aho bata and ayi bata, id. (C. at the beginning of a sentence). |
| |
| bandhapāśa | m. fetter; -mokan ikâ, -mokanî, f. (freeing from bonds), N. of a Yoginî. |
| |
| bandhana | a. (î) binding, fettering; captivating; n. binding, tying, fastening; bandaging; tying on (of a girdle etc.); entwining, clasping; capture; confinement, imprisonment, captivity; construction (of a bridge etc.); embanking or damming up (water); bridging over; connexion; fixing upon, directing towards (lc.); checking, suppressing; mundane bondage (opp. final liberation); bond, fetter; rope, cord, thong, halter, tether; fig. bond = that which holds any thing (g.) together; prison; sinew, muscle; embankment; stalk, stem (of flower or fruit): --°ree; a. bound to (lc.), fettered by (--°ree;): -kâr-in, a. (--°ree;) fettering, clasping: (-i)-tâ,f. abst. n.; -stha, a. being or living in confinement or captivity, imprisoned; m. captive, prisoner; -½agâra, m. house of bondage, prison. |
| |
| bandha | m. tying, fastening, bandaging; catching, capturing; fettering; arrest; connexion with (--°ree;); intercourse with (--°ree;); putting together, joining (the hands etc.); posture, position of the hands and feet; construction, building (of a bridge etc.); damming up (of a river); bridging; fixing on, directing towards (lc.); assumption or obtainment of a body (--°ree;); manifestation, display, or possession of (--°ree;); bond, deposit, pledge; mundane bondage (opp. final emancipation); bond, tie; band, fillet; bandage; fetter; sinew, tendon; receptacle; combination of words or letters: -ka, m. binder (of animals); catcher (--°ree;); rope, thong, fetter; part (--°ree; with an ordinal, e.g. tenth); n. (?) pledging: î, f. unchaste woman; -karana, n. fettering or checking by magic; -kartri, m. binder, fetterer, restrainer (Siva). |
| |
| barhiṣmat | a. accompanied or provided with sacrificial grass; having or strewing sacrificial grass=sacrificer; -yã, a. belonging to or suitable for the sacrificial grass or the sacrifice. |
| |
| basta | m. he-goat: a½aginá, n. goat skin (V.). |
| |
| bahutama | spv. remotest: â bahutamât purushât, down to the remotest descendant; -tara, cpv. more numerous, more, than (ab.); more extensive, greater (fire); too or very much; several: etad eva½asmâkam bahutaram -yad, it is already a great thing for us that --; -m, ad. more; repeatedly; -tara-ka, a. very much or numerous; -tarâm, (ac. f.) ad. highly, greatly, very; -tâ, f. abundance, multitude; -titha, a.(having many tithis or lunar days), long (time); much, manifold: -m, ad. greatly; e&zip;hani, on many a day=for many days; -trina, n. almost grass, a mere straw; -trish- na, a. suffering from great thirst; -trivarsha, a.almost three years old; -tva, n. multiplicity, multitude; majority, opinion of the majority; plural; -dakshiná, a. accompanied by many gifts (sacrifice); -dâna, n. bounteous gift; 2. a. (á) munificent; -dâyin, a. id.; -drisvan,m. great observer, very learned man; -devata, a. addressed to many deities (verse); -devatyã, a. belonging to many gods; -daivata, a. relating to many gods; -dosha, 1. m. great harm or disadvantage; 2. a. having many drawbacks (forest); -dhana, a. possessing much wealth, very rich: -½îsvara, m. very wealthy man; -dh&asharp;, ad. in many ways, parts, or places; variously; many times, repeatedly; very: -kri, multiply; spread abroad;-nâman, a. having many names; -patnîka, a. having many wives: -tâ, f. polygamy; -pada, a. many footed; -parná, a. many-leaved; -pasu, a. rich in cattle; -pâda, a. many-footed; hav ing several pâdas (verse); -putra, a.having many sons or children; -pushpa-phala½upe ta, pp. having many flowers and fruits; -pra kâra, a. manifold: -m, ad. variously; repeatedly; -prakriti, a. consisting of several nominal bases (compound); -praga, a.rich in children; -pragña, a. very wise; -pra- gñâna-sâlin, a. possessed of much knowledge; -pratigña, a. involving several charges or counts (leg.); -prapañka, a. of great diffuseness, prolix; -pralâpin, a. garrulous; -bhâshin, a. id.; -bhâshya, n. loquacity; -bhug, a. eating much; -bhûmika, a. consisting of many stories (building); -bhoktri, m. great eater; -bhogyâ, f. harlot; -bhog aka, a. eating much; -bhog-in, a. id.: (-i) tâ, f.voracity; -bhauma, a. many-storied (building); -mati, f. high opinion, esteem, respect; -matsya, n. place abounding in fish; -madhya-ga, a. belonging to many; -mantavya, fp. to be highly thought of, prized or esteemed; -mâna, m. high opinion or regard, esteem, respect, for (lc. of prs. or thing, rarely g. of prs.); attaching great im portance to (lc.): -purah-saram, ad. with respect; -mânin, a. held in esteem, respected; -mânya, fp. to be highly thought of, estimable; -mâya, a. having many wiles, artful, treacherous; -mitra, a. having many friends; -mukha, a. many-mouthed, talking of many things; -mûla-phala½anvita, pp. furnished with many roots and fruits; -mûlya, 1. n. large sum of money; 2. a. of great price, costly; -yâgín, a. having offered many sacrifices; -ragas, a. very dusty and having much pollen; -ratna, a. abounding in jewels. |
| |
| bākula | a. belonging to the Bakula tree. |
| |
| bādara | a. belonging to or coming from the jujube tree; coarse, gross (opp. mi nute, subtile); n. jujube; â, f. cotton-shrub. |
| |
| bāṣkala | m. N. of a Daitya; N. of a teacher; a. belonging to Bâshkala; m. pl. school of Bâshkala: -sâkhâ, f. Bâshkala re cension (of the Rig-veda). |
| |
| bāhaya | ] a. being outside (the door, house, village, etc.); situated out side (ab. or --°ree;); outer, external; strange, foreign; excluded from caste or the com munity, outcast; lying outside anything (ab. or --°ree;)=diverging from, conflicting with, be yond the pale of, having nothing to do with; with taddhita, m. secondary taddhita suffix (added after another taddhita); w. artha, m. meaning external to and having no imme diate connexion with the letters forming a word; -m kri, expel, eject; -m, in., lc., °ree;--, ad. or prp. outside (ab. or --°ree;); -m, ad. (go) out (of doors); ab. from without; m. corpse. |
| |
| bīja | n. seed (of plants and animals); seed-corn, grain; runner of the Indian fig-tree; germ, element; source, origin, begin ning; germ of a poem or play (from which the plot is developed); algebra; quicksilver: --°ree; a. caused or occasioned by: -ka, m. citron; n. seed; list; -kânda-prarohin, a. spring ing from seed or from slips; -kânda-ruha, a. id.; -kosî, f. seed-vessel (esp. of the lotus); -kriyâ, f. algebraic solution; -ganita, n. algebra; -dravya, n. elementary substance; -pûra: -ka, m. citron tree; -pûrna, m. id.; n. citron; -mâtra, n. only what is necessary for the preservation of seed or the race; -ruha, a. springing from seed;-vat, a. provided with seed or corn; -vâpa, m. sowing of seed; -sesha-mâtra, n. even their seed as a re mainder; -samhriti-mat, a. containing the germ and the catastrophe (of a play). |
| |
| buddha | pp. (√ budh) awakened, fully awake; expanded (flower); enlightened, wise; known, observed; m. enlightened person who is qualified by good works and knowledge of the truth for Nirvâna and reveals the true doctrine of salvation to the world before his decease (B.); the historical Buddha, named Sâkya-muni Gautama, the founder of the Buddhist religion, who was born in Magadha and died about 477 b. c.; -gayâ, f. Buddha's Gayâ, the Buddhistic name of the town of Gayâ (so called because Buddha obtained true knowledge there); -ghosha, m. N. of a celebrated Buddhist scholar who lived at the beginning of the fifth century a. d. (the N. is not quotable in Sanskrit); -tva, n. Buddha hood; -datta, m. N. of a minister; -dharma, m. Buddha's law; -pâlita, m. N. of a pupil of Nâgârguna; -mârga, m. way or doctrine of Buddha; -rakshita, m. N.: â, f. N.; -½âgama, m. Buddha's doctrine; -½anta, m. waking condition. |
| |
| bodha | a. understanding, knowing; m. awaking (int.); waking state, conscious ness; expanding, blooming (of flowers); call ing forth (a perfume); beginning to take effect (of a spell); apprehension, knowledge, understanding; designation; N.; -aka, a. (ikâ) awakening, rousing; causing to know, teaching, explaining; designating, indicating (--°ree;); enlightening, instructing; m. teacher, instructor; N.; -ana, a. (î) causing to awake, i.e. to expand (of a flower); arousing, excit ing; instructing, informing, teaching; m. planet Mercury; n. awaking, waking; per ceiving, understanding, knowledge; arous ing; causing to take effect (spell); causing to perceive or understand; instructing, in forming, enlightening; designating, indicat ing; ninth day of the dark fortnight in Bhâ dra, on which Durgâ awakes: î, f. eleventh day of the light fortnight of the month Kârttika, on which Vishnu awakes from his sleep; -anîya, fp. to be admonished; -un derstood; -regarded as. |
| |
| baudha | a. relating or belonging to Mercury: w. ahan, n. day of Mercury, Wed nesday. |
| |
| bauddha | a. kept in the mind (bud dhi), mental (=not uttered); relating to the understanding; belonging to or connected with Buddha; m. Buddhist: -darsana, n., -mata, (pp.) n. Buddhist doctrine. |
| |
| brahmanirvāṇa | n. extinction or absorption in Brahman (n.); -nishtha, a. absorbed in the contemplation of Brahman (n.); -nîda, n. resting-place of Brahman (n.); -pattra, n. Brahman's leaf=leaf of the Palâsa tree (Butea frondosa); -patha, m. path to Brahman (m. or n.); -pada, n. place of Brahman (n.); pârâyana, n. complete study or entire text of the Veda; -putrá, m. son of a priest or Brâhman; son of the god Brahman; kind of vegetable poison; N. of a large river rising in the eastern Himâlayas and falling into the bay of Bengal; N. of a lake; -pura, n. Brahman's citadel (in heaven); N. of a city (Theopolis): î, f. id.; ep. of the city of Benares; -puraka, m. pl. N. of a people; -pura½âkhya, a. named Brahmapura; -purâna, n. T. of a Purâna; -purusha, m. servant of the Brahman priest; servant of the god Brahman; -prakriti-ka, a. having Brahman as its source (world): -tva, n. origination from Brahman; -priya, a. found of devotion; -prî, a. id. (RV.); -bandhava, n. function of a priest's assistant; -bandhu, m. priest fellow (used contemptuously), unworthy Brâhman, Brâhman in caste only, nominal Brâhman; sp. Brâhman who does not perform the morning and the evening Samdhyâ ceremony (according to Sâyana); -bindu, m. Dot (Anusvâra) of Brahman, T. of an Upani shad; -bîga, n. seed of the Veda, the sacred syllable &open;om;&close; -bruvâna, pr. pt. Â. calling himself or pretending to be a Brâhman; -bhavana, n. abode of Brahman; -bhâgá, m. share of the Brahman priest; -bhâva, m. absorption in the Absolute; -bhâvana, a. manifesting or teaching the Veda; -bhid, a. dividing the one Brahman into many; -bhuvana, n. world of Brahman; -bhûta, pp. having become one with, i.e. absorbed in Brahman or the Abso lute; -bhûya, n. identification with or absorption in Brahman; rank of a Brâhman, Brâhmanhood; -bhûyas, a. becoming one with Brahman; n. absorption in Brahman; -bhrashta, pp. having forfeited sacred knowledge; -ma&ndot;gala-devatâ, f. ep. of Lakshmî; -matha, m. N. of a monastic school or college; -maya, a. (î) consisting or formed of Brahman; -maha, m. festival in honour of Brâhmans; -mîmâmsâ, f. inquiry into the nature of Brahman, the Vedânta philosophy; -yagñá, m. sacrifice of devotion=Vedic reci tation or study (one of the five daily sacri fices of the householder); -yasas, n.: -a, n. glory of Brahman; -yasas-in, a. possessing the glory of Brâhmans; -yúg, a. yoked by prayer = bringing the god in answer to prayer; -yoni, f. home of Brahman (n.); a. having one's home in Brahman; sprung from Brahman: -stha, a. abiding in Brahman (n.) as one's source; -rakshas, n. kind of evil demon; -ratna, n. valuable present bestowed on Brâh mans; -ratha, m. Brâhman's cart; -râkshasa, m. kind of evil demon; -râga, m. N.; -râta, m.given by Brahman, ep. of Suka; N. of Yâgñavalkya's father; -râsi, m. entire mass or circle of Vedic texts or sacred knowledge. |
| |
| brahmāyus | n. Brahman's life time; a. living as long as Brahman; m. N. of a Brâhman; -½aranya, n. N. of a forest; -½ârambha, m. beginning of Vedic recitation; -½arpana, n. offering of sacred knowledge; -½âvarta, m. N. of the sacred tract between the Sarasvatî and the Drishadvatî, north west of Hastinâpura; -½âsana, n. seat of the Brahman priest; a sitting posture suitable for sacred meditation; -½astra, n. Brahman's missile (a mythical weapon); -½âsya, n. a Brâhman's mouth; -½âhuti, f. offering of devotion. |
| |
| brahmāṇḍa | n. egg of Brahman, universe, world (sts. pl.): -kapâla, m. hemi sphere of the world=inhabited earth; -½âdya, 1. fp. eatable for Brâhmans; 2. a. beginning with Brahman; -½adhigamika, a. relating to Vedic study; -½ânanda, m. rapturous joy in Brahman; -½apeta, (pp.) m. N. of a Râk shasa; -½abhyâsa, m. Vedic study. |
| |
| brāhmaṇa | a. (î) belonging to a Brâhman, Brâhmanic; î, f. woman of the priestly caste; kind of red-tailed lizard; n. Brahman (n.), the divine (V.); divine power; dictum of a Brahman orpriest, theological exegesis relating to matters of faith and cult; N. of a class of works containing such disquisitions, a Brâhmana; passage in a Brâhmana; Soma-vessel of the Brahman priest: -ka, m. wretched or merely nominal Brâhman; -kalpa, a. resembling a Brâhman; -kumâra, m. Brâhman boy; -kula, n. house of a Brâhman; -griha, n. house of a Brâh man; -ghna, m. slayer of a Brâhman; -kând âla, m. (kândâla of a=) contemptible Brâh man; -gâtá, n. Brâhman race; -gushta, pp. pleasing to Brâhmans; -tâ, f. rank or con dition of a Brâhman; -tva, n. id.; -dârikâ, f. Brâhman girl; -patha, m. Brâhmana text; -putra-ka, m. Brâhman boy; -prasa&ndot;ga, m. applicability of the term Brâhmana, notion of Brâhman; -prâtivesya, m. neighbouring Brâhman; -priya, m. friend of Brâhmans; -bruva, a. calling himself a Brâhman, Brâh man only in name; -bhâva,m. condition or rank of a Brâhman; -bhogana, n. feeding of Brâhmans; -yagñá, m. sacrifice meant for or offered by Brâhmans; -vakana, n. statement of a Brâhmana text; -vadha, m. murder of a Brâhman. |
| |
| brāhma | a. (î) relating to Brahman; belonging, peculiar, or favourable to or con sisting of Brâhmans, Brâhmanical; bestowed on Brâhmans (money); prescribed by the Veda, scriptural; spiritual (birth); sacred, divine; sacred to Brahman: with tîrtha, n. part of the hand under the root of the thumb; w. vivâha, m. Brahman form of marriage (the highest of the eight forms, in which the bride is given to the bridegroom without any pre sent in return on his part); m. pat. N.; n. study of the Veda. |
| |
| bhakti | f. partition, distribution (V.); the being a part of or belonging to anything; appurtenance; portion, part; division, streak, line; order, succession; attachment, devotion, homage, honour, respect, worship, faith (in, etc., g., lc., or --°ree;; ordinary mg.); --°ree;, assumption of the form of (e.g. steps): in. figuratively; in succession (also -tas): -kkheda, m. pl. broken lines or streaks; -gña, a. knowing devotion, faithfully attached: -tva, n. faithfulness, loyalty; -pûrva-kam, -pûrvam, ad. devoutly, reverentially; -bhâg, a. possessed of faithful attachment or devotion; greatly devoted to a thing (lc.); -mat, a. attached, loyal, faithful, devoted, having pious faith (in, etc., lc. or --°ree;); -yoga, m. pious faith, devotion; -rasa, m. feelings of devotion; -râga, m. predilection for (lc.); -vâda, m. assurance of devotion; -hîna, pp. destitute of devotion. |
| |
| bhakta | pp. (√ bhag) devoted, etc.; m. worshipper; n. food; meal: -kara, m. preparer of food, cook; -kkhanda, n. appetite; -tva, n. being a part of or belonging to (--°ree;); -da, -dâyaka, a.presenting food to (g.); -dâsa, m. one who serves in return for his daily food; -dvesha, m. aversion to food, lack of appetite; -dveshin, a. disliking food, lacking appetite; -pâtra, n. dish of food; -ruki, f. appetite; -rokana,a. stimulating appetite; -sarana, n. kitchen; -sâlâ, f. dining-hall; -½âkâ&ndot;kshâ, f. appetite; -½abhilâsha, m. id.; -½abhisâra, m. dining-room; -½aruki, f. aversion for food. |
| |
| bhaga | m. [dispenser: √ bhag] lord (of gods, esp. Savitri: V.); N. of one of the Adityas bringing welfare and love and instituting marriage; the lunar asterism Phalgunî; sun; good fortune, luck, happy lot (mostly V.); dignity, grandeur (mostly V.); loveliness, beauty; love, affection, amorousness; pudendum muliebre. |
| |
| bhayāpaha | a. releasing from fear, warding off danger from (--°ree;); -½abâdha, a. undisturbed by fear; -½ârta, pp. stricken with fear, terrified; -½âvaha, a. bringing fear or danger to (--°ree;); -½uttara, a. attended with fear; -½upasama, m. allaying of danger, fear. |
| |
| bhayakara | a. terrifying; endan gering (g.); -kartri, -krit, m. one who terri fies or endangers; -m-kara, a. (î) fear-in spiring, terrifying, formidable (to, --°ree;); m. N.; -dindima, m. battle-drum; -trâtri, m. rescuer from danger; -da, a. terrifying or bringing danger to (g. or --°ree;); -dâna, n. gift given through fear; -dâyin, a. fear-inspir ing; -dhana, a. abounding in dread, terrible; -pratîkâra, m. removal of danger; -prada, a. fear-inspiring; -pradâyin, a. bringing into danger consisting of (--°ree;); -vihvala, a. agi tated with fear; -vyûha, m. kind of mili tary array in view of danger on all sides; -soka-samâvishta, pp. filled with fear and sorrow; -samtrasta-mânasa, a. having a mind scared with fear; -sthâna, n. occasion of danger; -hâraka, a. freeing from fear or danger; -hetu, m. cause of alarm. |
| |
| bhava | m. birth, production; origin, source; existence, life; worldly existence; world; well-being, prosperity; N. of a god, a companion of Rudra (V.); N. of Siva (E. C.): --°ree;, becoming, turning into; --°ree; a. arising, produced, or found in, coming from. |
| |
| bharaṇa | n. bearing; wearing (of a garment, --°ree;); bringing, procuring; main taining, supporting, nurture; hire, wages: î, f. (gnly. pl.) a lunar asterism; -anîya, fp. to be supported, nourished, or fed. |
| |
| bhavatputra | m. your son; -pûrva, a. preceded by &open;bhavat&close;: -m, ad. with &open;bha vat&close; at the beginning. |
| |
| bhavat | pr. pt. [the gentleman pre sent], m. used as honorific pronoun of the second person (nm. -ân, f. -at-î) with the third person (exceptionally with the second) and interchanging with the pronoun of the second person; the pl. is sts. used in token of greater respect. Bhavat is often joined with atra, tatra, and sts. even sa. |
| |
| bhaviṣyapurāṇa | n. T. of a Purâna: î-ya, a. belonging to the Bhavishya Purâna. |
| |
| bhavabhaṅga | m. annihilation of mundane existence; -bhâva, m. love of the world; -bhâvana, a. bestowing welfare: â, f. regarding anything as good fortune (--°ree;); -bhîru, a. fearing rebirth; -bhûti, f. for tunate existence; m. N. of a dramatic poet, author of the Mâlatîmâdhava, the Mahâvîra karita, and the Uttararâmakarita, who lived in the eighth century a.d.; -bhoga, m. plea sures of the world; -manyu, m. resentment against the world; -maya, a. proceeding from Siva; -mokana, a. releasing from mundane existence; -sarman, m. N.; -sa&ndot;gin, a. at tached to worldly existence; -samtati, f. continuous series of transmigrations; -sâyu- gya, n. union with Siva (after death); -sâra, m. ocean of existence. |
| |
| bhājana | n. representation (in. in the place of: g.); --°ree;, representing, the equivalent of (V.); --°ree; a. sharing in, entitled to, be longing or relating to; n. vessel, dish, pot; recipient, repository, of (g. or --°ree;), fit object or person for (g.); a measure of capacity equal to 64 Palas: -tâ, f. being a vessel of (g.); pos session, -tva, n. being a vessel for, worthiness. |
| |
| bhāgineya | m. son of a sister (bha ginî): -ka, m. id. |
| |
| bhānava | a. peculiar to the sun; -îya, a. belonging to the sun, solar. |
| |
| bhāradvāja | a. (î) derived from or relating to Bharadvâga; m. descendant of Bharadvâga, pat. of Agastya and others; planet Mars; skylark: î, f. female descend ant of Bharadvâga; skylark; N. of a river; a-ka, a. belonging to or derived from Bhar advâga: i-kâ, f. skylark. |
| |
| bhārgava | a. (î) derived from, be longing or relating to Bhrigu; belonging to Bhârgava (Sukra); m. descendant of Bhrigu, Parasurâma; pat. of Sukra, teacher of the Daityas; ep. of Siva: î, f. female descend ant of Bhrigu; daughter of Bhârgava (Sukra); ep. of Pârvatî; (a)-râghavîya, a. relating to Parasurâma and Râma. |
| |
| bhāvanīya | fp. to be set about; -indulged in (pain); -cherished; -imagined or realized; -supposed or assumed. |
| |
| bhāvana | a. (î) effecting, producing; furthering, promoting the welfare of (g. or --°ree;); imagining, fancying; teaching; n., â, f. producing, effecting; conception, imagina tion, idea, fancy; supposition; â, f. settling, determining; saturation of a powder with fluid; --°ree; a. nature: in. in thought, in imagi nation; -m bandh, occupy one's imagination with, direct one's thoughts to (lc.). |
| |
| bhāva | m. becoming, arising, occur ring; turning into (--°ree;), transformation into (lc.); being, existence; endurance, continu ance; state of being (--°ree;, forming abst. nouns like -tâ and -tva); being orbecoming (as the fundamental notion of the verb, sp. of the int. or imps. vb.); behaviour, conduct; condition, state; rank, position; aspect of a planet (in astrology); true state, reality (°ree;--, in reality); manner of being, nature; mental state, dis position, temperament; way of thinking, thought, opinion, sentiment, feeling; emotion (in rhetoric there are eight or nine primary Bhâvas corresponding to that number of Rasas or sentiments); supposition; meaning, import (iti bhâvah is continually used by commen tators like iti½arthah or iti½abhiprâyah, at the end of an explanation); affection, love; seat of the emotions, heart, soul; substance, thing; being, creature; discreet man (dr.: vc.=re spected sir); astrological house: bhâvo bhâ vam nigakkhati, birds of a feather flock to gether; bhâvam dridham kri, make a firm resolution; bhâvam kri or bandh, conceive affection for (lc.): -ka, a. causing to be, pro ducing (--°ree;); promoting the welfare of (g.); imagining, fancying (g. or --°ree;); having a sense of the beautiful, having a poetic taste; -kar tri-ka, a. having as its agent an abstract noun; -gamya, fp. to be recognised by the imagination. |
| |
| bhāvya | fp. that must be or happen; future (sts. =fut. of √ bhû); to be effected or accomplished; -felt; -imagined; -guessed; -approved; -convicted: -proved or demon strated; n. imps. one (in.) should or must be; to be understood: -tâ, f., -tva, n. futurity. |
| |
| bhikṣāka | m. beggar; -karana, n. begging, mendicancy; -kara, m. N. of a son of Bhoga; -karana, n. mendicancy: -m kar, go about begging; -kárya, n. id.: -m kar, go about begging: â, f. id.; -karya-karana, n. id.; -kâra, a. practising mendi cancy; m. beggar; -½atana, n. wandering about begging, mendicancy: -m kri, beg; -m kâr aya, force any one (ac.) to go begging; -½anna, n. food obtained by begging; -pâtra, n.begging-bowl, alms-dish; -prakâra, m. going forth to beg; -bhânda, n. begging bowl; -bhug, a. living on alms; -½ayana, n. mendicancy; -½arthin, a. begging for charity; m. beggar; -vat, a. receiving charity, beg ging; -vritti, a. subsisting on alms; -½âsi tva, n. eating of begged food, living on alms; -½âsin, a. eating begged food, living on alms; -½âhâra, m. begged food; a. living on alms; m. beggar. |
| |
| bhikṣaṇa | n. begging, mendicancy; -&asharp;, f. begging, soliciting, mendicancy; begged food, alms: -m kri, beg; -m at, kar, bhram, or yâ, go about begging. |
| |
| bhujaṃga | m. (moving in curves), snake, serpent; paramour, gallant; dissolute friend of a prince; constant companion of a prince; N.: î, f. female serpent; a-kanyâ, f. young female serpent; -prayâta,n. ser pent's gait; a metre; -bhogin, m. devourer of serpents, ep. of Garuda. |
| |
| bhūtakaraṇa | n. that which pro duces the past tense, augment; -kartri, m. creator of beings; -kâla, m. past time; -kâl ika, a. relating to the past; -krít, a. creat ing beings; m. creator of beings; -ketu, m. N. of a Vetâla; -gana, m. the host of created beings; a or the host of spirits; -grâ ma, m. sg. & pl. the aggregate of created beings, community of creatures; multitude of spirits; -kârin, a. moving among beings (Siva); -kintâ, f. investigation of the ele ments; -kaitanika, m. believer in the doc trine that mind is produced from material elements; -kaitanya, n. state of matter being mind; -gananî, f. mother of all beings; -gâta, n.aggregate of beings; -tâ, f. verity, truth; -tva, n. condition of created beings or elements; -dayâ, f. tenderness to all creatures; -druh, a. injuring creatures; -dharâ, f. supporter of creatures, earth; -dhâtrî, f. supporter of creatures (sleep); earth; -dhârinî, f. earth; -nâtha, m. ruler of spirits, ep. of Siva; -nikaya, m. (aggre gate of elements), body; -páti, m. lord of creatures, esp. of evil spirits, ep. of Agni, Bhava, Sarva, and Siva; -pâla, m.protector of creatures; -pûrva, a. having been before, former; old (stories); deceased: -tâ, f. for mer circumstances; -prakriti, f. primal source of created beings; -bhartri, m. lord of spirits, ep. of Siva; -bhâvana, a.blessing creatures, ep. of Brahman; -bhâvin, a. creating beings; past and future; -bhâshâ, f., -bhâshita, (pp.) n. language of the goblins; -bhrit, a. supporting beings; -bhautika, a. consisting of the elements and what is formed of them; -maya, a. (î) including all beings; formed out of the five elements; -mahesvara, m. great lord of the spirits, ep. of Siva; -mâ trâ, f. pl. the subtile elements; the gross and the subtile elements; -yagñá, m.offering to all created beings (one of the five Mahâya gñas to be performed daily by the householder; it consists in the oblation of the Bali, q. v.); -yoni, f. origin of created beings; -râg, m. king of the spirits, ep. of Siva; -rûpa, a. having the form of a goblin. |
| |
| bhūyiṣṭha | spv. most, most abun dant or numerous; most important, chief, principal; very great, large, much, or nume rous; --°ree;, mostly composed or consisting of; highly characterized by, filled with; --°ree; after a pp. mostly, almost (a N. belonging to the pp. comes between it and bhûyishtha): -m, ad. most; mostly, chiefly; exceedingly, very much, in a very high degree; almost com pletely; -tâ, f. great number. |
| |
| bhūruh | m. (springing from the earth), plant, tree; -ruha, m. id. |
| |
| bhṛt | a. (--°ree;) bearing; possessing, having, endowed with; bringing, affording; maintaining, supporting. |
| |
| bhaikṣava | a. belonging to the monk (bhikshu). |
| |
| bhaikṣacaraṇa | n. going about begging: -m kri, practise mendicancy; -karya, n., -karyâ, f. id.; -bhug, a. living on alms. |
| |
| bhaikṣa | a. living on alms; n. begging, mendicancy; begged food, alms, charity: -m kar, go about begging for (--°ree;); beg for alms. |
| |
| bhogakara | a. (î) affording enjoy ment; -griha, n. women's apartments, harem; -tva, n. condition of enjoyment etc.; -dattâ, f. N.; -deva, m. N.; -deha, m. body of en joyment (subtle body assumed by dead persons, with which they enjoy pleasure or pain ac cording to the actions of their pastlife); -pati, m. (lord of the revenue), governor of a city or province, viceroy; -bhug, a. indulging in pleasure; m. wealthy man. |
| |
| bhauvana | a. belonging to the world (V.); m. pat. of Visvakarman. |
| |
| bhauvādika | a. belonging to the class of roots beginning with bhû (bhû½âdi), i. e. to the first conjugational class (gr.). |
| |
| bhrāmara | a. relating or belonging to the bee; n. honey; î, f. ep. of Durgâ. |
| |
| ma | base of the prn. of the 1st prs.: mâ (ac.) and me (d., g.) being unaccented never occur at the beginning of a sentence. |
| |
| majjana | n. sinking, going under water, immersion; plunging into the water, bathing, ablution, bathe; drowning, over whelming. |
| |
| madakara | a. intoxicating; -karin, m. elephant in rut; -kala, a. passionately sweet (note); uttering soft sounds of love; drunk with passion; reeling with intoxica tion; being in rut, beginning to rut (elephant); -kârin, -krit, a. intoxicating; -kyút, a. 1. (V.) reeling with excitement, exhilarated with Soma; gladdening, exhilarating; 2. distilling temple-juice (elephant); -gala, n. temple juice (of elephants); -gvara, m.fever of pas sion or pride; -durdina, n. stream of temple juice; -dvipa, m. rutting elephant. |
| |
| madapaṭu | a. rutting (elephant); ad. clearly with joy (warble); -prada, a. in toxicating and causing pride or conceit; -prasravana½âvila, a. turbid with temple juice; -muk, a. discharging temple-juice (elephant). |
| |
| pāṇavika | a. belonging to a drum. |
| |
| madhyatas | ad. from, in, or into the midst of, out of, among (g. or --°ree;); of mid dle sort; -tâ, f. mediocrity; -desa, m. middle region; waist; Midland (the country lying between the Himâlaya, the Vindhya, Vina sana in the west and Prayâga in the east): pl. the inhabitants of Madhya-desa: î-ya, a. be longing to or living in Midland; -desya, a. id.; -deha, m. middle of the body; -nagara, n. interior of a city; -nihita,pp. put inside. |
| |
| madhyarātra | m. midnight; -râ tri, f. id.; -rekhâ, f. central line (supposed to be drawn to Mount Meru from La&ndot;kâ, Uggayinî, Kurukshetra, and other places); -vayas, a. middle-aged; -vartin,a. being in the midst of, in, or among (--°ree;); -sarîra, a. moderately stout; -sâyin, a. lying within; -siddhânta-kaumudî, f. medium Siddhânta kaumudî, T. of an abridgment of the Sid dhânta-kaumudî; -stha, a. being in the mid dle; being in the air; being within; being in, between, or among (g. or --°ree;); mediating between (g.); middling; indifferent, impar tial, neutral; standing between=belonging to neither or to both parties (territory etc.): -tâ, f. indifference; impartiality; -sthala, n. middle part, hip; -sthâna, n. middle re gion, atmosphere; -sthita, pp. being between (g.); indifferent: -tâ, f. indifference. |
| |
| manas | n. mind (in its widest sense as the seat of intellectual operations and of emotions), internal organ; understanding, intellect; soul, heart; conscience; thought, conception; imagination; cogitation, reflexion; inclination, desire, will; mood, disposition; in the philosophical systems manas is regarded as distinct from soul (âtman), of which it is only the instrument, and is (except in the Nyâya) considered perishable:-kri, make up one's mind, resolve; fix one's heart or affections upon any one (g.); -kri, pra-kri, dhâ, vi-dhâ, dhri, bandh, and nivesaya, direct the thoughts to, think of (d., lc., prati, or inf.); -sam-â-dhâ, collect oneself; in.mánasâ, in the mind; in thought or imagination; with all one's heart, will ingly; by the leave of (g.); manasâ½iva, as with a thought, in a trice; manasâ man, think of in one's mind, -gam, go to in thought =imagine, remember, -sam-gam, become unanimous; manasi kri, bear or ponder in mind, -ni-dhâ, impress on the mind, trea sure in the heart; meditate, -vrit, be pass ing in one's mind; manas is often used --°ree; a. with an inf. in -tu=wishing or intend ing to (e. g. prashtu-manas, desirous of inquiring). |
| |
| manodaṇḍa | m. complete control over one's thoughts; -duhkha, n. mental pain, heart-ache; -dushta, pp. impure in thought; -(a)navasthâna, n. distraction of mind, in attention; -nâsa, m. loss of mental power or understanding; -(a)nukûla, a. pleasant to the mind; -(a)nuga, a. suiting the mind, pleasing, agreeable; -(a)pahârin, a. captivating the mind, delightful; -(a)peta, pp. destitute of understanding; -bhava, a.originating in the mind, imaginary; love (opp. anger); (sex ual) love, god of love; -(a)bhiprâya, m. heart's desire: -ga, a. desirable; -(a)bhi râma, a. pleasing to the mind, gratifying. |
| |
| manuṣyakāra | m. human effort; -gandha, m. human odour; -ganman, a. begotten by a man; -gâta, (pp.) n. human race; -gâti, f. id.; -tâ, f. human condition; manhood; -tvá, n. human condition, human ity: -m yâ, become men; -devá, m. god among men=Brâhman (V.) or king; -dhar man, m. ep. of Kubera; -pota, m. little boy; -prakriti, a. of human origin; -yagñá, m. offering to men (one of the five Mahâyagñas) =charity, hospitality; -rathá, m. human carriage; -râgá, -râgan, m. human king; -rûpá, n. human form; -loká, m. world of men; -vis, f., -visá, n., -visâ, f. human folk; -sâkshya, n. presence of men as witnesses: lc. before men as witnesses. |
| |
| manda | a. slow, sluggish, in (lc. or --°ree;); apathetic, indifferent to (d.); weak, slight; faint, low (voice), gentle (rain, wind); dull-witted, stupid, foolish; unhappy; dis eased, ill: -m, ad. slowly, gradually (also °ree;--); slightly; faintly, softly, in a low voice: mandam mandam, ad. very slowly, quite gradually; m. the planet Saturn: -ka, a. scanty, little; dull, stupid; -karni, m. N. of a sage; -karman, a. inactive; -kârin, a.acting foolishly; -kirana, a. weak-rayed; -ga, a. moving or going slowly; m. planet Saturn; -gati, a. moving slowly: -tva, n. slow pace; -ketas, a. absent-minded; dull witted, stupid, foolish; -kkhâya, a. having its beauty dimmed, dull-looking, lustreless; -garas, a. aging slowly; -gâta, pp. slowly produced; -tâ, f. indolence; slightness, in significance; dulness, stupidity, foolishness; -tva, n. slightness, insignificance, feebleness; -dhî, a. dull-witted, stupid, foolish; -pâla, m. N. of a Rishi; -punya, a. unfortunate, ill-fated; -pragña, a. dull-witted; -preman, a. having little affection; -phala, a. bearing little fruit; having an insignificant result; -buddhi, a. dull-witted; -bhâgin, a. ill fated, wretched; -bhâgya, n. misfortune; a. ill-fated, unlucky, unfortunate, miserable: -tâ, f. wretchedness; -bhâg, a. ill-fated; -ma ti, a. dull-witted; m. N. of a wheelwright; N. of a lion; -mandam,ad. very slowly or gradually, by degrees; very softly; -mand a½âtapa, a. having very slight heat, cool. |
| |
| marta | m. [old pp. of √ mri, preserving original strong vowel owing to early shift ing of accent caused by change of meaning] mortal, man (V.). |
| |
| marmavid | a. knowing the weak or vulnerable points of any one; -vidârana, a. lacerating the vitals, wounding mortally; -vegitâ, f. prob. incorr. for -vedi-tâ; -ved in, a. knowing the vulnerable orweak points: (-i)-tâ, f. knowledge of the weak points; -spris, a. touching the vitals, cutting to the quick; very cutting or stinging (fig.); -han, a. (-ghnî) striking the vitals, exceedingly stinging (speech). |
| |
| mahāpakṣa | a. having many ad herents, having a large following; -pa&ndot;ka, n. (?) deep mud; -pa&ndot;kti, f. a metre of forty-eight syllables; -pandita, a. extremely learned; m. great scholar; -patha, m. prin cipal street; high road; the great journey, pilgrimage to the other world (-m yâ, die); a certain hell; a. having a great path: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -padma, n. a certain high number; m. one of the eight treasures connected with the magic art padminî; N. of a Nâga: -pati, m. lord of millions, ep. of Nanda, -saras, n. N. of a lake, -salila, n. id.; -padya-shatka, n. T. of a poem (at tributed to Kâlidâsa) consisting of six classi cal verses; -½aparâdha, m. great crime or injury; -parvata, m. high mountain; -pasu, m. large cattle; -pâta, m. long flight; a. flying far (arrow); -pâtaka, n. great crime or sin (of which there are five: killing a Brâhman, drinking spirituous liquor, theft, adultery with a teacher's wife, and asso ciation with persons guilty of those four crimes); -pâtakin, a. guilty of a capital sin; -pâtra, n. prime minister; -pâda, a. large footed; -pâpa, n.great crime; -pâpman, a. very harmful; -pâra, 1. m. a certain per sonification; 2. a. having distant banks, wide (sea); -pârsva, a. having broad sides (leech); N.; -pâsupata, a. with vrata, n. the great vow of a worshipper of Siva Pasupati; m. zealous worshipper of Siva Pasupati; -pîtha, n. high seat; -pumsa, m. great man; -punya, a. very auspicious (day); very good or beau tiful; very holy; -purá, n. great fortress: î, f. great citadel; -purusha, m. great or eminent man; supreme spirit; -pûta, pp. extremely pure; -prishtha, a. broad-backed; -pai&ndot;gya, n. T. of a Vedic text; -prakarana, n. main treatment of a subject; -pragâpati, m. great lord of creatures, ep. of Vishnu; -pratâpa, m. of great dignity, majestic; -pratîhâra, m. head janitor; -pradâna, n. great gift; -prapañka, m. the great world; -prabha, a. of great lustre, very splendid; -prabhâ, f. great brightness;-prabhâva, a. very mighty; -prabhu, m. great lord, sovereign; chief; ep. of Vishnu; -pramâna, a. very exten sive; -pralaya, m. great dissolution of the universe at the end of a cosmic age: -kâla, m. time of the --; -prasna,m. great or im portant question; -prasâda, m. great pre sent; a. very gracious; -prasthâna, n. great departure, decease; -prâgña, a. very wise or prudent (person); -prâna, m. hard breath ing, aspirate sound; great strength; a. pro nounced with a hard breathing, aspirated; of great endurance or physical strength; -plava, m. great flood, deluge; -phala, n. large fruit; great reward; a. producing a great reward; -bala, a. very strong, power ful, or effective; m. N.; -bâdha, a. very in jurious; -bâhu, a. long-armed, strong-armed; m. ep. of Vishnu; N.; -bila, n. deep hole; -buddhi, a. of great intellect, extremely clever; m. N. of an Asura; N.; -brihatî, f. a metre (8+8+8+8+12 syllables); -brah ma: -n, m. the great Brahman (the god); -brâhmaná, m. great Brâhman (also used sarcastically); n. Great (=Tândya) Brâh mana; -bhata, m. great warrior; N.; -bha ya, n. great danger or straits; -bhâga, a. having great good fortune, very lucky, greatly blessed; greatly distinguished, very illus trious (frequently used as a term of address); -bhâgin, a. very fortunate, greatly blessed; -bhâgya, n.high position, great importance or power; a. extremely fortunate: -tâ, f. great good fortune; -bhânda½agâra, n. chief treasury; -bhârata, a. (± a word meaning &open;battle&close;), the Great Battle of the Bharatas; n.(± âkhyâna), the Great Story of the Bharatas, T. of the well-known great Epic (which contains about 100,000 slokas); -bhâshya, n. the Great Commentary of Patañgali on the Sûtras of Pânini and the Vârttikas of Kâtyâyana (probably composed in the second century b. c.); -bhikshu, m. the great mendicant, ep. of Sâkyamuni; -½abhi- gana, m. high descent, noble birth; -½abhi yoga, m. great plaint or charge; -½abhishava, m. N. of a prince; -½abhisheka, m. great inauguration; T. of the fourteenth Lambaka of the Kathâsaritsâgara; -bhîta, pp. greatly terrified; -½abhîsu, a. brilliant, lustrous; -bhuga, a. long-armed; -bhûta, pp. being great, large (E.); m. great creature; n. gross element (ether, air, fire, water, earth); -bhû mi, f. great realm; whole territory (of a king); -½âbhoga, a. of great extent, wide spreading; -bhoga, 1. a. having great coils (serpent); m. serpent; -bhoga, 2. m. great enjoyment; -bhoga, m. great prince; -½abhra, n. great or thick cloud; -makha, m. great sacrifice (=-yagña); -mani, m. costly jewel; -mati, a. of great wit, clever; m. N.; (&asharp;) manas, a. lofty-minded, proud, haughty; high-minded, magnanimous; -manushya, m. great man, man of rank; -mantra, m. very efficacious spell (esp. against snake-poison); -mantrin, m. chief counsellor, prime minister; -mahá, a. high and mighty (RV.); -mah as, n. great luminary; -mahiman, m. true greatness; a. truly great; -mahima-sâlin, a. possessed of true greatness; -mahâ½upâ dhyâya, m. very great preceptor (a desig nation applied to great scholars, e.g. Malli nâtha); -mâmsa, n. delicious flesh (esp. human flesh); -½amâtya, m. prime minister; -mâtra, a. of great measure, great; greatest, best (of, --°ree;); m. man of high rank, high state official, king's minister; elephant-driver; -mânin, a. extremely proud; -mâya, a. at tended with great deception; practising great deception; m. N.; -mâyâ, f. the great illu sion (which makes the world appear really existent and thus in a sense creates it); -mây ûra, n. a kind of medicine; kind of prayer (--°ree;); -mârga, m. main road: -pati, m. chief inspector of roads; -mâhesvara, m. great worshipper of Mahesvara or Siva; -mukha,n. large mouth (also of rivers); a. (î) large mouthed; -muni, m. great sage; -mûdha, a. very stupid; m. great simpleton; -mûrkha, m. great fool; -mûrdhan, a. large-headed (Siva); -mriga, m. large wild animal; ele phant;-mridha, n. great battle; -megha, m. great or dense cloud; -medha, m. great sacrifice; (&asharp;)-meru, m. the great Mount Meru; -moha, m. great mental confusion or infatuation; -mohana, a. causing great men tal confusion; -moha-mantra, m. very effi cacious spell: -tva, n. abst. n.; -yaksha, m. great Yaksha, prince of the Yakshas; -yag- ñá, m. great or chief sacrifice (one of the five daily sacrifices of the householder, called bhûta-, manushya-, pitri-, deva-, and brah ma-yagña); -yantra, n. great mechanical work: -pravartana, n. execution of great mechanical works; -yama-ka, n. a great Yamaka (a stanza, all the four lines of which contain identically the same words but differ in meaning, e.g. Kirâtârgunîya XV, 52); -yasas, a. very famous, illustrious (person); -yâna, n. the Great Vehicle (a later form of Buddhistic doctrine originated by Nâgâr guna: opp.hîna-yâna); N. of a prince of the fairies (having a great car); -yuga, n. a great Yuga (equal to four ordinary Yugas or 4,320,000 years); -yuddha, n. great battle; -½âyudha, a. bearing great weapons (Siva); -ragana, n.saffron; a. coloured with saffron; -rana, m. great battle; -½aranya, n. great forest; -ratna, n. precious jewel: -maya, a. consisting of costly jewels, -vat, a. adorned with costly jewels; -rathá, m. great chariot; great warrior; N.; -rathyâ, f. main road; -½ârambha, m. great under taking; a. enterprising, active; -rava, m. great roar or yell; a. making a loud noise, shouting loud; m. N.; -rasa, a. extremely savoury; -râgá, m. great king, reigning prince, sovereign: -½adhirâga, m. lord of great kings, emperor; -râgñî, f. reigning princess, queen; ep. of Durgâ; -râgya, n. sovereign rule; -râtra, n. advanced time of night, end of the night; -râtri, f. id.; great night follow ing the dissolution of the world; -râva, m. loud yell; -râshtra, m. pl. the Mahrattas: î, f. Mahratta language, Mahrattî: a-ka, a. (ikâ) belonging to the Mahrattas; m. pl. the Mahrattas; -rug, -ruga, a. very painful; -roga, m. dangerous disease; -roman, a. very hairy (Siva); -raudra, a. extremely terrible; -½argha, a. of great price, precious, valuable; expensive: -tâ, f. preciousness, great value, -rûpa, a. having a splendid form; -½arghya, a. precious, valuable: -tâ, f. preciousness; -½arnava, m. great sea, ocean; -½artha, m. great matter; a. having great wealth, rich; of great significance, important; m. N. of a Dânava; -½arha, a.valuable, costly, splen did; -lakshmî, f. the Great Lakshmî, Nârâ yana's Sakti; also=Durgâ or Sarasvatî; -li&ndot;ga, n. a great Li&ndot;ga; -vamsya, a. of high lineage; -vanig, m. great merchant; -vada, m. great teacher (i.e. of the most essential Vedic knowledge); (&asharp;)-vadha, a. having a mighty weapon (RV.); -vana, n. great forest; -varâha, m. great boar (i.e. Vishnu's incarnation as a boar); N. of a prince; -vallî, f. great creeper; -vâkya, n. long composition, literary work; great pro position; -vâta, m. violent wind, gale; -vâyu, m. id.; -vârttika, n. the Great Vârttika, N. of Kâtyâyana's Vârttikas to the Sûtras of Pânini; -vâstu, n. great space; a. occupy ing a great space; -vikrama, a. of great courage, very valiant; m. N. of a lion; -vighna, m. n. great obstacle; -vigña, a. very sensible; -vidagdha, pp. very clever; -viraha, m. grievous separation; -visha,a. very poisonous; -vistara, a. very prolix (book); -vîki, m. (having great waves), a certain hell; -vîrá, m. great hero; large earthenware fire-pot (mostly used at the Pravargya cere mony); N. of various princes; N. of an Arhat, founder of the Jain sect: -karita, n. life of the great hero (Râma), T. of a play by Bhavabhûti, -karitra, n. life of Mahâ vîra (the Arhat), T. of a work; (&asharp;)-vîrya, a. mighty, very potent; -vrikshá, m. great tree; -vriddha, pp. very aged; -vrishá, m. great bull: pl. N. of a people in the western Himâlayas; -vega, a. greatly agitated (sea); very swift; -vaipulya, n. great extent; -vaira, n. great enmity; -vairâga, n. N. of a Saman;-vyâdhi, m. serious disease; -vyâhriti, f. the great exclamation (i.e. bh&usharp;r bhúvah svãh); -vratá, n. great or fundamental duty; great vow; great religious observance; N. of a Sâ man or Stotra to be chanted on the last day but one of the Gavâmayana (also applied to the day and the ceremony); rules of the worshippers of Siva Pasupati; a. having undertaken great duties or a great vow, practising great aus terity, very devotional; following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratika, a. following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratin, a., m., id.; a. practis ing the five fundamental duties of the Jains; -vratîya, a. relating to the Mahâvrata cere mony (day); -vrîhi, m. large rice; -sakti, a. very mighty (Siva); -sa&ndot;kha, m. great conch; -½asana, a. eating much, voracious (leech); m. great eater, glutton; -½asani dhvaga, m. flag with a great thunderbolt; -sabda, m. loud sound; title beginning with &open;mahâ&close; or the corresponding office; -½âsaya, 1. m. ocean; 2. a. high-minded, noble; -sayyâ, f. splendid couch; -sarîra, a. having a large body; -salka,m. kind of sea-crab; -salkalin, a. having large scales (fish); -sastra, n. mighty weapon; -sâka, n. kind of vegetable; -sâkya, m. great or distinguished Sâkya; -sânti, f. great appeasement (a kind of rite to avert evil);(&asharp;)-sâla, possessor of a great house, great householder; -sâlîna, a. very modest; -sâsana, n. great sway; a. exer cising great sway; -siras, a. large-headed; m. kind of serpent; -sûdra, m. Sûdra in a high position, upper servant; -saila, m. great rock or mountain; -½asman, m. precious stone; -smâsâna, n. large cemetery; ep. of Benares; -srotriya, m. great theologian or spiritual teacher; -½asva, m. N.: -sâlâ, f. great stable; office of head groom; -svetâ, f. N. of a god dess; N.; -samkata, n. great danger or straits; -satî, f. extremely faithful wife, pattern of wifely fidelity; -sattrá, n. great Soma sacrifice; -sattva, m. great creature; a. strong-minded; high-minded, noble; very courageous; containing large animals: -tâ, f. strength of character and containing large animals; -½âsana, n. splendid seat; -samdhi- -vigraha, m. office of chief minister of peace and war; -sabhâ, f. great dining hall; -samudra, m. ocean; -sarga, m. great crea tion (after a great dissolution); -sâdhana bhâga, m. head of the executive; -sâdhu, a. extremely good: v-î, f. pattern of wifely fidelity; -sâmtâpana,m. kind of penance; -sâmdhi-vigrah-ika, m. chief minister of peace and war; -sâmânya, n. generality in the widest sense; -sâra, a. strong; valuable, costly; -sârtha, m. great caravan; -sâhas ika, a. very daring, excessively rash; m. highwayman, robber: -tâ, f. great energy: in. with the utmost decision; -simha, m. great lion; N.; -siddha, (pp.) m. great saint; -siddhânta, m. great manual of as tronomy, T. of a work by Âryabhata the younger; -siddhi, f. great magical power; -subhiksha, n. great abundance of provisions, very good times (pl.); -sûkta, n. great hymn: pl. the great hymns of the tenth book of the Rig-veda (1 to 128); m. composer of the great hymns of RV. X; -sûkshma, a. extremely minute; -sûki, a. w. vyûha, m. kind of array of troops in battle; (&asharp;)-sena, a. having a large army; m. ep. of Skanda; N. of various princes; -senâ, f. great army; -stoma, a. having a great Stoma (day); -½astra, n. great or mighty missile; -sthâna, n. high place or position; -sthûla, a. very gross; -snâna, n. great ablution; -½âspada, a. mighty; -sva na, m. loud sound; a. loud-sounding, shout ing loud; loud (noise); -½âsvâda, a. very savoury; -hanu, a. having great jaws; -harm ya, n. great palace; -½âhava, m. great battle; -hava, m. great sacrifice; -hasta, a. large handed (Siva); -hâsa, m.loud laughter; a. laughing loud; -½ahí, m. great serpent: -sayana, n. sleep (of Vishnu) on the great serpent (Sesha); -½ahna, m. advanced day time, afternoon; -hrada, m. great pond. |
| |
| mahātattva | n. the great princi ple, intellect; -tapas, a. greatly distressed; practising great austerities; m. N. of a her mit; -tapasvin, a. greatly afflicted; -tamas, n. great darkness (one of the five stages of Avidyâ); -tala, n. (great-bottom), a cer tain hell; -tikta, a. very bitter; -tithi, f. (the great=) sixth lunar day; -tegas, a. hav ing great lustre, very glorious (of gods and men); m. ep. of Skanda; N.; -taila, n. pre cious oil or N. of a kind of oil; -½âtodya, n. great drum; -½âtman, 1. m. great spirit, uni versal soul; intellect; 2. a. great-souled, high-minded, noble; of great intellect, highly gifted, very wise; exalted, eminent, illus trious (family), mighty; -½âtma-vat, a. highly gifted, very clever; -½atyaya, m. great calamity; -tyâga, m. great liberal ity; a. very liberal: -maya, a. consist ing in great liberality; -tyâgin, a. very liberal (Siva); -damshtra,a. having great tusks; m. N.; -danda, m. great staff or long arm; severe punishment; -daridra, a. extremely poor; -dâna, n. valuable gift; a. attended with great gifts (sacrifice); -dâ ru, n. the Devadâru tree (Pinus Deodora); -dis, f. chief cardinal point (N., S., E., W.); -duhkha, n. great sorrow; -durga, n. great danger; place very difficult of access; -driti, m. great bag; -devá, m. the great god, a term sp. applied to Rudra or to one of the gods connected with him (V.); in C.=Siva; N.: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -devî, f. the great goddess=Pârvatî; first wife of a king; N.; -½adbhuta, a. very wonderful; n. great marvel; -dyuti, a. of great lustre, brilliant, glorious; -druma, m. large tree; -dvâra, m. n. main gate; -dhana, a. costing much money, costly, expensive; having much money, wealthy; m. N. of a merchant; (á), n. great battle (RV.); great spoil (RV.1); great wealth (C.): -pati, m. (lord of great wealth), very rich man; -dhanur-dhara, -dhanushmat, m. great bowman; -dhanus, a. bearing a great bow (Siva); -dhî, a. of great understanding, very wise; -½ânaka, m. kind oflarge drum; -nakha, a. having great nails or claws; -nagná, m. (stark naked), paramour (V.): î, f. courtesan; -nada, m. great stream; -nadî, f. river; N. of various rivers; -½ânana, a. having a great mouth or face; -½ânanda, m. great joy or bliss; N.; -naraka, m. a certain hell; -narendra, m. great conjurer or magician; -½anasa, n. freight waggon; kitchen: î, f. cook, kitchen-maid; -½anasa½adhyaksha, m. superintendent of the kitchen; -nâgá, m. great serpent; great elephant; -nâtaka, n. great drama; a kind of play; -nâda, m. loud sound, shout, roar, etc.; a. making a loud noise, roaring etc.; m. ep. of Siva; -nâyaka, m. great leader or chief; large central gem in a pearl necklace; -nâsa, a. large-nosed (Siva); -nidra, a. sleep ing soundly or long; -niraya, m. kind of hell; -nis, f. dead of night, second and third watches of the night (9 p.m. to 3 a.m.); -nîla, a.dark blue or black; m. sapphire: -maya, a. consisting of sapphire; -½anubhâva, a. very powerful or glorious; magnanimous, high-minded, noble: -tâ, f., -tva, n. high-minded ness, nobility; -netra, a. large-eyed (Siva); -½andhakâra, m. dense darkness, complete obscuration of the intellect; -nyâya, m. main rule; -½anvaya, a. of high lineage. |
| |
| mahākathā | f. great tale; -karu- na, a. very compassionate; -karna, a. great eared (Siva); -karman, n. great work; a. doing great works (Siva); -kalâ, f. night of new moon; -kalpa, m. great cosmic period; -kavi, m. great or classical poet (such as Kâ lidâsa, Bhavabhûti, etc.); -kâya, a. having a great body, bulky, gigantic; huge (tree): -tva, n. large size; -½âkâra, a. large, great, extensive; -kâla, m. a form of Siva in his capacity of the great destroyer of the world; N. of a temple of Siva Mahâkâla at Uggay inî; n. N. of a famous Li&ndot;ga: -pura, m. city of Mahâkâla, Uggayinî; -kâlî, f. a form of Durgâ; -kâvya, n. great or classical poem (a term specifically applied to the six poems Raghuvamsa, Kumârasambhava, Meghadûta, Kirâtârgunîya, Sisupâlavadha, and Naishadha karita); -kula, n. illustrious or noble family; (á), a. of high lineage: -½utpanna, pp. born of a noble family; -kulîna, a. belonging to a noble family: -tâ, f. noble origin, high birth; -kûla, a. having high banks; -ketu, a. hav ing a great banner (Siva); -kesa, a. thick haired (Siva); -kosa, a.having large testi cles (Siva): î, f. N. of a river; -kaushîta ka, n. title of a Vedic text; -kratu, m. great sacrifice (such as the Râgasûya and the Asva medha); -krodha, a. very irascible; -ksha tra-pa, m. great Satrap; -½aksha-patalika, m. head-keeper of the archives; -khâta, n. deep ditch; -khyâta, pp. very famous; -gaga, m. great elephant; elephant supporting the earth (=diggaga); -ganá, m. great host, swarm, or body: -pati, m.great lord of hosts, Ganesa; -ganesa, m. id.; -gandha, a. strong scented, very fragrant; -gala, a. having a thick or long neck; -giri, m. great mountain; -guna, a. having great virtues, very merito rious; very efficacious; -guru, a. very rever end person; -griha, n. great house; -gaurî, f. one of the nine forms of Durgâ; -graha, m. ep. of Râhu; -grâmá, m. great host (RV.1); large village; -grîva, a. long-necked (Siva); -ghata, m. large jar; -ghora, a. very terri ble; -ghosha, a. making a loud noise, thun dering (clouds); -½a&ndot;ga, a. having a large body or large limbs (Siva). |
| |
| māṃsa | n. sg. & pl. flesh, meat (also of fish, crabs, and fruit); animal food; m. a mixed caste: (a)-tva, n. real meaning or de rivation of &open;flesh&close;; -pinda, m. n. lump of flesh; tumour; -pesî, f.piece of flesh; mus cle; -bhaksha, a. flesh-eating; -bhiksh&asharp;, f. begging for meat; -bhûta, pp. being flesh, forming a bait; combined with meat; -bhet tri, a. making a flesh-wound; -maya, a. (î) consisting of flesh; -yoni, m. creature of flesh and blood; -ruki, a. fond of animal food. |
| |
| māghavana | a. (î) belonging to Indra: w. kakubh, f. Indra's quarter, the east. |
| |
| māghavata | a. belonging to Indra: -kâpa, m. n. rainbow. |
| |
| māgadha | a. (î) relating to, derived from, produced or current in Magadha; m. prince of Magadha; mixed caste (offspring of a Vaisya and a Kshatriyâ), professional bard, panegyrist of a prince: pl.people of Magadha; a-ka, a. belonging to Magadha; -desîya, a. coming from the country of Ma gadha; -pura, n. N. of a town. |
| |
| māṇḍapa | a. belonging to a temple. |
| |
| mātā | f.=mâtri, °ree;-- in some cpds.: -duhitri, f. du. mother and daughter; -pitri, m. du. father and mother, parents; -putra, m. mother and son; -maha, m. maternal grandfather: du. maternal grandparents; pl. mother's father, grandfather, and ancestors; a. (î) relating or belonging to the maternal grandmother: î, f. maternal grandmother. |
| |
| mātsya | a. relating or belonging to, derived from fish. |
| |
| mātṛtamā | spv. f. most motherly (waters; V.); (ri)-tas, ad. with regard to or in right of the mother; -tâ, f. motherhood; -datta, m. N.: â, f. N.; -nandana, m. ep. of Skanda; -pâlita, m. N. of a Dânava; -pûgana, n., -pûgâ, f. worship of the divine mothers; -bandhú, m. maternal relative: û, f. mother in name only, unnatural mother: u, n. maternal relationship; -bândhava, m. maternal kinsman; -mandala, n.circle or group of the divine mothers: -vid, m. priest of the divine mothers; -yagña, -yâga, m. sacrifice to the mothers; -vamsa, m. family of the mother; -vamsya, a. belonging to the mother's family; -vat, ad. like or as a mother; as towards a mother; -vatsala, m. (tender towards his mother); ep. of Skanda; -vadha, m. matricide; -shvasri, f. mother's sister, maternal aunt; -shvaseya, m. mother's sister's son. |
| |
| mādhavīya | a. belonging, relat ing, or dedicated to or composed by Mâdhava or Mâdhavâkârya. |
| |
| mādhava | a. (î) belonging or relat ing to spring, vernal; belonging to the de scendants of Madhu or the Yâdavas; m. N. of the second spring month (more usually called Vaisâkha: April--May); spring; son or descendant of Madhu, man of Yadu's race, pat. of Krishna, Vishnu, and Parasurâma; N. of various men: î, f. earth; woman of Madhu's or Yadu's race; spring-creeper bearing fragrant white flowers (Gaertnera racemosa). |
| |
| māthura | a. (î) belonging to, com ing from, or born in Mathurâ; m. inhabitant of Mathurâ; N. of the proprietor of a gaming-house: -ka, m. inhabitant of Mathurâ; -des ya, a. coming from the region of Mathurâ. |
| |
| mādhyānhika | a. (î) belonging to noon. |
| |
| mādhyama | a. belonging to the middle, central, inhabiting the middle of the country; m. pl. composers of the middle of the Rig-veda (books II to VII): -ka, a. (i-kâ) relating or belonging to the middle region (the atmosphere); i-ka, a. id.; m. pl. N. of a people in Midland (Madhya-desa). |
| |
| mādhyaṃdina | a. (î) belonging to midday; m. pl. N. of a school, a branch of the White Yagur-veda: -sâkhâ, f. the school of the Mâdhyamdinas. |
| |
| mānava | a. (&isharp;) peculiar to man, human; relating or belonging to or descended from Manu; m. human being; man: pl. man kind; subjects; races of men (of which five or seven are referred to); N. of a school of the Black Yagur-veda; n. length of a man (as a measure); kind of penance; Manu's code. |
| |
| mānasotka | a. longing for lake Mânasa; -½okas, a. dwelling at lake Mânasa; m. swan. |
| |
| mānasika | a. mental; imaginary; m. ep. of Vishnu. |
| |
| a. (î) relating to or pro duced from the mind, mental, spiritual; performed in thought (prayer etc.), conceived in the mind, conceivable; n. mental faculty, mind, heart; N. of a sacred lake and place of pilgrimage on mount Kailâsa, whither the wild swans repair in the breeding season at the beginning of the monsoons. | |
| |
| mānuṣaka | a. human; -tâ, f. human condition: -m gam, become a man; -tva, n. id.; -daivika, a. relating to men and to gods; manhood; -râkshasa, m. human devil: î, f. she-devil in human form; -lauk ika, a. belonging to the world of men, human; -½âda, m. man-eater: -tva, n. cannibalism. |
| |
| mānitā | f. imaginary possession of (--°ree;): honouring (--°ree;); -tva, n. supposing oneself to have or be (--°ree;); pride; being held in honour. |
| |
| māma | m. [belonging to mine: mama], dear friend (only vc., the crane being thus ad dressed in the fable by crabs, tortoises, and fishes, and the ass by the jackal): -ká, a. (ikâ, î) belonging to me, mine, my; -k-îna, a. my, mine. |
| |
| māyūra | a. (î) belonging to or de rived from the peacock; made of peacocks' feathers; dear to peacocks; drawn by pea cocks (car): -ka, m. peacock-catcher. |
| |
| mārga | a. [fr. mriga] belonging to game or deer (flesh etc.); m. (track of wild animals), path, road, way, course (also fig. of the stars and the wind); way to (lc. or --°ree;), -through (--°ree;); right road; right way, pro per course; journey; passage or channel (in the body); way, expedient, means to (g. or --°ree;); way, manner, mode, method; correct usage, old custom; title (of law); way of writing, style, diction; refined (opp. vulgar) dance, pantomime; refined song; the month Mârgasîrsha (November--December); n. flesh of wild animals, game: mârgam dâ or yam, make way for (g.), allow to pass; in. mârg ena, by way of (e.g. the door)=through, across, or along (--°ree;); by means of (--°ree;):--yâ, go the way of=suffer the same fate as (--°ree;); mârgaih, through (--°ree;); d. mârgâya, to make way for any one (g.); lc. mârge, on the way: -pra-kal,start on one's way; niga-mârge gam, go on one's way. |
| |
| mārkaṭa | a. (î) belonging to the monkey, ape-like. |
| |
| mānmatha | a. (î) relating to, pro duced by, or filled with love; belonging to the god of love. |
| |
| mārjāra | m. [animal that wipes or cleanses itself: √ mrig], cat (also î, f.); pole-cat: -ka, m. cat; -li&ndot;gin, a. having the characteristics of cats. |
| |
| mālava | m. N. of a country in central India, now Mâlva: pl. N. of a people; a. belonging or relating to the people of Mâlva; m. prince of Mâlva; N.: -vishaya, m. country of Mâlava. |
| |
| māli | a. --°ree;=mâlin; -ika, m. gar land-maker, florist, gardener; -ikâ, f. gar land; necklace; row, series; -ita, den. pp. wreathed or surrounded with (--°ree;); -in, a. wreathed, with (in.); gnly.--°ree;, having a gar land of, wearing a necklace of, encircled by; m. garland-maker, florist, gardener: -î, f. wife of a florist or gardener; N. of a celestial virgin; N.; N. of a town and of various rivers. |
| |
| māhārājya | n. sovereignty; -râshtra, a. (î) belonging to Mahârâshtra or the Mahratta country: î, f. the Mahratta language, Mahrattî; -vratî, f. the doctrine of the Pâsupatas. |
| |
| māhānāmana | a. belonging to the Mahânâmnî verses. |
| |
| māhātmika | a. belonging to an exalted person, majestic, glorious; -ya, n. magnanimity, noble-mindedness; exalted position, majesty, dignity. |
| |
| māheśvara | a. (î) belonging or re lating to the great lord (Siva); worshipping Siva; m. worshipper of Siva: -tâ, f. worship of Siva. |
| |
| māhiṣa | a. (î) belonging to or de rived from the buffalo: i-ka, m. keeper of buffaloes; paramour of an unchaste woman. |
| |
| māhitra | n. designation of RV. X, 185 (so called because it begins with the words &open;mahi trînâm&close;). |
| |
| miladvyādha | a. (having hunters thronging around=) surrounded by hunters. |
| |
| mithyākopa | m. feigned anger; -kraya, m. false price; -graha, m. fruitless obstinacy; -½âkâra, m. wrong or improper conduct; a. acting hypocritically; -galpita, (pp.) n. wrong or false talk;-gñâna, n. mis apprehension, error; -tva, n. falseness, un reality; -darsana, n. false appearance; -drish- ti, f. heresy; -½adhîta, n. wrong course of study; -½adhyavasiti, f. false supposition (a figure of speech in which the impossibility of a thing is expressed by making it depend on an impossible contingency: e. g. only one who wears a garland of air will secure the affec tions of a courtesan); -pandita, a. learned or clever only in appearance; -purusha, m. man only in appearance; -pratigña, a. false to one's promise, faithless; -pravâdin, a. speaking falsely, lying; -phala, n. imaginary advantage or reward; -buddhi, f. misappre hension; -½abhidhâ, f. false name; -½abhi dhâna, n. false statement; -½abhiyogin, a. making a false charge; -½abhisamsana, n. false accusation; -½abhisamsin, a. accusing falsely; -½abhisasta, pp. falsely accused; -½abhisasti, f. false charge; -½abhisâpa, m. id.; false prediction; -yoga, m. false em ployment; -½ârambha, m. wrong treatment; -vakana, n. telling an untruth; -vâkya, n. false statement, lie; -vâk, a. speaking falsely, lying; -vâda, m. false statement, lie; a. tell ing an untruth, lying; -vâdin, a. id.; -vyâ pâra, m. wrong occupation, meddling with what is not one's concern; -sâkshin, m. false witness; -stava, m. unfounded praise (pl.); -stotra, n. id. (pl.); -½âhâra, m. wrong diet; -½upakâra, m. pretended service or kind ness; wrong (medical) treatment. |
| |
| muktaka | a. detached, independent; n. independent sloka (the meaning of which is complete in itself); simple prose (without compound words); -kantha, a. or -m, ad. with krand or rud, shout or cry (with relaxed throat=) at the top of one's voice; -kara, a. open-handed, liberal; -kesa, a. (â, î) having loose or dishevelled hair; -tâ, f., -tva, n. deliverance from the bonds of existence, final emancipation; -nidra, a.awakened; -bandh ana, a. released from bonds; -buddhi, a. having one's soul emancipated; -vasana, m. (having cast aside raiment), Jain monk (=dig-ambara); -sâpa, a. having a curse laid aside, released from a curse;-sikha, a. having the top-knot loosened, having the hair hanging down; -saisava, a. (having left childhood behind), grown up; -samsaya, a. free from doubt, undoubted; -sûryâ, a. f. with dis, quarter just quitted by the sun; -svâmin, m. N. of a temple; -hasta, a. open handed, bountiful, liberal. |
| |
| mukha | n. (--°ree; a. â, î) mouth; jaws; face; snout, muzzle (of an animal), beak (of a bird); direction, quarter; spout (of a vessel: rare); mouth, opening, entrance, into (g. or --°ree;); forepart, tip, point, head (of an arrow); edge (of a sharp instrument); surface, top, upper side; head, chief; beginning; original cause of the action of a drama; source, occa sion, of (g., --°ree;); means; --°ree; a. having in the or as a mouth; having a (pale, etc., attribu tive a.) face; having a face like (e. g. goat faced); having a face covered with or show ing (e.g. tears, frowns, anger); facing or looking towards (-m, ad.); having as a be ginning, beginning with. |
| |
| mukti | f. release, deliverance, from (--°ree;); emancipation from the bonds of exist ence, final beatitude; abandonment of (--°ree;); throwing, hurling, discharging: -kalasa, m. N. of an ancestor of Bilhana; -kshetra, n. place of salvation, Benares; -tâ, f. state of re lease; -pati, m. lord of salvation; -pura, n. N. of a Dvîpa; -pûr-dasyu, m. robber of the cita del of salvation; -vat, a. delivered from (ab.). |
| |
| mukhya | a. being in or on the mouth or face, coming from the mouth; being at the head, chief, principal, foremost, first, best (of, --°ree;), pre-eminent; m. leader: -tas, ad. chiefly; -tâ, f. pre-eminence, among (g. or --°ree;); -tva, n. id.; -mantr-in, m. prime minister: (-i)-tva, n. premiership; -sas, ad. first of all; -½artha, m. principal or original meaning (of a word); a. having or employed in the original meaning. |
| |
| mudraya | den. P. stamp; seal; print: pp. ita, sealed, stamped; bearing the impress or marks of (--°ree;); sealed with (sleep, --°ree;); printed; closed (eye, hand, flower); avoided. ud, unseal, break open(letter): pp. unmud- rita, released, liberated. vi, close or cork up; open, begin. |
| |
| mūrchana | a. stupefying; strength ening, increasing (--°ree;); n. swooning; raging (of diseases, fire); n., â, f. regular rise and fall of tone, modulation, melody. |
| |
| mūloccheda | m. eradication, ex termination; -½utkhâta, pp. dug out by the roots, utterly destroyed; n. digging up of roots; -½uddharana, n. means of eradicating anything (g.). |
| |
| mūlika | a. original; -ikâ, f. magical root; -ín, a. having a root. |
| |
| mūlaka | a. (ikâ) having its root in, produced or derived from; n. radish; root; -karman, n. magic rites with roots; -kâr ana, n. original or prime cause; -krikkhra, m. n. penance consisting in eating onlyroots; -khânaka, m. digger of roots; -grantha, m. original text; -kkhinna, pp. cut off with the root, dissipated (hope); -kkheda, m. cutting down (a tree) by the root; -kkhedin, a. de stroying the text (super-cleverness);-ga, a. growing from the root (plant); formed on roots of trees (ant-hill); -tás, ad. below: w. â, from the root onwards; from the begin ning (relate); -tâ, f. being the root or source of (--°ree;); -tva, n. id.; -deva, m. N.; -dvâra, n. main door; -nikrintana, a. (î) cutting off by the root, destroying root and branch (--°ree;); -purusha, m. (root-man), male repre sentative of a family; -prakriti, f. primeval or unevolved matter (in the Sâ&ndot;khya phil.; also called pradhâna): pl. principal sovereigns to be considered in time of war; -pranihita, pp. known through spies from the beginning (thieves); -phala, n. roots and fruits; interest of capital; -bhava, a. growing from roots; -bhâga, m. lower part; -bhritya, m. heredi tary servant; -mantra, m. main or heading text; spell; -mantra-maya, a. formed of spells, taking effect like a spell; -râmâyana, n. original (i. e. Vâlmîki's) Râmâyana; -vakana, n. original words or text; -vat, a. supplied with (esculent) roots (place); stand ing upright; -vâpa, m. planter of (esculent) roots; -vinâsana, n. radical destruction; -vyasana-vritti-mat, a.following a calling which is a hereditarily vile occupation; -vyâdhi, m. main disease; -vratin, a. sub sisting exclusively on roots; -sâdhana, n. main instrument; -sthâna, n. base, founda tion; chief place; Multan; -sthâyin,a. ex isting from the beginning (Siva); -srotas, n. main stream of a river; -hara, a. taking away the roots, completely destroying (g.): -tva, n. complete ruin; -½âyatana, n. original abode or seat; -½âsin, a. subsisting on roots. |
| |
| mṛtirekhā | f. line of death (on the hand); -sâdhana, a. bringing about death. |
| |
| mṛta | pp. √ 1. mri; m. dead man, corpse (also of animals); n. death; begging, begged food: -ka, m. n. dead man, corpse; n. a death; -kambala, m. winding-sheet; -kalpa, a. almost dead, insensible, in a trance; -kela, n. garment of the dead; -gâta, pp. born dead; -gîvana, a. (î) reviving the dead; -deha, m. dead body, corpse; -dhâra, a. bear ing a corpse; -niryâtaka, m. corpse-bearer; -pa, m. watcher of the dead; -purusha-sa rîra, n. human corpse; -pûrusha-deha, m. id.; -praga, a. whose children have died; -bhartrikâ, a. f. whose husband is dead; -mâ trika, a. whose mother is dead; -vat, ad. as if dead: âtmânam mritavat samdarsya, pretending to be dead, feigning death; -vas tra-bhrit, a. wearing the clothes of the dead; -sabda, m. report of any one's death; -sam- gîvana, a. bringing the dead to life; n., î, f. revival of a dead person; -samgîvin, a. re viving the dead, life-restoring; -strî, a. whose wife is dead; -hâra, -hârin, m. corpse-bearer. |
| |
| melāpaka | m. [fr. cs. √ mil] bringing together, junction; conjunction of planets. |
| |
| maitrāvaruṇa | a. (î) relating or belonging to or derived from Mitra and Va runa; relating to the Maitrâvaruna priest; m. pat. son of Mitra and Varuna; a kind of priest who is the chief assistant of the Hotri: -pâtra, n. dish meant for Mitra and Varuna. |
| |
| maitra | a. (&isharp;) belonging to or given by a friend; friendly, well-disposed, kind; be longing or relating to Mitra; m. a mixed caste; kind of alliance based on friendship; anus (comm.); n. friendship;lunar mansion Anurâdhâ (presided over by Mitra); evacua tion of excrement (presided over by Mitra): -m kri, void excrement: -ka, n. friendship; -tâ, f. goodwill. |
| |
| mokṣa | m. release, liberation, escape, from (ab., rarely g. or --°ree;); deliverance from further transmigration, final emancipation; kind of chant conducive to deliverance; re lease of a heavenly body swallowed by Râhu, end of an eclipse; falling or dropping off or down (of leaves etc.); effusion; setting free (a prisoner); causing to flow, shedding (of tears etc.); loosening, untying (hair); solution (of a question); casting, shooting, discharging (arrows etc.); scattering (of grains); utter ance (of a curse); abandonment, relinquish ment: -ka, a. loosening, untying, setting free; --°ree; a.=moksha, final emancipation. |
| |
| moca | n. banana (fruit); -aka, a. de livering from (--°ree;); -ana, a. (î), delivering from (--°ree;); casting, discharging (--°ree;); setting free, letting go out of (ab.), freeing from (debt, --°ree;); unyoking (a car); emitting, discharg ing (semen); -an-ikâ, f. N.; -anîya, fp. to be set free; -ay-itavya, cs. fp. id.; -ayitri, m. releaser; â, f. banana tree (Musa sapien tum); -i-tavya, fp. to be set free; -in, a. delivering from (--°ree;); -ya,fp. to be released; -restored (pledge); -deprived of (a limb; ac.). |
| |
| mauca | n. [belonging to the mokâ tree], banana (fruit). |
| |
| mohopamā | f. confusion-simile (a rhet. figure which represents an object and that with which it is compared as being con fused: e. g. &open;taking thy face for the moon, I follow the moon itself through longing for thy face&close;). |
| |
| maula | a. [from mûla] derived from roots (poison); ancient, of long standing (custom); aboriginal, indigenous (inhabitants); holding office from previous generations, hereditary (minister): (withpârthivâh, m. pl.= mûla-prakritayah); m. hereditary minister. |
| |
| maurva | a. (î) 1. made of, belonging to, or derived from Mûrvâ; 2. made of the iron called Muru: î, f. girdle made of Mûrvâ; bowstring: -ka, --°ree; a. bowstring. |
| |
| maulika | a. [fr. mûla] derived from the root, original; inferior, of low origin; m. digger or vendor of roots: pl. N. of a people; -in, a. [fr. mauli] being at the head, chief; transcendant; wearing a diadem. |
| |
| yajñiya | a. worthy of worship or sacrifice, sharing in the sacrifice, holy, divine (said of the gods and what is connected with them); engaged in or fit for sacrifice; devout, pious; sacrificial, sacred: w.bhâga, m. share in the sacrifice; -îya, a. belonging to or suitable for sacrifice. |
| |
| yathāyatham | ad. fitly, properly, in due order; one after the other, gradually; -yukta, pp. regarding (lc.): -m, ad. accord ing to circumstances, suitably; -yukti, ad. id.: -tas, ad. id.; -yogam, ad. id.; according to usage; -yogena, in. ad. according to cir cumstances, suitably; -yogyam, ad. as is fit, properly, suitably; -½ârabdha, pp. previously begun; -½ârambham, ad. according to the beginning, in the same order; -rukam, -ruk i, ad. according to taste; -rûpa, a. of what kind; having a suitable appearance, extremely beautiful; very great: (á)-m, ad. suitably; rightly, truly; according to appearance. |
| |
| mārīya | a. belonging to the god of love. |
| |
| yadgotra | a. belonging to which family; -devata, a. having which deity; -dhetos, ab. (=hetos) ad. on which account, wherefore; -bhavishya, a. saying &open;what will be, will be&close;; m. fatalist;N. of a fish. |
| |
| yadṛcchā | f. chance: °ree;--, -tas, or in. a-yâ, by chance, accidentally; spontane ously; unexpectedly; -mâtratah, only quite by accident; -lâbha-samtushta, pp. satisfied with earnings obtainedspontaneously; -sab da, m. word of accidental origin, unmeaning word. |
| |
| yantraṇa | n. bandaging; restric tion, restraint, constraint (caused by, --°ree;). |
| |
| yantra | n. means of holding, support, barrier (V.); leather-thong, traces (of a car riage); (blunt surgical) instrument (opp. knives); apparatus, appliance, mechanical contrivance, engine, machine; bolt, lock (on a door); means of propulsion (in a boat, =oars, sails, etc.); °ree;--or--°ree;, mechanical (ele phant, etc.); magical (car); amulet, mystical diagram used as an amulet. |
| |
| maurya | m. pl. N. of a dynasty begin- ning with Kandra-gupta: -datta, m. N. |
| |
| yācya | fp. to be requested, -asked for alms; -demanded; asked for; to be wooed (women); n. begging, mendicancy. |
| |
| yācñā | f. soliciting, asking, for (--°ree;); begging, mendicity; request, entreaty, peti tion; asking for (a girl) in marriage: -m kri, fulfil a request; -gîvana, n. subsist ence by begging; -bha&ndot;ga, m. vain request; -vakas, n. pl. words of solicitation. |
| |
| yācaka | m. petitioner, beggar: î, f. female beggar; -ana, n. begging, soliciting, asking for (--°ree;); asking in marriage (--°ree;): -ka, m. beggar; -anâ, f. asking, soliciting; request, petition, entreaty for (--°ree;); solicita tion of any one (--°ree;): -m kri, fulfil a request; -anîya, fp. to be requested; -ita, pp. asked, etc.: -ka, a. borrowed; n. borrowed sum or object; -i-tavya, fp. to be asked; to be asked for a girl (ac.) in marriage by (in.); -in, a. begging for (--°ree;); -ishnu, a. asking, soliciting; m. petitioner: -tâ, f. solicitation of favours. |
| |
| yākṣa | a. belonging to the Yakshas. |
| |
| yājñika | a. (î) belonging or re lating to sacrifice; m. one versed in sacrifice, ritualist; -ik-ya, n. rules of the ritualists; -iya, a. belonging to or suitable for sacrifice; m. one conversant with sacrifice, ritualist. |
| |
| yādva | pat. a. belonging to (the race of) Yadu (RV.). |
| |
| yānaka | n. vehicle; -kara, m. wheel wright; -pâtra, n. vessel for voyaging, boat, ship: i-kâ, f. small ship, boat; -bha&ndot;ga, m. shipwreck; -yugya, n. chariot and horses; -vat, a. having or driving in a carriage; -sâlâ, f. carriage-shed. |
| |
| yāyāta | a. belonging or relating to Yayâti; n. history of Yayâti. |
| |
| yāmya | a. belonging or relating to Yama; southern: in. or lc. in the south; southwards; m. right hand; servant of Yama; ep. of Siva and of Vishnu: â, f. south: -½ayana, n. southerly course of the sun; a½uttara, a. southern and northern; going from south to north. |
| |
| mauṣika | a. relating or belonging to a mouse (mûshikâ). |
| |
| yugādi | m. beginning of (an age=) the world; -½adhyaksha, m. surveyor of a cosmic age, ep. of Pragâpati; -½anta, m. end of the yoke; end of a generation; end of an age or of the world; meridian: -m adhirû- dhah savitâ, the sun has reached the meri dian, it is noon; -½antara, n. another or later generation; second half of the sun's arc divided by the meridian: -m ârûdhah savitâ, the sun has entered the second part of his course, it is past midday. |
| |
| yāmuna | a. belonging to, coming from, or growing in the Yamunâ; n. kind of collyrium. |
| |
| yuddha | pp. (√ yudh) combatted; n. fight, battle, combat; conflict or opposition (of planets): -ka, n. contest, battle; -kânda, n. Book of the Battle, T. of the sixth book of the Râmâyana; -kâr-in, a.making war, fighting: (i)-tva, n. conflict; -gândharva, n. battle-music; -tantra, n. military science; -dyûta, n. game of war; -dharma, m. laws of war; -pravîna, a. skilled in war; -bhû, -bhûmi, f. battle-field; -maya, a.derived from war; -mârga, m. sg. pl. methods of war, military tactics; -medinî, f. battle field; -ra&ndot;ga, m. arena of battle, battle field; -varna, m. sort of battle; -vastu, n. implements of war; -vîra, m. hero in war, champion; heroism (as a sentiment: rh.); -sâlin, a. brave; -½âkârya, m. military pre ceptor; -½adhvan, a. going to war, engaging in battle; -½arthin, a. eager for war; -½ud yoga, m. vigorous preparation for war; un matta, pp. frenzied in fight; -½upakarana, n. implements of war. |
| |
| yūthya | a. belonging to the herd (RV.); belonging to the host of (--°ree;): a, f. herd, pack. |
| |
| yuṣmadīya | a. belonging to you, your; m. countryman of yours; -vidha, a. one like you. |
| |
| yuvāku | a. (RV.) belonging to you two (sts. uninflected with a g. or d.). |
| |
| yogakaraṇḍaka | m. N.; ikâ, f. N. of a mendicant nun; -kshemá, m. sg. & pl. (C. also m. du. & sg. n.) possession or security of property; property; prosperity (ordinarily explained as meaningacquisi tion and preservation of property); property meant for pious uses; -kûrna, n. magic pow der; -ga, a. produced by meditation or Yoga; -tantra, n. Yoga doctrine, treatise on Yoga; -dharmin, a. practising Yoga; -nanda, m. the pseudo-Nanda; -nidrâ, f. sleep induced by the practice of Yoga, somnolent condi tion, dozing; Vishnu's sleep at the end of an age; -m-dhara, m. N.; -pati, m. lord of Yoga (Vishnu); -patha, m. path to Yoga;-bhâraka, m. shoulderyoke for the carrying of burdens; -bhrashta, pp. lapsed from devotion or contemplation; -maya, a. (î) produced from contemplation or Yoga; -mâyâ, f. magic; illusion produced by abstract meditation; -mârga, m. road to Yoga; -yâtrâ, f. recourse to mental ab sorption or Yoga; -yukta, pp. absorbed in meditation, practising Yoga; -ratna, n. magic jewel; -rûdha, pp. having an etymo logical and aconventional meaning (e. g. pa&ndot;ka-ga, growing in the mud and lotus); -rokanâ, f. kind of magical ointment (ren dering invisible or invulnerable); -vat, a. joined, united; practising Yoga; -vartikâ, f. magic wick; -vaha, a. bringing about, furthering (--°ree;); -vâh-in, a. intriguing: (-i) tva, n. intrigue; -vid, a. knowing the right means or method; knowing what is fitting or suitable; versed in Yoga; -vidyâ, f. knowledge of Yoga; -vibhâga, m. splitting of a grammatical rule into two; -sabda, m. the word yoga; etymological word (the mean ing of which results from the derivation); -sâyin, a. somnolent in consequence of medi tation; -sâstra, n.Yoga doctrine (esp. of Patañgali); -samâdhi, m. mental absorp tion resulting from Yoga; -sâra, m. univer sal remedy; -siddha, pp. perfected by Yoga; -siddhi, f. simultaneous accomplishment: -mat, a. versed in magic; -sûtra, n. the Sû tras on the Yoga (attributed to Patañgali). |
| |
| yūpa | m. post, beam, pillar; sp. sacri ficial post: -tva, n. condition of a post; -vat, a. connected with the sacrificial post (rite); -vâhá, a. bringing the sacrificial post; -vra ská, a. hewing the sacrificial post. |
| |
| yogin | a. joined with, accompanied by (--°ree;); being in conjunction with (--°ree;); con nected with, relating to (--°ree;); practising Yoga; m. devotee of Yoga, Yogin: -î, f. female devotee; sorceress, witch; fairy. |
| |
| yogitā | f. connexion with, relation to (--°ree;); -tva, n. id.; condition of a Yogin. |
| |
| yautaka | a. belonging exclusively to any one; n. present; private property; dowry. |
| |
| yauṣmāka | a. belonging to you, your: î-na, a. id. |
| |
| yauvanin | a. youthful; -îya, a. belonging to youth: -dvâr, f. entrance to youth, adolescence. |
| |
| yaudhiṣṭhira | a. (î) relating or belonging to Yudhishthira. |
| |
| racana | n. arranging, preparing, com posing: â, f. arrangement, disposition, pre paration; performance, accomplishment; for mation, production of (--°ree; often concrete= product); work, composition; style; array of troops; contrivance, invention; putting on (of garments). |
| |
| raṇotkaṭa | a. raging in battle; -½uddesa, m. battle-field. |
| |
| raṇita | pp. √ ran; n. ringing, jin gling, rattling; humming (of bees). |
| |
| raṇadundubhi | m. militarydrum; -dhur, f., -dhurâ, f. brunt of battle; -priya, a. delighting in battle; -bhata, m. N.; -bhû, -bhûmi, f. battle-field; -mukha, n. fore front of battle; vanguard; -mûrdhan, m. id.; -yagña, m. sacrifice of battle; -ra&ndot;ga, m. arena of conflict, battle-field; -rana-ka, m., â, f. regretful longing for a beloved object; m. god of love; -ranâ-y-ita, den. pp. rattling or sounding aloud; -rasika, a. eager for bat tle, with (--°ree;); -lakshmî, f. luck of war; goddess of battle; -visârada, a. skilled in war; -sikshâ, f. art of war; -siras, n. front of battle; vanguard; -sûra, m. hero in bat tle; -samudyama, m.stress of battle; -sam rambha, m. storm of battle; -stha, a. en gaged in battle; -sthâna, n. battle-field; -svâmin, m. statue of Siva as lord of battles. |
| |
| rathika | m. owner or driver of a carriage; -ín, a. owning or driving in a chariot; m. owner of a chariot; car-fighter; coachman; consisting of chariots (army); belonging to a chariot (horse); -irá, a.own ing or driving in a chariot; speedy (RV.). |
| |
| rathya | a. belonging or used to a chariot; m. chariot-horse: â, f. carriage road, highway; host of chariots; a-kaya, m. team of horses; â-pa&ndot;kti, f. street; â-mukha, n. entrance to a street (Pr.); â½upa-sarpana, n. walking in the street. |
| |
| rava | m. [√ 1. ru] roar, yell, cry; song; humming; noise, sound; din, thunder; -ana, a. roaring, crying, screaming, singing, etc.; m. camel; cuckoo; wagtail. |
| |
| rasātmaka | a. whose nature is juice or nectar (moon); tasteful (speech); -½adhika, a. tasteful; abounding in enjoy ments; â½âdhipatya, n. sovereignty of the lower regions; -½antara, n.difference of taste; another taste or pleasure; change of senti ment: -vid, a. having different tastes; -½â bhâsa, m. mere semblance of a sentiment; improper manifestation of a sentiment; -½a bhyantara, a. filled with water or love; -½ayana, n. life-prolonging medicine, elixir of life (sts. follows the gender of the word to which it refers). |
| |
| rākṣasa | a. (î) belonging or peculiar to Râkshasas or evil spirits, demoniacal; m. nocturnal demon, fiend; N. of a minister of Nanda: -tâ, f., -tva, n., -bhâva, m. condi tion of a demon. |
| |
| rāṅkava | a. belonging or peculiar to the deer called Ra&ndot;ku; made of the hair of the Ra&ndot;ku, woollen; m. woollen cloth, blanket. |
| |
| rāgin | a. coloured, dyed; red; full of passion or desire; impassioned; swayed by love, enamoured; passionately fond of or devoted to, yearning after (lc., --°ree;); delight ing (--°ree;; rare): n-î, f.modification of the musical modes called Râga (30 or 36 Râginîs are enumerated). |
| |
| rājanya | a. royal; m. royal person age, noble; man of the warrior caste (of which this is the oldest designation): -ka, n. assemblage of warriors; -kumâra, m. prince; -tva, n. condition of belonging to the warrior caste; (á)-bandhu, m. companion of kings (gnly. used contemptuously: Br.); man of the military caste, Kshatriya. |
| |
| rājatanaya | m. king's son, prince: â, f. princess; -taramginî, f. Stream (= continuous history) of Kings, T. of various chronicles of Cashmere; N.; -tâ, f. kingship, royalty. |
| |
| rājasa | a. (î) belonging or relating to the quality ragas, endowed with passion: -tva, n. subjection to the quality of passion. |
| |
| riktaka | a. empty; unloaded (man); -tâ, f. emptiness; -pâni, a. empty-handed, bringing no present; -hasta, a. id.; having received no present. |
| |
| rāhavīya | a. belonging etc. to Râhu. |
| |
| ru | m. final euphonic r (=original s: gr.). |
| |
| ruci | f. light, lustre; splendour, beauty; colour; liking, taste, fondness, for (lc., prati, inf., --°ree;); appetite; --°ree;, a. fond of, indulging in, addicted to, eager for: in. ruk yâ, according to desire, at will or pleasure; -m dâ, please any one (g.); -m â-vah, pro duce a liking for (d.); a-ye bhû, please any one (g.). |
| |
| rudriya | a. belonging etc. to Rudra or the Rudras (V.); m. sg. & pl. the group of the Maruts (V.); n. Rudra's power (V.). |
| |
| recaka | m. emission of breath (in Yoga); -ana, a. emptying; purging; n. becoming empty, diminution; emission of breath; evacuation; -ita, cs. pp. (√ rik) emptied; n. kind of pace in the horse. |
| |
| raudhādika | a. belonging to the class of roots beginning with rudh (i.e. to the seventh class). |
| |
| raudra | a. (â, î) belonging, relating to, or coming from Rudra; Rudra like, violent, fierce, savage, terrible; m. worshipper of Rudra; n. (?) heat; n. savageness, terribleness, formidableness; sentiment of wrath (rh.): -tâ, f. terribleness. |
| |
| laghukoṣṭha | a. having an empty stomach; -kaumudî, f. the short Kaumudî (an abridgement of the Siddhânta-kaumudî); -krama, a. having a quick step, hurrying: -m, ad. quickly; -gati, a. swift-paced; -kit ta, a. light-minded, fickle; -ketas, a. little minded, mean-spirited; -kkhedya, fp. easy to destroy (prob. incorr. for -½ukkhedya); -tâ, f., tva, n. activity, nimbleness; lightness; buoyancy, light-heartedness;prosodical shortness; smallness, shortness; insignificance; levity, thoughtlessness; lack of dignity, con tempt, degradation; -patana-ka, m. (swift flying), N. of a crow; -parikrama, a. mov ing quickly; -pâka, a. growing old quickly; easily digested; -pâtin, a. (flying quickly), N. of a crow; -pramâna, a. short; -pra yatna, a. pronounced with slight effort; -bhâ va, m. ease; -bhug, a. eating little; -mûla, a. having insignificant roots, insignificant at the beginning; -vikrama, m. quick step; a. quick-footed; -vivara-tva, n. narrowness of aperture; -vritti, a. of a light nature, light; frivolous: -tâ, f. levity; -sattva, a. having a weak character; -samutthâna,a. rising up quickly, prompt; -sâra, a. insignificant, worthless; -hasta, a. light-handed, adroit (of archers, scribes, etc.): -tâ, f., -tva, n. adroitness of hand, dexterity; -hârîta, m. abridged Hârîta (author of a law-book). |
| |
| lambodara | a. having a hanging belly, pot-bellied (-tâ, f. abst. n.); m. ep. of Ganesa. |
| |
| lambin | a. hanging down; hang ing to or down to (--°ree;). |
| |
| lambana | a. hanging down or caus ing to hang down (ep. of Siva); m. camp follower. |
| |
| lamba | a. hanging down, pendent; hanging by or down to (--°ree;); long (hair etc.); m. perpendicular; complement of latitude: -ka, m. id.; chapter (of which there are eighteen) in the Kathâsaritsâgara;-karna, a. (â, î) having long pendent ears; -gihva, a. having a pendent tongue; m. N. of a Râkshasa. |
| |
| lālasa | intv. a. ardently desiring, eager for, delighting or absorbed in, devoted to (lc., --°ree;); m., â, f. ardent longing, devotion to (lc.). |
| |
| lāṭa | m. N. of a country: pl. its peo- ple; a. (î) belonging to Lâta (î, f. Lâta woman): -ka, a. (ikâ) belonging to or cus tomary among the Lâtas. |
| |
| lāsika | a. dancing; -ikâ, f. female dancer; kind of play; -ya, n. dancing (also fig.); dance accompanied with singing and instrumental music; dancer. |
| |
| liṅga | n. [anything attaching to an object] mark, token, sign, emblem, charac teristic; catchword; deceptive badge (rare, E.); proof, evidence; sign of guilt, stolen property; sign of sex, sexual organ; gram matical gender; Siva's phallus (as an object of worship); image of a god (rare); typical or subtle body (the indestructible original of the gross visible body: Vedânta phil.); nominal base (=prâtipadika: gr.): -deha, m. n. subtle body (phil.); -dhârana, n. bear ing of marks of identification; -nâsa, m. loss of characteristic marks; -pîtha, n. pedestal of a Siva phallus; -purâna, n. T. of a Purâna; -mâtra, n. intellect; -mûrti, a.having the form of a phallus (Siva). |
| |
| lipsā | f. (fr. des. of √ labh) wish to obtain, desire, longing, for (lc., --°ree;); -s-i tavya, fp. desirable; -su, des. a. wishing to obtain, desiring, longing for (ac., --°ree;). |
| |
| lubdha | pp. √ lubh: -ka, m. hunter; the star Sirius; -gana, a. having covetous followers; -tâ, f. greed, covetousness; -tva, n. id.; eager longing for (--°ree;). |
| |
| lokācāra | m. ways of the world, general custom; -½âtman, m. soul of the world; -½âdi, m. (beginning=) creator of the world; -½âdhâra, a. supported by or depen dent on the people; -½adhipa,m. lord of the world, god; -½anugraha, m. welfare of the world or people; -½anurâga, m. love of man kind, universal love; -½anuvritta, n. obedi ence of the people; -½anuvritti, f. dependence on other people; -½antara, n. the other world: -m gam or yâ, go to the other world, die: -sukha, n. felicity in the next world; -½an tarika, a. (î) dwelling or situated between the worlds; -½antarita, pp. deceased; -½apa vâda, m. censure of the world, public re proach; -½abhyudaya, m. welfare of the world; -½âyata, pp. (restricted to the material world), materialistic; m. materialist; n. ma terialism, doctrine of Kârvâka: i-ka, m. materialist; man of the world, î-kri, regard as materialistic; -½aloka, n. sg. & m. du. the world and the non-world; m. N. of the mythi cal mountainous belt (light on the one side and dark on the other) which separates the visible world from the world of darkness; -½âlokin, a. surveying the worlds; -½aveksha- na, n. care of the people. |
| |
| lokaṃpṛṇa | a. filling the world, all-pervading: &asharp;, f. N. of the ordinary bricks used in building the fire-altar (consecrated with the verse beginning lokám prina). |
| |
| laiṅagodbhava | n. history of the origin of the Li&ndot;ga. |
| |
| loṭhana | m. N.; n. wagging of the head. |
| |
| lolubha | intv. a. ardently longing for, eagerly desirous of (--°ree;). |
| |
| lolupa | intv. a. desirous, longing for, greedy of (lc., --°ree;): â, f. eagerness, ardent longing, for (lc.): (a)-tâ, f., -tva, n. eager ness, greed of (--°ree;). |
| |
| lola | a. [√ lul] moving to and fro, rolling, waving, tremulous, agitated; restless, unsteady; fickle, inconstant; longing, eager for, desirous of (lc., inf., --°ree;): â, f. lightning; fickle goddess of fortune. |
| |
| vaṃśakara | a. perpetuating a race; m. continuer of a family; N.; -karma-krit, m. worker in bamboo, basket-maker; -krit ya, n. function of a flute, flute-playing; -krama½âgata, pp. come down by family succession, lineally descended, hereditary; -krama½âhita-gaurava, a. highly esteemed by successive generations of the family; -gop tri, m. preserver of the family; -kintaka, m. genealogist; -kkhettri, m. (cutter off=) last of a family; -ga, a. made of bamboo; born in or belonging to the family of, sprung from a -family (--°ree;); belonging to the same family: with prâktanâh=ancestors; -dhara, a. perpetuating a family; m.continuer of a family; m. descendant; -nâdikâ, -nâdî, f. pipe of bamboo; -nâtha, m. chief of a race; -pattra, n. bamboo leaf; -pota, m. shoot of a cane and child of good family; -bâhya, a. re pudiated by the family; -brâhmana, n. list of ancient teachers; T.; -bhrit, m. perpetuator of a race; -bhogya, fp. to be enjoyed by successive generations, hereditary; -maya, a. (î) made of bamboo; -râgya-dhara, a. perpetuating race and dominion; -lûna, pp. deprived of one's family, alone in the world; -vardh ana, a. increasing or perpetuating a race; m. son; -vardhin, a. id.; -visuddha, pp. unblemished or sound in the cane; of pure lineage; -vistara, m.complete genealogy; -sthiti, f. perpetuation of a family. |
| |
| laulya | n. restlessness; unsteadiness, fickleness, inconstancy; excessive passion, ardent longing, greediness, for (lc., --°ree;): -vat, a. greedy, avaricious. |
| |
| laukya | a. belonging to the world, mundane; common, ordinary. |
| |
| laukika | a. (î) relating or belonging to or occurring in every-day life, common, usual, ordinary, current (opp. Vedic or learned); belonging to the world of (--°ree;); m. pl. ordinary people (opp. scholars, adepts); men of the world; people; n. affairs of the world, general custom: -gña, a. knowing the ways of the world; -tva, n. usualness, ordinariness. |
| |
| lobha | m. [√ lubh] desire of, longing for (g., lc., --°ree;); impatience (rare); greed, cupidity, avarice; -ana, n. allurement, en ticement; -anîya, fp. alluring, attractive, charming, by or to (--°ree;). |
| |
| vaṃśya | a. connected with the main beam (rare); belonging to the family; sprung from the family of (--°ree;); m. member of the family; descendant; ancestor. |
| |
| vaṃśīya | a. belonging to the family of (g.). |
| |
| vananvat | a. (RV.) possessing; belonging to oneself, own. |
| |
| vanin | m. (belonging to the forest), tree (RV.); anchorite, Brâhman in the third stage (C.). |
| |
| vanāgni | m. forest-fire; -½atana, n. roaming about in the forest; -½adhivâsin, a. dwelling in the forest; -½anta, m. forest region, forest: -bhû, f. forest region; -½an tara, n. interior of a forest (pl.forests: lc. in forests of, --°ree;); ab. out of the forest; lc. in the forest; -m pra-vis, or pra½âp, enter or reach a forest: -kara, -kârin, a. roaming about in the forest; -½anta-sthalî, f. forest region; -½abginî, f. lotusgrowing in the forest. |
| |
| varṇa | m. [covering, coating: √ 1. vri] cover, lid (C., rare); exterior, appear ance, colour (very common); (good) complex ion (C.); pigment (for writing or painting; C.); (colour=) race, species, kind; character, nature, form; caste (prob. from contrast of colour between aboriginal slaves and their fair conquerors); (coloured mark), letter; sound; vowel; syllable; word; musical note (rare); praise (rare); fame, renown (rare). |
| |
| vargīya | a. belonging to the group, party, or category of (--°ree;); -ya, a. (--°ree;) id.; m. class-fellow, colleague. |
| |
| varṇin | a. coloured; --°ree;, having the appearance of; belonging to the (Brâhman etc.) caste; m. man belonging to one of the four castes; Brâhman in the first stage, re ligious student, Brahmakârin:pl. a certain monastic order: -î, f. woman; woman of high caste. |
| |
| vardhamāna | pr. pt. Â. (√ 1. vridh) growing, etc.; m. N. of a mountain and dis trict, now Burdwan; N. of a village; N.: â, f. N. of a form of the Gâyatrî metre: (a)-ka, m. N.; (a)-pura, n. N. of atown, Burdwan: î-ya, a. belonging to Burdwan. |
| |
| vartis | n. (turning in), lodging, abode (RV.). |
| |
| varuṇya | a. belonging to or coming from Varuna (V.). |
| |
| varṣā | f. rain (rare): (sg.) pl. rains, rainy season (very common): (â)-kâla, m. rainy season; -½âgama, m. beginning of the rains; -½ambu, n. rain water; -samaya, m. rainy season. |
| |
| valka | m. n. bark of a tree: (a)-la, m. n. id.; cloth made of bark, bark garment: -vat, a. wearing a garment made of bark, -½agina-samvîta, pp. clothed in bark and skins. |
| |
| vastu | n. (C.) place (rare); thing, substance, object; really existing thing; right thing, worthy object; object of (--°ree;); matter, circumstance; subject, subject-mat ter, plot, theme, contents; °ree;--, in reality: -ka, a. (--°ree;) having -as contents (anûna-, of weighty contents, extraordinary); -gâta, n. the aggregate of things; -tantra, a. depen dent on things, objective; -tas, ad. in reality; -tâ, f. being the object of (--°ree;); reality: in. in reality; -dharma, m. sg. & pl. true nature of things; -bhâva, m. reality: in. pl. in reality; -bheda, m. actual or essen tial difference; -rakanâ, f. elaboration of a plot; -vritta, n. actual fact; -sakti, f. sg. & pl. force of circumstances: -tas, ad. by the --; -sâsana, n. original edict; -sûnya, a. devoid of reality, unreal. |
| |
| vaha | a. (--°ree;) drawing, conveying; flow ing, -through, into, or towards; bearing along (of rivers); bringing; producing, effect ing; bearing (a name); having, provided with; exposing oneself to (heat etc.); m. shoulder of a draught animal; shoulder piece of the yoke. |
| |
| vā | encl. pcl. or (following, but metr. sts. preceding); either or not, optionally; (= iva), like, as, as it were; (=eva), just, etc. (rare); but, however (rare); even, even sup posing (with ft.; rare); after inter. or rel.= possibly, pray: vâ -vâ, either -or (when there are two clauses, the vb. of the first only is as a rule accented); na ± vâ -vâ, kim vâ -kim vâ or na vâ, neither -nor; vâ na vâ, either -or not; perhaps -or perhaps not; whether -or not; yadi vâ -vâ, whether -or; in a sentence containing more than two members vâ is nearly always repeated, while a negative at the beginning of the series need not be repeated as its sense runs through all the remaining members (=not, either -or or); in this case vâ often interchanges with ka and api, or is combined with the pcls. api (± punah), atha (± u, api, or punah), yad, yadi, or utá. |
| |
| vanhi | m. drawer (of a car), steed (V.); charioteer (said of various gods in V.); conveyer of offerings to the gods, esp. Agni (V.); fire, god of fire (C.): vahninâ sam skri, hallow by fire, burn solemnly: -kunda, n. cavity in the ground for the sacred fire; -krit, a. producing conflagration; -kopa, m. raging conflagration; -mat, a. containing fire; -maya, a. consisting of fire; -loka, m. world of Agni; -vat, a. containing the word vahni; -sikhâ, f. flame of fire; -samskâra, m. sacrament of fire, cremation; -sâkshikam, ad. so as to be witnessed by fire; -sât-kri, burn; -sphuli&ndot;ga, m. spark of fire. |
| |
| vājasani | a. winning booty or wealth (RV.); invigorating, victorious (RV.); bestowing food, also ep. of Siva (C.); -san-e yá, m. pat. of Yâgñavalkya; (a), m. pl. school of Vâgasaneya: -ka, a. relating to, composed by, or belonging to the school of Vâgasaneya; n. the Satapatha-brâhmana; -saney-in, a. belonging to the school of Vâgasaneya; m. pl. school of Vâgasaneya. |
| |
| vācchā | f. desire, wish, longing, for (g., lc., prati, --°ree;); assumption (rare): -m kri, long for (lc.). |
| |
| vātakara | a. producing wind (one of the bodily humours), causing flatulence; -kshobha, m. excitement of wind (in the body); -ganda, a. belonging to the society called Vâtagandâ: â, f. N. of a certain society; -ghna, a. removing disorders from wind; -gava, a. fleet as the wind; (v&asharp;ta)- gûta, pp. driven by the wind, swift as the wind (V.); -pata, m. sail; (v&asharp;ta)-pramî, a. outstripping the wind (RV.1); -bhaksha, a. feeding on air. |
| |
| vānaspatya | a. coming from a tree (vanaspati), prepared from trees (Soma); wooden; belonging to the sacrificial post; n. fruit of a tree. |
| |
| vānara | m. [animal belonging to the forest: vanar] monkey, ape: î, f. female monkey; a. (î) belonging or peculiar etc. to the monkey. |
| |
| vādya | a. beginning with v. |
| |
| vāyava | a. (î) relating, belonging, or sacred to or sprung from the wind, air, or god of wind; north-western: î, f. (± dis) north-west; -îya, a. id.; -yã, a. id.; ± p&asharp;tra, n. a kind of Soma vesselshaped like a mor tar; m. n., â, f. north-west. |
| |
| vārkṣa | a. (î) consisting or made of, belonging or relating to, produced from, growing on or protected (fortress) by trees (vriksha); wooden. |
| |
| vāruṇa | a. (î) belonging, relating, or sacred to Varuna; western (presided over by Varuna); m. aquatic animal, fish: î, f. west; kind of serpent; Varuna's female energy; Varuna's daughter (produced at the churning of the ocean and regarded as the goddess of spi rituous liquor); spirituous liquor, palm-wine. |
| |
| vārikośa | m. (=kosa-vâri) con secrated water used in ordeals; -garbha½u dara, a. (pregnant=) heavy with rain (cloud); -kara, a. aquatic; m. aquatic animal; fish; -ga, m. (produced in the water), shell; n. lotus: -½aksha, a. lotus-eyed; -gâta, (pp.) m. shell; -taramga, m. wave; -tas, ad. by water; -taskara, m. stealer of water, esp. of the sun (which draws up water with its rays); -da, a. giving water or rain; m. rain-cloud: -½âga ma, m. (arrival of clouds), rainy season, -½anta, m. (end of the clouds), autumn; -dha ra, a. bearing or containing water; m. rain cloud; -dhânî, f. reservoir of water, water butt; -dhârâ, f. sg. & pl. torrent of water; -dhi, m. receptacle of water, ocean, sea (four or seven seas are spoken of); -nidhi, m. id.; -pa, a. 1. drinking water; 2. guarding water; -patha, m. water-way; sea-faring: -½upa- gîvin, a. subsisting by maritime trade; -pûr vam, ad. previously pouring out water; -bandhana, n. damming up of water; -bin du, m. drop of water; -mat, a. abounding in water; -maya, a. (î) consisting of water; peculiar to water; -muk, a. discharging water or rain; m. rain-cloud; -yantra, n. water wheel; -ra, m. (giving water), cloud; -râsi, m. volume of water; ocean; -ruha, n. (grow ing in the water), lotus-flower; -vârana, m. water-elephant (a kind of monster); -vâha, a. bringing water; m. rain-cloud; god of rain: -ka, a. bringing water; -vihâra, m. sporting in the water; -saya, a. living in the water; -sambhava, a. produced in or ob tained from water; -stha, a. (situated=) re flected in the water (sun's disc). |
| |
| vārṣika | a. (î) rainy, belonging to the rainy season; lasting for a year (food, etc.); annual, yearly; --°ree;, with a num. lasting (so many) years, (so many) years old. |
| |
| vārṣa | a. (&isharp;) belonging to the rainy season (varshâ). |
| |
| vāśitā | f. cow longing for the bull; also of other animals desiring the male, esp. female elephant; woman, wife (in AV., E. & C. always spelt vâsitâ). |
| |
| vāvaśāna | pf. pt. Â. (√ vas) eagerly longing (RV.). |
| |
| vāsara | a. (&isharp;) belonging to or ap pearing in the morning (vasar), early (RV.); m. (time of dawn, morning), day (opp. night); day (in general); day of the week: (a)-krit ya, n. daily observances; -mani, m. gem of day, sun; -sa&ndot;ga, m. daybreak; -½adhîsa, m. sun; -½îsa, m. id.; lord of the week (sun, moon, or planet). |
| |
| vāsanta | a. (&isharp;) belonging to or pro duced in spring, vernal: î, f. N. of various plants; N. of a sylvan goddess. |
| |
| vāhana | a. (fr. cs. of √ vah) driv ing; carrying; bringing; n. animal used for draught or riding; vehicle, conveyance, chariot, waggon; animal (rare); drawing, carrying; riding, driving: --°ree; a. riding on, driving in: -tâ, f., -tva, n. condition of a vehicle, etc. |
| |
| vāstoṣpati | m. genius of the homestead: &isharp;-ya, a. belonging etc. to Vâs toshpati. |
| |
| vāhiṣṭha | spv. (=váhishtha) waft ing or bringing most (RV.). |
| |
| vāhin | a. driving along (car); --°ree;, drawing; flowing to; causing to flow, shed ding; bearing along (of a river), wafting (of wind); bringing, producing; bearing, carry ing; wearing, possessing, having; perform ing, practising: (ín)-î, f. V., C.: army; C.: division of an army (consisting of 81 ele phants, 81 chariots, 243 horse, 405 foot); river: -pati, m. commander of an army; -½îsa, m. id. |
| |
| vāsava | a. (î) belonging to, derived from (etc.) the Vasus; m. chief of the Vasus, Indra; a. (î) belonging to Indra (î ± dis, f. east): -kâpa, Indra's bow, rainbow; -dat tâ, f. frequent N.; story of Vâsavadattâ; T. of a novel by Subandhu; -dis, f. Indra's quarter, east; -½âsâ, f. id. |
| |
| vikārita | cs. pp. √ kri; -kâri-tva, n. alteration, change; -kârin, a. liable to change, changeable; changing into (--°ree;); susceptible of emotion or love; becoming disloyal, rebellious; producing a change in, corrupting (the mind); -kârya, fp. liable to change; -kâla, m. evening; -kâsa, m. 1. brightness; 2. inaccurate spelling for -kâsa; -kâsin, a. shining, radiant; --°ree;, illustrating, explaining; -kâsa, m.[√ kas] expanding, blowing (of flowers); opening (of the mouth or eyes); opening of the heart, susceptibility; expansion, development: -ka, a. (--°ree;) expanding the mind=making wise; -kâsana, a. causing to expand; n. developing; -kâsi tâ, f. expansion, development; -kâsin, a. blossoming, blowing; open (eyes); expand ing, developing; extensive, great (fortune); abounding in (--°ree;). |
| |
| vāsiṣṭha | a. (î) descended from, composed by, relating or belonging to Vasish tha; m. pat. fr. Vasishtha. |
| |
| vigrahin | a. waging war; m. minister of war; -grahî-tavya, fp. (corrupt); -graha½ikkhu, des. a. eager for battle; -grâh ya, fp. to be waged war with. |
| |
| yatomūla | a. originating in which. |
| |
| vijara | a. not growing old; -gala, a. waterless: lc. in case of drought; -galpa, m. unjust reproach; -gâta, a. belonging to another class, heterogeneous; -gâtîya, a. id.; -g&asharp;-man, a. [√ gan] related, corresponding (V.); -g&asharp;mi, a. consanguineous, related (RV.1); -gâ-van, a. bodily, own (V.). |
| |
| viḍamba | a. imitating any one (--°ree;); m. derision; desecration: -ka, a. (--°ree;) imitat ing, bearing a striking resemblance; bringing disgrace on (--°ree;); -dambana, a. imitating, acting like; n., â, f.imitation, copying, dis guise, playing the part of any one, illusive assumption of a form (sp. of a god in human form); derision, scorn, mockery; disgrace, degradation: (&abrevcirc;)-m kri, copy, imitate; make a laughing-stock of (ac.); -dambita½îsvara, a. imitating (=the image of) Siva; -dambin, a. (--°ree;) imitating, assuming the appearance of, strikingly like; mocking=throwing into the shade, surpassing; degrading, disgracing. |
| |
| vidyādharī | f. female fairy, sylph; -dharî-bhû, become a fairy; -dha ra½indra, m. prince of the fairies: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -dhâra, m. receptacle of knowledge, great scholar; -½adhidevatâ, f.tutelary deity of the sciences, Sarasvatî; -½ânanda, m. delight in knowledge; -½anu pâlin, a. faithfully preserving (traditional) learning; -½anta, m. end of apprenticeship; -pati, m. chief scholar at a court: -tva, n. abst.n.; -phala, n. fruit of learning; -bala, n. power of enchantment; -matha, m. mon astic school, college; -mada, m. pride of learning; -mandira, n. school-house, college; -maya, a. consisting or absorbed in know ledge; -½aranya, m. N. of various scholars, esp. of Mâdhavâkârya; -ratna, n. jewel of knowledge; -½ârambha, m. beginning of study; -½artha, a. desirous of knowledge; -½arthin, a. id.; -vamsa, m. chronological list of teachers; -vat, a. learned; -½ava tamsa, m. N. of a fairy; -vadhû, f. muse; -vayo-vriddha, pp. old in learning and years; -vikraya, m. instruction for pay; -vid, a. learned; -viruddha, pp. conflicting with science; -vriddha,pp. old in know ledge; -vesman, n. school-house, college; -vrata-snâta: -ka, a. having concluded Vedic study and his vows; -sampradâna, n. imparting of knowledge; -sâgara, m. ocean of knowledge, ep. of a great scholar; -sthâ na, n. branch of knowledge; -snâta: -ka, a. having finished Vedic study; -hîna, pp. destitute of knowledge, unlearned, illiterate. |
| |
| vāmanī | a. bringing wealth: -tva, n. attribute of bestowing wealth. |
| |
| vidhūta | pp. (√ dhû) shaken, etc.; n. repugnance; -dhûti, f. shaking, agitation; -dhûnana, a. (î) causing to shake; n. shak ing; surging; refusal, rejection; -dhûma, a. smokeless, not smoking (fire): lc. when no smoke rises from the kitchen; m. N. of a Vasu. |
| |
| vinikṣepa | m. separation; -ni kshepya, fp. to be thrown into (lc.); -nigad î-kri, free from foot-fetters; -nigamaka, a. deciding between two alternatives; -nigam anâ, f. decision between two alternatives; -nigûhitri, m. concealer, keeper (of a secret); -nigraha, m. separation; restraining, curb ing, subduing (ord.mg.); restriction; -nigrâh ya, fp. to be restrained; -nidra, a. sleep less, awake; occurring in the waking condi tion; passed sleeplessly; expanded (flower); opened (eyes): -ka, a. awake, -tâ, f. sleep lessness; -ninîshu, des. a. intending to guide; -ninda, a. surpassing: â, f. reproach ing, abusing; -nindaka, a. blaming; derid ing; surpassing; -nipâta, m. mischance, calamity; death; failure; -nipâtita, cs. pp. √ pat; -nimaya, m. barter, exchange; reci procity (in kârya-); pledging; -nimitta, a. having no real cause; -nimîlana, n.closure (of a bud); -nimesha, m. wink; -niyama, m. limitation, restriction to (lc.); -niyamya, fp. to be limited; -niyukta½âtman, a. hav ing one's soul directed to (ad.); -niyoktri, m. appointer to (lc.); employer; -niyoga,m. apportionment; appointment to a duty (lc.); commission, charge; employment, use, application (ord. mg.; sp. of a verse in ritual); relation, correlation; -niyogya, fp. to be employed, applied, or used. |
| |
| vipariṇāma | m. transforma tion, change; exchange; ripening; -nâmin, a. changing into (in. of abst. n.); -dhâna, n. exchange; -dhâvaka, a. running about every where; -bhramsa, m. failure; loss of (--°ree;); -lopá, m. loss; -vartana, a. (î) causing to turn round; n. turning (int.) round; -vritti, f. return; -hâra, m. exchange. |
| |
| vipramāthin | a. trampling down everything; -mâdin, a. thoroughly heedless; -moksha, m. loosening; deliver ance from (ab., g.); -mokya, fp. to be freed from (ab.); -yoga, m. separation, from (in. ± saha, g., --°ree;); lack, absence; -yogin, a. separated from a loved object; -labdha, pp. (√ labh) deceived, imposed upon; -labhya, fp. to be deceived, -made a fool of; -lam bha, m. deception; (disappointment=) sepa ration of lovers: -ka, a. deceiving, cheating; m. dishonest opponent: -tva, n. deception; -lambhana, n. deception (pl.); -lambhin, a. deceiving, fallacious; -laya, m. absorp tion in (lc.); extinction; -lâpa, m. explana tion; idle chatter; contradiction; -lâpin, a. chattering; m. chatterer; -lumpa-ka, a. rapacious; -vâda, m. divergent statement; -vâsa, m. dwelling or travelling abroad; staying away from (ab., --°ree;); -vâsana, n. banishing. |
| |
| viprakarṣa | m. dragging away; distance; difference, contrast; -kâra, m. ill treatment, injury; -kîrna, pp. √ krî; -krit, a. injuring any one (g.); -kriti, f. alteration: -m nî, alter, modify; -krishta-tva, n. dis tance; -krishta½antara, a. a considerable way of. |
| |
| virāga | m. loss of colour; dislike (to persons), indifference (to things), to (ab., lc., --°ree;); indifference to worldly objects; a. of various colours, variegated; free from pas sion, indifferent; -râgi-tâ, f.aversion, dis like; -râgin, a. disliking, having a disincli nation for (lc.); -r&asharp;g, a. (V.) ruling; splen did; m. chief, ruler, lord; f. queen; f. exaltation (V.); f. (V.), m. (C.) N. of a divine being, the result of speculation, iden tified with Purusha, Pragâpati, Brahman, Agni, and later Vishnu, sometimes appear ing as the daughter (or son) of Purusha, Pragâpati, Brahman, or Vishnu; is made the subject of all kinds of fanciful allegories in the Brâhmanas; in the Vedânta virâg is a designation of intellect conditioned by the aggregate, so called because of its manifold brilliance; f. N. of various V. metres, chiefly with pâdas of ten syllables: t-tva, n. name of Virâg; -râga, a. brilliant; m. N.; -râg ita, pp. resplendent; -râta, m. N. of a king of the Matsyas; -râtra, end of night; -râd dhri, m. insulter; -râdha, m. N. of a Râk shasa: -gupta, m. N., -han, m. slayer of Virâdha, ep. ofVishnu (Râma); -râma, m. cessation; termination, end; end of a word or sentence, stop, pause (gr.); end of a pâda, caesura within a pâda; stroke below a con sonant indicating the absence of the inherent a (orig. only at the end of a sentence); ab stention (gr.): --°ree; a. ending in (gr.): -m yâ, rest; come to an end; -râva, m. cry, clamour, roar, noise; -râvin, a. crying, warbling, yell ing, roaring; resounding with (in.). |
| |
| virakta | pp. (√ rañg) estranged etc.: -prakriti, a. whose principal officers are dis affected, -bhâva, a. disaffected; -rakti, f. indifference, to (lc., upari w. g., prati w. ac.); freedom from worldlyattachment: -mat, a. indifferent, to (lc.); accompanied with free dom from worldly attachment; -rakanâ, f. disposition, embellishment: alakânâm --, neatly arranged locks; -rakayitavya, fp. to be made or formed; -rakita, pp. cs. √ rak: â, f. N.; (ví)-raga, a. free from dust, clean, pure (also fig.); free from passion; -ragas, a. id.; m. N.; -ragas-ka, a. dustless; -ragas karana, n. freeing from dust, cleansing; -ragî kri, free from dust, cleanse; -rañka, -rañki, -rañkya, m. ep. of Brahman; -rata, pp. (√ ram) ceased etc.: -tva, n. cessation; -rata-prasa&ndot;ga, a. having ceased from en gaging in (lc.); -rati, f. cessation; end; desistence or abstention from, renunciation of (ab., lc., --°ree;); -ratha, a. deprived of one's car; -rathî-kri, deprive any one of his chariot; -rathî-bhû, be deprived of one's car; -rapsá, a. (&isharp;) exuberant (RV.); m. abundance (RV.); -rapsín,a. exuberant, vigorous (V.); -rama, m. cessation, abate ment; sunset; abstention from (--°ree;); -rama- na, n. cessation; abstention from (--°ree;). |
| |
| viyoga | m. separation, -from, loss of (in.±saha, ab., --°ree;); departure; absence, want; abstention from (--°ree;): -pura, n. N. of a town, -vat, a. separated (from a lover), -½avasâna, a. ending in separation; -yogi tâ, f. separation; -yogin, a. separated (lover), from (--°ree;); -yogana, n. liberation from (--°ree;); separation, from (--°ree;); -yoganîya, fp. to be deprived of (in.); -yogya, fp. to be separated from (ab.);-yon&ibrevcirc;, f. animal womb; debased birth, animal, animals and plants. |
| |
| vilakṣa | a. having no fixed aim; missing its mark (arrow); embarrassed, abashed, ashamed: -tva, n. abst. n.; -laksh ana, a. varying in character, different; differ ing from (ab., --°ree;); various, manifold (rare); not admitting of exact definition (rare); -lakshî-kri, cause to miss the mark, disap point (any one); disconcert, abash; -laksh ya, a. having no fixed aim; -lagna, pp. (√ lag) clinging to, etc.; n. rise of a con stellation; -la&ndot;ghana, n. leaping over (g.); striking against; offence, injury: â, f. get ting over, surmounting; -la&ndot;ghin, a. (--°ree;) overstepping, transgressing; striking against, ascending to (the sky); -la&ndot;ghya, fp. to be crossed (river); to be got over, tolerable: -tâ, f. tolerableness; -lagga, a. shameless; -lapana, n., -lapita, n. wailing, lamenta tion; -labdhi, f. removal; -lamba, a. hang ing down (arms); m.tardiness, delay: °ree;--, slowly; ab. so late; in. id.; too late; -lam ba-ka, m. N. of a king; -lambana, n., â, f. delay, procrastination; -lambita, pp. √ lamb; n. delay: -gati, a. having a slow gait; f. a metre; -lambin, a.hanging down, hanging to, leaning against (lc., --°ree;); --°ree;, from which -depend, suffused with (tears); delaying, reluctant; -laya, m. disappearance, loss, de struction, end; -layana, a. dissolving; n. dissolution, destruction; liquefaction; kind of product of milk; -lasana, n. sportiveness (of a woman); play (of lightning); -lasita, pp. √ las; n. manifestation; sportiveness; pranks, goings on (sg. & pl.); play (of light ning); -lâpa,m. lamentation; -lâpana, cs. √ 1. lî] a. causing to disappear, removing; n. destruction, death; -lâpayitri, m. [fr. cs. of √ 1. lî] destroyer; -lâpin, a. wailing, lament ing; uttering sounds. |
| |
| vireka | m. purging; laxative; -rek ana, a. opening; n. purging; purgative. |
| |
| viloka | m. glance; -lokana, n. look ing, gaze; looking at, regarding, observing; looking out for, finding out; perceiving, look ing into, studying; -lokita, (pp.) n. glance, look; -lokin, a. (--°ree;) looking; looking at; perceiving; -lokya, fp. visible; looked at; -lokana, 1. a. causing to see, giving eye-sight; n. eye; 2. a. distorting the eyes; m. N. of a mythical person: -patha, m. range of vision, -pâta, m. glance; -lodana, n. stir ring about, churning; splashing; throwing into confusion; -lopa, m. loss, injury; interruption, disturbance; robbery; -lopa-ka, m. destroyer; plunderer; -lopana, n. destruc tion; omission; pulling to pieces (garland); stealing; -lopin, a. destroying (--°ree;); -loptri, m. thief, robber; -lopya, fp. to be destroyed; -lobhana, n. allurement; -lobhanîya, fp. alluring to (--°ree;); -loma, a. (against the hair or grain), reversed, opposite; refractory: -m, ad. backwards; -loma-ga, a., -loma- gâta, pp. born (against the grain=) in the in verse order, born of a mother belonging to a higher caste than the father; (ví)-loman, a. against the hair orgrain, turned in the oppo site direction, inverted; hairless; -lom-ita, den. pp. inverted; -lola, a. moving to and fro, tossing about, waving, rolling, unsteady; un steadier than (ab.); -lolana, n. moving to and fro; (ví)-lohita, a. deep red. |
| |
| vivekitā | f. discrimination, dis cernment, judgment, -tva, n. id.; -vekin, a. discriminating, distinguishing (--°ree;); separated (rare); examining, criticising (rare); dis criminating, discerning, judicious; -vektav ya, fp. n. one should judge correctly; -vek tri, m. one who discriminates (--°ree;); man of judgment or discernment: -tva, n. discrimin ation of (--°ree;); -vekaka, a. distinguishing; judging correctly, discerning: -tâ, f., -tva, n. correct judgment, discernment; -vekana, a. (î) distinguishing (--°ree;); investigating, dis cussing, treating critically; n. examination, discussion, criticism; n., â, f. distinguishing. |
| |
| viśvaka | m. N. of a protégé of the Asvins; -kartri, m. creator of the universe; -karman, n. every action (only °ree;--); (á) karman, a. accomplishing or creating every thing (V., E.); N. of the architect of the universe, resembling Pragâpati and often not distinguished from him; in C. he is the architect and artificer of the gods, also called Pragâpati, and with the pat. Bhauvana, father of Barhishmatî and Samgñâ; ep. of the sun (rare); -krít, a. creating everything; m. creator of the universe; the architect and artificer of the gods, Visvakarman; (á)-krish- ti, a. dwelling among all men, universally known (RV.); -kshaya, m. destruction of the world; -gata, pp. omnipresent; -guru, m. father of the universe; (á)-kakshas, a. all-seeing (RV.); (á)-karshani, a. = -krishti (RV.); -ganá, m. mankind; -gan&isharp;na, a. containing all kinds of people (V.); ruling all people (V.); benefiting the whole world (V., C.); (á)-ganya, a. containing all men (heaven and earth: V.); universal, dear to all men (V.); universally beneficial (discussion); -gít, a. all-subduing (V., P.); m. N. of an Ekâha in the Gavâmayana rite, the fourth day after the Vishuvat (Br., S., C.); -gîva, m. universal soul; -g&usharp;, a. all-impelling (RV.1); (á)-tas, ad. from or on all sides, everywhere; (á)-to-mukha, a. having a face on every side, facing in all directions; (á) tra, ad. everywhere; always; (á)-thâ, ad. in every way, always (V.); -datta, m. N. of a Brâhman; (á)-darsata, a. visible to all (RV.); -d&asharp;nîm, ad. always (V.); (á)-deva, a. all-divine;m. pl. the All-gods, the Visve devâs; (á)-devya, a. relating, dear etc. to all gods (RV.); (á)-devyâ-vat, a. id.; accompanied by the Visve devâs (Indra); (á)-dh&abrevcirc;, ad. in every way, always (RV.); -dhar ana, n.preservation of the universe; (á) dhâyas, a. all-supporting (RV.); -dhâ-vîrya, a. effective in every way (AV.); (á)-dhena, a. all-feeding (RV.); -nâtha, m. lord of the universe, ep. of Siva; N.; -m-tara, a. all-subduing(Buddha); m. N. of a king with the pat. Saushadmana; -pâvana, a. all-purifying; -pís, a. all-adorned (RV.); -prakâsa, m. All-enlightener, T. of a dictionary; (á) psnya, a. all-nourishing (V.); -bhug, a. all-consuming; (á)-bheshaga, a. (î) all-healing (V.); n. dry ginger (C.); (á)-bhogas, a. all-supporting; -maya, a. containing the uni verse; -maha, m. a kind of personification; -mahesvara, m. great lord of all (Siva); -minvá, a. (RV.) all-moving; all-containing; -mûrti, a. whose body is the universe or having all forms; -m-bhará, a. all-supporting; m. ep. of Vishnu: â, f. earth: -bhug, m. king; -yoni, m. f. source or creator of the universe; -ruki, m. N. of a Dânava; -rûpa, n. sg. all kinds of shapes; (á)-rûpa, a. (â, &isharp;) many-coloured, variegated (V.); wearing all forms, manifold, various; N. of a son of Tvashtri, whose three heads were struck off by Indra; â, f.dappled cow (V.); N. of certain verses (Br.); (á-)vâra, a. containing, bestowing etc. all treasures (V.); -vikhyâta, pp. known in the whole world; -víd, a. all-knowing; -visruta, pp. known in the whole world; (á)-vedas, a.all-knowing; (á)-sam bhû, a. beneficial to all; -súk, a. all-enlightening (RV.1); (á)-skandra, a. all-glittering (RV.); -samvanana, n. means of enchanting all; -samhâra, m. general destruction; -sakha, m. universal friend. |
| |
| viśya | a. forming a --, belonging etc. to the community (RV.); m. man of the peo ple or of the third caste (V.). |
| |
| viśvasaha | m. N.; -sâkshin, a. all-seeing; -sríg, a. (nm. k) all-creating; m. Creator of the universe; ep. of Nârâyana; -srishti, f. creation of the universe; (á) saubhaga, a. bringing all prosperity (RV.). |
| |
| viṣaya | m. [working, field of action] sphere of activity; scope, compass, range, reach (of the eye, ear, mind, etc.); duration (of life); province, department, domain, business; restricted sphere (gr.); room, ap propriateness for (g., rare); object of a sense (there are five corresponding to the five senses: sound, touch, form, taste, smell); objects or pleasures of sense, worldly concerns, sensual enjoyments (pl.); object (opp. subject); topic, subject-matter; aim, mark; object suitable for (d., g., --°ree;); subject of comparison (in a trope: e.g. in &open;lotus-eye,&close; &open;eye&close; is the visha ya, &open;lotus&close; the vishayinor object); place, spot; region, district, country, kingdom (pl. lands, possessions): --°ree; a. manifesting itself in or as; restricted to the category of, ex clusively belonging to, invariably; relating to, treating of, concerned with, directed to, aiming at: lc. vishaye, in the sphere of, with regard to, concerning (g., --°ree;); atra vishaye, with regard to this; khandasi vishaye, only in the Veda. |
| |
| viṣayin | a. indulging in sensual pleasures; m. sensualist; materialist; lover; subject (opp. king); subject, the ego; object of comparison (e. g. in &open;lotus-eye,&close; &open;lotus&close; is thevishayin, &open;eye&close; the vishaya). |
| |
| viṣayaka | a. having -as its ob ject, regarding (--°ree;); -grâma, m. world of sense; -gña, a. specialist; -tâ, f. being the object of (g.); relation to, dependence on (--°ree;); -tva, n. being the object of, occurrence or treat ment in (--°ree;); limitation of anything (g.) to (--°ree;); relation to, dependence on, liability to (--°ree;); -vat, a. directed to objects of sense; objective; -vartin, a. directed to (g.); -vâsin, a. dwelling in a country; m. inhabitant; -½âtmaka, a. directed to objects of sense, in dulging in sensual pleasures; -½adhikrita, (pp.) m. governor of a province; -½adhipa, m. id.; king; -½anta, m. boundary of the country. |
| |
| viṣuṇa | a. (RV.) various; changing (moon); averted, averse; lc. aside. |
| |
| visarga | m. [√ srig] discharge, liber ation (V., C.); cessation, end (V.); diverg ence (of paths: RV.); C.: emission; evacua tion of excrement; dismission of a person; bestowing, giving; casting, throwing, dis charging, scattering; creating; creation, pro duct; final aspiration (gr.): -kumbana, n. parting kiss; -lupta, n. absence of Visarga. |
| |
| vihati | f. blow, stab, shot; preven tion; repulse, defeat; -hantavya, fp. to be destroyed; -hantrí, m. destroyer, frustrator of (g., --°ree;); -hara, a. removing, changing; -harana, n. removing, transporting; trans posing of words; opening (of the mouth); walking about, strolling (ord. mg.); moving backwards and forwards, brandishing (a club); -hartri, m. purloiner, robber; one who en joys himself; -harsha, a.joyless, sad; -ha vá, m. invocation; -hávya (or á), fp. to be invoked or invited (V.); m. N.; -hasati-kâ, -hasiti-kâ, f. laughter; -hasta, a. hand less; trunkless; perplexed, helpless; com pletely absorbed in (--°ree;); adroit, skilled, in (--°ree;): -tâ, f. trunklessness; bewilderment, helplessness; -hastita, den. pp. confused or embarrassed by (--°ree;). |
| |
| vīṇā | f. Indian lute: -karna, m. Lute ear, N.; (v&isharp;nâ)-ganagin, m. leader of a musi cal band; -gâthín, m. lute-player; -datta, m. N. of a Gandharva; -rava, m. sound of the lute; a. humming like a lute: â, f. N. of a fly; -vatsa-râga, m. N. of a king; -vâdá, m. lute-player; playing on the lute; -vâdya, n. playing on the lute; -vinoda, m. N. of a fairy; -silpa, n. art of playing the lute; -hasta, a. holding a lute in hishand (Siva). |
| |
| vṛṣaṇvat | a. drawn by stallions (RV.); containing the word vrishan (V.); (vríshan)-vasu, a. possessing or bringing great wealth (RV.). |
| |
| vṛṣṭipāta | m. shower of rain; -mát (RV.) or (vríshti)-mat (SB.), a. raining, rainy; -maya, a. consisting of rain; -váni, a. obtaining or bringing rain (V.); -sampâta, m. downpour of rain. |
| |
| vedāṅga | n. member of the Veda, subsidiary Vedic treatise (six are enumer ated: Sikshâ, Kalpa, Vyâkarana, Nirukta, Khandas, Gyotisha); -½âdi, m. beginning of the Veda; m. n. sacred syllable om; -½adhi gama, m. Vedic study; -½adhyayana, n. id.; -½adhyâya, a. studying or having studied the Veda; -½adhyâyin, a. id.; -½anadhyay ana, n. neglect of Vedic study; -½anuvak aná, n. repetition orrecitation of the Veda; Vedic doctrine. |
| |
| vellana | n. surging (of waves); rolling on the ground (of a horse). |
| |
| vena | a. (&isharp;) yearning, longing, eager, loving (V.); m. longing, desire, wish (V.); a divine being of the middle region, Indra or the sun (comm.), connected with the navel (Br.); N. of various men, among others of the father of Prithu (C.). |
| |
| vaikartana | a. relating or belonging to the sun (vikartana): -kula, n. solar race. |
| |
| vaikaṅkata | a. (î) belonging to, coming from, or made of the Vika&ndot;kata (Flacourtia sapida). |
| |
| vaikakṣa | n. [fr. vi-kaksha] garland hanging over the shoulder; upper garment, mantle: -ka, n. garland hanging over the shoulders. |
| |
| vai | post positive pcl. emphasizing the preceding word: rare in the Samhitâs, very common in Br. (often indicating the beginning of a clause) and E.; in S. gnly. only in the combination yadi½u vai; in E. and Manu vai is very common at the end of a pâda as a mere expletive; with other pcls.: vâ u (RV.); ha vaí, ha sma vai, eva vai (Br.); api vai, tu vai (C.). |
| |
| vaidyuta | a. belonging to or derived from lightning; flashing, brilliant (w. sikhin, m. fire of lightning); n. (?) fire of lightning: -krisânu, m. id. |
| |
| vaidyādhara | a. (î) relating or be longing to the Vidyâdharas. |
| |
| vaideha | a. (î) belonging to the country of Videha (á; V.); m. king of Videha (vaí-; V., C.); people of Videha (pl.); a mixed caste, offspring of a Vaisya and of a Brâh mana woman (in Manu) or of a Sûdra and a Vaisyâ, being a trader by occupation: î, f. princess of Videha, sp. Sîtâ; woman of the Vaideha caste; long pepper; a-ka, a. be longing to Videha; m. man of the Vaideha caste; trader; i-ka, m. merchant; î-ban dhu,m. friend or husband of Sîtâ, Râma; î-maya, a. (î) engrossed with Sîtâ and con sisting of long pepper. |
| |
| vaideśika | a. (î) belonging to an other country (videsa), foreign; m. stranger, foreigner; -ya, a. id.; n. separation in space. |
| |
| vaindhya | a. belonging to the Vindhya. |
| |
| vaināyaka | a. (î) belonging to or derived from Ganesa (Vinâyaka). |
| |
| vairḷñca | a. (î) relating or belonging to Brahman (viriñka). |
| |
| vairāya | den. Â. behave inimically, begin hostilities against (in., prati): i-târah, 3 pl. fut.; i-ta, (pp.) n. hostility. |
| |
| vairāṭa | a. relating or belonging to Virâta, king of the Matsyas. |
| |
| vairāja | a. belonging to or derived from Virâg; belonging or analogous to the metre Virâg, consisting of ten, decasyllabic; n. N. of a Sâman; -ya, n. extended sway. |
| |
| vaiśasa | a. [visasa] bringing death (day); n. slaughter, butchery; war, strife; outrage; destruction; distress, calamity; ruin (of affection). |
| |
| vaivasvata | a. (î) derived from the sun (vivasvat); relating or belonging to Yama Vaivasvata; relating to Manu Vaivasvata; m. pat. of Yama and of a Manu; -îya, a. connected with ManuVaivasvata. |
| |
| vaiṣṇava | a. (&isharp;) derived from, re lating, belonging, sacred, or devoted to Vishnu; m. worshipper of Vishnu; î, f. female energy of Vishnu (identified with Durgâ and Manasâ): (a)-tva, n.worship of or faith in Vishnu. |
| |
| vaiśvānara | a. (&isharp;) belonging to all men; universal, dwelling or worshipped everywhere, generally known (Agni, sacri fice; V., C.); consisting of all men, present in full numbers (V.); m. fire; sun, sunlight (V.); intellect conditioned by the aggregate (Vedânta phil.); N.: (a)-datta, m. N.; î-ya, a. relating to or treating of Vaisvânara. |
| |
| vaiśvadeva | a. (&isharp;) belonging, sacred etc. to all the gods or to the Visvedevas; n. a certain Sastra (Br., S.); a kind of Srâd dha, offering made by the householder morn ing and evening to the Visvedevas (C.): i-ka, a. belonging, sacred etc. to the Visvedevas; suitable for the Srâddha for all the gods. |
| |
| vaihaga | a. (î) belonging to a bird (vihaga). |
| |
| vyabhicaraṇa | n. uncertainty; -kâra, m. divergence, disconnexion; vari ability; failure; transgression, infidelity (esp. of a woman), towards (g., lc., --°ree;); change (in a-, unchangeable, unswerving); violation or neglect of (g.); extension beyond (--°ree;); -kâri-tâ, f. divergence; variability; -kâri tva, n. variability or multiplicity of mean ing; -kârin, a. straying from (--°ree;), deviating or diverging from (ab.); going astray, erring; unchaste, faithless (woman), towards (g.); changeable (opp. sthâyin, constant); violat ing, breaking (an agreement, --°ree;); -mâna, m. erroneous view; -hâsa, m. ridicule. |
| |
| vyatikara | m. [√ krî] mixture, blending, intermingling, contact, confluence, union; engaging in, undertaking (--°ree;); acci dent, misfortune, calamity: --°ree; a. combined or united with: -vat,a. mixed, of different kinds; -karita, den. pp. mixed with, per vaded by (in., --°ree;); -krama, m. passing by, deviating, swerving, or escaping from (g.); violation, infringement, neglect, or non performance of (g. or --°ree;); offence, transgression, against (g., --°ree;); inverted order (rare); -kramana, n. transgression against any one (--°ree;); -kramin, a. transgressing against any one (--°ree;); -krânta, pp. √ kram; n.transgression, offence; -krânti, f. transgression against (--°ree;); -rikta-tâ, f. difference; -reka, m. separateness; exclusion, exception; nega tive; contradistinction or opposition to; con trast, antithesis (rh.): in., ab., --°ree;, to the exclusion of, excepting, without (--°ree;); -rekin, a. excluding, negativing (--°ree;); -rekana, n. con trasting (in a comparison); -la&ndot;gin, a. slipping off; -sha&ndot;ga, m. reciprocal connexion, relation; entanglement; conflict (of armies); interchange (rare); -sha&ndot;gin, a. attached or clinging to (--°ree;); -hâra, m. interchange; alternation, reciprocity. |
| |
| vyadhikaraṇa | a. involving a different case-relation (Bahuvrîhi compound, the first member of which is not in apposition to the second; e.g. saravana-bhava, &open;having his origin in a forest of reeds&close;). |
| |
| vyavaccheda | m. severance from (in., --°ree;); separation, dispersion (in a-); ex clusion; distinction, discrimination; letting fly (an arrow): -ka, a. distinguishing; ex cluding; -kkhedya, fp. to be excluded; -dhâna, n. interposition, intervention (ord. my.); cover; distinction, discrimination; interruption; conclusion: -vat, a. covered with (--°ree;); -dhâyaka, a. (ikâ) intervening; interrupting, disturbing; -dhârana, n.speci fication; -dhi, m. covering; -sâya, m. strenu ous labour; resolution, resolve, determina tion, purpose, to (lc., prati, --°ree;): -vat, a. reso lute, determined, enterprising; -sâyin, a. id., energetic; -sita, pp. √ sâ; n.resolve, pur pose, enterprise; -siti, f. resolution, deter mination; -sthâ, f. respective difference, distinction; continuance in one place (rare); fixity, permanence; fixed limit (rare); deci sion, establishment, settled rule regarding (--°ree;); fixed relation of time or place (gr.); state, condition; case (rare); occasion, oppor tunity (rare): in. according to a fixed rule: lc. in every single case; -sthâna, n. per sistence, continuance, in (lc., --°ree;); steadfast ness; condition, sg. pl. circumstances; -sthâ paka, a. determining, settling, deciding; -sthâpana, n. encouraging; fixing, deter mining; -sthâpanîya, fp. to be determined; -sthita-tva, n. permanence, fixity;-sthiti, f. distinction; perseverance in (lc.); con stancy, steadfastness; fixity, permanence; fixed rule; -hartavya, fp. to be employed or used; n. imps. one should act or proceed; -hartri, m. one engaged on or occupied with (in.); transactor; judge. |
| |
| vyasana | n. [√ 2. as] wagging (of a tail); assiduity, in (lc.; rare); intense at tachment or devotion to, inordinate addic tion to (lc., --°ree;); passion, esp. evil passion, vice; favourite occupation, hobby; calamity, misfortune, disaster, distress, adversity (often pl.), need, evil plight (commonest mg.); de struction (of treasure), defeat (of an army), breaking (of weapons), accident in, evil effect of (--°ree;); setting (of sun or moon): -prasâr ita-kara, a. having the hand outstretched to inflict calamity; -brahma-kârin, m. com panion in misfortune; -vat, a. having suf fered injury in regard to (--°ree;); -½anvita, pp. involved in calamity;-½âpluta, pp. over whelmed with misfortune. |
| |
| vaibhīṣaṇa | a. belonging to Vibhî shana. |
| |
| vyāsedha | m. hindrance, interrup tion; -hata-tva, n. contradictoriness; -hati, f. logical contradiction; -hanasya, a. ex tremely lecherous (Br.); -hantavya, fp. to be transgressed; -harana, n.utterance; -har tavya, fp. to be told to (lc.); -hâra, m. utter ance, discourse, conversation; talk about (--°ree;); song (of birds); humourous remark (dr.): -maya, a. (î) consisting of speeches or dis courses about (--°ree;); -hârin, a. (--°ree;) speaking, talking; singing (bird); resounding with; -hâvam, abs. separating by the interposition of the Âhâva (Br.); (&asharp;)-hrita, pp. √ hri; n. speaking, talking, discourse; inarticulate speech (of animals), song (of birds); (&asharp;)-hriti, f. utterance, declaration, statement; mystical exclamation (of formulae consisting of dis connected words, esp. the three bhûr bhuvah svar). |
| |
| vyāsaṅga | m. attachment, adher ence; devotion to, longing for, passion for (lc., --°ree;); connexion (rare); distraction (rare). |
| |
| vyālamba | a. hanging down, pen dent; -lambin, a. id.; -lola, a. flickering, waving, tremulous; -lolana, n. moving to and fro; -½avakrosî, f. mutual abuse; -vart aka, a. (ikâ) removing, excluding;n. charac terisation: -tâ, f., -tva, n. exclusion; -várt ana, a. (î) removing, excluding; averting; n. turning (of a road; V.); coil (of a snake); -vartanîya, fp. to be taken back; -vartya, fp. to be removed or excluded. |
| |
| śakti | f. ability, capacity, power, strength, skill, to (g., lc., inf., --°ree;); efficacy (of a remedy etc.); regal power (which comprises the three elements, prabhâva, majesty, utsâha, energy, and mantra, counsel); active power or female energy of a deity (esp. of Siva); force of a word, signification, function, case-notion; creative power of a poet, imagination: in. saktyâ (± âtmaor sva-), according to ability; param saktyâ, with all one's might; saktim ahâpayitvâ, not re laxing one's efforts, exerting oneself to the utmost. |
| |
| śatoti | a. bringing a hundred aids (V.). |
| |
| śataka | a. (ikâ) consisting of a hun dred; hundredth; n. a hundred, century (construed like sata); -kritvas, ad. a hun dred times; -koti, 1. f. pl. a thousand mil lions; 2. m. (having a hundred points), In dra's thunderbolt; (á)-kratu, a. having a hundredfold power or counsel (V.); con taining a hundred sacrifices (Br.); m. N. of Indra (C.).: --°ree; with kshitietc., lord of earth, prince, king; -khanda-maya, a. (î) consist ing of a hundred rays; -gu, a. possessing a hun dred cows; -guna, a. a hundredfold, increased a hundred times, a hundred times stronger, more valuable or efficacious etc.: -m, ad. ahun dred times more than (ab.); -gunita,pp. in creased a hundredfold, a hundred times longer; -gunî-bhâva, m. hundredfold increase; -gunî-bhû, be multiplied a hundredfold; -gvín, a. hundredfold (RV.); -ghn&isharp;, f. of -han; (á)-kakra, a. hundred-wheeled (RV.1); -tamá, a. (&asharp;, î) hundredth; -traya, n., î, f. three hundred; -dala, n. lotus flower; -dru (-kâ), -drû, f. N. of a river (=V. sutu drî), now Sutlej; -dvâra, a. having a hundred exits (hole); -dhara, m. N. of a king;-dh&asharp;, ad. a hundredfold; into a hundred parts or pieces: with bhû, be divided into a hundred parts consisting of (g.); (á)-dhâra, a. 1. having a hundred streams; 2. having a hundred points or edges; m.thunderbolt (C.); -dhriti, m. ep. of Brahman and of Indra; -dhauta, pp. cleansed a hundredfold, perfectly clean; 1. -pattra, n. (°ree;--) a hundred leaves; a hundred vehicles; 2. (á)-pattra, a. having a hundred feathers orleaves (RV.1); m. woodpecker; peacock; n. day-lotus: -yoni, m. ep. of Brahman, -½âyata½îkshana, a. having long lotus-like eyes; -patha, a. hav ing a hundred paths, very many-sided; m. T. of a Brâhmana: -brâhmana,n. id.; (á)-pad, a. (-î; strg. base -pâd) hundred-footed; m., -î, f. centipede; (á)-parvan, a. hundred-jointed; (á)-pavitra, a. purifying a hundredfold (RV.1); -pâdaka, m. centipede; -pâla, m. overseer of a hundred (vil lages, g.); -buddhi, a. hundred-witted; m. N. of a fish; -brâhmana-ghâta-ga, a. (arising from=) equal to the guilt produced by the murder of a hundred Brâhmans; -bha&ndot;gî bhû, be varied in a hundred ways; -makha, m. ep. of Indra; (á)-manyu, a. having a hundredfold wrath; m. ep. of Indra (C.): -kâpa, m. n. rainbow; -mayûkha, m. (hundred-rayed) moon; (á)-mâna, a. hundredfold (V.); weighing a hundred (Raktikâs, comm.; V.); m.gold object weighing a hun dred Mânas; m. n. weight (or gift) of a hundred Mânas in gold or silver; -mukha, a. having a hundred openings or entrances; possible in a hundred ways (fall); (á)-yâtu, m. N.; -yogana-yâyin,a. travelling a hundred Yoganas; -râtra, m. n. festival of a hundred days; -rudríya, a. belonging or sacred to a hundred Rudras; -½rikin, m. pl. designation of the composers of Mand. I. of the Rig-veda; -laksha, n. a hundred lacs; -varsha, a. a hundred years old; lasting a hundred years; -sarkara, n. sg. hundred globules: -tâ, f. condition of a --; -sás, ad. in a hundred ways, in hundreds (referring to a nm., ac., or in.); a hundred times;(á)-sâkha, a. (â, î) having a hundred branches (also fig.); (á)-sârada, a. containing, be stowing etc. a hundred autumns (V.); n. period or age of a hundred years (V.); -sri&ndot;ga, a. hundred-peaked; -samkhya, a.numbering a hundred; -sani, a. gaining a hundred; -sahasra, n. sg. pl. a hundred thousand (w. g., app., or --°ree;); -s&asharp;, a. winning a hundred (RV.); -sâhasra, a. (î) amount ing to a hundred thousand, hundred thou sandfold; -séya, n. hundredfold gain (RV.1); -svín, a. possessing a hundred (RV.1); -hán, a. (-ghnî) slaying a hundred (V.): -ghnî, f. kind of deadly weapon; -hali, a. possess ing a hundred large ploughs; (á)-hima, a.living a hundred winters (V.); -hradâ, f. lightning. |
| |
| śayālu | a. sleeping, indulging in sleep. |
| |
| śambhala | m. N. of a locality; î, f. procuress: -ya, a. belonging or relating to a procuress. |
| |
| śarabheda | m. arrow-wound and failure of cream; -vana, n. thicket of reeds: -bhava, a. born in a thicket of reeds (god, =Kârttikeya), -½udbhava, m. ep. of Kârtti keya; -varsha, n. 1. shower of arrows; 2. shower of water, rain (pl.); -varshin, a. discharging water; -vega, m. (arrow-swift), N. of a steed. |
| |
| śarīraka | n. (--°ree; a. f. ikâ) a wretched tiny body; the wretched body; body (metr. for sarîra); -kartri, m., -krit, m. father; -karshana, n. emaciation of the body; -grahana, n. assumption of a bodily form; -ga, a. produced from, belonging to, per formed with the body, bodily; m. offspring, son; god of love; -ganman, a. id.; -tulya, a. (equal to=) dear as one's own body; -tyâga, m. abandonment of the body, renunciation of life; -danda, m. corporal punishment; -dhâtu, m. chief constituent of the body (flesh, blood etc.); -dhrik, m. corporeal being; -nipâta, m. collapse of the body, falling down dead; -nyâ sa, m. casting off the body, death; -pâta, m. collapse of the body, death; -pîdâ, f. bodily suffering; -prabhava, m. begetter, father; -baddha, pp. confined in a body, in carnate; -bandha, m. fetters of the body; assumption of a (new) body, rebirth: in. bodily (disappear); -bhâg, m. embodied being; -bheda, m. collapse of the body, death; -yashti, f. slender body, slim figure; -yâtrâ, f. sustenance of the body; -yoga-ga, a. produced from bodily contact; -vat, a.provided with a body; substantial; m. em bodied being; -vimokshana, n. liberation from the body, death; -vritta, pp. careful of his body or life; -vritti, f. maintenance of the body, support of life; -vaikalya, n. in disposition of body, distemper; -susrûshâ, f. personal attendance; -soshana, n. morti fication of the body; -samdhi, m. joint of the body; -sâda, m. bodily exhaustion, emacia tion; -stha, a. existing in the body; -sthiti, f.maintenance of the body. |
| |
| śarāsana | n. (discharging arrows), bow: -dhara, m. archer; -vid, a. skilled in archery. |
| |
| śaśa | m. [for original sasa] hare, rab- bit (which, as well as the antelope, the marks in the moon are supposed to resemble): -ka, m. (little) hare (C.): -vishâna, n. horn of a hare=an impossibility; -sisu, m.young of a hare. |
| |
| śastrakarman | n. surgical opera ation; -kali, m. duel with swords; -kopa, m. raging of the sword or war; -graha, m. taking to the sword, combat; -grâhaka, a. bearing arms, armed; -ghâta, m.stroke of the sword; -devatâ, f. goddess of war (only pl.); -dhârana, n. bearing of the sword; -nidhana, a. dying by the sword; -nir yâna, a. id.; -nyâsa, m. laying down of arms, abstention from war; -pâni, a. hold ing a sword in one's hand; -pânin, a. id. (metr.); -pâta, m. cut with a knife; -pra hâra, m. sword-cut; -bhrit, a. bearing arms, armed; m. warrior; -vat, a. armed with a sword; -vihita, pp. inflicted with a weapon; -vritti, a.living by the sword, following the profession of arms; -vrana-maya, a. consist ing in wounds caused by weapons; -sikshâ, f. skill with the sword; -sampâta, m. dis charge of missiles, conflict; -hata, pp. slain with the sword. |
| |
| śākuna | a. (î) belonging or relating to, derived from, birds (sakuna); m. bird catcher; n. augury: i-ka, m. bird-catcher, fowler; fisherman (U., rare). |
| |
| śākala | a. relating or belonging to, derived from, the Sâkalas or followers of Sâkalya; m. n. (=sákala) chip, piece (Br., S.); m. followers or school of Sâkalya (pl.); kind of serpent (Br.); n. text, manual, ritual etc. of Sâkalya; N. of a town in Madra: -homîya, a. belonging to the sacrifices ac cording to the Sâkalas (verses). |
| |
| śākhāṅga | n. limb of the body; -½âda, a. branch-eating; m. branch-eater (a class of animals such as goats or elephants); -nagara, n. suburb; -½antara, n. another Vedic school: -î-ya, a.belonging to --; -pa- su, m. victim tied to a branch (instead of to a sacrificial post); -prakriti, f. pl. secon dary (eight) kings to be considered in war (opp. mûla-prakriti); -bhrit, m. tree; -ma ya, a. consisting of branches of (--°ree;); -mriga, m. (branch animal), monkey; -rathyâ, f. branch or side road. |
| |
| śākvara | a. mighty (V.); belonging etc. to the Sâman Sâkvara or to the Sakvarî verses (V.); m. draught ox, bull (C.); n. kind of ceremony (S.); N. of one of the six chief Sâmans (based on the Sakvarî verses). |
| |
| śākra | a. (î) relating, belonging, or addressed to Indra: î, f. ep. of Durgâ (=In drânî); î-ya, a. id.; with dis, f. east. |
| |
| śākya | m. [pat. fr. saka] N. of a warrior tribe in Kapilavastu, which derived its origin from the sun, and in which Bud- dha was born: -pâla, m. N. of a king; -pu trîya, m. Buddhistic monk; -bhikshu,m. Buddhistic mendicant: -kî, f. Buddhistic mendicant nun; -muni, m. Ascetic of the Sâkyas, ep. of Buddha; -sâsana, n. religion of Buddha; -simha, m. Lion of the Sâkyas, ep. of Buddha. |
| |
| śākta | a. belonging or relating to, de rived from, the Saktis of Siva; m. teacher (RV.1); worshipper of the Saktis of Siva (C.). |
| |
| śāṃkara | a. (î) relating or belonging to Siva (Samkara); relating to or derived from Samkarâkârya: i, m. pat. of Skanda. |
| |
| śākhin | a. (C.) provided with branches; divided into schools or recen sions (Veda); adhering to a particular Vedic school; m. tree; adherent of a particular Vedic school (C., rare); -ila, m. N.; -îya,a. belonging to the school of (--°ree;). |
| |
| śātrava | a. hostile; m. enemy; -îya, a. belonging to the enemy, hostile. |
| |
| śātamanyava | a. (î) relating or belonging to Indra (Satamanyu): w. âsâ, f. east. |
| |
| śāṃbhava | a. (î) derived from, be longing, relating, or sacred to Sambhu (Siva): -îya, a. belonging to Siva. |
| |
| śāmbara | a. (î) belonging or pecu liar to Sambara; n. fight with Sambara (RV.1): î, f. magic: -silpa, n. magical art. |
| |
| śārva | a. (î) relating, belonging, or sacred to, derived from Sarva (Siva): with dis, f. east. |
| |
| śārīra | a. (î) made of bone (very rare); bodily, corporeal, belonging or relat ing to, being in the body (sarîra); w. danda, m. corporal punishment; n. excrement. |
| |
| śālāturīya | a. belonging to Salâtura; m. ep. of Pânini. |
| |
| śāśa | a. belonging to the hare (sasa): with mâmsa, n. flesh of the hare. |
| |
| śāva | m. [growing: √ 2. sû] young of an animal; 2. a. belonging to a corpse (sava), caused by a death (impurity); n. im purity produced by a corpse: -ka, m. young of an animal or bird. |
| |
| śālibhavana | n. rice-field; -bhû, f. id.; -vâhana, m. (rice-bearer), N. of a king, adversary of Vikramâditya, the date of his birth, 78 a. d., being the beginning of the Saka era; -samrakshikâ, f.female guardian of a rice-field; -hotra, m. poetical N. of the horse (receiving offerings of=fed on, rice); N. of a Rishi, regarded as the first authority on the horse; n. Sâlihotra's work on the horse: -gña, a. familiar with --. |
| |
| śāstrin | a. learned; m. scholar; -îya, a. taught in the Sâstras, belonging to theory (opp. practice), theoretical: -tva, n. fact of being prescribed in the Sâstras. |
| |
| śiraḥstha | a. borne on the head; hanging over one's head, imminent; -sthâna, n. chief place; -sthita, pp. being in the head, cerebral (sound); -snâta, pp. having bathed one's head. |
| |
| śivatāti | a. conducive to happi ness or welfare; f. prosperity; -datta, m. N.; -dâyin, a. conferring prosperity; -dâsa, m. N.; -dis, f. north-east; -pura, n., î, f. N. of various towns and villages; -bhakti,f. wor ship of Siva; -bhûti: -ka, m. N. of a minis ter; -mantra, m. Siva's verse; -maya, a. full of prosperity; entirely devoted to Siva; -yogin, m. Saiva monk; N.; -ratha, m. N.; -râtri, f. fourteenth (night=) day of the dark half of Phâlguna sacred to Siva; -râma, m. N.; -li&ndot;ga, n. phallus of Siva; -loka, m. Siva's world (on Kailâsa); -varman, m. N. of a minister; -sakti, m. N.; (á)-samkalpa, a. kindly disposed (V.); m. N. of the verses VS. 34, 1 sqq.; -sûtra, n. pl. the fourteen in troductory Sûtras of Pânini's grammar con taining the alphabet and ascribed to Siva; -svâmin, m. N. |
| |
| śukriya | a. containing pure juice (V.); n. brilliance (S.); N. of certain Sâ mans belonging to the Pravargya (pl.); the Pravargya section VS. 36--40 (S., C.). |
| |
| śuṇṭhī | f. (i metr.) dry ginger. |
| |
| śubhācāra | a. acting virtuously; -½âtmaka, a. (ikâ) well-disposed; -½ânana, a. beautiful-faced; -½arthin, a. desiring pros perity; -½âvaha, a. bringing prosperity, aus picious; -½âsaya, a. having a virtuous dis position; -½âsis, f. benediction; -½âsîr-vâda, m. utterance of a benediction; -½asubha, a. pleasant and (or) unpleasant; good and (or) evil; n. weal or woe; good and evil: -phala, a. resulting in good or evil. |
| |
| śūkāra | m. scaring with the cry sû (V.); (s&usharp;)-krita, pp. (V.) scared with the cry sû; n. urging, spurring of a horse (RV.1). |
| |
| śṛṅga | n. (--°ree; a. â, î) horn (also used for drinking and blowing); C.: elephant's tusk (rare); syringe (rare); mountain-top, peak; turret, pinnacle; horn of the moon; extreme end, tip (also AV.); height, acme, best of its kind; (horn=) self-sufficiency, pride (rare); first awakening of love (rare): -ka, (--°ree; a.) horn; syringe; -bhuga, m. N.; -rahita, pp. hornless; -vat, a. horned; peaked; -vera, m. N. of a snake-demon; n. fresh or dry ginger; -pura, n. N. of a town on the Ganges; -sata, n. pl. hundreds of peaks. |
| |
| śṛṅgotpādana | a. productive of horns; m. spell producing horns; -½utpâ dinî, f. N. of a Yakshinî producing horns and changing men into animals. |
| |
| śaiśira | a. (î) relating or belonging to the cold season; derived from or composed by Sisira: i, m. pat. fr. Sisira; î-ya, a. re lating to Saisiri. |
| |
| śaiva | a. (î) relating, belonging or sacred to, derived from Siva; m. worshipper of Siva: -tâ, f. condition of a Sivaite; -darsana, n. doctrine of the Sivaites. |
| |
| śauna | a. (î) belonging to a dog (svan). |
| |
| śaudra | a. belonging, relating or pecu liar to a Sûdra; born of a Sûdrâ. |
| |
| śyāparṇa | m. N.: pl. his descendants (V.): î-ya, a. belonging to the Syâparnas (Br.). |
| |
| śraddhālu | a. believing; vehe mently longing for (--°ree;); -vat, a. believing; agreeing, assenting. |
| |
| śraddhā | a. putting faith in, trusting (d.; V.); f. confidence, trust, faith, belief, in (lc., --°ree;), faithfulness, sincerity (V., C.); de sire, longing, for (lc., prati, inf., or gnly. --°ree;; C.); curiosity (V., C.): -m âkhyâhi nas tâvat, pray satisfy our curiosity and tell us. |
| |
| śrutidvaidha | n. conflict of Vedic precepts; -dhara, a. having a good memory (better sruta-); -patha, m. range of hearing, ear-shot; auditory passage, hearing: -m gam, pra½âp, or â-yâ, come to the ears: -ma dhura, a. pleasant to hear; -prasâdana, n. engaging the attention; -mat, a. having ears; learned (less correct for sruta-vat); supported by a Vedic passage; -mahat, a. great in learning; -mârga, m. way (=instrumen tality) of the ears; auditory passage, hear ing: °ree;-or in. by way of the ears: -m gam, come to the ears: -pravishta, pp. having en tered by way of the ears; -mûla, n. root of the ear; -vakana, n. Vedic precept; -visha ya, m. object of the sense of hearing, sound; range of hearing; -siras, n. leading passage of scripture. |
| |
| ślatha | a. loose, relaxed; slack, feeble (fig.): -lambin, a. hanging loosely; -½a&ndot;ga, a. having languid limbs; -½âdara, a. paying slight regard to (lc.). |
| |
| śvaśura | m. [by assimilation for original sva-sura] father-in-law: du. & pl. parents-in-law (pl. sts. for sg.): -ka, m. dear or poor father-in-law. |
| |
| śvāśura | a. (î) belonging to one's father-in-law. |
| |
| śvāgra | n. dog's tail; -½agina, n. dog's skin. |
| |
| ṣaḍaṃśa | m. sixth part: -bhâg, m. enjoyer of one-sixth; -amhri, m. (six-footed), bee; -akshara, a. (î) six-syllabled; -a&ndot;ga, n. pl. the six Vedâ&ndot;gas (-vid, a. knowing --); a. six-limbed; having six Vedâ&ndot;gas; -a&ndot;ginî, f. six-membered (=complete) army; -a&ndot;ghri, m. (six-footed), bee; -asîta, a. eighty-sixth; -asîti, f. eighty-six; -ahá, m. period of six days, sp. six days' Soma sacrifice; -ânana,°ree;--, six mouths (of Skanda); a. six-mouthed (Skanda); m. ep. of Skanda; -âyatana, a. consisting of the six Âyatana's (vigñâna, pri thivyâdi-katushtaya, rûpa); -âhuti, a. used in six offerings; -ûna, pp. diminished by six; -ûrmi, f. °ree;--, the six waves; -riká, m. n. aggregate of six verses. |
| |
| sa | inseparable pcl. °ree;-- expressing union, community, similarity, equality (opp. aprivative), generally in adjective compounds=1. possessing (e.g. sa-paksha, winged), wearing (e. g. sa-vâsas, clothed), containing (e. g. saphena, foaming), displaying (e. g. sa-hâsa, smiling); 2. accompanied by, together with (e. g. sa-bhârya); 3. in addition to, and (e. g. sa-pâdam panam, a Pana and a quarter); 4. belonging to the same (e. g. sa-varna), having a similar, resembling in (e. g. sa-rûpa); the adjective suffix -in is sts. added to these cpds. (e. g. sa-putrin=sa-putra). |
| |
| sa | prn. that, sts. weakened to an article, the (only nm. m. sá, f. s&asharp;, and in RV. lc. sasmin; the s of the nm. m. is always dropped before consonants except once in RV. before p and once before t; sa sts. coalesces with a following vowel); often strengthened by other prns. of the third person, ayám, eshá, and bhavân; often combined with the first and second pers. sg. (± ahám or tvám), so &zip; hám, I as such; in Br. it is frequently combined with the relatives, yáh, yád, yádi, and yáthâ, at the beginning of a sentence, and owing to this common initial usage, is often retained with relatives either pleonastically or where the construction requires another gender or number; in the Sâ&ndot;khya sa is used to designate Purusha (like esha, ka, and ya). |
| |
| saṃvijñāna | n. implication; knowledge: -bhûta, pp. generally known; -vitti, f. knowledge; perception, sense, of (--°ree;); 1. -víd, f. V., C.: consciousness, of (--°ree;); knowledge; understanding, agreement, cove nant, regarding (--°ree;; ord. mg.); C.: feeling, of (--°ree;); plan, scheme; conversation, about (--°ree;); established usage, custom; name; gratification: -am kri, sthâpaya, or vi-dhâ, make an agreement, with (in. ± saha, g.), to (d., inf.), regarding (--°ree;); -am la&ndot;ghaya or vi½ati-kram, break an agreement; 2. -víd, f. acquisition, property (V.); -vida, a. con scious (in a-, Br.); n. agreement (perh. incorr. for -vid); -vidhâ, f. arrangement, contriv ance, preparation; mode of life; -vidhâ tavya, fp. to be arranged, contrived, or man aged; n. imps. one should act; -vidhâtri, m. arranger, ordainer, creator, god; -vidhâna, n. arrangement, contrivance, preparation: -ka, n. peculiar mode of action; -vidhi, m. arrangement, preparation, provision; -vidhe ya, fp. to be brought about; -vibhagana, n. sharing with another; -vibhaganîya, fp. to be distributed among (d.); -vibhâga, m. par tition, sharing with others; bestowal of a share, on (d., lc.); bestowal or distribution of (--°ree;); causing to participate in (--°ree;); giving (an order, --°ree;); share: -m kri, Â. partici pate inanything (in.) with any one (g.): -sîla, a. accustomed to share with others; -vibhâgi-tva, n. virtue of sharing with others; -vibhâgin, a. accustomed to share with others, in the habit of sharing with (g.); receiving a share of (g.); -vibhâgya, a. to be presented with something; -vîta, pp. √ vyâ; n. clothing. |
| |
| saṃvadana | n. conversation, talk; -vánana, a. (î) V.: conciliating, propitiat ing; C.: encouraging (liberality, --°ree;); n. (V., C.) means of conciliation; subduing spell; -vara, m. n. incorr. for sambara;-várana, 1. m. N. (C.); n. enclosure (as place of sacri fice; V.); concealment, secrecy (C.); 2. n. (C.) choice (of a husband): -srag, f. wreath given by a girl to the man of her choice; -varanîya, fp. to be concealed; -vargá,a. √ vrig] rapacious (Agni; V.); -várgam, abs. snatching up, sweeping together (RV.); -varta, m. [rolling together: √ vrit] dense mass (of people); cloud charged with rain; end or dissolution of the world; N. (C.;á, RV.1): -ka, a. (rolling together), destroying all things at the end of the world (fire etc.); m. fire of universal destruction: pl. fires of hell; -vartikâ, f. (rolled up leaf=) young lotus petal; -vardhana, a. increasing, pro moting; m. N.; n. growing up (of a child); rearing (of a child); success; promoting; -vardhanîya, fp. to be reared (child); to be maintained (servants); to be increased or fos tered (virtue); -valana, n., â, f. (hostile) en counter; mixture, union; -vasati, f. dwell ing together; -vásana, n. dwelling-place (RV.1); (sám)-vasu, m. fellow-dweller (V.); -vaha, m. N. of one of the seven winds; -v&asharp;k, f. colloquy (V.); -vâdá, m. conversation (V., C.), with (in. ± saha, lc., --°ree;); agreement, conformity, correspondence, similarity, equal ity (C.): (a)-ka, a. agreeing; m. N.; -vâd ana, n. agreement; -vâdin, a. conversing; agreeing or harmonizing, with (g., --°ree;); -vâ ra, m. contraction of the vocal chords (in pronouncing a sound), obtuse articulation (opp. vivâra); impediment (v. r.); -vârya, fp. to be concealed; -vâsa, m. dwelling to gether, with (in. ± saha, --°ree;); cohabitation, with (--°ree;); settlement, dwelling; common abode (rare); -vâsin, a. 1. clothed in (--°ree;); 2. dwelling together; --°ree;, dwelling in, inha biting; m. fellow-dweller; -vâha, m. ex tortion, oppression: -ka, a.stroking (--°ree;); m., i-kâ, f. shampooer; -vâhana, n. passage (of clouds); stroking with the hand (±hasta-, of limbs etc., --°ree;); -vâhya, fp. to be borne; to be exhibited (in a-). |
| |
| saṃsādhana | n. preparation; per formance, accomplishment; -sâdhya, fp. to be accomplished; -obtained; conquerable; -sâra, m. transmigration, perpetual succes sion of births, cycle of existence, mundane existence (with all its sorrows): â samsârât, from the beginning of the world: -mandala, m. n. cycle of mundane existence, -mârga, m. path of life, -sâgara, m. ocean of worldly existence; -sârin, a. far-extending, compre hensive (intellect); transmigratory; m. living or human being; -siddhi, f. completion, ac complishment, fulfilment, success; perfection, in (--°ree;); -sûkana, n. manifestation, utterance (of a speech); -sríg, f. concussion (of battle; RV.1); -sriti, f.=-sâra, transmigration, etc.; -srishta, pp. √ srig; n. intimacy: -m kar, enter on intimate relations with (lc.); (sám) srishti, f. union (V.); combination of two figures of speech in one passage (C.); -srish- tin, a. again living in common after the partition of property. |
| |
| saṃsakta | pp. √ sañg: -tâ, f. con dition of having stuck, -yuga, a. yoked, harnessed, -vadana½âsvâsa, a. having her breath cleaving to her mouth, with suppressed breath; -sakti, f. intimate union, close contact, with (--°ree;); -sa&ndot;ga, m. connexion; -sa&ndot;gin, a. (-î) attached or adhering to, intimately associated with: -î-tva, n. close connection with (--°ree;); -sád, f. (sitting together), as sembly; court (of a king or of justice); company, multitude; -sarana, n. going about; transmigration, mundane existence (as a series of transmigrations); -sarga, m. union, connexion, contact, with (in., g., --°ree;); indulgence orparticipation in, contamination with (--°ree;); contact with the world of sense, sensual indulgence (pl.); social contact, as sociation, intercourse, with (in. ± saha, g., lc., --°ree;); sexual intercourse with (in. + saha, g., --°ree;): -vat, a. coming in contact or con nectedwith (--°ree;); -sargi-tâ, f. social relations; -sargin, a. connected, with (--°ree;); possessed of (--°ree;); -sargana, n. commingling, combina tion, with (in.); attaching to oneself, con ciliation of (g.); -sárpa, m. N. of the thir teenth month (V., C.); -sarpana, n. ascent, of (g.); creeping, gliding motion; -sarpad dhvaginî-vimarda-vilasad-dhûlî-maya, a. (î) filled with dust rising through the tramp of a marching army; -sarp-in, a. creeping along; swimming about; gliding over, ex tending to (--°ree;): (-i)-tâ, f. extension to (--°ree;); -sava, m. simultaneous Soma sacrifice of two neighbouring adversaries (Br., S.). |
| |
| saṃśayita | pp. √ sî; n. doubt, un certainty; -sayitavya, fp. dubious; -saya½u pamâ, f. comparison expressed in the form of a doubt; -sarana, n. taking refuge with any one; -sânti, f. extinction;-sita, pp. √ sâ: -vâk, a. speaking sharply, -½âtman, a. firmly resolved; -siti, f. sharpening (Br.); -sîta, a. cold; -sîti, f. doubt; -sîlana, n. practice; frequent intercourse with (in.); -suddhi, f. purity; -sushka, a. dried up, dry, withered, sere, emaciated; -soka-ga, a. produced from moist heat; m. vermin pro duced from damp heat; -sodhana, a. (î) purifying; n. purification; -sraya, m. con nexion, association with (g., --°ree;); league for mutual protection; refuge, shelter, protec tion, asylum; residence, habitation; reference, relation; resorting to (lc., --°ree;; rare); recourse, addiction or devotion to: ab. in consequence of (--°ree;); with the help of, by means of (--°ree;): --°ree; a. dwelling, living in, staying with (a teacher), standing in (a boat), being in or on, growing (tree) near; relating or referring to; devoted to, practising; -srayanîya, fp. to be resorted to, -taken refuge with: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -srayitavya, fp. to be sought refuge in (fortress); -srayin, a. having sought the protection or entered the service of any one; dwelling, resting or standing in, being in or on (--°ree;); m.dependent, servant; -srava, m. hearing; ear-shot (lc. within hearing of, g.); promise; -sravana, n. hearing, -about (--°ree;); ear-shot: lc. within hearing, aloud; (sám)- srita, pp. √ sri; m. dependent, servant: -vat, pp. act. clinging to, having wedded (in.); -sri tavya, fp. incorr. for -srayitavya; -slish- ta-karman, a. in whose actions good and evil are not kept apart, indifferent as to the morality of his actions; -slesha, m. con nexion, union, contact, with (in., --°ree;); em brace: -m labh, attain; -sleshana, n. con necting; means of binding together, bond; -sleshin, a. connecting. |
| |
| saṃśaya | m. [√ sî] doubt, dubious ness, uncertainty, misgiving, hesitation (re garding, prati, lc., --°ree;); doubtful matter; dan ger, risk, to (g., lc., --°ree;): with following pot., it is doubtful whether; na½asti (atra) sam- sayah, na½atra samsayah, na samsayah (very common) and na hi samsayah, at the end of a sentence, there is no doubt, without doubt: -kara, a. (î) productive of risk to (--°ree;); -kkhedin,a. clearing away all doubt, deci sive; -kkhedya, fp. requiring to be cleared of doubt (lawsuits); -½âtma-ka, a. subject to doubt, dubious (expedient); -½âtman, a. in dulging in doubt, irresolute. |
| |
| saṃstha | a. standing, staying, resting, existing, or contained in (lc., gnly. --°ree;); being in or with=belonging to (lc. or --°ree;); based or dependent on (--°ree;); being in possession of (--°ree;); lasting (--°ree;; rare); á, m. (RV.): only lc. in the midst or presence of (g.); -sth&asharp;, f. remaining or abiding with (--°ree;; E., rare); form, appearance (C.); established order, standard, rule (C.); condition, state, nature (C.); completion, conclusion (V.); end, death (P.); complete liturgical course (being the basis of a sacrifice; the Gyotishtoma, the Haviryagña, and Pâkayagña consist of seven such forms); spy in one's own country (rare): --°ree; a. a, having the form of, appearing as; -sthâna, n. position, situation in a place (--°ree;); standing firm (in battle); existence; life; strict adherence to (--°ree;); abode; public place in a town; form, shape, appearance (ord. mg.; often with rûpa); condition, state, nature (rare); aggregate (rare): -vat, a. ex isting; having various forms; -sthâpaka, a. establishing; -sthâpana, n. fixing, setting up, erecting; establishment, of (g., --°ree;); re gulation of (--°ree;): â, f. cheering up, encourage ment; -sthâpayitavya, fp. to be cheered or consoled; -sth&asharp;pya, fp. C.: to be placed in (subjection) to (g.); -impressed on the mind (lc.) of (g.); V.: to be concluded (sacrifice); (sám)-sthiti, f. C.: union with (in., lc.); standing or resting on (lc., --°ree;); position; abid ing, residence in (lc.); duration, continuance; perseverance (rare); attaching importance to (lc.); existence, possibility, of (g., --°ree;); form; established order; condition, nature; V.: conclusion (rare); P.: end, death (rare). |
| |
| saṃskāra | m. [√ kri] preparation, dressing (of food); refining (of metals etc.); polishing (of gems); cleansing, purifying; embellishment, decoration, adornment; rear ing (of animals or plants); toilet, attire (rare); correct formation or use (of a word); train ing, education; correctness (of pronuncia tion or expression); purificatory rite, domes tic consecration (applicable to all members of the first three castes), sacrament; sacrament of the dead, cremation (rare); mental impres sion (left by causes no longer operative and sts. dating from a previous birth; there are three kinds, vega, impulse, sthiti-sthâpaka, elasticity, andbhâvanâ, reproductive ima gination); after-effect; creation of the mind (regarded by it as real though actually non existent, such as material phenomena and all connected therewith; B.): -tâ, f. abst. n. of a cpd. ending insamskâra (=mental impres sion); -tva, n. decoration: kakshushâm samskâra-tvam sam-âp, become a feast to the eye; -nâman, n. sacramental name (= our baptismal name); -maya, a. (--°ree;) con sisting in the consecration of (rite); -vat, a. grammatically correct; -visishta, pp. better prepared (food). |
| |
| saṃhat | f. [putting together: √ han] layer, pile (RV.1); -hata, pp. (√ han) com pact etc.: -tâ, f. close contact; union, -tva, n. id.; compactness; complexity; -hati, f. closure; compactness (of body); economy (rare); combination, joint effort, union, con nexion, with (in.; ord. mg.); seam; mass, bulk, heap, assemblage, multitude: -sâlin, a. dense; -hanana, a. compact, firm; n. compactness, robustness; steadfastness; body; -hantri, m. uniter; -harana, n. seizure; gathering in, reaping; magical bringing back of discharged missiles; destruction; -har tavya, fp. to be collected; -re-arranged; destroyed (lit. -withdrawn, opp. emitted or created); -hartri, m. destroyer; -harsha, m. thrill; joy, delight; rivalry, jealousy; -harsh ana, a. (î) causing horripilation; gladden ing; n. rivalry, jealousy; -harshin, a. de lighting (--°ree;); jealous; -hâta, m.conciseness (of style; v. r. sam-ghâta); -hâra, m. collect ing, accumulation; collection; contraction (of the organs of speech), retraction (of a trunk); magical withdrawal of a discharged missile, magical means of drawing back a discharged missile; condensation, compendium; destruc tion of the world (ord. mg.: withdrawal, opp. emission, creation); destruction; con clusion, end (of a play, act, etc.): -kâla, m. time of the world'sdestruction: â-ya, den. Â. appear like the time of the world's destruc tion; -hâra-varman, m. N.; -hârin, a. (--°ree;) destroying (withdrawing what was created); -hârya, fp. to be removed, checked, or stop ped (in a-); to be led astray, corruptible (in a-); to be caused to participate in, having a claim on (ab.). |
| |
| sakalika | a. provided with buds; -kala½indu, m. full moon; -kalpa, a. includ ing the Kalpas (sacrificial Sûtras); -kasmîra, a. together with Cashmere; -kashâya, a. dominated by passion; -kâkola,a. together with the hell Kâkola; -kâtara, a. cowardly, dastardly; (sá)-kâma, a. satisfying desires (rare); having one's wish fulfilled, satisfied; consenting, willing (girl); desiring (--°ree;); full of love, enamoured; amorous (speech); -kâra, 1. m. letter s; a. incorr. for sâkâra; 2. a. ac tive, courageous; -kârana-ka, a. (ikâ) due to a specific cause; -kâsa, m. (visibleness), pre sence, vicinity: ac. -m, to (gnly. a prs.; w. vbs. of coming, going, taking, or sending); lc. in the presence of, before, near; ab. or -tas, from (come, go, be produced, deprive of, be freed from, hear, ask, buy; w. g. or --°ree;); -kâ shâya, a. wearing a brownish-red garment; -kutumba, a.together with his family; -kutûhala, a. impelled by curiosity: -m, ad. with curiosity; -kula, a. along with his family; m.=nakula, ichneumon (as a pun): -ga, a. belonging to the same family as (g.); -kulya, a. id.; m.relation; -kusa, a. hold ing Kusa grass in one's hand; -kusu ma½âstarana, a. strewn with flowers. |
| |
| saṃkāra | m. sweepings; (sám)-kâsa, m. appearance (V.): --°ree; a. having the appear ance of, looking, resembling; -kîrna, pp. √ krî; n. confusion (of sentences): â, f. kind of riddle; -kîrna-tâ, f.deranged order of words in a sentence; -kîrtana, n. mentioning; reciting; praising, extolling; -kula, a. [√ krî] filled or thronged with, mingled with, occu pied or provided with, abounding in, pos sessed of, afflicted with (in., --°ree;); dense (smoke); violent (wind); disordered, con fused; impeded, hampered; n. throng, crowd; tumult of battle; trouble, distress; -kulî kri, gather together; throw into confusion; (sám)-kriti, a. arranging(V.); m. N.; f. a metre; (later) any metre of 4 X 24 syllables; -klipti, f. volition. |
| |
| saṃkalpa | m. resolve of the mind (manas), will, purpose, definite intention, determination, desire (for, to, etc., d., le., --°ree;): °ree;--, = by the mere wish, according to desire, for a particular purpose: -ga, a. ori ginating in the will, produced by the mere will; arising from interested motives; m. desire; love; -ganman, a. produced from desire; m. love, god of love; -mûla, a. based on interested motives; -yoni,a. originating in mere will; m. (produced from desire), love, god of love; -vat, a. possessing decision. |
| |
| sagaṇa | a. attended by a troop, sur rounded by (in.; V.); attended by his retinue (C.); -gadgada, a. falteringly uttered: -m, ad. falteringly; -gadgada-gir, a. with a faltering voice; -gandha, a. smelling; having the same smell as (in., --°ree;); related (Pr.); proud (v. r. -garva); (sá)-gara, m. [pro vided with moisture], atmosphere, air (V., rare); N. of a mythical king of Ayodhyâ, whose 60,000 sons while digging up the earth to recover a sacrificial horse, were burnt by the sage Kapila; the Ganges, brought down from heaven by Bhagîratha, a descendant of Sagara, to purify their remains, flowed with their ashes into the sea, which was called Sâgara in their honour (C.): pl. the sons of Sagara; -garbha, a. pregnant, by (in., ab.); (sá)-garbh-ya, a. born from the same womb; -garva, a. exulting, arrogant; proud of (lc., --°ree;): -m, ad. proudly; -guna, a.furnished with a string; together with the string; possessed of qualities or virtues; -gun-in, a. virtuous (rare); -gulika, a. along with a pill; -gotra, a. being of the same kin, related to (g., --°ree;); -gauravam, ad. with dignity. |
| |
| saṃgraha | m. seizing, grasping; keeping, retaining; obtainment (pattra-, of leaves); taking (of food); magical with drawal of discharged missiles; collecting, gathering; accumulation, store; bringing together, assembling (of men); complete enumeration; collection, totality, complete compendium, summary, epitome (ord. mg.); inclusion (rare); restraining, controlling (rare); guarding, protection, of (g.); ruler (E.); propitiation, kind treatment, enter tainment: in. completely, entirely; in., ab. summarily, briefly; -grahana, n. acquisi tion; collecting, accumulation; encasing, setting in (--°ree;, of a jewel); restraining; pro pitiation (also V., -gráh-); adultery, with (--°ree;); -grahanîya, fp. to be directed towards (lc.); -grahin, m. collector; -grahîtrí, m. charioteer. |
| |
| saṃgīta | n. chorus, singing accom panied by instrumental music, concert; song: -ka, n. id.: -griha, n. concert-room; -ves man, n., -sâlâ, f. id.; -½artha, m. burden of a concert. |
| |
| saṅgin | a. attached, adhering or clinging to (--°ree;); touching, coming in con tact with (--°ree;); fond of, devoted to (g., lc., --°ree;); worldly. |
| |
| sajjana | a. [√ sañg] hanging from (the neck, --°ree;). |
| |
| sajja | a. [by assimilation fr. sa-gya] provided with a string, strung (bow,=ready for use); placed on the bowstring (arrow); equipped, prepared, ready, for, to (d., lc., inf., --°ree;; ord. mg.): -ka, a. (i-kâ) ready (--°ree;); m. N.; -karman, n. stringing a bow; -tâ, f. readiness for (prati). |
| |
| sajala | a. watery, wet, moist: -naya na, a. watery-eyed (peacock), -prishata, a. having drops of water; -gâgara, a. waking, not asleep; -gâtá, a. related (V.); m. kins man, countryman (V.); -gâti, a.belonging to the same caste, of the same kind, similar; -gâtîya, a. id.; -gâtyã, a. akin (V., C.); n. like descent, kinship; -gâni, a. together with his wife; -gâmi, a. incorr. for -gâni; -gâra, a. together with her paramour;-gâla, a. having a mane; -gîva, a. animate, living, alive; provided with a bowstring: -tâ, f. living condition; possession of a bowstring. |
| |
| saṃjighṛkṣu | des. a. intending to collect; -epitomise; -giti, f. complete victory (V.); -gîva-ka, a. (ikâ) animating; m. N. of a bull: ikâ, f. N.; -gîvana, a. (î) animating, bringing to life; m. a hell; n.animation, life: î, f. T. of Mallinâtha's commentaries on the Kumârasambhava, Me ghadûta, and Raghuvamsa; -gîvin, a. ani mating, bringing to life; m. N. of a minister of the crow-king Meghavarna: -î, f.=-gîvanî. |
| |
| saṃcaya | m. sg. & pl. accumulation, hoard, store, wealth, quantity, collection; gathering, collecting (rare): d. in order to have more; -kayana, n. gathering, collecting; -kaya-vat, a. possessed of wealth, rich; -kay ika, a. having provisions (only --°ree;); -kará, a. go ing about (mûrti-, with a body=incarnate); together, simultaneous (V.); m. place for walk ing, road, path, passage; evolution (in Sâ&ndot; khya phil.); -kárana, a. (î) suitable for going on, passable, converging (V.); n. navigation (of the sea: ac.; RV.); motion, from (ab.), in (lc., --°ree;), by means of (--°ree;); -karishnu, a. moving about, roaming; -karvana, n. chew ing; -kalana, n. trembling, quaking; -kâra, m. walking about, wandering, roaming, driv ing; motion; transit, passage; entrance, portal; transition or transference to (--°ree;); track (of wild animals), road (rare): -ka, m.guide; -kâranîya, fp. to be wandered through; -transferred to (lc.); -kârita, cs. pp. (√ kar) set in motion, worked; -kârin, a. (n-î) walk ing about, wandering, roaming, moving, mov able (in, lc., --°ree;); penetrating into (--°ree;); trans mitted, infectious, hereditary (disease); com ing in contact with, contiguous to (in.); carried with one (umbrella); being in, en gaged with (--°ree;); accessory (sentiment, etc.); taking with one (--°ree;);-kârya, fp. accessible (in a-); produced by (--°ree;); -kikîrshu, des. a. intending to perform; -kiti, f. piling; col lecting, saving; -kintya, fp. to be considered; -regarded as (-vat); -kinu½âna-ka, a. oc cupied with collecting(wealth); -keya, fp. to be accumulated; -kodayitavya, fp. to be urged on; -khettri, m. dispeller (of doubts). |
| |
| satata | a. [con-tinued, pp. √ tan] con tinual (°ree;--); °ree;-or -m, ad. constantly, con tinually, always, for ever: with na, never: -ga, -gati, m. (always going), wind; -dhriti, a. ever resolute; -yâyin,a. always moving or changing. |
| |
| sat | s-át ] pr. pt. √ as (-&isharp;) existing, existent, present; being anywhere (lc.); belonging to (g.); enduring, lasting (world); being (with attributes, ads. and often added to a pp., sts. to a pr. pt.); actual, real, genuine; right; good, virtuous: vibhave sati, when there is money, supposing he has the means; vinâse nâse vâ sati, whether loss or death occur; nâmni krite sati, the ceremony of naming having been performed; tathâ sati, it being so, this being the case; °ree;--=sa-, possessed of etc.; m. pl. living beings (RV.); good, virtuous or educated men, sages (often °ree;--; C.); n. the really existent, entity, real world (V., C.); good, advantage (V., C.); terminations of the present participle (gr.): -kri, (C.) put in order, prepare; garnish, adorn; honour, receive or treat hospitably; pay the last honours to (ac.) by cremation etc. (E.); hold in honour (E.): pp. adorned with (--°ree;); honoured, treated hospitably. |
| |
| satkathā | f. good conversation or tale; -kartri, m. benefactor; -karman, n. good work, virtuous act; a. performing good actions; -kalâ, f. fine art; -kavi, m. good or true poet: -tva, n. true poetic gift;-kâra, m. sg., pl. kind treatment, hospitable recep tion, hospitality; praise, favour (of a king, --°ree;): -½arha, a. worthy of hospitable treat ment; -kârya, fp. effected; deserving of honour or hospitality; n. necessary exist ence of the effect (as inherent in the cause: in Sâ&ndot;khya phil.): -vâda, m. theory of the actual existence of the effect, -vâdin, m. ad herent of this theory; -kâvya, n. good poem; -kîrti, f. good reputation; a. having a --; -kula, n. good or noble family; a. belonging to a --; -krita, pp. honoured, treated hos pitably; n. honourable reception; -kriti, f. kind treatment, hospitable reception, hos pitality; -kritya, gd. having entertained hospitably; -kriyâ, f. putting in order, pre paration (rare); sg., pl. kind treatment, hos pitable reception, hospitality (ord. mg.); cele bration (of a wedding, --°ree;); -kshetra, n. good field. |
| |
| satuhina | a. icy, wintry; -tûrya, a. accompanied by music: -m, ad. to the accompaniment of music; -trishnam, ad. with longing, yearningly; (sá)-tegas, a. at tended with splendour etc. (V.). |
| |
| satिtran | m. performer of a Sattra, celebrater of a feast (V., C.); a. disguised (C.); -íya, a. belonging etc. to a long sacrificial session (V.). |
| |
| sadātana | a. everlasting; -dâna, a. 1. perpetually giving; 2. perpetually dis charging temple-juice. |
| |
| sadasya | a. belonging to or being in the sacrificial shed; m. member of a (sacri ficial) assembly; assistant at a sacrificial session (occupying the Sadas and only look ing on during the rites). |
| |
| saṃtakṣaṇa | n. biting sarcasm: vâk- samtakshanais, by cutting speeches; -tata, pp. √ tan: -varshin, a. raining continuously; (sám)-tati, f. V., C.: continuity, continuance, duration; C.: causal connexion of things; continuous series or flow, quantity, multi tude; density of --dense (darkness, --°ree;); con tinuation of a family, offspring (ord. mg.); race, lineage; continued meditation (rare); -tan-i, a. prolonging (Br.): í, m. or f. sound, music (RV.); -tamasa, n. (general) darkness; -tárana, a. taking across (a danger; V.); n. (C.) crossing (also fig.); -targana, a. scold ing, threatening; n. threat, revilement; -tarp ana, a. refreshing, invigorating; n. means of strengthening. |
| |
| saṃdhā | f. V.: compact, agreement; C.: promise; intention; limit; -dhâtavya, fp. to be entered into an alliance with; n. imps. one (in.) should form an alliance, with (saha); -dh&asharp;na, a. uniting, healing (rare); m. N. of a minister; n. joining, uniting; junction, union; bringing together, assem bling; point of contact, joint; fixing an arrow (on the bowstring, in.); combination of words (sts.=samdhi, euphonic coalescence); recon cilement, conclusion of peace, alliance, league, friendly relations, with (in. ± saha); com pounding, mixing, distilling: -m âyâtah, having received admission (messenger); -dhâ nîya, fp. to be entered into an alliance with; -dhâ-ya, gd. having come to terms (with an opponent): -gamana, n. march --, -½âsana, n. halt, after terms have been agreed upon; -dhâyin, a. fixing arrows; -dhârana, n. bearing, in (--°ree;); holding together, support ing (life, --°ree;); -dhâranîya, fp. to be main tained or kept alive; -dhârya, fp. to be borne; -kept (servant); -maintained or observed. |
| |
| saṃdhyārāga | m. twilight glow; -vandana, n. morning or evening prayers; -vâsa, m. N. of a village; -vidhi, m. morn ing or evening prayers; -sa&ndot;kha-dhvani, m. sound of a shell blown at the beginning of twilight; -samaya, m. period of twilight, evening-tide; -½upasthâna, n. worship of twilight. |
| |
| saṃdhyāṃśa | m. (twilight-portion), evening twilight of a Yuga or cosmic age; -kâla, m. period of twilight, evening tide; -kârya, n. morning and evening pray ers; -kâlika, a. belonging to evening; -tva, n. condition of twilight; -payoda, m. rain cloud in the twilight; -prayoga, m. morning or evening prayers; -bali, m. offering presented at twilight; -½abhra, m. rain-cloud in the twi light; -maya, a. (î) consisting of twilight. |
| |
| sapadi | ad. on the spot, instantly, in a moment; -padma, a. provided with lotuses: -ka, a. provided with a lotus and splendid (padmâ = srî); -parâkrama, a. mighty; -parikrama, a. accompanied byone's retinue; -parikkhada, a. together with one's belongings, -goods and chattels; -pa ritosham, ad. with satisfaction; -parivâra, a. together with one's retinue; -parihâsa, a. jocose. |
| |
| saptanavata | a. ninety-seventh; -pattra, a. seven-leaved; yoked with seven horses; m. a tree (Alstonia scholaris; = -kkhada); (á)-pad, a. (-î) taking seven steps (with which an alliance or marriage is con cluded); concluded, confirmed; (á)-pada, a. taking seven steps (with which an alliance or marriage is concluded); consisting of seven Pâdas: î, f. seven steps: -karana, n. ratification of a marriage by the seven steps taken by the bride; -parna, m. (seven leaved) a tree (Alstonia scholaris = -kkhada); -palâsa, a. consisting of seven leaves; -bha&ndot; g&ibrevcirc;-naya, m. method of the seven formulas beginning with &open;perhaps&close; (syât) in the scep tical dialectics of the Jains; -bhûmika, a. id. |
| |
| sabhaktikam | ad. devotedly; -bhaya, a. terrified, frightened; afraid of (--°ree;): -m, ad. with fear or terror; -bhas man, a. mixed with ashes; -bhasma½a&ndot;gin, a. covering one's body with ashes (of cow-dung). |
| |
| sabhya | a. belonging to, suitable for, present in, an assembly; C.: fit for society, polite, courteous, refined (speech); m. (C.) assessor, councillor, judge; member of good society, refined person; partner, fellow-player: --°ree; a. living at the court of: -½itará, a. un refined, coarse (conversation). |
| |
| samad | f. [raging together], strife, battle (V.; often lc. pl.): -am kri or dhâ, cause strife among or between (d.); -mada, a. intoxicated, excited with passion; rutting; -mádana, n. conflict (RV.1); a. (C.)ena moured; provided with Madana trees. |
| |
| samārādhana | n. gratification, propitiation; means of propitiating any one (g.); -rurukshu, des. a. wishing to ascend to (ac.); -ropa, m. placing in (lc.); stringing (a bow); transference to (lc.); attribution; -ropana, n. transference; stringing (of a bow); -róhana, m. ascent, to (g.; Br.); n. (C.) ascending to (--°ree;); growth (of hair). |
| |
| samānakartṛka | a. having the same subject (gr.); -karma-ka, a. having the same object; -karman, a. expressing the same action; -kâraka, a. making all things equal (time); -kâla, a.simultaneous; of equal length or quantity (vowel); -grâma, m. same village: î-ya, a. belonging to the same village; (á)-ganman, a. having the same origin (Br.); of equal age (C.); (á)-tas, ad. uniformly (RV.1); (á)-tâ, f.equality, with (g., --°ree;); -tva, n. equality, with (in.); -dharman, a. having the same qualities, similar, to (in.); -prasiddhi, a. having equal success; (á) bandhu, a. (f. id.) having the same kin, akin; -bala, a. of equal strength; -mâna, a. equally honoured with (in.); -mûrdhan, a. (nî) equal-headed; -rukí, a. agreeing in tastes; -rûpa, a. having the same colour, as (g., --°ree;); having the same appearance as (--°ree;); -vayas: -ka, a. of the same age; -vidya, a. possessing equal knowledge: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -vrata-bhrit, a. leading a similar life; -sîla, a. having a similar character; -sukha-duh kha, a. having joys and sorrows in common; -sthâna, a. being in the same place; occu pying the same position (in the mouth); -½akshara, n. simple vowel (short or long); -½adhikarana, n. grammatical agreement with (a case, --°ree;); a. involving the same case relation as (in., --°ree;); relating to the same subject; -½artha, a. having the same object in view; having the same meaning, as (in., --°ree;): -tva, n. identity of meaning, -prayog ana, a. having a common object and purpose. |
| |
| samābhāṣaṇa | n. conversa tion with (--°ree;); -mnâta, pp. √ mnâ; n. enu meration; -mnâtri, m. editor of the Veda; -mnâna, n. enumeration, list; -mnâya, m. id.; literary work; edition of the Veda; sacred scripture; -½ay-ín, a. (Br.) occurring at the same time; attainable by many at the same time (world: in a-); -yoga, m. union, connexion, conjunction, contact, with (in.± saha, --°ree;; ord. mg.); equipment, preparation: -vidheh, conjuncture of fate; ab. by con nexion with = by means of, owing to (--°ree;); -rambha, m. undertaking, enterprise; en terprising spirit (rare); beginning, com mencement (rare); -rambhana, n. grasping; unguent (=-lambhana). |
| |
| samāvartana | n. return home (of a pupil after the completion of his reli gious studies); -vaha, a. bringing, producing (--°ree;); -(â)vâya, m. metr. for -(a)vâya; -vâ sa, m. abode, habitation; -vritti,f.=-âvar tana; -vesa, m. entering; absorption in (--°ree;); simultaneous occurrence, co-existence (ord. mg.); agreement with (--°ree;); -sraya, m. con nexion with (--°ree;); shelter, refuge, asylum (ord. mg.); dwelling-place, habitation; re lation, reference (rare); resorting to (--°ree;): ab. in consequence of, owing to; a. (--°ree;) dwelling or situated in; relating to; -sraya- na, n. resorting or attaching oneself to (--°ree;); -srayanîya, fp.to be sought refuge with; taken service with; m. master (opp. samâ srita, servant); -srayin, a. occupying, ob taining possession of (--°ree;); -srita, pp. √ sri; m. servant: -tva, n. having betaken oneself to (the protection of, --°ree;); -slesha, m. em brace; -svâsa, m. recovery of breath, relief, encouragement; consolation; -svâsana, n. encouraging, comforting; consolation; -svâs ya, fp. to be consoled. |
| |
| samudriya | a. belonging to or flowing into the sea (V.). |
| |
| samudanta | a. rising above the edge, about to overflow (V.); -aya, m. union, junction (of forces); combination, aggregate; income, revenue (rare); success (rare): -m kri, collect or assemble (an army); -âkâra, m. presentation, offering, of (--°ree;); good or courteous behaviour; intercourse with (in.); address; -âya, m. combination, collection, aggregate, whole; genus (elephant); -âyin, a. combining, forming an aggregate; -ita mukha, a. with one voice, all at once; -ga, m. round casket; kind of artificial stanza (in which the two halves are identical in sound but different in meaning, e.g. Kirâtâr gunîya XV, 16): -ka, m. n. round casket; -gama, m. rise (of the sun), rising (of dust, of the breast); -danda, a. uplifted (arm); -desa, m. exposition, doctrine; locality, place; -dhata, pp. √ han: -lâ&ndot;gûla, a. cocking his tail; -dharana, n. upraising, extrication; removal; -dhartri, m. deliverer from (the ocean, danger, ab.); extirpator; -dhâra, m. extraction; rescue; removal, destruction; -bandhana, n. hanging up: âtmanah --, hanging oneself; -bodhana, n.resuscitation; -bhava, m. production, origin; appearance: --°ree; a. arising or produced from, being the source of; -bhâsana, n. illuminating; -bhe da, m. development; source; -yama, m. lift ing up; exertion, effort, labour, setting about (d., lc., --°ree;); -yamin, a. exerting oneself, strenuous; -yoga, m. employment, use (rare); preparation, equipment; energy; concurrence (of causes). |
| |
| samutka | a. longing for (--°ree;); -kantak ita, pp. with bristling hair, thrilled; -kan- thâ, f. longing for (--°ree;); -karsha, m. laying aside (of a girdle); higher rank, exalted posi tion; pre-eminence, excellence; -kskepa, m. throwing out a hint, allusion to (d.); -târa, m. getting over, deliverance from (--°ree;); -tu&ndot; ga, a. lofty; -tegana, n. inciting, instigat ing; -tha, a. arising, sprung, produced, or derived from (ab., gnly. --°ree; w. a word in the ab., sts. lc., sense); appearing in (--°ree;); -thâna, n. rising, getting up; hoisting (of a flag); augmentation of (property, g.); swelling of (the stomach, g.); undertaking, occupation, activity; healing: sambhûya or ekîbhûya --, common enterprise, partnership; --°ree; a. arising or produced from; -patana, n. flying up together; -patti, f. origin, produc tion; -panna, pp. produced, arisen; -pâda, m.production; -pâdya, fp. to be produced or caused; -piñga, m. confusion, disorder; -pîdana, n. pressing, squeezing; -phulla, pp. opened wide (eyes); -sarga, m. discharge (of urine etc.); emission (of semen): -m kri, have sexual intercourse with (lc.); -sâra-ka, a. dispersing, driving away; -sârana, n. id.; dispelling, removing; -sâha, m. energy: -tâ, f. alacrity in (lc.); -suka, a. agitated, un easy, anxious; longing for (--°ree;), eager to (inf.; ord. mg.); -tâ, f. desire, longing, -tva, n. agitation; yearning emotion; -suka-ya, den. P. fill with yearning; -sedha, m. height. |
| |
| saṃbaddham | ad. moreover, in ad dition; -bandha, m. collection (rare); con nexion, relation (with, to, in. ± saha, --°ree;); connexion by marriage, matrimonial alliance, relationship, friendship, intimacy (with, in. ± saha, lc., --°ree;); kinsman; friend, ally; --°ree; often incorr. for sambaddha: -ka, n. rela tionship etc.; bad reading for -ga; -bandh in, a. connected, -with, relating or belonging to (g., --°ree;); united with, possessing (--°ree;, rare); related, connected by marriage; m. relation, connexion: (-i)-tâ, f. belonging; connexion with, relation to (in., --°ree;); relationship, con nexion by marriage, (-i)-tva, n. connexion with, relation to (in., --°ree;); -bâdhá, m. C.: throng, crowd; contracted space; pressure, distress, affliction (V., E.): a. (C.) narrow, contracted; crammed with (in.); --°ree;, crowded, thronged or blocked up with, abounding in, full of; -buddhi, f. calling to any one; (end ing of) the vocative singular; -bodha, m. knowledge, understanding; -bodhana, a. awakening (rare); n. perceiving, noticing; recognising; reminding; calling, to any one (g.); (ending of) the vocative singular; -bodhya, fp. to be enlightened or instructed. |
| |
| sayatna | a. exerting oneself, active; endeavouring to (inf.); -yâvaka, a. dyed with lac; -y&asharp;van, a. (r-î) going together, with (in.), accompanying (RV.); -yúg, a. united (V.); m. companion (V.);(sá)-yûth-ya, a. belong ing to the same herd (V.); -yoga, a. pos sessed of Yoga; (sá)-yoni, V. a. having a common origin, with (in.): -tâ, f. identity of origin etc. (Br.), -tvá, n. id. (V.); -yau vana, a. youthful. |
| |
| saṃpratipatti | f. obtainment, acquirement; correct conception, understand ing; agreement, with (--°ree;); admission, con fession; -pâdana, n. bestowal; -rodhaka, m. suppression (of robbers etc.); -shthâ, f. per manence, continuance (opp. beginning or end); -sava, m. admission (v. r. -prasava). |
| |
| sarga | m. [√ srig] RV.; shot; jet, stream; gust (of wind); starting a courser, racing; herd let loose; V., C.: great host; C.: emission, discharge; creation (ord. mg.); creature (w. daiva, divine being, god); innate disposition, nature (rare); resolve, purpose, will (rare); section, canto (in an epic poem): lc. in the world; â sargât, from the beginning of the world; (sárga)-takta, pp. speeding like a missile (waters, RV.); -pratakta, pp. id. (steed; RV.1); -bandha, m. composition in cantos, epic poem. |
| |
| sarvakarman | n. pl. all kinds of works, rites, or occupations; 1. -kâma, m. pl. all kinds of desires; 2. (á)-kâma, a. wish ing everything; fulfilling all wishes; possess ing everything wished for; m. N. of a son of Rituparna; -kâmika, a. fulfilling all wishes; obtaining all one's desires; -kâmin, a. id.; -kâlam, ad. at all times, always (w. na, never); -kâle, lc. id.; -kâla-mitra, n. friend at all times; -kâsham, abs. w.√ kash, ex haust completely; -kshaya, m. destruction of the universe; -ga, a. all-pervading, omni present; -gana, m. the whole throng; a. (sárva- or sarvá-) having or forming a com plete company (V.); -gata, pp. all-pervading, universally prevalent; omnipresent: papra- kkha½anâmayam sarvagatam, he asked after their universal health=whether they were well in every respect: -tva, n. universal dif fusion, omnipresence; -gandha-vaha, a. wafting perfumes of all kinds; -gâtra, n. pl. all limbs; -guna, m. pl. all excellences; -grâsam, abs. w. √ gras, devour entirely; -m-kasha, a. wearing out entirely, exceed ingly cruel; all-pervading: â, f. T. of Mal linâtha's commentary on the Sisupâla-va dha; -karu, m. N. (Br.); -gana, m. every one; -ganîna, a. relating or belonging to every one; -git, a. all-conquering; -gña, a. all-knowing, omniscient (gods or men, esp. ministers and philosophers); m. N.; -gña-tâ, f., -gña-tva, n. omniscience; -gña-nârâya- na, m. N. of a scholar; -gña-mitra, m. N., -gñam-manya, a. considering oneself omni scient: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -gñâna-maya, a.containing all knowledge. |
| |
| savanīya | a. belonging etc. to the Soma libation (V., rarely P.). |
| |
| salila | a. [√ sri] V.: surging, flow ing, fluctuating; n. flood, surge; C.: sg. pl. water; rain (rare); tears (rare): -m kri or dâ, offer the libation of water to a deceased person (g.): -kara, m. aquatic animal: -ket ana, m. god of love; -ga, a. produced or living in water; m. aquatic animal; shell; -da, m. cloud; -dhara, m. id.; -nidhi, m. ocean; -pavana½âsin, a. subsisting on water or air only; -bhara, m. (volume of water), lake; -maya, a. consisting of water; -muk, m. cloud; -râsi, m. ocean; -saraka, m. n. bowl of water; -stambhin, a. bringing the water to a standstill; -sthala-kara, m. (living in water and on land), amphibious animal; -½âkara, m. volume of water; ocean; -½añgali, m. two handfuls of water (as a libation to the Manes); -½âsaya, m. reservoir of water, pond, lake; -½udbhava, a. produced in water; m. shell; n. lotus. |
| |
| saśaṅka | a. timid, shy; suspicious: -m, ad. with fear, timidly; -satru, a. having enemies; -sabda, a. noisy, resounding, echo ing, ringing: -m, ad. noisily, loudly; -sara, a. furnished with an arrow (bow); together with the arrow: -kâpa-hasta, a. holding a bow with an arrow in his hand; -salka, a. provided with rind; -salya, a. having an arrow-head in one's body; stung, wounded (fig.); -sastra, a. armed; -sâlmala,a. to gether with silk cotton trees; -sirah-kam pam, ad. with a shake of the head; -siras, a. together with the head: -ka, a. id.; -sish ya, a. together with his pupils; -suk, a. grieved; -sri&ndot;gâra, a. adorned, garnished;-sesha, a. containing a remainder, not en tirely emptied; incomplete, unfinished: -tva, n. non-exhaustion: -tvâd âyushah, because the sands of life had not yet run out; -soka, a. afflicted, sad. |
| |
| sasneha | a. greasy, oily; full of affection towards (g.); loving: -m, ad. lovingly; -sneha-bahumâna, a. attended with affection and esteem; -spriha, a. desir ing, longing, for (lc.), to (inf.); expressing a desire; envious: -m, ad. longingly; enviously; -smaya, a. arrogant; -smita, a. accom panied with a smile, smiling: °ree;-or -m, ad. with a smile; -smeram, ad. with a smile. |
| |
| sāṃyātrika | m. [samyâtrâ] sea farer, trader by sea; -yuga, a. (î) suitable for battle (samyuga): w. ku, f. battle-field: î-na, a. warlike; -râvin-a, n. [samrâvin] general shout, uproar; -vatsara, a. (î) yearly, annual [samvatsara]; m. one versed in the calendar, astrologer: i-ka, a. annual, yearly; lasting a year or the whole year; m. astrolo ger; -vitti-ka, a. [samvitti] based on a mere feeling, subjective; -vyavahâr-ika,a. (î) current in ordinary life (samvyavahâra); generally intelligible; -say-ika, a. (î) sub ject to doubt (samsaya), uncertain; hazard ous (undertaking); -sarg-ika, a. (î) produced by contact or intercourse (samsarga); -sâr-ika, a. connected with or dependent on the cycle of mundane existence (samsâra); -sid dhi-ka, a. (î) original, inherent, natural samsiddhi]; -hita, a. (î) peculiar to the Samhitâ: i-ka, a. id. |
| |
| sākāṅkṣa | a. feeling a desire; requiring a complement, correlative: -m, ad. with longing, wishfully; -½âkâra, a. having a shape, embodied; having a fair form, beau tiful: -tâ, f.embodiment; -½âkâsa, a. with the hitherward light; -½âkula, a. bewildered; -½âkûta, a. significant; attentive, accurate: -m, ad. significantly; expressively. |
| |
| sāṃkarya | n. [samkara] mixture; confusion; -kalp-ika, a. (î) based on or pro duced by will or imagination (samkalpa); -kritya, m. pat. from Samkriti: -½âyana, m. pat. from Sâmkritya: î, f. N. of a mendi cant nun; -krandan-i, m. son of Indra (sam krandana), pat. of the monkey Vâlin; -krâm ika, a. [samkrama] passing over to others (qualities); -kshep-ika, a. [samkshepa] briefly expressed, concise. |
| |
| sādhaka | a. (ikâ) accomplishing, bringing about, effecting, productive of (g., --°ree;); effective, efficient; adapted to the pur pose, useful; magical; proving; m. assist ant; worshipper; magician: -tva,n. magic; -varti, f. magical wick. |
| |
| sānasi | (RV.) a. [√ san] winning or laden with spoils, victorious (steed, car); bringing blessings. |
| |
| sānvaya | a. together with his de scendants or family; belonging to the same family, related; significant; -½apagama, a. attended with departures. |
| |
| sāmapragātha | m. kind of verses to be recited by the three Hotrakas; -bhrít, a. bringing chants (RV.1); -máya, a. consisting of Sâmans. |
| |
| sābhikāma | a. loving; -gñâna, °ree;-or -m, ad. together with tokens of recog nition; -nivesa, a. attended with a great predilection for sthg.; -prâya, a. having a distinct aim, knowing one'smind; spoken with a purpose (words); -mâna, a. full of self-satisfaction, proud, of (lc.); self-interested (action): -m, ad. proudly; -lâsha, a. full of longing, for (esp. the opposite sex, lc., prati, --°ree;); -sara, a. together with companions. |
| |
| sāmāsika | a. (î) [samâsa] com prehensive, concisely stated, brief; belonging to a compound; m. or n. compound word. |
| |
| sāyantana | a. (î) belonging to the evening. |
| |
| sāyaṃkāla | m. eventide: i-ka, î na, a. belonging to evening; -goshtha, a. driven into the fold at evening (cattle, Br.). |
| |
| sāyaka | a. [√ 2. si] meant for discharging or hurling (RV.); m. (C.), n. (RV.) missile, arrow: -pu&ndot;kha, m. feathered part of an arrow; -maya, a. consisting of arrows. |
| |
| sārasvata | a. (î) belonging or re lating to, derived from the goddess or the river Sarasvatî; m. N. of a people dwelling on the Sarasvatî (pl.); N. of a Rishi (son of Sarasvatî); n. eloquence. |
| |
| sārasa | a. (î) belonging to a lake (saras); m. (--°ree; a. f. â) Indian crane (Ardea sibirica); sts.=swan (hamsa); N. of a hunch back; n. lotus: î, f. female crane. |
| |
| sālhaṇa | a. belonging to Sâlhani: i, m. pat. N. (fr. Salhana). |
| |
| sārvadhātuka | a. applying to the whole root (i. e. the extended verbal root of the present base); -bhautika, a. affecting all beings; -bhaumá, a. [sarva-bhûmi] re lating to, prevailing or ruling over the whole earth; m. universal monarch, emperor; N. of the elephant of the northern quarter, vehicle of Kubera; -laukika, a. (î) known to or prevailing throughout the whole world, universal, general; permitted to every one; -varn-ika, a. of every kind; belonging or common to all the castes; -vedasa, n. entire property: -dakshina, a. attended with the bestowal of one's entire property as a fee (sacrifice); -½âyusha, a. having entire vital ity, thoroughly vigorous (Br.). |
| |
| sāvarṇi | m. pat. (fr. savarna) N. of a Rishi; ep. of a Manu; i-ka, a. (î) belonging to the same caste; relating to Manu Sâvarna or Sâvarni; m. N. of a village; -ya, n. iden tity of colour; homogeneousness (of sounds). |
| |
| sāvitra | a. (&isharp;) belonging or sacred to, derived from, Savitri; m. son or descend ant of Savitri: &isharp;, f. (sc. rik) Savitri verse, sp. that beginning &open;Tát savitúr várenyam&close; (RV.III, 62, 10: also called Gâyatrî); ini tiation into caste with the Sâvitrî verse, inves titure of the twice-born castes (C.); (daugh ter of Savitri) N. of Sûryâ, of Brahman's wife, of a daughter of Asvapati (wife of Sat yavat), and of various other women; N. of a river: (î)-patita, pp. excluded from initia tion with the Sâvitrî; -paribhrashta, pp. id. |
| |
| siṃha | m. lion; Leo (sign of the zodiac); --°ree;, lion-like=chief or best of, pre-eminent; lord or ruler of (also °ree;-in some cpds.); N.: -gupta, m. N. of a king; -ghosha, m. N.; -tâ, f. condition of a lion; -tunda, m. a fish: -ka, m. id.; -tva, n. state of a lion; -damsh- tra, a. lion-toothed; m. N. of an Asura; N. of a prince of the Sabaras; -datta, m. N. of an Asura; -deva, m. N. of a prince; -dvâr, f. (prince's=) palace-gate; -dvâra, n. id.; -dhvani, m. (lion's=) challenging shout; -nâda, m. lion's roar; war-cry; confident assurance; N. of an Asura, of a son of Râvana, and of a king of Malaya; -parâ krama, m. N.; -pura, n. N. of a town; -bala,m. N. of a prince: -datta, m. N.; -bhata, m. N. of an Asura; -bhû-bhrit, m. N. of a king; -mahî-pati, m. N. of a king; -ratha, a. having a car drawn by lions, ep. of Durgâ; m. N.; -rava, m. lion's roar; war cry; -râga, m. N. of a king; -rotsikâ, f. N. of a village. |
| |
| siddha | pp. (√ sidh) hit (mark); ac complished, achieved, effected, fulfilled, real ized, successful; ready (money); prepared, made ready; cooked (food); gained, acquired; peculiar; unchangeable; cured (person); established, settled, substantiated, proved; well known, in (--°ree;); possessed of magical power (things); subject, ready to serve one (spirits, charms); perfected, adept in (d., --°ree;); become perfect, possessing super natural power, emancipated from the laws of nature; m. seer, sorcerer, magician; saint, Siddha (a class of demi-gods, such as Kapila, Vyâsa etc., possessing supernatural powers, esp. that of flying through the air); = Gina (with the Jains); N.; n. magical or super natural power: -kârya, a. having accomplished one's purpose; -kshetra, n. region inhabited by Siddhas, land of the Blest; N. of certain sacred regions: -parvata, m. mountain in the land of the Blest; -tâp asa, m., î, f. ascetic endowed with super natural knowledge and power; -tva, n. correct ness; establishment, demonstration; perfec tion; -dhâman, n. abode of the Blest;-bhûmi, f. fairyland; -mantra, m. magical spell; -yoga, m. magical agency; -yogin-î, f. sorceress, witch, fairy; -ratna, a. possess ing a magical jewel; -rasa, m. quicksilver; -rasâyana, a. possessed of an elixir of life; -râga, m. N. of a king; -laksha, a. hitting the mark (arrow); -vat, ad. as established or proved: -kri, regard as settled or proved; -varti, f. magical wick; -vâsa, m. abode of the Blest, N. of a locality; -sambandha, a. whose kin is known; -sarit, f. (famous river) Ganges. |
| |
| sukha | a. having a good axle-hole, running easily (only of cars in RV.); com fortable, pleasant, mild (rare in V., very common in C.); C.: soothing, agreeable to (the ear etc., --°ree;), by reason of (--°ree;); easy to (lc. of vbl. n.); m. (sc. danda) kind of mili tary array (C.); n. ease, comfort, pleasure, enjoyment, happiness, joy (C.; rare in V.): (á)-m, in., °ree;--, happily, comfortably, agree ably, easily, without trouble (C.; rare in V.); -m, easy to (inf.); -m -na punah, more easily -than; kadalî-sukham, as easily as a Kadalî; mahatâ sukhena, with great enjoyment: -kara, a. (î) giving pleasure; easy to be done or performed, by (g.); -kârin, -krit, a. giv ing pleasure; -kârya, a. having pleasure as an object; -gamya, fp. easy to traverse; -grâhya, fp. easy to seize or catch; easy to comprehend; -ghâtya, fp. easy to kill; -kkhedya, fp. easy to destroy; -gâta,n. any thing pleasant; -tara, cpv. easier: -m, ad. more easily; -tva, n. pleasantness, enjoyable ness; -da, a. giving pleasure; -duhkha, n. du. pleasure and pain: -maya, a. (î) con sisting of or feeling joy or sorrow; -dhana,m. N. of a merchant; -para, a. intent on enjoyment, pleasure-seeking; -peya, fp. to be drunk easily; -prasna, m. enquiry as to welfare; -prasupta, pp. sleeping placidly; -prâpya, fp. easy to win or obtain (girl); -bandhana,a. (fettered by=) addicted to worldly pleasure; -bodha-rûpa, a. easily un derstood; -bhâgin, -bhâg, a. participating in fortune; lucky, happy; -bhedya, fp. easily broken; easy to separate, prone to faithless ness; -bhogya,fp. easy to enjoy or dispose of (wealth); -maya, a. (î) full of enjoyment; -m-edhas, a. prospering well. |
| |
| su | ad. [perh. for vasu= Gk. eu)=: cp. u shu, û shu, and u loka] good, well, indeed, right, very, thoroughly (never used in dependently at the beginning of a verse; rarely as an independent ad. in C.; very common °ree; with a. or n., in C. also with gd.). |
| |
| sukhārtha | m. object of pleasure: ac., d. for relief, for the sake of ease; -½arthin, a. desiring happiness or bliss; -½arha, a. de serving of happiness; -½âloka, a. easy to get sight of; -½avagama, m.easy comprehension; â-vatî, f. N.; -½avabodha, m. easy compre hension; -½âvaha, a. bringing pleasure, to (--°ree;); -½âsa, m. (pleasant food), cucumber; 1. -½âsâ, f. expectation of pleasure; 2. (su-kha) ½âsâ, f. very (sky=) remote expectation; -½â- sraya, a. productive of pleasure; -½âsana, n. comfortable seat; -½âsikâ, f. comfort; -½âs îna, pt. sitting at ease; -½asukha, n. sg. joy and sorrow, pleasure and pain; -½âsvâda, m. taste of enjoyment, relish, delight. |
| |
| sudhā | f. [good drink: √ 2. dhâ] beverage of the gods, nectar; milk (rare); mortar, plaster: -½amsu, m. (having rays of nectar), moon; -½âkara, m. mine of nectar; moon; -dîdhiti, m. moon; -drava, m. white-wash; -dhavala, a. white with plaster, white-washed; white as plaster; -dhavalita, den. pp. whitened with plaster, white-washed; -dhâman, m. moon; -dhârâ, f. stream of nectar; -dhauta, pp. white-washed; -pûra, m. stream of nectar; -bhitti, f. white-washed wall; -bhug, -bhogin, m. (feeding on nectar), god; -maya, a. (î) containing or consisting of nectar; -½amrita, n. nectar; -ras mi, m. moon; -rasa, m. nectar; a.tasting. like nectar: -maya, a. (î) consisting of or containing nectar; -½avadâta, pp. white-washed; white as plaster; -varsha, n. shower of nectar; -subhra, a. white-washed; -½âsâ ra, m. shower of nectar; -sita, a. white-washed; white as plaster: -tâ, f. whiteness of plaster; -sindhu, m. ocean of nectar; -sûti, m. moon; -seka, m. besprinkling with nectar; -syandin, a. flowing with nectar; -½âhartri, m. abstracter of nectar, ep. of Garuda; -hrada, m. lake of nectar. |
| |
| sudaṃsas | a. performing mighty deeds (RV.); -dáksha, a. very expert or wise (V.); -dákshina, a. (E.) very dexterous; very courteous; having an excellent right hand (RV.): â, f. N. of Dilîpa's wife; -dá tra, a. giving good gifts (V.); -dant, a. (-dat-î) having beautiful teeth; -darpana, a. having a beautiful mirror, reflecting beauti fully; -dársana, a. easily seen, by (in.); good-looking, handsome, beautiful, lovely; m. N. of various men; m. n. Vishnu's discus (disc of the sun): â, f. night of the bright half of the month (V.); N. of a princess (C.); -dasâ½arha-kula, a. belonging to a family worthy of a happy lot and sprung from the noble race of the Dasârhas; -dâna, n. boun teous gift; -d&asharp;nu, a. (f. id.) dripping or be stowing abundantly, bounteous (of various gods; V.); -dâman, a. bestowing abundantly, bountiful (Indra; RV.2); m. N.; -dâminî, f. N.; -dâru, n. good wood; -dâruna, a. very dreadful; -d&asharp;s, m. [√ dâs=√ dâs] faithful worshipper (of the gods; RV.) or a. bountiful √ dâ]; m. N. of a king of the Tritsus (V., C.). |
| |
| sumanomattaka | m. N.; -mano-latâ, f. flowering creeper; -mano hara, a. very charming or attractive; -mán tu, a. easily known, well-known (RV.); m. N. of a teacher; -mantra, a. following good counsels; m. N. of various men; -mantrita, pp. well-deliberated: n. imps. good counsel has been taken; n. good counsel: -m kri, take good counsel; -mantrin, a. having a good minister; -mánman, a. uttering good wishes, very devout (RV.); -marma-ga, a. deeply penetrating the joints, causing great agony (arrow); -marshana, a. easy to bear; (sú)-mahat, a. very great, huge, vast (of time, space, quantity, number, degree); very important; -mahas, a. glorious (RV., always vc.); -mahâ, °ree;--: a. extremely great; ad. very greatly; -mahâ-kaksha, a. very high-walled; -mahâ-tapas, a. extremely ascetic or pious; -mahâ-tegas, a. very glorious; -mahât man, a. very noble-minded or high-souled; -mahâ-bala, a. extremely powerful or effica cious; -mahâ-manas, a. very high-minded; -mahârha, a. very splendid; -mahausha dha, n. herb of marvellous efficacy; -mâyá, a. having noble counsels (Maruts; RV.); m. N. of a prince of the Asuras; N. of a fairy: â, f. N. of a daughter of Maya: (a)-ka, m. N. of a fairy; -mitrá, m. kind friend; N., esp. of kings: â, f. N. of a Yakshinî; N. of a wife of Dasaratha, mother of Satrughna and Lakshmana; -mukha, n. beautiful mouth; bright face: in. cheerfully; a. (î) fair-faced; bright-faced, glad; inclined or disposed to (--°ree;); m. N. of a king; -mundîka, m. N. of an Asura; -mridîká, -mrilîká, V. a. com passionate, gracious; -mrishta, pp. well polished; very dainty: -pushpa½âdhya, a. abounding in very bright flowers; -méka, V. a. well-established, firm; unvarying; -medhás, a.having a good understanding, intelligent, wise (ac. also -medh&asharp;m, RV.); -meru, m. N. of a mtn. (=Meru); N. of a fairy; -mná, a. [√ mnâ=√ man] well-dis posed, gracious (V.); n. (V.) benevolence, favour, grace; devotion, prayer; satisfac tion, gladness, peace: -yú, V. a. devout, be lieving; favourable; -mnâ-várî, a. f. gracious, bringing gladness (Dawn, RV.1). |
| |
| sumati | f. V.: benevolence, grace, favour (ord. mg.); devotion, prayer; C.: pleasure (rare; in, lc.); a. (C.) wise; well versed in (g.); m. N.: &ibrevcirc;, f. N. of Sagara's wife; -madhura, a. very tender orlovely; singing very beautifully; -madhya, a. beau tiful waisted; -madhyama, a. 1. very mediocre; 2. fair-waisted: â, f. fair-waisted woman; -mánas, a. V.: (good-hearted), well disposed, favourable, gracious, benevolent; pleasing; V., C.: well-pleased, cheerful, glad, comfortable; C.: wise; m. N.; f. flower (pl. or in cpds.); N. |
| |
| sumakha | a. vigorous, sprightly, gay (V.); n. festival, feast (RV.); -ma&ndot;gála, a. (&isharp;, â) bringing good luck, auspicious: â, f. N. |
| |
| sulakṣaṇa | a. having auspicious marks (-tva, n. abst. n.): â, f. N.; -lakshita, pp. carefully examined; -lagna, pp. firmly adhering, to (lc.); m. (?) (astrologically) auspicious moment; -labha, a. easy to ob tain or find; easy of access, to (--°ree;); cheap; adapted, appropriate, proper, fit, suitable (to, for, --°ree;): -kopa, a. irascible, -tva, n. fre quency, cheapness, -½avakâsa, a. having easy access to, easily reflected (image) in (lc.); -labhâ, f. N.; -labha½itara, a. (opposite of =) not easy of attainment; -lalita, pp. very dainty or delicious (meat); very charming or lovely: -latâ-pallava-maya, a. (î) consist ing of the young shoots of lovely creepers; -lokana, a. fine-eyed: â, f. N. of a Yakshinî; N.; -lola, a. eagerly longing for (--°ree;). |
| |
| suvarṇa | a. V., E.: having a beauti- ful colour, brilliant, glittering, golden; made of gold (rare); belonging to a good caste (E., rare); n. (V., C.) gold; wealth; m. (rarely n.) a weight=one Karsha of gold; m. N.: -ka&ndot;kana, n. gold bracelet; -kartri, m. gold smith; -kâra, m. id.; -kûla, m. a bird; -dâna, n. gift of gold; -dvîpa, m. n. gold island, perhaps Sumatra; -pârsva, N. of a locality; -pushpa, a. having gold as flowers (earth); -bindu, N. of a temple; -maya, a. (î) consisting of gold; -roman, m. (golden fleeced), ram; -lekhâ, f. streak of gold (on a touchstone); -vat, 1. ad. like gold; 2. a. containing or possessing gold, opulent: -î, f. N. of a town in Dakshinâ-patha; -vas tra½âdi, n. money, clothes, etc.; -sânûra, N. of a locality; -siddha, m. adept in the magical obtainment of gold. |
| |
| sūrya | m. [svar] sun; sun-god; N. (C.): -ka, m. N.; -kara, m. sunbeam; -kân ta, m. (beloved of the sun), sun-stone, sun crystal; -kandra, m. N.; -tapas, m. N. of a sage; -tegas, n. sunshine;(s&usharp;rya)-tvak, a. having a sun-bright skin or covering (RV.); -pâda, m. sunbeam; -putra, m. son of the sun, pat. of the Asvins, planet Saturn, and Yama: î, f. daughter of the sun, the Yamu nâ; -prabha, a. sun-bright; m. N. among others of the king after whom the eighth Lambaka of the Kathâsaritsâgara is called: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -prabhava, a. sprung from the sun (race); -prabhîya, a. belonging to king Sûryaprabha; -prasishya, m. ep. of Ganaka; -bimba, m. or n. disc of the sun; -mandala, n. id.; -matî, f. N. of a princess; -ratha, m. car of the sun; -rasmi, m. sun beam; -ruk, f. sunlight; -vamsa, m. solar race of kings; -vams-ya, a.belonging to the solar race; -varman, m. N. of a Dâmara; -vâra, m. Sunday; -sishya, m. ep. of Yâgña valkya: -½antevâsin, m. ep. of Ganaka; -samkrama, m. entrance of the sun into a new sign of the zodiac; -samkrânti, f. id.; -siddhânta, m. T. of an astronomical trea tise ascribed to the Sun; -suta, m. (son of the sun) planet Saturn; the monkey Sugrîva; -stuti, f., -stotra, n. praise of the sun. |
| |
| saiṃha | a. (î) belonging to a lion (sim ha), leonine. |
| |
| sevaka | a. (--°ree;) inhabiting; practising, indulging in, addicted to, employing; tend ing (a plant); honouring; m. servant; votary, worshipper of (--°ree;). |
| |
| saira | a. (î) belonging to the plough (sîra); n. kind of spirituous liquor. |
| |
| sainya | a. belonging to or proceeding from an army (senâ); m. soldier (pl. troops); army (rare); n. army (very common); camp (rare): -kshobha, m. mutiny among the troops; -nâyaka, m. leader of an army; -pati, m., -pâla, m. id.; -maya, a. (î) con sisting of troops; -vâsa, m. camp of an army; -siras, n. head of an army. |
| |
| saindhava | a. (&isharp;) relating to the sea (sindhu), marine, maritime; belonging to or coming from the Indus or Sindh; m. inhabi tants of Sindh (pl.); prince of Sindh; horse bred in Sindh; m. n. rock-salt (abounding in Sindh): -ka, a. belonging to the people of Sindh; -khilyá, m. lump of salt (Br.); -silâ- sakala, n. piece of rock-salt. |
| |
| sainika | a. relating or belonging to an army (senâ); m. soldier: pl. troops. |
| |
| sopakāraka | a. benefited; -graham, ad. flatteringly; -kaya, a. advan tageous, profitable; -kâra, a. courteous (speech): -m, ad. with attentions or cour tesy; -drava, a. attended with afflictions, calamities, or dangers; -dha, a. deceitful, fraudulent; together with the preceding letter (gr.); -dhi, ad. deceitfully; -pada, a. together with a secondary word (gr.); -ma, a. containing a simile; treating (lc.) in the same way as (in.); -rodham, ad. consider ately, obligingly; -sarga, a. provided with a preposition; -sveda, a. moistened, wetted; -hâsa, a. derisive, sneering: -m, ad. -ly. |
| |
| sodaka | a. containing or filled with water; -½udaya, a. together with interest; -½udayana, a. together with Udayana; -½udara, a. (î) born from the same womb, uterine; ± bhrâtri, m.uterine brother; fig. =closely allied with, next of kin to (e. g. narma½eka-sodaram hi navam vayah, youth has but one brother,=goes hand in hand with, fun): î, f. uterine sister; -½udar-ya, a., m. id.: -sneha, m. sisterly affection; -½uddhâra, a. together with a selected por tion: -vibhâgin, a. receiving one's share together with a selected portion; -½udbâsh pam, a. tearfully; -½udyama, a. prepared for the fray; -½udyoga, a. assiduous, strenu ous, enterprising; aiming at (the destruction of life,=dangerous, --°ree;); -½udvega, a. agi tated, apprehensive: -m, ad. excitedly, anxiously; -½unmâda, a. frantic, mad. |
| |
| sotka | a. full of longing, °ree;--, ad.; -½ukantha, a. eager or yearning for (prati); regretting, grieving at (--°ree;): -m, ad. long ingly; regretfully; -½utkampa, a. trembling, tremulous; -½utkarsha, a.excellent; -½ut prâsa, a. ironical, mocking: -m, ad. -ly; -½utpreksham, ad. with indifference; -½ut sava, a. festal (day); festive, overjoyed; -½utsâha, a. resolute, energetic, courageous; threatening (clouds); overjoyed: -m, ad. energetically, emphatically; with great joy: -tâ, f. alacrity, vigour; -½utsuka, a. longing, yearning, anxious, for (lc., prati, --°ree;); -½utse ka, a. arrogant, haughty; -½utsedha, a. high, lofty: -m, ad. with a jerk. |
| |
| somya | a. (V.) concerned with, be longing to, consisting of, inspired by, Soma, Soma-loving; m. (V.) Soma sacrificer. |
| |
| somaka | m. N. of a king (V., C.); C.: N. of a country; king or native of Somaka: ikâ, f. N. of a bird; -ka½îsvara, m. king of Somaka; -kráyana, a. (î) serving as the price of the Soma plant: î, f. cow --;-grahá, m. bowl of Soma (V.); eclipse of the moon (C.); -tîrtha, n. N. of a place of pilgrim age; -tva, n. condition of Soma; -datta, m. N. of various kings and Brâhmans; -dâ, f. N. of a Brâhman woman; -deva, m. god Soma; god of the moon; N. of various men: -bhatta, m. N. of the author of the Kathâ- saritsâgara; -devatya, a. having Soma as its deity; -devî, f. N. of a wife of Kâmapâla; -nâtha, m. N. of various scholars; n. N. of a celebrated Li&ndot;ga and its temple in Gujerat (destroyed in 1024 a. d.); -pá, a. drinking or entitled to drink Soma juice (V., C.); m. pl. N. of a class of Manes; -p&asharp;, a. id.; -pâna, n. drinking of Soma; (-p&asharp;na), a. Soma drinking, m. Soma drinker (V.); -pây in, a., m. id.; -pâla, m. guardian of Soma (Br.); N. of various men; -p&asharp;van, m. Soma drinker (RV.); -pîdâ, f. N. of a princess; (sóma)-pîti, f. (V.)draught of Soma (always d.); -pîthá, m. id. (V.); -pîthín, a. partici pating in the Soma draught; -putra, m. son of Soma; son of the moon, planet Mercury; -purusha, m. servant of Soma; (sóma) prishtha, a. bearing Soma on its back (V.); -péya, n. draught of Soma (RV.); -prabha, a. having the splendour of the moon; m. N.: â, f. N.; -pravâka, m. herald of the Soma sacrifice (V.); -mád, a. (strg. st. -m&asharp;d) in toxicated with Soma (RV.1); -rasmi, m. N. of a Gandharva; (sóma)-râgan, a. (ñî) having Soma as a king; -râta, m. N.; -la devî, f. N. of a princess; -vamsa, m. lunar race of kings; -vams-ya, a. belonging to the lunar race; (sóma)-vat, a.containing Soma, attended etc. by Soma (V.); -vallî, f. Soma plant; -vâra, m. Monday; -vâsara, m. or n. id.; -vikrayín, a. selling Soma; m. seller of Soma; -vriddha, pp. invigorated by Soma (RV.); -sarman, m. N. of various men; (sóma)-sita, pp. sharpened by Soma; -sush man, m. N. (Br.); -sûra, m. N.; -samsthâ, f. fundamental form of the Soma sacrifice; -sad, m. pl. N. of the Manes of the Sâdhyas; -salila, n. Soma water; -sú-t, a.pressing Soma; -suta, m. son or descendant of the Moon; (sóma)-suti, f. pressing of Soma; -sútvan, a. pressing Soma; m. Soma-pres ser; -svâmin, m. N.; -½ânanda, m. N.; â raudrá, a. belonging to Soma and Rudra; n. (sc. sûkta) the hymn RV. VI, 74 (C.). |
| |
| sautrāmaṇa | a. (î) belonging to Indra (Sutrâman): w. dis, f. the east: &isharp;, f. a certain rite sacred to Indra Sutrâman (V., P.). |
| |
| sautra | a. (î) consisting or made of threads; belonging to a Sûtra: w. dhâtu, m. (etymological) root mentioned in a Sûtra only. |
| |
| saukara | a. (î) relating or belonging to a hog (sûkara), hoggish. |
| |
| sormi | a. having waves, billowy, surging; speeding along (horses); -½ullâsa, a. delighted, rejoicing: -m, ad. joyfully; -½ulluntha, a. ironical, sarcastic: -m, ad. ironically; -½ûsha, a. mixed with salt earth; -½ûshma-tâ, f. heat; aspiration (gr.); -½ûsh man, a. warm, hot; aspirated; m. aspirate; -½ûshma-snâna-griha, n. room with hot baths, bath-room. |
| |
| sauparṇa | a. relating or belonging to, derived from, resembling, the hawk etc.; n. the Suparna hymn (V.): -vrata, n. kind of ascetic observance (S.). |
| |
| saumerava | a. (î) belonging to Sumeru. |
| |
| saumika | a. (î) belonging to Soma or the Soma sacrifice. |
| |
| saubhara | a. (î) belonging to Sobhari; m. pat. fr. Sobhari: i, m. N. of a Rishi. |
| |
| saurasaindhava | a. belonging to the Ganges (surasindhu). |
| |
| saura | a. (î) relating or belonging to, derived from, the sun (sûrya), solar; m. wor shipper of the sun; son of the sun, planet Saturn; n. collection of hymns to the sun. |
| |
| saussala | a. belonging to Sussala. |
| |
| skānda | a. belonging to, derived from etc., the god Skanda. |
| |
| strī | f. [perh.=starî; nm. without s, ac., V., C. striyam, C. also strîm] woman, female, wife; feminine form or gender (gr.): -ka, --°ree; a.=strî; -kat&ibrevcirc;, f. female hip; (str&isharp;) kâma, a.lusting after women (V., C.); de siring female offspring; -kârya, n. attend ance on women; -kumâra, m. pl. women and children; (str&isharp;)-krita, pp. done by women; n. copulation (S.); -kshîra, n. milk of women; -gamana, n. consorting or sexual intercourse with women; -ghâtaka, a. mur dering a woman or one's wife; -ghna, a. id.; -gana, m. women-kind; feminine (gr.); -gan anî, a. f. bringing forth daughters; -gita, pp. ruled by women, henpecked; -tva, n. womanhood; feminine gender (gr.); -dhana, n. woman's private property; wife and pro perty; -dharma, m. laws concerning women; copulation; -dharminî, a. menstruating; -pumsa, m. du.husband and wife; mascu line and feminine (gr.); -pumdharma, m. laws concerning men and women; -praty aya, m. feminine suffix; -prasû, a. f. bring ing forth daughters; -bhava, m. womanhood; -mantra, m. woman's counsel or stratagem; -maya, a. (î) feminine; effeminate. |
| |
| stoma | m. [√ 1. stu] (hymn of) praise, eulogium, panegyric (V.; very rare in P.); fundamental form of chant (seven being the usual number of them; rit.); mass, quan tity, multitude (C.): -tashta,pp. fashioned into (=being the theme of) praise (RV.); -bhâga, a. having the Stoma as one's share (Br.); m. pl. N. of certain (29) verses be longing to the Soma sacrifice, employed while laying the fifth layer of bricks (V.):â, f. N. of these bricks; -várdhana, a. (thriving on=) delighting in hymns of praise (RV.1); (stóma)-vâhas, a. (RV.) offering praise; receiving a hymn of praise; -vriddhi, f. en largement of the Stoma. |
| |
| sthāṇava | a. [sthânu] derived from trunks of trees; -îya, a. belonging to Siva (bow). |
| |
| sthānika | a. taking the place of (g., --°ree;; gr.); -in, a. occupying a high posi tion; being in the right place, appropriate; being originally in the place; what should be in the place=to be supplied(gr.); m. primi tive or original form (gr.; opp. âdesa, substi tute); -i-vat, ad. like the primitive form: d âdesah, the substitute is subject to the same rules as the primitive; -îya, a. having its place in, being in (--°ree;); occupying the place of, representing (--°ree;). |
| |
| sthitideśa | m. place of abode; -mat, a. firm, stable, enduring; keeping within bounds (ocean); observing the limits of morality, virtuous; -varman, m. N. of a prince; -sthâpaka, m. (sc. samskâra) elasticity (restoring the original state). |
| |
| spṛhā | f. eager desire, longing for, pleasure in (lc., --°ree;; rarely d., g.); envy (rare): -m kri or bandh, long for (lc., --°ree;); -m kri, envy any one (lc.): -vat, a. desirous of, delighting in (lc.). |
| |
| spṛhayāyya | a. desirable (RV.); -ayâlu, a. longing for, delighting in (d., lc.): -tâ, f. desire for (--°ree;). |
| |
| sphūrti | f. [√ sphur] quivering, throb bing; manifestation, appearance, display; bragging. |
| |
| svakṣatra | a. master of oneself, in dependent, free (RV.); -gata, pp. belonging to oneself, own: -m, ad. to oneself, aside (say, think); -guna, m. one's own merits; a. having its own merits, appropriate;(á)-gûrta, pp. pleasing in themselves (RV.); -griha, n. one's own house; -gokara, a. subject to oneself: -m kri, subject to oneself. |
| |
| svakīya | a. own etc. (=1. sva); m. pl. one's people, friends: -tva, n. belonging or relation to oneself. |
| |
| svatantra | n. (self-authority), inde pendence, freedom; a. free, independent, un controlled: w. pada, n. independent word: -tâ, f. independence, freedom; originality; -tantraya, den. subject to one'swill; (á) tavas, a. V.: self-strong, inherently powerful; valiant; -tas, ad. of oneself, of one's own ac cord; by nature; out of one's own estate: svato &zip; msât, from one's own share, raksher apakâram svatah parato vâ,guard your self and others against transgression; -tâ, f. ownership: -m pasyati, believes that every thing belongs to or is meant for him, râga svatam upapadyate, accrues to the king; -tvá, n. proprietary right to (lc.; C.); inde pendence (V.). |
| |
| svapnaja | a. produced in a dream, dreamt; -darsana, n. vision of a dream; -nidarsana, n. id.; -bhâg, a. indulging in sleep; -mânavaka, m. dream-manikin (a kind of charm producing dreams that are realized); -labdha, pp. obtained (=appear ing) in a dream; -vritta, pp. occurring in a dream. |
| |
| svabhū | a. self-existent; f. one's own country, home; -bhûta, pp. being one's own, belonging to (g.); -bhû-tyâga, m. abandon ment of one's own country; -bhûmi, f. one's own country, home; -manîshikâ, f. own opinion; -mâmsa, n. own flesh or body. |
| |
| svarka | a. singing beautifully (V.). |
| |
| svavaṃśya | a. belonging to one's family. |
| |
| svasaṃvedya | fp. intelligible to oneself only; -sadrisa, a. like or suitable to oneself; -samâna, a. id.; -samuttha, a. arising (fire) within itself (fuel); produced or existing by itself, natural; -sambhûta, pp. produced from oneself; (á)-sara, V. n. own resort: √ sri] stall, fold; accustomed place, dwelling; nest; -siddha, pp. come about spontaneously; belonging to one by nature (arms). |
| |
| svāyaṃbhuva | a. relating or be longing to the Self-existent (Svayambhu, Brahman); relating etc. to Manu Svâyam bhuva; m. pat. of a Manu, of Marîki, Atri, and Nârada. |
| |
| svābhāvika | a. (î) belonging to one's own nature, natural, original, peculiar, innate, inherent: -½itara, a. not innate. |
| |
| svīya | a. belonging to oneself (sva), own; m. pl. one's own people, one's kindred: â, f. wife who may be truly called one's own; î-kri, make one's own, take possession of (v. r.). |
| |
| sviṣṭa | pp. well sacrificed, correctly offered; n. right sacrifice: -krit, a. offering a right sacrifice; sp. ep. of Agni; belonging, offered etc., to Agni Svishtakrit: d-bhâga, m. share of Agni Svishtakrit, d-bhâganá, n. substitute for Agni Svishtakrit. |
| |
| svārtha | m. own affair or cause, per sonal matter or advantage, one's own aim or object; own=original meaning (of a word; gr.): -m or e, on one's own account, for oneself; a. directed to oneself, egoistical; adapted to its purpose: -para, a. intent on one's own interests; -prayatna, m. self-in terested project; -sâdhaka, a. promoting one's own objects; -sâdhana, n. furtherance of one's own objects. |
| |
| skandhya | a. belonging etc. to the shoulder. |
| |
| haya | m. [speeder: √ hi] steed, horse; a. urging on (in asva-hayá); -kovida, a. skilled in horses; -grîva, a. having the mane of a horse; m. a form of Vishnu; N. of an Asura and of various men; -gña,a. skilled in horses: -tâ, f. knowledge of horses; -gñâ na, n. id.; -tattva-gña, a. knowing the true nature of horses; -pa, m. groom; N. of a king; -pati, m. N. of a king; -medha, m. horse sacrifice; -lîlâvatî, f. T. of a treatise on horses; -vidyâ, f. art of managing horses; -sâstra, n. id.; -siras, n. horse's head; -sisu, m. foal; -samgrahana, n. curbing of horses. |
| |
| svārthika | a. [sva½artha] retaining (not modifying) the original meaning, pleo nastic (suffix). |
| |
| hara | a. --°ree; (â, sts. î) bearing, wearing; taking, conveying; bringing (news) to (prati); taking away, depriving or robbing of; sur passing; removing, dispelling, destroying; receiving, obtaining; (taking=) captivating; m. Destroyer, ep. of Siva; N.; (hár)-ana, a. (â, î) conveying, containing; taking away, removing; n. bringing, fetching; offering; carrying off, stealing, theft, abduction (of a girl); withholding; confiscation (of property); obtainment; removal or destruction of (--°ree;). |
| |
| haviṣkṛt | a. preparing the oblation (V.); (ísh)-kriti, f. preparation of the oblation (RV.); (ísh)-pa&ndot;kti, f. aggregate of five oblations (Br.); (ish)-pa&ndot;kti, a. consisting of five oblations (V.); (ísh)-pati, m. lord of the oblation; -p&asharp;, a. drinking the oblation (RV.1); -pânt-îya, a. beginning with havísh p&asharp;ntam (RV. X, 88, 1); (ísh) mat, V. a. having the oblation prepared, offering an oblation; attended with or con taining oblations; m. N. of various Rishis (V., C.); pl. N. of certain Manes, sons of A&ndot;giras (C.); -yã, a. suitable or prepared for the oblation (esp. of rice and other kinds of grain); m. n.sacrificial offering of grain. |
| |
| havirad | a. eating the oblation (RV.); -ádya, n. tasting the oblation (V.); -ukkhishtá, (pp.) n. remnant of a sacrifice; -guna, m. quality of the sacrificial food; -d&asharp;, a. bringing oblations (RV.); -dâna, n. gift of an oblation; -dh&asharp;na, m. N. of the reputed composer of RV. X, 11--15; n. (receptacle of the offering), car for conveying the Soma plants to be pressed (gnly. two; V.); light shed for housing the Soma cars (V.); place of sacrifice (E.): î, f. N. of the mythical cow Surabhi or Kâmadhenu; -bhug, a. consuming the oblation; m. fire; god of fire: pl. the Manes of the Kshatriyas; -yagñá, m. offering of the oblation (a kind of sacrifice), simple sacrifice (Br., S.): -samsthâ, f. fundamental form of the Haviryagña; -váh, a. (nm. -vât) conveying the sacrifice (RV.1). |
| |
| hasa | m. mirth, laughter; -ana, a. laughing, with (g.); n. laughter: &asharp;, f. jest, encouraging shout (RV.1); -anîya, fp. to be laughed at, deserving the derision of (g.); -antikâ, f. fire-pan, chafing-dish; -ita, (pp.) n. laughter; -kartrí, m. mirth-maker, gladdener (RV.1); -kârá, m. laughter of heaven, sheet lightning (RV.1); (hás)-kriti, f. mirth, laughter (RV.1). |
| |
| hastya | a. belonging to the hand (V.). |
| |
| hāra | a. (î) --°ree; [√ 1. hri] bearing; bringing; taking away; raising (taxes); m. 1. string or necklace of pearls; 2. (vbl. n.) seizure or forfeiture of (--°ree;); removal (rare): -ka, --°ree; a. (i-kâ) bearing; bringing; carry ing away; stealing; removing, taking upon oneself (impurity); ravishing; m. thief; pearl necklace; -muktâ, f. pl. pearls of a necklace; -yashti, f. (--°ree; &ibrevcirc;) string of pearls; -latâ, f. id.; N. |
| |
| hāstina | a. belonging to the ele phant (AV.); having the depth of an ele phant (water; C.): -pura, n. = Hastinâ pura. |
| |
| himāṃśu | m. moon: -mâlin, m. id.; -½âgama, m. beginning of (the cold=) winter; -½akala, m. snow-mountain, Himâ laya: -½indra, m. chief of snow-mountains, Himâlaya; -½atyaya, m. end of the cold sea son; -½adri, m. Himâlaya. |
| |
| huṃkāra | m. the sound hum (ex pressive of a threat or disgust); trumpeting (of an elephant), lowing (of a cow), twanging (of a bow); -krita, pp., v. hum; n. exclama tion hum (expressive of anger); lowing (of a cow); roar (of thunder); -kriti, f. sound hum (= -kâra). |
| |
| hṛt | a. (--°ree;) bringing; stealing, robbing; taking away, dispelling, putting an end to. |
| |
| hiryagbha | a. belonging etc. to Hiranyagarbha; m. pat. of Manu; -stûpa, a. (î) composed by Hiranyastûpa. |
| |
| haimavatā | a. (&isharp;) belonging to, situated or growing on, bred in, coming from the Himavat; -î, f. pat. of the Ganges and of Pârvatî. |
| |
| haimtā | a. (&isharp;) belonging to winter (hemanta), wintry. |
| |
| haimanā | a. (î) belonging to winter (heman), wintry. |
| |
| hayāsa | ad. yesterday: -tana, a. (î) be longing to yesterday: î, f. personal termina tions of the imperfect. |
| |
| hu्ya | a. belonging to the oblation or sacrifice (homa). |
| |
| homina | a. sacrificing (--°ree;); -îya, a. belonging to or meant for the sacrifice or oblation. |
| |
| ho्rīya | n. (relating to the Hotri or sacrificer), priestly office (RV.1); -&isharp;ya, a. be longing etc. to the Hotri or the Hotrakas (V.). |
Concordance
987 results0 results44 results
| |
| agnir | vanaspatīnām adhipatiḥ (AVP. adhyakṣaḥ) sa māvatu (AVP. has sa māvatu at the beginning of the following formula) # AVś.5.24.2; AVP.15.7.8. P: agnir vanaspatīnām Vait.8.13. |
| |
| aṅgavate | svāhā # KSA.5.3. See aṅgine. |
| |
| idam | ahaṃ tān valagān ud vapāmi yān nas sanābhir yān asanābhir (also yān nas svo yān araṇo) nicakhāna # KS.2.11. Cf. items beginning with idam ahaṃ taṃ valagam. |
| |
| idam | ahaṃ tān valagān ud vapāmi yān me bhrātṛvyo yān abhrātṛvyo nicakhāna ye aṃsadaghne # MS.1.2.10: 20.6. Cf. items beginning with idam ahaṃ taṃ valagam. |
| |
| idam | ahaṃ tān valagān ud vapāmi yān me sajanyo yān asajanyo (KS. vapāmi yān nas samāno yān asamāno) nicakhāna ye śīrṣadaghne (KS. omits ye śīrṣadaghne) # MS.1.2.10: 20.7; KS.25.9. Cf. items beginning with idam ahaṃ taṃ valagam. |
| |
| indraḥ | karmaṇām adhyakṣaḥ (with sa māvatu at the beginning of the following formula) # AVP.15.7.9. Cf. indro divo 'dhipatiḥ. |
| |
| indrāgacha | hariva āgacha (JB. also indrāgacha haribhyām āyāhi) medhātither meṣa vṛṣaṇaśvasya mene gaurāvaskandinn ahalyāyai jāra kauśika brāhmaṇa gautama bruvāṇa (JB. also kauśika brāhmaṇa kauśika bruvāṇa) # JB.2.79--80; śB.3.3.4.18; TA.1.12.3; Lś.1.3.1. P: indrāgacha ṣB.1.1.10,11 (followed by the rest, 1.1.12--23). Designated as subrahmaṇyā AB.6.3.1; KB.27.6; śB.4.6.9.25; TB.3.8.1.2; 12.9.6; Aś.8.13.28; 12.4.19; Vait.15.4; 34.4; Apś.20.1.7; 21.12.10; 22.6.6; MDh.9.12.6; see also the formulas beginning subrahmaṇya upa. Cf. agna āgacha. |
| |
| ugrād | abhiprabhaṅgiṇaḥ # RV.8.45.35b. |
| |
| ut | tiṣṭha prehi pra drava # AVś.18.3.8a; TA.6.4.2a. Ps: ut tiṣṭha prehi Kauś.80.35; ut tiṣṭha Kauś.8.31. The stanzas beginning here are designated as utthāpanyaḥ (sc. ṛcaḥ) Vait.37.23; Kauś.82.31; 83.20,23; 84.13. Cf. under ud īrṣva nāry. |
| |
| ūrjasvāṃś | ca payasvāṃś ca # AVś.19.46.6d. AVP.4.23.6 divides differently, putting ūrjasvāṃś ca at the end of pāda c, and payasvāṃś ca at the beginning of pāda d. See śaṃbhūś ca, and payasvāṃś cāstṛtas. |
| |
| oṣiṣṭhahanaṃ | śiṅgīnikośyābhyām (TA. -kośābhyām) # TS.1.4.36.1; TA.3.21.1. See vasiṣṭhahanuḥ. |
| |
| kāmo | haviṣāṃ mandiṣṭho 'gne tvaṃ su jāgṛhi # MS.1.2.3ab: 12.3 (so mss.: the verse properly begins agne tvaṃ, q.v.). P: kāmo haviṣāṃ mandiṣṭhaḥ Mś.2.1.3.11. |
| |
| kṛṇomi | bhaginaṃ mā # AVś.6.129.1c. |
| |
| kṛtyākṛtaṃ | valaginam # AVś.5.31.12a; AVP.1.47.4a. Cf. kṛtyākṛto. |
| |
| kṛtyākṛto | valaginaḥ # AVś.10.1.31a. Cf. kṛtyākṛtaṃ. |
| |
| candramā | nakṣatrāṇām adhipatiḥ (AVP. adhyakṣaḥ) sa māvatu (AVP. has sa māvatu at the beginning of the following formula) # AVś.5.24.10; AVP.15.7.5. See prec. |
| |
| tena | mā bhāginaṃ kuru # AVś.6.129.2c,3c. |
| |
| tvaṣṭā | rūpāṇām adhyakṣaḥ (with sa māvatu at the beginning of the following formula) # AVP.15.8.2. Cf. under tvaṣṭaḥ samidhāṃ. |
| |
| dhruvoḥ | # Mś.4.6.4 (a magic formula or its beginning). |
| |
| namaḥ | kakubhāya niṣaṅgiṇe # VSK.17.2.4; TS.4.5.3.1. See namo niṣaṅgiṇe kakubhāya. |
| |
| namo | niṣaṅgiṇa iṣudhimate # VS.16.21; TS.4.5.3.1; MS.2.9.3: 123.4; KS.17.12; ApMB.2.18.46 (ApG.7.20.16); HG.2.9.6. Cf. next but one. |
| |
| namo | niṣaṅgiṇe kakubhāya # VS.16.20; VSK.17.2.4; MS.2.9.3: 123.2; KS.17.12. See namaḥ kakubhāya. |
| |
| namo | niṣaṅgiṇe ceṣudhimate ca # VS.16.36; TS.4.5.7.1; MS.2.9.7: 125.12; KS.17.14. Cf. prec. but one. |
| |
| niṣaṅgiṇa | upa spṛśata (ApMB. niṣaṅginn upa spṛśa) # HG.2.9.2,5; ApMB.2.18.45 (ApG.7.20.6). |
| |
| niṣaṅginn | etc. # see niṣaṅgiṇa. |
| |
| niṣaṅgibhyaḥ | svāhā # HG.2.9.2,5. See niṣaṅgiṇe. |
| |
| pitaraḥ | pare 'varas tatas tatāmahas (with te māvantu at the beginning of the following formula) # AVP.15.9.4. Cf. next two, and AVś.5.24.15--17. |
| |
| puruṣasūkta | pauruṣasūkta, and the like # GDh.19.12; ViDh.56.15,26; 64.23,38; 65.15; 86.12; VāDh.22.9; 26.7; 28.13; BDh.3.10.10; MDh.11.252; LHDh.4.55; VHDh.2.13; 4.30,85,127; 5.136,195,211,216,378,404,406,555,566; 7.69,103,258; 8.31; LAtDh.2.6; VAtDh.2.6; SaṃvartaDh.224; BṛhPDh.9.319; Rvidh.3.26.3; 29.5; 35.1. Designation of the hymn beginning sahasraśīrṣā, q.v. |
| |
| bhindhi | śiraḥ kṛmer jāyāṃ nyasya (the edition puts nyasya at the beginning of pāda d) # AVP.1.87.1c. |
| |
| mayi | rāyo mayi rakṣaḥ (originally dakṣaḥ ?) # MS.4.9.13: 134.5. |
| |
| mahānāmnyaḥ | (sc. ṛcaḥ) # AVś.11.7.6; VS.23.35; KS.10.10; TS.5.2.11.1; AB.4.4.1; 5.7.1; 6.24.7; KB.23.2; śB.13.5.1.10; PB.13.4.1; ṣB.3.11; TA.1.1.2; 21.1; Aś.7.12.10; 8.2.23; 14.2; śś.10.6.10; 12.6.9; 16.8.1,2; Lś.3.5.13; 7.5.2,5; 10.2.1,2; Apś.20.13.1; śG.2.12.13; GG.3.2.6,28; GDh.19.12; BDh.3.10.10; Rvidh.4.25.1; Svidh.1.4.6,12; 2.7.1. Designation of the mantras beginning with vidā maghavan, q.v. See the prec. three, and next. |
| |
| māntar | gāta bhāginaṃ bhāgadheyāt # Apś.6.8.11b. |
| |
| mām | agne bhāginaṃ kuru # ApMB.2.6.12d. Cf. mām indra. |
| |
| mām | indra bhaginaṃ kṛṇu # AVś.7.12.3d. Cf. mām agne. |
| |
| mā | yajamānaṃ tamo vidat (Kś. vidan martvijaḥ: the additional words figure as the beginning of the second pāda in the other texts) # TB.3.7.8.3a; Kś.25.12.5a; Apś.14.30.3a. See memaṃ yajñaṃ tamo. |
| |
| yaḥ | puṣṭāni saṃsṛjati dvayāni (TSṃS.KS. trayāṇi) # AVś.4.24.7b; TS.4.7.15.2b; MS.3.16.5b: 190.12; KS.22.15b. AVP.4.39.7b prefixes to this mantra the word vaśī, properly belonging to the preceding pāda. See vaśī yaḥ puṣṭāni. |
| |
| yamaḥ | pitṝṇām adhipatiḥ (AVP. adhyakṣaḥ) sa māvatu (AVP. has sa māvatu at the beginning of the following formula) # AVś.5.24.14; AVP.15.9.3. |
| |
| yaṃ | bahava upajīvanti yo janānām asad vaśī taṃ videya prajāṃ videya # Aś.1.11.1. Two metrical pādas at the beginning. |
| |
| yāvadaṅgīnaṃ | pārasvatam # AVś.6.72.3a. P: yāvadaṅgīnam Kauś.40.17. |
| |
| yā | sarasvatī viśobhagīnā tasyāṃ me rāsva tasyās te bhaktivāno bhūyāsma # Apś.4.13.7. See the two after next. |
| |
| yā | sarasvatī viśobhagīnā tasyai svāhā # Apś.3.10.2. See next but three. |
| |
| yā | sarasvatī veśabhaginī tasyā no rāsva tasyās te bhaktivāno bhūyāsma # KS.5.4. See prec. but one, and next. |
| |
| yā | sarasvatī veśabhagīnā tasyās te bhaktivāno bhūyāsma # MS.1.4.3: 51.8. P: yā sarasvatī veśabhagīnā Mś.1.4.3.3. See prec., and prec. but two. |
| |
| yā | sarasvatī veśabhagīnā tasyai svāhā # Apś.3.10.2. |
"gin" has 385 results
2344 results
| ||
| ādā | ginger | CC Antya 10.135-136 |
| ||
| CC Antya 10.149 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 14.33 | ||
| ||
| ā-brahma | beginning from Lord Brahmā | SB 5.14.29 |
| ||
| ā-viriñcāt | beginning from Lord Brahmā | SB 5.15.13 |
| ||
| ā-kalpāt | from the very beginning of Lord Brahmā's day | SB 10.87.6 |
| ||
| a-kāra-ādyāḥ | beginning with the letter a | SB 12.6.42 |
| ||
| khā'na | begins to eat | CC Adi 14.51 |
| ||
| ā-bāla-vṛddha | beginning from the children up to the old persons | CC Madhya 4.83 |
| ||
| ābhāsam | the original source | BG 13.15 |
| ||
| ābhāsam | reflection (of the original body and senses) | SB 7.12.10 |
| ||
| abhāvaḥ | changing quality | BG 2.16 |
| ||
| abhijña-mātram | only imagined to have a separate existence | SB 12.8.44 |
| ||
| abhimarśanaḥ | massaging | SB 10.86.43 |
| ||
| abhimṛśan | massaging | SB 10.52.29 |
| ||
| abhiṣeka | the bathing of the Deity at the beginning of the installation ceremony | CC Madhya 4.59 |
| ||
| abhyańga-mardana | massaging the body with oil | CC Antya 5.17 |
| ||
| abhyañjana-ādikam | massaging the body with oil and so on | SB 7.12.8 |
| ||
| abhyañjana | massaging the head | SB 7.12.12 |
| ||
| abhyudaya | bringing up | SB 10.82.38 |
| ||
| acala | unchanging | SB 10.35.8-11 |
| ||
| mańgala-ācaraṇe | in the performance of auspiciousness in the beginning | CC Antya 1.182 |
| ||
| ācārya-kalpita | imagined by Śańkarācārya | CC Madhya 25.27 |
| ||
| ācārya-ādi | beginning with Advaita Ācārya | CC Antya 19.16 |
| ||
| ādā-khaṇḍa | pieces of ginger | CC Madhya 15.54-55 |
| ||
| ādā-cāki | ground ginger | CC Antya 2.108 |
| ||
| nembu-ādā | a preparation made with lime and ginger | CC Antya 10.15-16 |
| ||
| adarśanam | impersonal merging within the brahmajyoti | SB 2.7.34-35 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning | BG 3.41 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning | BG 4.4 |
| ||
| kalpa-ādau | in the beginning of the millennium | BG 9.7 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning | SB 1.3.1 |
| ||
| ādau | original in the creative energy of matter | SB 3.9.2 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning | SB 3.11.35 |
| ||
| arcā-ādau | beginning with worship of the Deity | SB 3.29.25 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning of creation | SB 4.17.31 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning (the Second and Third Cantos) | SB 5.26.38 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning | SB 6.1.1 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning | SB 6.4.49-50 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning | SB 6.16.36 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning | SB 6.18.30 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning | SB 7.15.57 |
| ||
| bhūta-ādau | in the false ego, the origin of material existence | SB 9.7.25-26 |
| ||
| kṛta-ādau | at the beginning of the next Satya-yuga | SB 9.22.11 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning | SB 11.3.23 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning, before creation | SB 11.3.37 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning | SB 11.4.5 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning (of the millennium) | SB 11.17.10 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning | SB 11.22.17 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning | SB 11.24.2 |
| ||
| ādau | originally | CC Adi 5.84 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning | CC Madhya 11.78 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning | CC Madhya 11.139 |
| ||
| jihvā-ādau | beginning with the tongue | CC Madhya 17.136 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning | CC Madhya 20.266 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning | CC Madhya 23.14-15 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning | CC Madhya 24.329 |
| ||
| ādau | in the beginning | CC Antya 5.100 |
| ||
| ādāya | bringing | SB 10.23.19 |
| ||
| ādāya | bringing | SB 11.7.64 |
| ||
| dakṣa-ādayaḥ | beginning with Dakṣa | SB 5.5.21-22 |
| ||
| dāra-apatya-ādayaḥ | beginning with the wife and children | SB 5.14.3 |
| ||
| brahma-ādayaḥ | beginning from Lord Brahmā | SB 6.9.21 |
| ||
| saubhaga-ādayaḥ | sons beginning with Saubhaga | SB 6.18.8 |
| ||
| brahma-ādayaḥ | the demigods, beginning from Lord Brahmā | SB 7.5.13 |
| ||
| brahma-ādayaḥ | beginning from Lord Brahmā | SB 7.8.7 |
| ||
| brahmā-ādayaḥ | the demigods, beginning with Brahmā, Śiva, Indra and Candra | SB 8.3.30 |
| ||
| pāyasa-ādayaḥ | beginning with sweet rice | SB 10.24.26 |
| ||
| kha-ādayaḥ | beginning with ether | SB 11.22.19 |
| ||
| sarva-adbhuta-camatkāra | bringing wonder to all | CC Madhya 23.82-83 |
| ||
| ādhāya | discharging semen | SB 9.24.35 |
| ||
| bhakti-adhikārī | eligible for discharging transcendental loving service to the Lord | CC Madhya 22.64 |
| ||
| adhyakṣāya | who are superintending, managing | SB 8.3.13 |
| ||
| chandāṃsi adhyāpayiṣyan | desiring to teach him Vedic mantras during the months beginning with Śrāvaṇa or during the period of Cāturmāsya | SB 5.9.5 |
| ||
| ādhyātmika-ādi | beginning with those pertaining to the body and mind | CC Madhya 22.13 |
| ||
| ādi | beginning | BG 5.22 |
| ||
| ādi-devam | the original Lord | BG 10.12-13 |
| ||
| ādi-devaḥ | the original Supreme God | BG 11.38 |
| ||
| ādi-kavaye | unto the original created being | SB 1.1.1 |
| ||
| ādi-pūruṣe | unto the original Personality of Godhead | SB 1.9.30 |
| ||
| ādi | the original | SB 2.1.28 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣa | the original enjoyer | SB 2.7.15 |
| ||
| ādi-sarge | in the beginning of creation | SB 3.4.13 |
| ||
| ādi-rājasya | of the original king | SB 3.13.3 |
| ||
| ādi | original | SB 3.14.2 |
| ||
| ādi-daityau | demons in the beginning of creation | SB 3.17.16 |
| ||
| ādi | the original | SB 3.18.21 |
| ||
| ādi-sūkaraḥ | the origin of the boar species | SB 3.19.31 |
| ||
| ādi | original | SB 4.9.15 |
| ||
| ādi-kṛt | beginning of everything | SB 4.11.19 |
| ||
| ādi-rājam | the original king | SB 4.16.21 |
| ||
| ādi | original | SB 4.17.34 |
| ||
| ādi-rājāya | upon the original king | SB 4.19.41 |
| ||
| ādi-rājaḥ | the original king | SB 4.20.21 |
| ||
| ādi-rājena | by the original king (Pṛthu) | SB 4.20.32 |
| ||
| ādi-rājasya | of the original king | SB 4.21.8 |
| ||
| ādi-rājena | by the original king (Pṛthu) | SB 4.22.48 |
| ||
| ādi | beginning with | SB 4.29.54 |
| ||
| vanitā-ādi | beginning with the wife | SB 4.29.54 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣaḥ | the original person | SB 5.1.10 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣasya | the original person | SB 5.1.23 |
| ||
| ādi-anta-vat | everything material has a beginning and an end | SB 5.10.11 |
| ||
| ānayana-ādi | of the bringing and other such tasks | SB 5.10.21 |
| ||
| paramāṇu-ādi | beginning from the time of minute atoms | SB 5.14.29 |
| ||
| upanayana-ādi | beginning with offering the sacred thread or training the conditioned soul to qualify as a bona fide brāhmaṇa | SB 5.14.30 |
| ||
| meru-ādi-giri-duhitaraḥ | daughters of the mountains beginning with Meru | SB 5.17.10 |
| ||
| ādi-sūkaraḥ | the original form of a boar | SB 5.18.39 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original cause of all causes | SB 5.19.1 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣaḥ | the original person | SB 5.22.3 |
| ||
| ādi-devaḥ | the original Lord, or nondifferent from the original Supreme Personality of Godhead | SB 5.25.6 |
| ||
| praṇava-ādi | beginning with the oṃkāra | SB 6.8.7 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | SB 6.9.20 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣa | the original person | SB 6.9.33 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | unto the expansion of the original personality | SB 6.16.31 |
| ||
| ādi-anta | in both the beginning and the end | SB 6.16.36 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | SB 6.18.66-67 |
| ||
| ādi-bhavaḥ | Lord Brahmā, the original living creature within this universe | SB 7.3.22 |
| ||
| ādi-devam | the origin of all the demigods | SB 7.6.17-18 |
| ||
| ādi | the original | SB 7.8.35 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣa | O supreme original Personality of Godhead | SB 7.8.43 |
| ||
| ādi | in the beginning | SB 7.9.30 |
| ||
| ādi-anta-vantaḥ | who all have a beginning and end | SB 7.9.49 |
| ||
| ādi | in the beginning of the millennium | SB 7.10.42 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣasya | of the original Personality of Godhead | SB 7.10.47 |
| ||
| niṣeka-ādi | the beginning of life (the purificatory process of garbhādhāna, performed when the father begets a child by discharging semen into the womb of the mother) | SB 7.15.52 |
| ||
| ādi | a beginning | SB 8.1.12 |
| ||
| ādi-bījāya | who is the origin or root cause of everything | SB 8.3.2 |
| ||
| duḥsvapna-ādi | beginning with sleeping badly at night | SB 8.4.15 |
| ||
| ādi-kacchapaḥ | as the supreme original tortoise | SB 8.7.10 |
| ||
| ādi | the beginning | SB 8.12.5 |
| ||
| ādi-devāya | who are the original Personality of Godhead | SB 8.16.34 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣaḥ | the original person | SB 8.17.4 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the supreme original person, Bhagavān | SB 8.23.11-12 |
| ||
| ādi-pūruṣaḥ | the original person | SB 8.24.54 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original Personality of Godhead | SB 9.10.14 |
| ||
| ādi-vṛkṣaḥ | this is the original tree or construction of the material body, whether individual or universal | SB 10.2.27 |
| ||
| kaivalya-ādi | like liberation or merging into the Brahman effulgence | SB 10.6.34 |
| ||
| nṛtya-gīta-ādi-aneka-arhaiḥ | by many varied means of worship, such as dancing and singing | SB 10.13.51 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣa | O original Personality of Godhead | SB 10.15.6 |
| ||
| ādi-guruḥ | the original spiritual master | SB 10.16.26 |
| ||
| ādi-pūruṣaḥ | the original Personality of Godhead | SB 10.35.8-11 |
| ||
| ādi | beginning | SB 10.54.45 |
| ||
| ādi | original | SB 10.59.27 |
| ||
| ādi | original | SB 10.85.29 |
| ||
| ādi | in its beginning | SB 10.87.50 |
| ||
| ādi-devaḥ | the original Personality of Godhead | SB 11.4.3 |
| ||
| ādi-kartā | the original doer | SB 11.4.4 |
| ||
| ādi-devaḥ | the original Personality of Godhead | SB 11.4.8 |
| ||
| ādi | a beginning | SB 11.8.36 |
| ||
| ādi-anta-vantaḥ | possessing a beginning and end | SB 11.14.11 |
| ||
| ādi-mūrtiḥ | the original form, Vāsudeva | SB 11.16.32 |
| ||
| ādi | in the beginning | SB 11.19.7 |
| ||
| ādi | in the beginning | SB 11.19.7 |
| ||
| ādi-anta-vat | having a beginning and an end | SB 11.28.9 |
| ||
| ādi | in the beginning | SB 11.28.18 |
| ||
| ādi-anta-vat | which has a beginning and an end | SB 12.4.23 |
| ||
| ādi-anta-vat | subject to beginning and end | SB 12.4.28 |
| ||
| brahma-ādi | beginning from Lord Brahmā | SB 12.6.67 |
| ||
| bīja-ādi | beginning from the seed (i.e., from the time of conception) | SB 12.7.20 |
| ||
| ādi-kṛt | the original creator | SB 12.11.30 |
| ||
| ādi | in the beginning | SB 12.13.11-12 |
| ||
| ādi-devaḥ | the original puruṣa incarnation | CC Adi 1.9 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | CC Adi 2.14 |
| ||
| ādi | beginning with | CC Adi 3.81 |
| ||
| matsya-ādi | beginning with Matsya | CC Adi 4.11-12 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original personality | CC Adi 4.72 |
| ||
| rāsa-ādi | beginning with the rāsa dance | CC Adi 4.114 |
| ||
| ādi | beginning with | CC Adi 4.147 |
| ||
| sālokya-ādi | the five types of liberation, beginning from sālokya (residing on the same spiritual planet as the Lord) | CC Adi 4.204 |
| ||
| sālokya-ādi | liberation, beginning sālokya | CC Adi 4.208 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | CC Adi 5.22 |
| ||
| ādi-devaḥ | the original puruṣa incarnation | CC Adi 5.50 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | CC Adi 5.71 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | CC Adi 5.155 |
| ||
| tārkika-ādi-gaṇa | all persons, beginning with the logicians | CC Adi 7.35 |
| ||
| ādi | beginning with | CC Adi 7.48 |
| ||
| śravaṇa-ādi | devotional service, beginning with hearing | CC Adi 7.141 |
| ||
| ādi | originally | CC Adi 10.64 |
| ||
| ādi | the original | CC Adi 13.14 |
| ||
| ādi-līlā | the original pastimes | CC Adi 13.15 |
| ||
| ādi-khaṇḍe | in the original part | CC Adi 13.18 |
| ||
| sālokya-ādi | beginning with sālokya | CC Madhya 6.267 |
| ||
| ādi | beginning | CC Madhya 7.153 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original personality | CC Madhya 8.163 |
| ||
| śrīvāsa-ādi | beginning with Śrīvāsa | CC Madhya 10.117 |
| ||
| ādi | beginning with | CC Madhya 14.92 |
| ||
| kila-kiñcita-ādi | beginning with the ecstasy named kila-kiñcita | CC Madhya 14.170 |
| ||
| vilāsa-ādi | beginning with transcendental enjoyment | CC Madhya 14.183 |
| ||
| ādi | beginning with | CC Madhya 15.41 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | CC Madhya 15.170 |
| ||
| mayūra-ādi | beginning with peacocks | CC Madhya 17.44 |
| ||
| ādi | original | CC Madhya 18.18 |
| ||
| ādi | beginning with | CC Madhya 18.68 |
| ||
| sarva-ādi | the origin of everything | CC Madhya 18.191 |
| ||
| ākāśa-ādi | beginning with the sky | CC Madhya 19.233 |
| ||
| veda-ādi | beginning with the Vedas | CC Madhya 20.144 |
| ||
| sarva-ādi | origin of everything | CC Madhya 20.153 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | CC Madhya 20.160 |
| ||
| saubhari-ādi | beginning with the sage named Saubhari | CC Madhya 20.169 |
| ||
| ādi-catur-vyūha | the original quadruple group | CC Madhya 20.189 |
| ||
| keśava-ādi | beginning with Lord Keśava | CC Madhya 20.194 |
| ||
| pūrva-ādi | beginning from the east | CC Madhya 20.211 |
| ||
| cakra-ādi | of weapons, beginning with the disc | CC Madhya 20.221 |
| ||
| cakra-ādi | beginning with the disc | CC Madhya 20.222 |
| ||
| cakra-ādi-dhāraṇa | holding of the weapons, beginning with the disc | CC Madhya 20.223 |
| ||
| vāsudeva-ādi | beginning with Lord Vāsudeva | CC Madhya 20.226 |
| ||
| cakra-ādi-dhāraṇa | the holding of weapons, beginning with the disc | CC Madhya 20.237 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | CC Madhya 20.281 |
| ||
| sahasra-śīrṣā-ādi kari' | by the Vedic hymns beginning with sahasra-śīrṣā (ṛg Veda-saṃhitā 10.90.1) | CC Madhya 20.292 |
| ||
| govindam ādi-puruṣam | Lord Govinda, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Madhya 20.304 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | CC Madhya 20.310 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the supreme original person | CC Madhya 20.316 |
| ||
| pūtanā-vadha-ādi | killing the demons, beginning from Pūtanā | CC Madhya 20.394 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | CC Madhya 21.41 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Madhya 21.49 |
| ||
| ādhyātmika-ādi | beginning with those pertaining to the body and mind | CC Madhya 22.13 |
| ||
| śānta-ādi rasera | of the mellows beginning from neutrality | CC Madhya 23.56 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣa | O original person | CC Madhya 24.177 |
| ||
| sālokya-ādi | liberation, beginning with sālokya | CC Madhya 24.183 |
| ||
| mṛga-ādi | animals, beginning with the deer | CC Madhya 24.263 |
| ||
| brahmā-ādi | beginning from Lord Brahmā | CC Madhya 24.307 |
| ||
| advaita-ādi | beginning with Advaita Ācārya | CC Antya 2.41 |
| ||
| brahma-ādi jīva | all living entities, beginning from Lord Brahmā | CC Antya 3.251 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-ādi | beginning from Kṛṣṇa | CC Antya 3.268 |
| ||
| deha-tyāga-ādi | beginning with giving up the material body | CC Antya 4.57 |
| ||
| ādi | beginning with | CC Antya 4.60 |
| ||
| ādi | beginning with | CC Antya 4.226 |
| ||
| brahmā-ādi-devera | of the demigods, beginning with Lord Brahmā | CC Antya 5.75 |
| ||
| vāṇīnātha-ādi | beginning with Vāṇīnātha | CC Antya 9.34 |
| ||
| svarūpa-ādi | beginning with Svarūpa Dāmodara | CC Antya 9.36 |
| ||
| ādi-vasyā | uncivilized man, aborigine | CC Antya 14.26 |
| ||
| harṣa-ādi | beginning with jubilation | CC Antya 15.86 |
| ||
| ācārya-ādi | beginning with Advaita Ācārya | CC Antya 19.16 |
| ||
| ādi-vyāsa | the original Vyāsadeva | CC Antya 20.82 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.29 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.30 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.31 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.32 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.33 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.34 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.35 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.36 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original personality | Bs 5.37 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.38 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.39 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.40 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.41 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.42 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.43 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.44 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.45 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.46 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.47 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.48 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.49 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.50 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.51 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.52 |
| ||
| brahma-ādi | beginning from Lord Brahmā | Bs 5.53 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.53 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.54 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.55 |
| ||
| nārada-ādi | beginning with Nārada | MM 7 |
| ||
| ādi | beginning with | MM 47 |
| ||
| pūrva-ādibhiḥ | beginning with the front | SB 3.12.37 |
| ||
| pūrva-ādibhiḥ | beginning from the front face | SB 3.12.38 |
| ||
| yama-ādibhiḥ | beginning with yama | SB 3.27.6 |
| ||
| ādibhiḥ | beginning with | SB 4.26.12 |
| ||
| grahaṇa-ādibhiḥ | beginning with chanting | SB 6.3.22 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhana-ādibhiḥ | even by massaging her feet | SB 9.18.35 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhana-ādibhiḥ | by massaging His feet and offering other services | SB 10.15.14 |
| ||
| prokṣaṇa-ādibhiḥ | by the various prescriptions beginning with sprinkling of water for purification | SB 11.27.29 |
| ||
| padmaja-ādibhiḥ | beginning with Lord Brahmā | SB 12.11.4 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhana-ādibhiḥ | by massaging His feet, etc | CC Adi 5.139 |
| ||
| dharma-ādibhyaḥ | to the demigods, beginning with Yamarāja | SB 11.27.38-41 |
| ||
| ādiḥ | the origin | BG 10.2 |
| ||
| ādiḥ | the origin | BG 10.20 |
| ||
| ādiḥ | the beginning | BG 10.32 |
| ||
| ādiḥ | beginning | BG 15.3-4 |
| ||
| ādiḥ | beginning from | SB 3.11.39 |
| ||
| bhūta-ādiḥ | the false ego (origin of the material elements) | SB 3.20.13 |
| ||
| jagat-ādiḥ | the origin of creation | SB 3.26.50 |
| ||
| ādiḥ | beginning | SB 8.6.10 |
| ||
| jagat-ādiḥ | the original cause of material creation | SB 8.7.25 |
| ||
| ādiḥ | the original cause | SB 8.17.27 |
| ||
| nimeṣa-ādiḥ | beginning with minute parts of time | SB 10.3.26 |
| ||
| ādiḥ | the beginning | SB 10.82.45 |
| ||
| ādiḥ | the beginning | SB 11.24.17 |
| ||
| ādiḥ | the beginning | SB 11.24.18 |
| ||
| ādiḥ | beginning with | SB 12.4.1 |
| ||
| ādiḥ | the origin | CC Adi 2.107 |
| ||
| ādiḥ | the origin of everything | CC Madhya 8.137 |
| ||
| ādiḥ | the origin | CC Madhya 20.154 |
| ||
| ādiḥ | the origin | CC Madhya 21.35 |
| ||
| ādiḥ | the origin | Bs 5.1 |
| ||
| rāsa-ādika | beginning with the rāsa dance | CC Adi 4.81 |
| ||
| prema-ādika | love of Godhead, beginning with śānta, dāsya and so on | CC Madhya 23.47 |
| ||
| brahmā-śiva-ādika | demigods, beginning from Lord Brahmā and Śiva | CC Antya 8.2 |
| ||
| ramā-ādika | beginning with the goddess of fortune | CC Antya 17.40 |
| ||
| abhyañjana-ādikam | massaging the body with oil and so on | SB 7.12.8 |
| ||
| ādikam | beginning with | SB 10.55.36 |
| ||
| ādim | the origin | BG 9.13 |
| ||
| ādim | beginning | BG 11.16 |
| ||
| bhūta-ādim | in the original false ego | SB 11.24.22-27 |
| ||
| ādim | the original Supreme Personality | CC Antya 16.53 |
| ||
| śikya-ādīn | lunch bags and other belongings | SB 10.12.5 |
| ||
| ādinā | original | SB 3.6.38 |
| ||
| ādīnām | beginning from | SB 3.5.37 |
| ||
| mahat-ādīnām | beginning with Lord Brahmā | SB 3.29.37 |
| ||
| kṣiti-ādīnām | of the five elements, beginning with the earth | SB 7.15.59 |
| ||
| brahma-ādīnām | beginning with Lord Brahmā | SB 12.4.35 |
| ||
| avyakta-ādīni | in the beginning unmanifested | BG 2.28 |
| ||
| ādīni | beginning with | SB 3.20.13 |
| ||
| ādīni | from the very beginning | SB 4.21.7 |
| ||
| oṃkāra-ādīni | beginning with oṃkāra | SB 6.8.4-6 |
| ||
| śravaṇa-ādīni | the activities of bhakti-yoga, beginning with hearing and chanting | SB 10.6.3 |
| ||
| ādiṣu | beginning with | SB 4.8.56 |
| ||
| jambū-ādiṣu | beginning with Jambū | SB 5.1.33 |
| ||
| sthāvara-ādiṣu | beginning with the nonmoving forms of life, the trees and plants | SB 7.6.20-23 |
| ||
| niṣeka-ādiṣu | beginning from the happiness derived from sex life | SB 7.7.46 |
| ||
| tretā-ādiṣu | beginning from Tretā-yuga | SB 7.14.39 |
| ||
| asura-ādiṣu | beginning with the asuras | SB 8.16.14 |
| ||
| brāhmaṇa-ādiṣu | beginning with the brāhmaṇas | SB 10.89.64 |
| ||
| madhu-ādiṣu | beginning with Madhu | SB 12.11.32 |
| ||
| dhyāna-ādite | by processes beginning with meditation | CC Madhya 20.343 |
| ||
| ādriyan | thankfully acknowledging | SB 10.35.8-11 |
| ||
| advaita-ādi | beginning with Advaita Ācārya | CC Antya 2.41 |
| ||
| ādya | O Original person | SB 3.5.48 |
| ||
| ādya | the original Personality of Godhead | SB 8.17.8 |
| ||
| adya | beginning from today | SB 10.4.31 |
| ||
| adya prabhṛti | beginning from now | SB 10.73.18 |
| ||
| ādya | original | CC Adi 5.5 |
| ||
| ādya | original | CC Adi 5.56 |
| ||
| ādya-avatāra | the original incarnation | CC Adi 5.82 |
| ||
| ādya | original | CC Adi 10.24 |
| ||
| ādya-upānta | from beginning to end | CC Madhya 18.226 |
| ||
| ādya-upānta | from beginning to the end | CC Madhya 20.65 |
| ||
| tvam ādyaḥ | You are the original | SB 1.7.23 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | the original | SB 1.14.35-36 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | the original Personality of Godhead | SB 2.6.39 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | original | SB 3.15.15 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | the origin | SB 3.25.9 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | original | SB 4.7.42 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | original | SB 4.13.19-20 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | the original | SB 4.24.63 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | the original Personality of Godhead | SB 4.30.7 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | the original person | SB 5.6.14 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | the beginning | SB 5.17.22-23 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | the original | SB 6.1.3 |
| ||
| janma-ādyāḥ | beginning with birth | SB 7.7.18 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | the original Personality of Godhead | SB 8.10.57 |
| ||
| ādyāḥ | beginning with the sun and followed by the other planets | SB 8.18.5 |
| ||
| ādyāḥ | beginning with | SB 9.24.15 |
| ||
| nanda-ādyāḥ | beginning from Nanda Mahārāja | SB 10.1.61 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | without beginning | SB 10.14.23 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | the ultimate origin of everything | SB 10.16.26 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | original | SB 10.63.38 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | the original person | SB 10.72.15 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | the original person | SB 11.3.3 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | original | SB 11.4.5 |
| ||
| ādyāḥ | beginning with | SB 11.7.48 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | the original cause | SB 11.22.31 |
| ||
| a-kāra-ādyāḥ | beginning with the letter a | SB 12.6.42 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | originally (in ignorance) | SB 12.8.48 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ avatāraḥ | the original incarnation | CC Adi 5.83 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ | the original transcendental mellow, or conjugal love | CC Madhya 19.106 |
| ||
| sarga-ādyāḥ | bringing about creation, maintenance and annihilation | CC Madhya 20.113 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ avatāraḥ | the original incarnation | CC Madhya 20.267 |
| ||
| māyā-ādyaiḥ | beginning with the unmanifest stage of nature | SB 12.11.5 |
| ||
| ādyam | original | BG 8.28 |
| ||
| ādyam | the original | BG 11.31 |
| ||
| ādyam | original | BG 11.47 |
| ||
| ādyam | original | BG 15.3-4 |
| ||
| ādyam | the original | SB 1.8.18 |
| ||
| ādyam | original | SB 3.7.22 |
| ||
| ādyam | the original | SB 3.8.3 |
| ||
| ādyam | the original | SB 3.24.16 |
| ||
| ādyam | original | SB 4.9.16 |
| ||
| ādyam | the original | SB 6.12.7 |
| ||
| ādyam | the original cause of everything | SB 8.3.20-21 |
| ||
| ādyam | the original cause of all causes | SB 8.5.26 |
| ||
| ādyam | unto the original teacher of the universe (Lord Brahmā) | SB 9.3.30 |
| ||
| ādyam | You are the original cause | SB 10.3.24 |
| ||
| ādyam | original | SB 10.40.1 |
| ||
| ādyam | the original | SB 10.52.27 |
| ||
| ādyam | beginning with | SB 10.61.5 |
| ||
| ādyam | the beginning | Bs 5.33 |
| ||
| ādyāya | unto the original living creature | SB 7.3.28 |
| ||
| ādye | before the beginning of | SB 1.6.2 |
| ||
| ādye | the original source of everything, the cause of all causes | SB 7.6.25 |
| ||
| ādye | original, eternal | SB 11.11.3 |
| ||
| darpaṇa-ādye | beginning in a mirror | CC Adi 4.144 |
| ||
| ahaḥ-āgame | at the beginning of the day | BG 8.18 |
| ||
| āgata-sādhvasaḥ | in the beginning becoming afraid | SB 6.4.40 |
| ||
| pretya-āgatam | as if Kṛṣṇa had returned from death (no one could even imagine that from such danger a child could be saved) | SB 10.6.43 |
| ||
| yathā-āgatam | just as they had originally come | SB 12.3.6 |
| ||
| āge | in the beginning | CC Adi 4.54 |
| ||
| āge | in the beginning | CC Adi 14.33 |
| ||
| āge | in the beginning | CC Adi 17.84 |
| ||
| āge haite | from the very beginning | CC Madhya 11.149 |
| ||
| āge | in the beginning | CC Madhya 18.196 |
| ||
| āge | in the beginning | CC Antya 19.87 |
| ||
| buddhi-agocara | beyond our imagination | CC Madhya 18.120 |
| ||
| agrajān | all his elder brothers, beginning from Yadu | SB 9.19.23 |
| ||
| agre | in the beginning | BG 18.37 |
| ||
| agre | in the beginning | BG 18.38 |
| ||
| agre | in the beginning | BG 18.39 |
| ||
| agre | in the beginning | SB 3.7.21 |
| ||
| agre | in the beginning | SB 3.10.13 |
| ||
| agre | in the beginning | SB 3.13.30 |
| ||
| agre | in the beginning, before the creation | SB 6.4.47 |
| ||
| agre | in the beginning | SB 8.1.14 |
| ||
| agre | in the beginning | SB 8.6.10 |
| ||
| agre | in the beginning | SB 10.3.14 |
| ||
| agre | in the beginning | SB 10.87.37 |
| ||
| ahaḥ-āgame | at the beginning of the day | BG 8.18 |
| ||
| āharat | brought back to their original places | SB 9.20.31 |
| ||
| ahiḥ | revenging snake | SB 3.1.11 |
| ||
| āhṛtam | gathered by begging | SB 11.18.19 |
| ||
| āhṛtya | bringing | SB 12.8.7-11 |
| ||
| aiśvaram | bringing understanding of God, or Kṛṣṇa consciousness | SB 6.5.18 |
| ||
| ajaḥ | unborn, beginningless | SB 8.1.13 |
| ||
| ajaḥ | Brahmā, the original prajāpati | SB 11.16.26 |
| ||
| ājanma | from the very beginning of his life | CC Adi 10.74 |
| ||
| ājanma | from the very beginning of life | CC Adi 12.13 |
| ||
| ajara | unaging | SB 10.63.49 |
| ||
| āji-mukhe | in the very beginning of the battle | SB 6.10.29 |
| ||
| ākarṣiyā | bringing him near | CC Antya 6.48 |
| ||
| ākāśa-ādi | beginning with the sky | CC Madhya 19.233 |
| ||
| akhila-devatā-ātmā | the origin of all demigods | SB 8.7.26 |
| ||
| akhila-sattva-dhāmni | who are the original cause of all existence, from whom everything emanates and in whom all potencies reside | SB 10.2.30 |
| ||
| taṭa-stha-ākhya | known as marginal | CC Adi 2.103 |
| ||
| taṭa-sthā-ākhya | known as the marginal potency | CC Adi 5.45 |
| ||
| akṛta | beginningless | SB 10.16.49 |
| ||
| ākṛtam | the original source of gold (the gold mine) | SB 8.12.8 |
| ||
| akṣaram | the original syllable, oṃkāra | SB 8.7.25 |
| ||
| ālola | swinging | Bs 5.31 |
| ||
| aṃśa-aṃśi-rūpe | as the expansion and the original Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Adi 5.154 |
| ||
| nimitta-aṃśe | in the portion as the original cause | CC Adi 6.17 |
| ||
| aṃśa-aṃśi-rūpe | as the expansion and the original Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Adi 5.154 |
| ||
| sarva-aṃśī | the original source of all of them | CC Madhya 21.120 |
| ||
| aṃśīte | in the original source of all incarnations | CC Adi 6.99 |
| ||
| anādeḥ | of the beginningless | SB 3.11.38 |
| ||
| anādi | without beginning | BG 11.19 |
| ||
| anādi | beginningless | BG 13.13 |
| ||
| anādī | without beginning | BG 13.20 |
| ||
| anādi-nidhanam | without beginning and end | SB 1.8.28 |
| ||
| anādi | without any beginning | SB 2.6.40-41 |
| ||
| anādi | without beginning | SB 2.10.34 |
| ||
| anādi-saṃsāra-anubhavasya | of the perception of the beginningless process of transmigration | SB 5.14.1 |
| ||
| anādi | beginningless | SB 10.77.32 |
| ||
| anādi | without beginning | SB 11.3.8 |
| ||
| anādi | without beginning | SB 11.16.1 |
| ||
| anādi | without beginning | SB 11.22.10 |
| ||
| anādi | without beginning | SB 12.4.15-19 |
| ||
| anādi-anta-vatā | without beginning or end | SB 12.4.37 |
| ||
| anādi | who has no beginning | SB 12.6.2 |
| ||
| anādi | beginningless | SB 12.11.29 |
| ||
| anādi | without beginning | SB 12.11.50 |
| ||
| anādiḥ | without a beginning | SB 3.26.3 |
| ||
| anādiḥ | without beginning | SB 3.29.45 |
| ||
| anādiḥ | without beginning | SB 4.11.19 |
| ||
| anādiḥ | without beginning | SB 7.3.30 |
| ||
| anādiḥ | beginningless | SB 11.11.4 |
| ||
| anādiḥ | without beginning | CC Adi 2.107 |
| ||
| anādiḥ | without beginning | CC Madhya 8.137 |
| ||
| anādiḥ | without beginning | CC Madhya 20.154 |
| ||
| anādiḥ | without beginning | CC Madhya 21.35 |
| ||
| anādiḥ | without beginning | Bs 5.1 |
| ||
| anādim | without beginning | BG 10.3 |
| ||
| anādim | without a beginning | Bs 5.33 |
| ||
| ānāñā | bringing | CC Madhya 4.81 |
| ||
| ānāna | bringing | CC Antya 18.72 |
| ||
| anāryāḥ | not belonging to the Āryans who strictly follow the Vedic principles | SB 5.15.1 |
| ||
| ānayana-ādi | of the bringing and other such tasks | SB 5.10.21 |
| ||
| ānayanam | bringing him | SB 1.7.43 |
| ||
| ānayanam | the bringing back | SB 12.12.35 |
| ||
| nṛtya-gīta-ādi-aneka-arhaiḥ | by many varied means of worship, such as dancing and singing | SB 10.13.51 |
| ||
| ańga-pratimā | the form of the Supreme Lord (there are many forms, but Kṛṣṇa is the original form) | SB 10.12.39 |
| ||
| ańga-ceṣṭāḥ | engaging the bodily energy | CC Madhya 11.29-30 |
| ||
| kā stry ańga te ślokera | of the verse beginning with the words kā stry ańga te | CC Antya 20.132 |
| ||
| ańghri-yugmam anukṛṣya | dragging Their legs | SB 10.8.22 |
| ||
| ańguli | on the fingers, beginning with the index finger | SB 6.8.7 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Adi 8.76 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Adi 9.9 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing from somewhere | CC Adi 14.46 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Adi 17.116 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing them | CC Adi 17.132 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 3.68 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 3.104 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 4.37 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 4.74 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 4.81 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 4.99 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 4.205 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 5.85 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 5.124 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 5.153 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 6.8 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 6.10 |
| ||
| āni | bringing | CC Madhya 6.35 |
| ||
| prasāda āni' | bringing jagannātha-prasādam | CC Madhya 6.111 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 7.9 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 7.56 |
| ||
| ghare āni' | after bringing Him home | CC Madhya 7.122 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 8.7 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 9.206 |
| ||
| āni | bringing back | CC Madhya 9.210 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 9.248 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 10.65 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 11.78 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 11.116 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 12.55 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 12.96 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 12.99 |
| ||
| jala āni' | bringing water | CC Madhya 12.101 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 12.179 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 14.208 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 14.210 |
| ||
| āni | bringing | CC Madhya 14.212 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 15.65 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 15.87 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 15.122 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 16.30 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 16.114-115 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing back | CC Madhya 16.228 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 17.59 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 17.69 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 18.153 |
| ||
| dui putra āni' | bringing his two sons | CC Madhya 19.108 |
| ||
| kuśa-āsana āni' | bringing straw mats for sitting | CC Madhya 24.274 |
| ||
| jala āni' | bringing water | CC Madhya 24.275 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Madhya 25.233 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 2.58 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 3.104 |
| ||
| tāhā āni' | bringing that | CC Antya 4.53 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing together | CC Antya 4.218 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 5.77 |
| ||
| mahāprabhu āni' | bringing Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu | CC Antya 6.89 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 6.96 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 6.114 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 6.120 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 6.175 |
| ||
| ghare āni' | bringing home | CC Antya 6.317 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 9.18 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 10.35 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 10.108 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 10.140-141 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 11.54 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 13.7 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 13.48 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 14.49 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 16.12 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 16.128 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 17.24 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 17.35 |
| ||
| āni' | bringing | CC Antya 19.62 |
| ||
| ānibāre pāni | for bringing water | CC Antya 6.299 |
| ||
| vaśam ānīya | bringing under control | SB 7.4.5-7 |
| ||
| ānīya | bringing | SB 7.10.59 |
| ||
| ānīya | bringing | SB 9.11.12 |
| ||
| ānīya | bringing them | SB 10.13.4 |
| ||
| ānīya | bringing | SB 10.41.44 |
| ||
| ānīya | bringing | SB 10.51.10 |
| ||
| ānīya | bringing | SB 10.54.53 |
| ||
| ānīya | bringing | SB 10.71.39 |
| ||
| ānīya | bringing | SB 10.86.5 |
| ||
| āniyā | bringing | CC Adi 3.102 |
| ||
| āniyā | bringing | CC Adi 14.24 |
| ||
| āniyā | bringing | CC Adi 14.60 |
| ||
| āniyā | bringing | CC Madhya 3.34 |
| ||
| āniyā | bringing | CC Madhya 4.67 |
| ||
| āniyā | bringing | CC Madhya 4.93 |
| ||
| āniyā | bringing | CC Madhya 6.76 |
| ||
| āniyā | bringing | CC Madhya 6.217 |
| ||
| āniyā | bringing | CC Madhya 11.239 |
| ||
| āniyā | bringing | CC Madhya 12.78 |
| ||
| āniyā | bringing | CC Madhya 14.133 |
| ||
| āniyā | bringing | CC Madhya 20.70 |
| ||
| candana āniyā | bringing sandalwood pulp | CC Antya 6.96 |
| ||
| āniyā | bringing | CC Antya 6.109 |
| ||
| āniyā | bringing | CC Antya 18.102 |
| ||
| āniyā yatane | bringing very carefully | CC Antya 19.13 |
| ||
| kalpa-anta | in the beginning of the devastation | SB 3.11.31 |
| ||
| ādi-anta-vat | everything material has a beginning and an end | SB 5.10.11 |
| ||
| ādi-anta | in both the beginning and the end | SB 6.16.36 |
| ||
| ādi-anta-vantaḥ | who all have a beginning and end | SB 7.9.49 |
| ||
| ādi-anta-vantaḥ | possessing a beginning and end | SB 11.14.11 |
| ||
| ādi-anta-vat | having a beginning and an end | SB 11.28.9 |
| ||
| ādi-anta-vat | which has a beginning and an end | SB 12.4.23 |
| ||
| ādi-anta-vat | subject to beginning and end | SB 12.4.28 |
| ||
| anādi-anta-vatā | without beginning or end | SB 12.4.37 |
| ||
| kari' veśa-antara | changing the dress | CC Madhya 16.161 |
| ||
| mānasottara-mervoḥ antaram | the land between Mānasottara and Meru (beginning from the middle of Mount Sumeru) | SB 5.20.35 |
| ||
| jāti-antare | belonging to a different species of life | SB 5.8.26 |
| ||
| anubhajan | continuously engaging in devotional service | SB 4.29.82 |
| ||
| anubhava-ātmani | which is always thought of (beginning from the lotus feet and gradually progressing upward) | SB 6.2.41 |
| ||
| anubhāvaḥ | greatness in discharging devotional service | SB 5.23.1 |
| ||
| anādi-saṃsāra-anubhavasya | of the perception of the beginningless process of transmigration | SB 5.14.1 |
| ||
| brahma-sukha-anubhūtyā | with Kṛṣṇa, the source of brahma-sukha (Kṛṣṇa is Parabrahman, and from Him originates His personal effulgence) | SB 10.12.7-11 |
| ||
| anugatiḥ | beginning | SB 2.8.13 |
| ||
| anugāyadbhiḥ | singing after Him | SB 6.4.35-39 |
| ||
| anugāyantam | singing | SB 6.1.58-60 |
| ||
| anugāyat | followed by the singing of | SB 9.6.45-46 |
| ||
| anugraha-arthāya | for the sake of obliging | SB 1.12.16 |
| ||
| ańghri-yugmam anukṛṣya | dragging Their legs | SB 10.8.22 |
| ||
| anumāni | we can imagine | CC Madhya 8.116 |
| ||
| anumāni | I imagine | CC Madhya 17.172 |
| ||
| anumāni | we can imagine | CC Madhya 21.95 |
| ||
| anumīyate | can be imagined | SB 4.29.63 |
| ||
| anupūrvaśaḥ | from the beginning | SB 2.8.24 |
| ||
| anupūrvaśaḥ | according to order, or from the beginning to the end | SB 7.5.52 |
| ||
| ānupūrvyeṇa | the beginning to the end | SB 2.8.29 |
| ||
| ānupūrvyeṇa | from beginning to end | SB 3.10.2 |
| ||
| jāta-anurāgāḥ | experiencing a great longing or attraction | SB 10.13.33 |
| ||
| anusevayā | bringing into use | SB 1.1.15 |
| ||
| anuvartayan | engaging them properly | SB 4.16.4 |
| ||
| anvak | following the dragging of Kṛṣṇa | SB 10.10.27 |
| ||
| praśraya-anvitam | very much obliging | SB 1.12.15 |
| ||
| apāṇi-pāda-śruti | the śruti-mantra beginning apāni-pādaḥ | CC Madhya 6.150 |
| ||
| pūrva-aparam | the beginning and the end | SB 10.9.13-14 |
| ||
| dāra-apatya-ādayaḥ | beginning with the wife and children | SB 5.14.3 |
| ||
| apratyūhya | without bringing back | SB 10.54.19-20 |
| ||
| apratyūhya | without bringing back | SB 10.54.52 |
| ||
| apunaḥ-bhavam | merging into the Supreme | SB 4.24.57 |
| ||
| apunaḥ-bhavam | merging into the Brahman effulgence | SB 4.30.34 |
| ||
| apunaḥ-bhavam | merging into the existence of the Supreme | CC Madhya 22.55 |
| ||
| ārabdhaḥ | beginning from | SB 3.11.23 |
| ||
| ārabdhaḥ | beginning | SB 4.23.4 |
| ||
| ārabdhāḥ | beginning | SB 10.21.4 |
| ||
| ārabhate | begins | BG 3.7 |
| ||
| ārabhate | begins | SB 4.18.5 |
| ||
| ārabhate | begins to perform | SB 4.29.58 |
| ||
| ārabhate | begins | SB 4.29.60 |
| ||
| ārabhate | begins | SB 7.7.47 |
| ||
| ārabheta | should begin | SB 6.19.2-3 |
| ||
| ārabhya | beginning | SB 3.31.10 |
| ||
| ārabhya | beginning | SB 5.1.26 |
| ||
| ārabhya | beginning | SB 5.7.3 |
| ||
| ārabhya | beginning | SB 7.1.18 |
| ||
| ārabhya | beginning | SB 8.16.48 |
| ||
| ārabhya | beginning | SB 9.13.1 |
| ||
| tataḥ ārabhya | beginning from that time | SB 10.5.18 |
| ||
| ārabhya | beginning from | SB 11.3.10 |
| ||
| ārabhya | beginning from | SB 12.2.26 |
| ||
| ārabhyatām | let it begin | SB 10.24.25 |
| ||
| ārādhaya | just begin worshiping | SB 4.8.19 |
| ||
| ārambha | beginning | CC Adi 8.77 |
| ||
| vidyā-ārambha | the beginning of education | CC Adi 15.4 |
| ||
| ārambha | begin | CC Adi 16.4 |
| ||
| rāsa-ārambha-vidhau | in the matter of beginning the rāsa dance | CC Adi 17.293 |
| ||
| ārambha | beginning | CC Madhya 6.120 |
| ||
| ārambha | beginning | CC Madhya 9.253 |
| ||
| ārambha | beginning | CC Madhya 11.213 |
| ||
| ārambha | the beginning | CC Antya 1.35 |
| ||
| divya-unmāda-ārambha | the beginning of the spiritual trance of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu | CC Antya 20.123 |
| ||
| ārambhaḥ | the beginning of | SB 2.8.7 |
| ||
| stambha-ārambham | the beginning of stupefaction | CC Adi 4.202 |
| ||
| ārambhana | the beginning | CC Madhya 25.147 |
| ||
| ārambhe | in the beginning | CC Adi 1.20 |
| ||
| grantha-ārambhe | in the beginning of the book | CC Adi 13.6 |
| ||
| kīrtana-ārambhe | in the beginning of the sańkīrtana | CC Madhya 11.218 |
| ||
| bhāgavata-ārambhe | in the beginning of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam | CC Madhya 20.358 |
| ||
| ārambhe | from the beginning | CC Antya 3.183 |
| ||
| ārambhe | by the beginning | CC Antya 3.185 |
| ||
| arcā-ādau | beginning with worship of the Deity | SB 3.29.25 |
| ||
| nṛtya-gīta-ādi-aneka-arhaiḥ | by many varied means of worship, such as dancing and singing | SB 10.13.51 |
| ||
| artha-vādaḥ | the imaginative interpretation | SB 11.28.37 |
| ||
| mukhya-artha | the original meaning | CC Madhya 25.25 |
| ||
| bhāva-arthaḥ | the original, unmanifested causal phase of material nature | SB 10.14.57 |
| ||
| bhikṣā-artham | for begging alms | SB 11.18.24 |
| ||
| anugraha-arthāya | for the sake of obliging | SB 1.12.16 |
| ||
| kalpanā-arthe | because of imaginative meaning | CC Madhya 6.132 |
| ||
| arthinoḥ | begging | SB 10.23.7 |
| ||
| āryāḥ | really belonging to the Āryan race | CC Madhya 11.192 |
| ||
| āryāḥ | really belonging to the Āryan race | CC Madhya 19.72 |
| ||
| āryāḥ | actually belonging to the Āryan race | CC Antya 16.27 |
| ||
| kuśa-āsana āni' | bringing straw mats for sitting | CC Madhya 24.274 |
| ||
| kim asat-karmabhiḥ bhavet | what can be the benefit of engaging in temporary fruitive activities | SB 6.5.17 |
| ||
| kim asat-karmabhiḥ bhavet | what is the use of engaging in temporary fruitive activities | SB 6.5.19 |
| ||
| asat-grahāt | because of accepting the temporary body or bodily relations as real (thinking 'I am this body, and everything belonging to this body is mine') | SB 7.5.5 |
| ||
| asevayā | by not engaging in the service | SB 3.25.27 |
| ||
| asmat | unto us, beginning from Brahmā down to the insignificant ant | SB 2.7.23 |
| ||
| mūla-āśraya | original source | CC Adi 2.105 |
| ||
| mūla-āśraya | original support | CC Adi 9.12 |
| ||
| sarva-āśraya | the origin of everything, or that which controls everything | CC Madhya 24.318 |
| ||
| āśrayaḥ | the original foundation | SB 7.7.19-20 |
| ||
| asṛṣṭa | without discharging | SB 11.5.8 |
| ||
| asthira-ātmanaḥ | who is always restless and changing | SB 7.2.7-8 |
| ||
| nija-rūpam āsthitā | remained in her original demoniac form | SB 10.6.13 |
| ||
| asura-ādiṣu | beginning with the asuras | SB 8.16.14 |
| ||
| asure | belonging to the asura community | SB 8.23.2 |
| ||
| āśvāsya | by encouraging activities | SB 1.17.42 |
| ||
| bhikṣā-aṭana | begging from door to door | CC Antya 14.48 |
| ||
| ātma-daḥ | who can give us our original identity | SB 4.31.13 |
| ||
| ātmā | the original source | SB 7.6.20-23 |
| ||
| ātma-svarūpeṇa | by His original constitutional position as the Supersoul | SB 7.6.20-23 |
| ||
| ātmā | the original source of life | SB 7.7.49 |
| ||
| ātma-mūlāya | who are the original source of everything | SB 8.3.13 |
| ||
| akhila-devatā-ātmā | the origin of all demigods | SB 8.7.26 |
| ||
| ātma-vatsakān | the calves belonging to His own personal friends | SB 10.13.14 |
| ||
| tat-tat-ātmā | as originally different individual souls | SB 10.13.21 |
| ||
| ātma | of their original selves (as demigods) | SB 10.85.55-56 |
| ||
| gabhīra-ātmā | not superficial, and thus unchanging | SB 11.11.29-32 |
| ||
| ātmā | the original Self | SB 11.24.22-27 |
| ||
| sarva-ātmā | the original soul of all | SB 11.27.48 |
| ||
| ātma-tattvam | the original Supersoul | SB 12.12.67 |
| ||
| vikāra-ātmakam | changing from one type of thinking, feeling and willing to another | SB 10.1.42 |
| ||
| bhūta-indriya-ātmakam | the original cause of the senses and the living beings | CC Madhya 25.36 |
| ||
| ātmanā | in Your original status | SB 10.87.14 |
| ||
| asthira-ātmanaḥ | who is always restless and changing | SB 7.2.7-8 |
| ||
| sāńkhya-ātmanaḥ | the origin of all Vedic literatures | SB 8.7.30 |
| ||
| ātmānam | the Supersoul or origin of all souls | SB 5.20.5 |
| ||
| ātmānam | in Your original form | SB 8.5.45 |
| ||
| ātmane | the origin | SB 4.24.34 |
| ||
| ātmani | unto Vāsudeva, the original person | SB 5.6.6 |
| ||
| anubhava-ātmani | which is always thought of (beginning from the lotus feet and gradually progressing upward) | SB 6.2.41 |
| ||
| ātmani | separately, in My original form | SB 11.27.48 |
| ||
| ātmārāma iti | beginning with the word ātmārāma | CC Madhya 24.1 |
| ||
| eka-ātmatām | merging into oneness | SB 3.25.34 |
| ||
| atyāgraha kare | strongly urging to accept the invitation | CC Adi 7.57 |
| ||
| autkaṇṭhya | because of intense longing | SB 5.7.12 |
| ||
| autpattikī | original | SB 11.10.14-16 |
| ||
| āvahaḥ | bringing | SB 10.37.25 |
| ||
| āvahaḥ | bringing | SB 10.47.28 |
| ||
| āvahāḥ | bringing | SB 10.73.32 |
| ||
| āvahaḥ | bringing | SB 11.8.27 |
| ||
| āvahaḥ | bringing | SB 11.8.37 |
| ||
| āvahaḥ | bringing | SB 11.10.12 |
| ||
| sukha-āvaham | bringing happiness | SB 3.12.18 |
| ||
| sukha-āvaham | bringing happiness | SB 3.23.14-15 |
| ||
| āvaham | bringing | SB 10.88.21 |
| ||
| āvahan | bringing | SB 10.28.9 |
| ||
| āvahan | bringing | SB 10.65.17 |
| ||
| avahāni | bringing | MM 26 |
| ||
| avāk-śirāḥ | with his head hanging downward | SB 9.7.5-6 |
| ||
| avalambatī | hanging on | SB 11.8.25-26 |
| ||
| prathama-avasare | in the beginning of the day | CC Madhya 15.5 |
| ||
| bhūta-āvāsāya | who are the shelter of the material elements (beginning with the ethereal sky) | SB 10.16.39 |
| ||
| avaśeṣitam | the remaining balance (after the material elements are merged, one after another, into the original Supersoul) | SB 7.12.31 |
| ||
| ādya-avatāra | the original incarnation | CC Adi 5.82 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ avatāraḥ | the original incarnation | CC Adi 5.83 |
| ||
| ādyaḥ avatāraḥ | the original incarnation | CC Madhya 20.267 |
| ||
| avatārī | the original source | CC Adi 5.78 |
| ||
| avatārī | the original source of all incarnations | CC Adi 5.127 |
| ||
| āveśya | engaging | SB 3.10.4 |
| ||
| āveśya | engaging | SB 6.5.22 |
| ||
| avikāri | unchanging | SB 3.29.20 |
| ||
| avikriyāt | who are unchanging in Your spiritual situation | SB 10.3.19 |
| ||
| avikṛte | unchanging | SB 11.4.9 |
| ||
| aviniściteṣu | in species of indeterminate origin (born from perspiration) | SB 11.3.39 |
| ||
| āviriñcyān | beginning from the topmost planet | SB 9.5.25 |
| ||
| āviriñcyāt | beginning from Lord Brahmā (down to the small ant) | SB 7.9.24 |
| ||
| aviśvam | not belonging to the destructible material world | CC Madhya 25.36 |
| ||
| avyākṛtam | the unmanifest original form of nature | SB 12.4.15-19 |
| ||
| avyakta-ādīni | in the beginning unmanifested | BG 2.28 |
| ||
| avyakta-bandho | O my Lord, You are the inaugurator of the unmanifested (the original mahat-tattva or prakṛti) | SB 10.3.26 |
| ||
| ayācita-vṛtti | accustomed to avoid begging | CC Madhya 4.123 |
| ||
| ayācita | without begging | CC Madhya 4.123 |
| ||
| ayācitam | obtained without begging from anyone else | SB 7.11.18-20 |
| ||
| āyamya | bringing under control | SB 10.49.25 |
| ||
| ayanaḥ | bringing | SB 10.84.37 |
| ||
| ayane | on the day when the sun begins to move north, or Makara-sańkrānti, and on the day when the sun begins to move south, or Karkaṭa-sańkrānti | SB 7.14.20-23 |
| ||
| ayaśaskaraḥ | who is bringing defamation | SB 7.5.16 |
| ||
| naḍa-baḍe | hanging | CC Antya 18.53 |
| ||
| bahvodaḥ | giving up all material activities and engaging fully in transcendental service | SB 3.12.43 |
| ||
| bal bal | go on singing, go on singing | CC Antya 15.91 |
| ||
| bal bal | go on singing, go on singing | CC Antya 15.91 |
| ||
| ā-bāla-vṛddha | beginning from the children up to the old persons | CC Madhya 4.83 |
| ||
| balāya | the origin of bodily strength | SB 5.18.25 |
| ||
| bālya haite | from the very beginning of my childhood | CC Madhya 24.253 |
| ||
| jaladhi-bandhanam | bridging the ocean | SB 9.11.20 |
| ||
| bāndhi' | packaging | CC Antya 10.23 |
| ||
| avyakta-bandho | O my Lord, You are the inaugurator of the unmanifested (the original mahat-tattva or prakṛti) | SB 10.3.26 |
| ||
| svayam-bhagavān | is the original Personality of Godhead | CC Adi 1.42 |
| ||
| bhagavān | the original Personality of Godhead | CC Adi 5.79 |
| ||
| svayam bhagavān | the original Personality of Godhead | CC Madhya 17.79 |
| ||
| bhagavān | the original Personality of Godhead | CC Madhya 21.34 |
| ||
| svayam bhagavān | the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa | CC Madhya 24.285 |
| ||
| svayam-bhagavānera | of the original Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Adi 4.8 |
| ||
| bhāgavata-ārambhe | in the beginning of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam | CC Madhya 20.358 |
| ||
| bhagavattā | of the quality of being the original Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Adi 4.67 |
| ||
| bhaikṣya | by begging alms just to maintain the body | SB 7.15.30 |
| ||
| bhaikṣya | by his begging | SB 11.23.35 |
| ||
| bhaikṣyam | by begging | BG 2.5 |
| ||
| bhaikṣyam | food that is collected by begging | SB 11.17.28 |
| ||
| bhaikṣyam | begging | SB 11.18.25 |
| ||
| bhaikṣyam | alms obtained by begging | SB 12.8.7-11 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-bhajane | in discharging devotional service | CC Antya 4.66 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-bhajane | in discharging devotional service | CC Antya 4.67 |
| ||
| bhajanera yogya | fit for discharging devotional service | CC Antya 4.66 |
| ||
| bhakti-yuktena | by discharging devotional service | SB 3.24.47 |
| ||
| bhakti-adhikārī | eligible for discharging transcendental loving service to the Lord | CC Madhya 22.64 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-bhaktye | in discharging devotional service to Kṛṣṇa | CC Madhya 22.49 |
| ||
| bhaktye jīvan-mukta | persons liberated in this life by discharging devotional service | CC Madhya 24.130 |
| ||
| bhārgī-nadī | in the small river of the name Bhārgīnadī | CC Madhya 5.141 |
| ||
| bhāṣya-svarūpa | as the original commentary | CC Madhya 25.97 |
| ||
| bhava-bhāvam | who is the origin of the material creation | SB 5.17.18 |
| ||
| loka-bhava | O origin of all planets | SB 8.7.26 |
| ||
| bhāva-arthaḥ | the original, unmanifested causal phase of material nature | SB 10.14.57 |
| ||
| bhavaḥ | the origin | SB 3.26.23-24 |
| ||
| ādi-bhavaḥ | Lord Brahmā, the original living creature within this universe | SB 7.3.22 |
| ||
| apunaḥ-bhavam | merging into the Supreme | SB 4.24.57 |
| ||
| apunaḥ-bhavam | merging into the Brahman effulgence | SB 4.30.34 |
| ||
| bhava-bhāvam | who is the origin of the material creation | SB 5.17.18 |
| ||
| apunaḥ-bhavam | merging into the existence of the Supreme | CC Madhya 22.55 |
| ||
| bhūta-bhāvana | O origin of everything | BG 10.15 |
| ||
| bhavana | the original source | CC Madhya 14.221 |
| ||
| bhūta-bhāvanaḥ | who is the original cause of the cosmic manifestation | SB 4.14.19 |
| ||
| viśva-bhāvanaḥ | the original cause of all cosmic manifestations | SB 6.10.1 |
| ||
| bhāvanaḥ | the origin | SB 10.51.35 |
| ||
| bhavanti | they originate | Bs 5.51 |
| ||
| bhāvayet | imagines | SB 11.15.23 |
| ||
| bhāvayitā | Maru will begin by begetting a son | SB 9.12.6 |
| ||
| kim asat-karmabhiḥ bhavet | what can be the benefit of engaging in temporary fruitive activities | SB 6.5.17 |
| ||
| kim asat-karmabhiḥ bhavet | what is the use of engaging in temporary fruitive activities | SB 6.5.19 |
| ||
| bhaviṣyati | will begin | SB 12.2.23 |
| ||
| nija-dharma-bhāvite | being situated in one's original constitutional position | SB 4.8.22 |
| ||
| kula-bheda-kara | who are bringing about a disruption in the family | SB 7.8.5 |
| ||
| bhikṣā-artham | for begging alms | SB 11.18.24 |
| ||
| bhikṣā | begging | CC Adi 12.35 |
| ||
| bhikṣā lāgi' | for begging alms | CC Antya 6.219 |
| ||
| bhikṣā lāgi' | for begging | CC Antya 6.282 |
| ||
| bhikṣā-aṭana | begging from door to door | CC Antya 14.48 |
| ||
| bhikṣām | charity obtained by begging | SB 11.18.18 |
| ||
| bhikṣām | begging alms | CC Madhya 23.27 |
| ||
| bhikṣamāṇāya | begging | SB 6.10.4 |
| ||
| bhikṣāra lāgiyā | for begging some alms | CC Antya 6.214 |
| ||
| bhikṣavaḥ | prone to begging | SB 12.3.33 |
| ||
| bhikṣitvā | after begging | SB 8.23.19 |
| ||
| bhikṣoḥ | for a sannyāsī who lived by begging alms | SB 7.15.38-39 |
| ||
| bhikṣu | of begging | SB 10.47.18 |
| ||
| bhū | originating | SB 10.14.14 |
| ||
| catur-bhuje | unto the four-handed original Nārāyaṇa | SB 1.9.30 |
| ||
| bhūmeḥ | belonging to the earth | SB 10.64.12 |
| ||
| bhūńimāli-jāti | belonging to the bhūńimāli caste | CC Antya 16.14 |
| ||
| bhūta-bhāvana | O origin of everything | BG 10.15 |
| ||
| bhūta-ādiḥ | the false ego (origin of the material elements) | SB 3.20.13 |
| ||
| bhūta-bhāvanaḥ | who is the original cause of the cosmic manifestation | SB 4.14.19 |
| ||
| bhūta-nilayam | the original source of all living entities | SB 8.1.11 |
| ||
| bhūta-ādau | in the false ego, the origin of material existence | SB 9.7.25-26 |
| ||
| bhūta-āvāsāya | who are the shelter of the material elements (beginning with the ethereal sky) | SB 10.16.39 |
| ||
| bhūta-ādim | in the original false ego | SB 11.24.22-27 |
| ||
| bhūta-indriya-ātmakam | the original cause of the senses and the living beings | CC Madhya 25.36 |
| ||
| paramātma-bhūtaḥ | the origin of all causes | CC Madhya 25.37 |
| ||
| mithunī-bhūya | engaging in sex life | SB 4.29.54 |
| ||
| bibhratī | bringing forth | CC Antya 1.150 |
| ||
| bīja | the seed or original cause of material existence | SB 7.7.36 |
| ||
| bīja | and the original seed of such | SB 12.6.68 |
| ||
| bīja-ādi | beginning from the seed (i.e., from the time of conception) | SB 12.7.20 |
| ||
| ādi-bījāya | who is the origin or root cause of everything | SB 8.3.2 |
| ||
| ā-brahma | beginning from Lord Brahmā | SB 5.14.29 |
| ||
| brahma | mantras beginning with oṃ (such as oṃ tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padaṃ sadā paśyanti sūrayaḥ) | SB 6.5.26 |
| ||
| brahma-ādayaḥ | beginning from Lord Brahmā | SB 6.9.21 |
| ||
| brahma-ādayaḥ | the demigods, beginning from Lord Brahmā | SB 7.5.13 |
| ||
| brahma-ādayaḥ | beginning from Lord Brahmā | SB 7.8.7 |
| ||
| brahmā-ādayaḥ | the demigods, beginning with Brahmā, Śiva, Indra and Candra | SB 8.3.30 |
| ||
| brahma-sukha-anubhūtyā | with Kṛṣṇa, the source of brahma-sukha (Kṛṣṇa is Parabrahman, and from Him originates His personal effulgence) | SB 10.12.7-11 |
| ||
| brahma-ādīnām | beginning with Lord Brahmā | SB 12.4.35 |
| ||
| brahma-ādi | beginning from Lord Brahmā | SB 12.6.67 |
| ||
| brahma-prasūtānām | born originally from Brahmā | SB 12.7.16 |
| ||
| brahma-sāyujya | of merging into the Supreme Brahman | CC Adi 5.31 |
| ||
| brahma-sāyujya-mukti | merging into the Brahman effulgence | CC Madhya 6.264-265 |
| ||
| brahma-sāyujya | merging into the Brahman effulgence | CC Madhya 6.269 |
| ||
| prāpta-brahma-laya | as good as merging into the impersonal Brahman | CC Madhya 24.109 |
| ||
| brahmā-ādi | beginning from Lord Brahmā | CC Madhya 24.307 |
| ||
| brahma-ādi jīva | all living entities, beginning from Lord Brahmā | CC Antya 3.251 |
| ||
| brahmā-ādi-devera | of the demigods, beginning with Lord Brahmā | CC Antya 5.75 |
| ||
| brahmā-śiva-ādika | demigods, beginning from Lord Brahmā and Śiva | CC Antya 8.2 |
| ||
| brahma-ādi | beginning from Lord Brahmā | Bs 5.53 |
| ||
| brahmacaryam | continence or abstaining from misuse of one's semen (not indulging in sex with women other than one's own wife and not having sex with one's own wife when sex is forbidden, like during the period of menstruation) | SB 7.11.8-12 |
| ||
| brāhmaṇa-ādiṣu | beginning with the brāhmaṇas | SB 10.89.64 |
| ||
| brāhmaṇa | belonging to the brāhmaṇa community | CC Madhya 19.254 |
| ||
| brahmaṇi | the origin of impersonal Brahman | SB 4.23.10 |
| ||
| buddhi-agocara | beyond our imagination | CC Madhya 18.120 |
| ||
| ku-buddhi | intelligence not favorable to discharging devotional service | CC Antya 4.65 |
| ||
| madhyataḥ ca | also in the middle (the duration between the beginning and end) | SB 7.9.30 |
| ||
| nṛtya-vāditra-gītaiḥ ca | by dancing, playing various musical instruments, and singing songs | SB 8.21.6-7 |
| ||
| sarva-upakaraṇāni ca | then all sorts of necessities and whatever belongings they had | SB 10.11.31-32 |
| ||
| ādā-cāki | ground ginger | CC Antya 2.108 |
| ||
| cakra-ādi | of weapons, beginning with the disc | CC Madhya 20.221 |
| ||
| cakra-ādi | beginning with the disc | CC Madhya 20.222 |
| ||
| cakra-ādi-dhāraṇa | holding of the weapons, beginning with the disc | CC Madhya 20.223 |
| ||
| cakra-ādi-dhāraṇa | the holding of weapons, beginning with the disc | CC Madhya 20.237 |
| ||
| sarva-adbhuta-camatkāra | bringing wonder to all | CC Madhya 23.82-83 |
| ||
| candana āniyā | bringing sandalwood pulp | CC Antya 6.96 |
| ||
| pāda cāpi' | massaging the legs | CC Antya 19.73 |
| ||
| carataḥ | engaging | SB 10.87.14 |
| ||
| cāri-janera | of the original of the four expansions | CC Madhya 20.194 |
| ||
| catur-bhuje | unto the four-handed original Nārāyaṇa | SB 1.9.30 |
| ||
| ādi-catur-vyūha | the original quadruple group | CC Madhya 20.189 |
| ||
| ańga-ceṣṭāḥ | engaging the bodily energy | CC Madhya 11.29-30 |
| ||
| chala | imaginary interpretations | CC Madhya 6.177 |
| ||
| yācñā-chalena | by a trick of begging | SB 5.24.23 |
| ||
| yācñā-chalena | on the excuse of begging for charity | SB 11.4.20 |
| ||
| chandāṃsi adhyāpayiṣyan | desiring to teach him Vedic mantras during the months beginning with Śrāvaṇa or during the period of Cāturmāsya | SB 5.9.5 |
| ||
| ātma-daḥ | who can give us our original identity | SB 4.31.13 |
| ||
| ādi-daityau | demons in the beginning of creation | SB 3.17.16 |
| ||
| daivī | belonging to the Supreme Lord | CC Madhya 20.121 |
| ||
| daivī | belonging to the Supreme Lord | CC Madhya 22.23 |
| ||
| daivī | belonging to the Supreme Lord | CC Madhya 24.138 |
| ||
| dakṣa-ādayaḥ | beginning with Dakṣa | SB 5.5.21-22 |
| ||
| dāra-apatya-ādayaḥ | beginning with the wife and children | SB 5.14.3 |
| ||
| darpaṇa-ādye | beginning in a mirror | CC Adi 4.144 |
| ||
| deha-tyāga-ādi | beginning with giving up the material body | CC Antya 4.57 |
| ||
| ādi-devaḥ | the original Supreme God | BG 11.38 |
| ||
| ādi-devaḥ | the original Lord, or nondifferent from the original Supreme Personality of Godhead | SB 5.25.6 |
| ||
| ādi-devaḥ | the original Personality of Godhead | SB 11.4.3 |
| ||
| ādi-devaḥ | the original Personality of Godhead | SB 11.4.8 |
| ||
| devaḥ | the original demigod | SB 11.13.19 |
| ||
| ādi-devaḥ | the original puruṣa incarnation | CC Adi 1.9 |
| ||
| ādi-devaḥ | the original puruṣa incarnation | CC Adi 5.50 |
| ||
| ādi-devam | the original Lord | BG 10.12-13 |
| ||
| ādi-devam | the origin of all the demigods | SB 7.6.17-18 |
| ||
| akhila-devatā-ātmā | the origin of all demigods | SB 8.7.26 |
| ||
| para-devatāyām | the origin of all demigods | SB 5.7.6 |
| ||
| ādi-devāya | who are the original Personality of Godhead | SB 8.16.34 |
| ||
| brahmā-ādi-devera | of the demigods, beginning with Lord Brahmā | CC Antya 5.75 |
| ||
| sva-dhāmnaḥ | who is His own origin | SB 12.6.40-41 |
| ||
| akhila-sattva-dhāmni | who are the original cause of all existence, from whom everything emanates and in whom all potencies reside | SB 10.2.30 |
| ||
| veṣa-dhāraṇa | changing the dress | CC Madhya 3.8 |
| ||
| cakra-ādi-dhāraṇa | holding of the weapons, beginning with the disc | CC Madhya 20.223 |
| ||
| cakra-ādi-dhāraṇa | the holding of weapons, beginning with the disc | CC Madhya 20.237 |
| ||
| nija-dharma-bhāvite | being situated in one's original constitutional position | SB 4.8.22 |
| ||
| dharma-ādibhyaḥ | to the demigods, beginning with Yamarāja | SB 11.27.38-41 |
| ||
| sva-dharmeṇa | by discharging devotional service | SB 5.24.18 |
| ||
| jayati te 'dhikam | beginning with the words jayati te 'dhikam | CC Madhya 14.8 |
| ||
| rūpa-dhṛk | possessing the form (of his original Gandharva position) | SB 8.4.3-4 |
| ||
| dhruva | O unchanging one | SB 10.87.30 |
| ||
| sandhyā-dhūpa | dhūpa-ārati just in the beginning of the evening | CC Madhya 11.214 |
| ||
| dhyāna-ādite | by processes beginning with meditation | CC Madhya 20.343 |
| ||
| dīkṣāyāḥ | beginning with the initiation for a sacrifice | SB 10.23.8 |
| ||
| se divasa haite | beginning from that day | CC Madhya 25.18 |
| ||
| divya-unmāda-ārambha | the beginning of the spiritual trance of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu | CC Antya 20.123 |
| ||
| dṛśya-guṇeṣu | among the visible objects, beginning with the body | SB 10.3.18 |
| ||
| meru-ādi-giri-duhitaraḥ | daughters of the mountains beginning with Meru | SB 5.17.10 |
| ||
| duḥsvapna-ādi | beginning with sleeping badly at night | SB 8.4.15 |
| ||
| dui putra āni' | bringing his two sons | CC Madhya 19.108 |
| ||
| ei dui lakṣaṇe | by these two characteristics, namely svarūpa (personal) and taṭastha (marginal) symptoms | CC Madhya 20.358 |
| ||
| gańgā-dvāram | to Hardwar (hari-dvāra), the doorway to Hari (because the Ganges begins there, Hardwar is also called gańgā-dvāra) | SB 6.2.39 |
| ||
| stana-dvayāt | beginning from the breast | SB 2.5.39 |
| ||
| dvijaiḥ | by them (upon her lodging a complaint with the brāhmaṇas) | SB 9.18.3 |
| ||
| ei dui lakṣaṇe | by these two characteristics, namely svarūpa (personal) and taṭastha (marginal) symptoms | CC Madhya 20.358 |
| ||
| eka-ātmatām | merging into oneness | SB 3.25.34 |
| ||
| eka-rasam | unchanging | SB 10.87.19 |
| ||
| śrī-vaiṣṇava eka | a devotee belonging to the Rāmānuja-sampradāya | CC Madhya 9.82 |
| ||
| eka-vapu | the same original form | CC Madhya 20.167 |
| ||
| ekaḥ | originally one | SB 3.26.42 |
| ||
| ekarase | whose experience of spiritual ecstasy is unchanging | SB 10.87.37 |
| ||
| etaiḥ | by all these (witnesses, beginning from the sun-god) | SB 6.1.43 |
| ||
| eteṣu | on these mountains, beginning with Mandara | SB 5.16.12 |
| ||
| tailańgī-gābhī-gaṇa | cows belonging to the Tailańga district | CC Antya 17.12 |
| ||
| gabhīra-ātmā | not superficial, and thus unchanging | SB 11.11.29-32 |
| ||
| prathama gamana | the beginning of the tour | CC Madhya 7.151 |
| ||
| gāna | singing | CC Adi 2.2 |
| ||
| tārkika-ādi-gaṇa | all persons, beginning with the logicians | CC Adi 7.35 |
| ||
| gāna | singing | CC Madhya 11.221 |
| ||
| ucca-gāna | loud singing | CC Madhya 12.141 |
| ||
| gāna | the singing | CC Madhya 13.164 |
| ||
| gāna | the singing | CC Madhya 13.167 |
| ||
| svarūpera gāna | and singing by Svarūpa Dāmodara | CC Madhya 14.231 |
| ||
| gāna kari' | after singing | CC Madhya 14.234 |
| ||
| gāna | singing | CC Antya 2.157 |
| ||
| gāna-nṛtya | singing and dancing | CC Antya 14.39 |
| ||
| gāna | singing | CC Antya 14.56 |
| ||
| tailańgī-gābhī-gaṇa | cows belonging to the Tailańga district | CC Antya 17.12 |
| ||
| gāna | singing | CC Antya 18.6 |
| ||
| gandharva | belonging to the Gandharvaloka | SB 4.27.13 |
| ||
| gandharva-puram | an imaginary city in the forest | SB 5.13.7 |
| ||
| gandharvāḥ | demigods known for their singing | SB 10.71.29 |
| ||
| gandharvān | the residents of the Gandharva planet, who are very beautiful and are expert in singing | SB 2.3.2-7 |
| ||
| gańgā-dvāram | to Hardwar (hari-dvāra), the doorway to Hari (because the Ganges begins there, Hardwar is also called gańgā-dvāra) | SB 6.2.39 |
| ||
| gāńthi' | stringing together | CC Adi 4.40 |
| ||
| gāńthi | stringing | CC Adi 17.32 |
| ||
| yajña-vāstu-gatam | things belonging to the sacrificial arena | SB 9.4.8 |
| ||
| gāya | is singing | CC Adi 13.107 |
| ||
| gāya | were singing | CC Madhya 13.45 |
| ||
| strī gāya' | a woman is singing | CC Antya 13.83 |
| ||
| gāyadbhiḥ | who were singing | CC Madhya 13.207 |
| ||
| gāyakau | the two of Them (Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma) singing | SB 10.18.13 |
| ||
| gāyamānaḥ | singing constantly | SB 1.6.32 |
| ||
| gāyamānau | Themselves singing | SB 10.21.8 |
| ||
| gāyamāne | while singing | SB 3.15.18 |
| ||
| gāyan | singing | SB 1.6.38 |
| ||
| gāyan | by singing | SB 2.7.41 |
| ||
| gāyan | singing | SB 3.2.34 |
| ||
| gāyan | singing | SB 5.14.38 |
| ||
| gāyan | singing the glories of other demigods rather than those of the Lord | SB 7.15.72 |
| ||
| gāyan | singing | SB 10.18.7 |
| ||
| gāyan | singing | SB 10.47.54 |
| ||
| gāyan | singing | SB 11.2.39 |
| ||
| gāyan | singing | SB 11.11.23-24 |
| ||
| gāyana | singing | CC Adi 7.41 |
| ||
| gāyana | singing | CC Madhya 1.54 |
| ||
| gāyanam | the singing | SB 3.31.42 |
| ||
| gāyantaḥ | continuously singing | CC Madhya 25.130 |
| ||
| gāyantam | singing | SB 10.67.9-10 |
| ||
| gāyante | are singing | CC Madhya 24.177 |
| ||
| gāyanti | are singing | SB 5.2.9 |
| ||
| gāyantībhiḥ | who were singing | SB 10.46.9-13 |
| ||
| gāyantyaḥ | singing | SB 10.22.7 |
| ||
| gāyantyaḥ | singing | SB 10.24.34 |
| ||
| gāyantyaḥ | singing | SB 10.25.33 |
| ||
| gāyantyaḥ | singing | SB 10.30.4 |
| ||
| gāyantyaḥ | singing | SB 10.30.43 |
| ||
| gāyantyaḥ | singing | SB 10.33.7 |
| ||
| gāyantyaḥ | singing | SB 10.33.14 |
| ||
| gāyantyaḥ | singing | SB 10.47.9-10 |
| ||
| gāyantyaḥ | singing | SB 10.53.42-43 |
| ||
| gāyantyām | while his wife was singing | SB 4.25.57-61 |
| ||
| gāyasi | are singing | SB 10.47.14 |
| ||
| gāyat | singing | SB 8.15.12 |
| ||
| gāyata | please go on singing | SB 1.19.15 |
| ||
| gāyataḥ | singing | SB 10.15.15 |
| ||
| gāyataḥ | and singing | SB 11.22.53 |
| ||
| gāyatām | singing | SB 8.8.26 |
| ||
| gāyatī | singing | SB 2.9.14 |
| ||
| gāyatī | singing | SB 10.33.13 |
| ||
| gāyatoḥ | singing | SB 10.34.25 |
| ||
| gāyatsu | when they are singing | SB 10.15.10-12 |
| ||
| haridāsa gāyena | Junior Haridāsa was singing | CC Antya 2.153-154 |
| ||
| ghaṇṭāya | with ringing bells | CC Madhya 14.110 |
| ||
| ghare āni' | after bringing Him home | CC Madhya 7.122 |
| ||
| ghare āni' | bringing home | CC Antya 6.317 |
| ||
| ghāyayitvā | arranging to be killed | SB 10.26.11 |
| ||
| sa-ghṛṇam | begging for compassion | SB 11.4.9 |
| ||
| meru-ādi-giri-duhitaraḥ | daughters of the mountains beginning with Meru | SB 5.17.10 |
| ||
| madhura-gīta | by the sweet singing | SB 5.25.7 |
| ||
| kala-gīta | from the choral singing | SB 8.15.20 |
| ||
| vāditra-gīta | different varieties of music and singing | SB 10.7.4 |
| ||
| nṛtya-gīta-ādi-aneka-arhaiḥ | by many varied means of worship, such as dancing and singing | SB 10.13.51 |
| ||
| gīta | singing | SB 10.35.20-21 |
| ||
| gīta | with singing | SB 10.81.24 |
| ||
| gīta | by singing | SB 10.90.12 |
| ||
| gītā | singing | SB 11.27.35 |
| ||
| gīta | with singing | SB 11.29.11 |
| ||
| gīta | singing | CC Madhya 1.110 |
| ||
| nṛtya-gīta | dancing and singing | CC Madhya 9.249 |
| ||
| śunāya gīta | he was singing | CC Antya 2.149 |
| ||
| gīta | singing | CC Antya 2.155 |
| ||
| gīta | singing | CC Antya 10.47 |
| ||
| gītaiḥ | and by singing | SB 8.16.57 |
| ||
| nṛtya-vāditra-gītaiḥ ca | by dancing, playing various musical instruments, and singing songs | SB 8.21.6-7 |
| ||
| gītaiḥ | by singing celestial songs | SB 10.12.34 |
| ||
| upadeva-gītakaiḥ | with singing by the secondary demigods like the Gandharvas | SB 8.15.21 |
| ||
| su-gītam | the art of singing sweet songs | SB 4.15.19 |
| ||
| gītam | the singing | SB 10.34.24 |
| ||
| gītam | the singing | SB 10.35.8-11 |
| ||
| veṇu-gīte | the singing of the bamboo | CC Adi 4.251 |
| ||
| gīte | while singing | CC Adi 11.19 |
| ||
| nṛtya-gīte | in singing and dancing | CC Antya 5.13 |
| ||
| gītena | by the singing | SB 10.33.8 |
| ||
| gītvā | singing | SB 7.8.54 |
| ||
| gocarāḥ | ranging about | SB 10.61.35 |
| ||
| goloka-sthāne | in the original Goloka Vṛndāvana planet | CC Madhya 20.397 |
| ||
| gopa-jāti | belonging to the cowherd community | CC Madhya 9.135 |
| ||
| gopa-jāti | belonging to the community of cowherd boys | CC Antya 6.75 |
| ||
| govindam ādi-puruṣam | Lord Govinda, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Madhya 20.304 |
| ||
| grahaṇa-ādibhiḥ | beginning with chanting | SB 6.3.22 |
| ||
| asat-grahāt | because of accepting the temporary body or bodily relations as real (thinking 'I am this body, and everything belonging to this body is mine') | SB 7.5.5 |
| ||
| graiṣma-vāsantikān | for four months, beginning with Caitra, on the fifteenth of May | SB 5.9.5 |
| ||
| grantha-ārambhe | in the beginning of the book | CC Adi 13.6 |
| ||
| gṛha-kṛtyeṣu | in discharging household affairs | SB 10.8.30 |
| ||
| gudataḥ | beginning from the anus | SB 10.72.43 |
| ||
| gujjarī-rāgiṇī | the gujjarī mode of singing | CC Antya 13.79 |
| ||
| dṛśya-guṇeṣu | among the visible objects, beginning with the body | SB 10.3.18 |
| ||
| ādi-guruḥ | the original spiritual master | SB 10.16.26 |
| ||
| śrī-gurūn | unto the spiritual masters in the paramparā system, beginning from Mādhavendra Purī down to Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī ṭhākura Prabhupāda | CC Antya 2.1 |
| ||
| śrī-gurūn | unto the spiritual masters in the paramparā system, beginning from Mādhavendra Purī down to Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī ṭhākura Prabhupāda | CC Antya 3.1 |
| ||
| loka-guruṇā | by the original teacher of all people, Lord Brahmā | SB 4.19.39 |
| ||
| sandhyā ha-ite | beginning from the evening | CC Antya 3.127 |
| ||
| āge haite | from the very beginning | CC Madhya 11.149 |
| ||
| tāńhā haite | from that original catur-vyūha | CC Madhya 20.193 |
| ||
| sūrya-udaya haite | beginning from the sunrise | CC Madhya 20.389 |
| ||
| bālya haite | from the very beginning of my childhood | CC Madhya 24.253 |
| ||
| se divasa haite | beginning from that day | CC Madhya 25.18 |
| ||
| prātaḥ-kāla haite | beginning from the morning | CC Antya 2.59 |
| ||
| śiśu-kāla haite | from the beginning of childhood | CC Antya 4.30 |
| ||
| harer nāma-ślokera | of the verse beginning harer nāma harer nāma | CC Madhya 25.29 |
| ||
| haridāsa gāyena | Junior Haridāsa was singing | CC Antya 2.153-154 |
| ||
| harṣa-ādi | beginning with jubilation | CC Antya 15.86 |
| ||
| krośa-sañjāta-hāsaḥ | after this, when the head of the house is angry, Kṛṣṇa begins to smile | SB 10.8.29 |
| ||
| jāta-hāsāḥ | beginning to laugh | SB 10.22.12 |
| ||
| hāsyam | indulging in ridicule | SB 11.25.2-5 |
| ||
| hetavaḥ | the original causes | SB 5.25.9 |
| ||
| hetave | the original cause | SB 8.16.30 |
| ||
| yoga-hetave | the original master of all mystic power | SB 8.16.33 |
| ||
| kartā-hetu | the original cause | CC Adi 5.62 |
| ||
| nimitta-hetu | original cause | CC Adi 5.63 |
| ||
| nimitta-hetu | original cause | CC Adi 6.14-15 |
| ||
| hetubhiḥ | with explanations about the origins | SB 10.49.15 |
| ||
| hetum | the original cause | SB 5.5.9 |
| ||
| hetutvāt | because of originating | SB 10.54.46 |
| ||
| hīna-sampradāya | belonging to a lower spiritual school | CC Adi 7.64 |
| ||
| hiraṇmayam | the original source for the emanation of varieties of material things | CC Madhya 20.274 |
| ||
| hiraṇya-retasaḥ | to the original fire | SB 6.9.42 |
| ||
| hoḍa kari' | challenging | CC Adi 4.142 |
| ||
| īhamānaḥ | engaging in such activities | SB 8.1.14 |
| ||
| bhūta-indriya-ātmakam | the original cause of the senses and the living beings | CC Madhya 25.36 |
| ||
| ińkhana | swinging | SB 10.44.15 |
| ||
| iṣṭā-pūrtam | the performance of sacrifice and public welfare activities such as digging wells or planting trees | SB 11.12.1-2 |
| ||
| īśvara-mūrti | original form as the Lord | CC Madhya 1.101 |
| ||
| īśvara-sāyujya | merging into the body of the Lord | CC Madhya 6.269 |
| ||
| sandhyā ha-ite | beginning from the evening | CC Antya 3.127 |
| ||
| ātmārāma iti | beginning with the word ātmārāma | CC Madhya 24.1 |
| ||
| pūrva-ja | O original Personality of Godhead | SB 7.10.26 |
| ||
| śrī-jagamohana | the place between the original temple and the kīrtana hall | CC Madhya 12.83 |
| ||
| jagat-ādiḥ | the origin of creation | SB 3.26.50 |
| ||
| jagat-ādiḥ | the original cause of material creation | SB 8.7.25 |
| ||
| jagat-kāraṇa | is the original cause of material creation | CC Madhya 20.268 |
| ||
| jala nite | for bringing water | CC Madhya 4.30 |
| ||
| jala āni' | bringing water | CC Madhya 12.101 |
| ||
| jala āni' | bringing water | CC Madhya 24.275 |
| ||
| jaladhi-bandhanam | bridging the ocean | SB 9.11.20 |
| ||
| jambū-ādiṣu | beginning with Jambū | SB 5.1.33 |
| ||
| cāri-janera | of the original of the four expansions | CC Madhya 20.194 |
| ||
| janma-ādyāḥ | beginning with birth | SB 7.7.18 |
| ||
| janmanā | from the very beginning of his birth | SB 4.13.7 |
| ||
| janmanā | from the very beginning of birth | SB 7.10.8 |
| ||
| jāta-anurāgāḥ | experiencing a great longing or attraction | SB 10.13.33 |
| ||
| jāta-hāsāḥ | beginning to laugh | SB 10.22.12 |
| ||
| jāti-antare | belonging to a different species of life | SB 5.8.26 |
| ||
| mleccha-jāti | belonging to the meat-eater caste | CC Madhya 1.197 |
| ||
| gopa-jāti | belonging to the cowherd community | CC Madhya 9.135 |
| ||
| rājaputa-jāti | belonging to the kṣatriya class | CC Madhya 18.82 |
| ||
| gopa-jāti | belonging to the community of cowherd boys | CC Antya 6.75 |
| ||
| puruṣa-jāti | belonging to the male class | CC Antya 15.37 |
| ||
| strī-jāti | belonging to the class of women | CC Antya 15.38 |
| ||
| bhūńimāli-jāti | belonging to the bhūńimāli caste | CC Antya 16.14 |
| ||
| nīca-jāti | belonging to a lower caste | CC Antya 16.29 |
| ||
| puruṣa-jāti | belonging to the male class | CC Antya 16.144 |
| ||
| nija-jāti | as belonging to the same family | CC Antya 16.148 |
| ||
| jātibhiḥ | or by belonging to a certain class of society | SB 11.2.51 |
| ||
| jayati te 'dhikam | beginning with the words jayati te 'dhikam | CC Madhya 14.8 |
| ||
| jihvā-ādau | beginning with the tongue | CC Madhya 17.136 |
| ||
| jihvā-lāmpaṭya | indulging in satisfying the tongue | CC Antya 8.85 |
| ||
| jīva-saṃjñitaḥ | who is also known as the living entity, since the living entities are expansions of His marginal energy | SB 7.7.49 |
| ||
| jīva-śakti | marginal potency, or living entities | CC Madhya 8.151 |
| ||
| jīva-śakti | marginal potency | CC Madhya 20.149 |
| ||
| brahma-ādi jīva | all living entities, beginning from Lord Brahmā | CC Antya 3.251 |
| ||
| bhaktye jīvan-mukta | persons liberated in this life by discharging devotional service | CC Madhya 24.130 |
| ||
| jīvera svabhāva | the original characteristic of all living entities | CC Madhya 24.201 |
| ||
| jīvitam | the bringing to life | SB 10.72.40 |
| ||
| sei jñāna | that original consciousness | CC Madhya 24.201 |
| ||
| kṣetra-jñataḥ | from the original Supreme Personality of Godhead | SB 5.11.11 |
| ||
| juṣamāṇaḥ | engaging in | SB 11.20.27-28 |
| ||
| juṣan | engaging | SB 11.3.2 |
| ||
| juṣan | engaging with | SB 11.6.17 |
| ||
| juṣan | engaging with | SB 11.23.44 |
| ||
| jyotiṣaḥ | from the original element fire | SB 12.4.24 |
| ||
| kā stry ańga te ślokera | of the verse beginning with the words kā stry ańga te | CC Antya 20.132 |
| ||
| ādi-kacchapaḥ | as the supreme original tortoise | SB 8.7.10 |
| ||
| kaḥ | Brahmā, the original living creature | SB 3.6.19 |
| ||
| kaiśore | the beginning of youth | CC Madhya 19.103 |
| ||
| kaivalya-pate | O bestower of merging in the existence of the Lord | SB 4.20.23 |
| ||
| kaivalya-ādi | like liberation or merging into the Brahman effulgence | SB 10.6.34 |
| ||
| kala-gīta | from the choral singing | SB 8.15.20 |
| ||
| prātaḥ-kāla haite | beginning from the morning | CC Antya 2.59 |
| ||
| śiśu-kāla haite | from the beginning of childhood | CC Antya 4.30 |
| ||
| ṣoḍaśa-kalāya | whose parts are the sixteen original ingredients of creation (namely the five objects of the senses and the eleven senses, including the mind) | SB 5.18.18 |
| ||
| kalpa-ādau | in the beginning of the millennium | BG 9.7 |
| ||
| kalpa-anta | in the beginning of the devastation | SB 3.11.31 |
| ||
| kalpanā | imagination | SB 2.5.42 |
| ||
| kalpanā | the imagined idea | SB 11.22.11 |
| ||
| kalpanā kariyā | by imagination | CC Adi 7.133 |
| ||
| kalpanā-arthe | because of imaginative meaning | CC Madhya 6.132 |
| ||
| kalpanā | imagining | CC Madhya 6.134 |
| ||
| kalpanā | imagination | CC Madhya 6.172 |
| ||
| kalpanā | imagination | CC Madhya 6.179 |
| ||
| kalpanā | imagination | CC Madhya 6.180 |
| ||
| kalpanā | imagination | CC Madhya 25.26 |
| ||
| ku-kalpanā | mischievous imagination | CC Madhya 25.42 |
| ||
| ā-kalpāt | from the very beginning of Lord Brahmā's day | SB 10.87.6 |
| ||
| kalpate | can be imagined | SB 10.6.34 |
| ||
| kalpate | one imagines | CC Madhya 8.40 |
| ||
| kalpayan | in this way arranging | SB 9.2.11-13 |
| ||
| kalpayantam | so arranging | SB 10.69.32 |
| ||
| kalpayanti | imagine | SB 2.5.36 |
| ||
| kalpayiṣyanti | will imagine | SB 5.15.1 |
| ||
| kalpayitvā | after arranging | SB 8.9.20 |
| ||
| kalpayitvā | imagining it | SB 10.47.11 |
| ||
| kalpayitvā | having imagined | SB 11.27.25-26 |
| ||
| kalpena | he imagines | CC Madhya 6.179 |
| ||
| kalpita-viṣayaḥ | the subject matter is imagined | SB 5.13.26 |
| ||
| kalpitā | imagined | SB 5.18.33 |
| ||
| kalpita | imaginative | CC Adi 7.136 |
| ||
| kalpita | imagined | CC Adi 17.170 |
| ||
| sva-kalpita | imaginative | CC Madhya 6.138 |
| ||
| kalpita | imagined | CC Madhya 6.176 |
| ||
| ācārya-kalpita | imagined by Śańkarācārya | CC Madhya 25.27 |
| ||
| kalpita | imaginary | CC Madhya 25.42 |
| ||
| kalpita vyākhyāna | imaginary explanations | CC Madhya 25.88 |
| ||
| kalpita | imagined | CC Antya 2.99 |
| ||
| kalpita | imaginary | CC Antya 8.50 |
| ||
| kalpitaḥ | is imagined | SB 1.3.3 |
| ||
| kalpitaḥ | it is so imagined or said | SB 2.5.38 |
| ||
| kalpitaḥ | imagined | SB 2.5.42 |
| ||
| kalpitaḥ | imagined | SB 2.5.42 |
| ||
| kalpitāḥ | imagined | SB 5.12.9 |
| ||
| kalpitaḥ | imagined | SB 6.15.8 |
| ||
| kalpitaiḥ | imagined | CC Madhya 6.181 |
| ||
| śūnya-kalpitam | imagined to be void by less intelligent men | SB 9.9.49 |
| ||
| kalpitānām | which are imagined | CC Adi 2.21 |
| ||
| kamala-nābhāya | unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, from whose abdomen the original lotus flower originated | SB 4.30.25 |
| ||
| kāmayamānānām | of those passionately longing for | SB 3.20.32 |
| ||
| kaṇṭha-svare | in his original voice | CC Antya 2.153-154 |
| ||
| niṣka-kaṇṭhyaḥ | and having little keys and lockets hanging from their necks | SB 10.5.11 |
| ||
| kanyānām | of the unmarried virgins | SB 12.12.39 |
| ||
| kula-bheda-kara | who are bringing about a disruption in the family | SB 7.8.5 |
| ||
| a-kāra-ādyāḥ | beginning with the letter a | SB 12.6.42 |
| ||
| pāka karāila | engaging in cooking | CC Madhya 19.87 |
| ||
| vaṣaṭ-kāram | the mantra beginning with the word vaṣaṭ | SB 9.1.15 |
| ||
| kāraṇa | who is the original cause of creation | SB 10.40.17-18 |
| ||
| parama kāraṇa | original cause | CC Adi 5.54 |
| ||
| nimitta kāraṇa | the original cause | CC Adi 6.16 |
| ||
| mukhya kāraṇa | the original cause | CC Adi 6.20 |
| ||
| madhyāhna karāñā | after arranging for His bath | CC Madhya 19.84 |
| ||
| jagat-kāraṇa | is the original cause of material creation | CC Madhya 20.268 |
| ||
| karāñā | bringing about | CC Antya 20.53 |
| ||
| upayukta-karaṇaḥ | engaging all the senses of the body by burning | SB 9.2.14 |
| ||
| kāraṇam | the origin of | SB 3.14.29 |
| ||
| kāraṇam | He is the original cause | CC Madhya 8.137 |
| ||
| phala-kāraṇam | the origin of the result | CC Antya 1.91 |
| ||
| kārya-kāraṇe | the original cause of all effects | SB 5.18.5 |
| ||
| atyāgraha kare | strongly urging to accept the invitation | CC Adi 7.57 |
| ||
| karena pralāpana | begins talking like a crazy man | CC Antya 19.33 |
| ||
| hoḍa kari' | challenging | CC Adi 4.142 |
| ||
| gāna kari' | after singing | CC Madhya 14.234 |
| ||
| kari' veśa-antara | changing the dress | CC Madhya 16.161 |
| ||
| mādhu-karī | begging little by little, like honeybees | CC Madhya 19.128 |
| ||
| sahasra-śīrṣā-ādi kari' | by the Vedic hymns beginning with sahasra-śīrṣā (ṛg Veda-saṃhitā 10.90.1) | CC Madhya 20.292 |
| ||
| kari' samādhāna | after arranging | CC Antya 12.142 |
| ||
| kariba pāka | I shall begin cooking | CC Antya 2.57 |
| ||
| kūṭa-kāriṇaḥ | indulging in cheating | SB 12.3.35 |
| ||
| kalpanā kariyā | by imagination | CC Adi 7.133 |
| ||
| vibhāga kariyā | dividing the original idea | CC Antya 1.125 |
| ||
| karma-vaiṣamyam | discrepancy in discharging fruitive activities | SB 8.23.15 |
| ||
| kim asat-karmabhiḥ bhavet | what can be the benefit of engaging in temporary fruitive activities | SB 6.5.17 |
| ||
| kim asat-karmabhiḥ bhavet | what is the use of engaging in temporary fruitive activities | SB 6.5.19 |
| ||
| karmaṇi | in discharging fruitive activities | SB 9.4.3 |
| ||
| karmasu | in discharging duties | BG 6.17 |
| ||
| karmasu | engaging them in executing Your mission | SB 10.10.38 |
| ||
| karṣantī | dragging | SB 10.30.16 |
| ||
| ādi-kartā | the original doer | SB 11.4.4 |
| ||
| kartā-hetu | the original cause | CC Adi 5.62 |
| ||
| kartṛtva | engineering | SB 2.10.45 |
| ||
| kārya-kāraṇe | the original cause of all effects | SB 5.18.5 |
| ||
| kasya | belonging to whom | SB 3.20.34 |
| ||
| kasya | belonging to whom | SB 10.47.1-2 |
| ||
| tava kathāmṛtam | beginning with the words tava kathāmṛtam | CC Madhya 14.10 |
| ||
| kauḍi māgi' | begging kauḍis | CC Antya 9.39 |
| ||
| kaulam | belonging to the family for generations | SB 12.3.36 |
| ||
| ādi-kavaye | unto the original created being | SB 1.1.1 |
| ||
| kavitva | poetic imagination | CC Adi 16.85 |
| ||
| kāyastha | belonging to the kāyastha class | CC Antya 13.91 |
| ||
| keli-kutūhala | by longing for pastimes | CC Madhya 20.180 |
| ||
| keśava-ādi | beginning with Lord Keśava | CC Madhya 20.194 |
| ||
| kha-ādayaḥ | beginning with ether | SB 11.22.19 |
| ||
| khā'na | begins to eat | CC Adi 14.51 |
| ||
| ādā-khaṇḍa | pieces of ginger | CC Madhya 15.54-55 |
| ||
| śuṇṭhi-khaṇḍa nāḍu | sweetmeat balls made with dried ginger | CC Antya 10.23 |
| ||
| ādi-khaṇḍe | in the original part | CC Adi 13.18 |
| ||
| khanitraiḥ | with digging instruments | SB 7.2.15 |
| ||
| khanitram | trouble for digging | SB 2.7.48 |
| ||
| khudite | digging | CC Madhya 20.134 |
| ||
| khudite | digging | CC Madhya 20.135 |
| ||
| kila-kiñcita-ādi | beginning with the ecstasy named kila-kiñcita | CC Madhya 14.170 |
| ||
| kim asat-karmabhiḥ bhavet | what can be the benefit of engaging in temporary fruitive activities | SB 6.5.17 |
| ||
| kim asat-karmabhiḥ bhavet | what is the use of engaging in temporary fruitive activities | SB 6.5.19 |
| ||
| kila-kiñcita-ādi | beginning with the ecstasy named kila-kiñcita | CC Madhya 14.170 |
| ||
| kirāta | or of an uncivilized aborigine | SB 5.8.16 |
| ||
| kirāta | the aborigines named Kirātas | CC Madhya 24.179 |
| ||
| kirāta | the aborigines named Kirātas | CC Madhya 24.209 |
| ||
| kīrtana-ārambhe | in the beginning of the sańkīrtana | CC Madhya 11.218 |
| ||
| kīrtanya | worth singing | SB 3.28.18 |
| ||
| kiśora vayase | just before the beginning of His youthful life | CC Adi 13.31 |
| ||
| koli-śuṇṭhi | dried ginger and berries | CC Antya 10.24 |
| ||
| krośa-sañjāta-hāsaḥ | after this, when the head of the house is angry, Kṛṣṇa begins to smile | SB 10.8.29 |
| ||
| sei kṛṣṇa | that original Kṛṣṇa | CC Adi 5.6 |
| ||
| sei kṛṣṇa | that original Kṛṣṇa | CC Adi 5.156 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-prema-rasa | the nectar of always merging in love of Kṛṣṇa | CC Adi 11.34 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-bhaktye | in discharging devotional service to Kṛṣṇa | CC Madhya 22.49 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-ādi | beginning from Kṛṣṇa | CC Antya 3.268 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-bhajane | in discharging devotional service | CC Antya 4.66 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-bhajane | in discharging devotional service | CC Antya 4.67 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-premera ullāsa | the beginning of the flow of love of Kṛṣṇa | CC Antya 20.11 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇam | the original Personality of Godhead | SB 3.1.23 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇasya | of Kṛṣṇa, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead | SB 7.10.42 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇāya | the original Personality of Godhead | CC Madhya 19.53 |
| ||
| ādi-kṛt | beginning of everything | SB 4.11.19 |
| ||
| ādi-kṛt | the original creator | SB 12.11.30 |
| ||
| kṛta-ādau | at the beginning of the next Satya-yuga | SB 9.22.11 |
| ||
| kṛta-svastyayanam | engaging them in chanting auspicious Vedic hymns | SB 10.7.5 |
| ||
| kṛta-udyamaḥ | even though originally intending to do so | SB 10.53.24 |
| ||
| mahat-kṛtena | by that action which is considered the most powerful original existence or which is executed by mahājanas | SB 10.2.30 |
| ||
| sajyam kṛtvā | stringing it | SB 10.83.25-26 |
| ||
| gṛha-kṛtyeṣu | in discharging household affairs | SB 10.8.30 |
| ||
| kṣaraḥ | constantly changing | BG 8.4 |
| ||
| kṣatram | belonging to the kṣatriya group | SB 9.2.17 |
| ||
| kṣatriya | belonging to the kṣatriya community | CC Madhya 19.254 |
| ||
| kṣetra-jñataḥ | from the original Supreme Personality of Godhead | SB 5.11.11 |
| ||
| kṣiti-ādīnām | of the five elements, beginning with the earth | SB 7.15.59 |
| ||
| ku-kalpanā | mischievous imagination | CC Madhya 25.42 |
| ||
| ku-buddhi | intelligence not favorable to discharging devotional service | CC Antya 4.65 |
| ||
| kūjat | singing | SB 3.33.18 |
| ||
| kūjat | singing | SB 4.9.63 |
| ||
| kula-bheda-kara | who are bringing about a disruption in the family | SB 7.8.5 |
| ||
| kula | and of proper family upbringing | SB 10.74.35 |
| ||
| vrajendra-kumāra | originally Lord Kṛṣṇa, the son of Mahārāja Nanda | CC Madhya 1.273 |
| ||
| kuṇḍale | the two earrings (belonging to Aditi) | SB 10.59.23 |
| ||
| kūpa | digging wells | SB 7.15.48-49 |
| ||
| kurvatīm | bringing about | SB 6.13.12-13 |
| ||
| kuśa-āsana āni' | bringing straw mats for sitting | CC Madhya 24.274 |
| ||
| kūṭa-stham | unchanging | BG 12.3-4 |
| ||
| kūṭa-sthaḥ | unchanging | SB 11.3.39 |
| ||
| kūṭa-kāriṇaḥ | indulging in cheating | SB 12.3.35 |
| ||
| keli-kutūhala | by longing for pastimes | CC Madhya 20.180 |
| ||
| kvacit | sometimes, at the beginning of a kalpa | SB 8.3.4 |
| ||
| bhikṣā lāgi' | for begging alms | CC Antya 6.219 |
| ||
| bhikṣā lāgi' | for begging | CC Antya 6.282 |
| ||
| bhikṣāra lāgiyā | for begging some alms | CC Antya 6.214 |
| ||
| taṭastha-lakṣaṇa | marginal characteristics | CC Madhya 18.126 |
| ||
| taṭastha-lakṣaṇa | the marginal characteristics | CC Madhya 20.356 |
| ||
| taṭastha-lakṣaṇa | the marginal symptoms | CC Madhya 20.357 |
| ||
| taṭastha-lakṣaṇa | marginal characteristics | CC Madhya 20.362 |
| ||
| taṭastha-lakṣaṇa | the marginal symptom | CC Madhya 22.151 |
| ||
| ei dui lakṣaṇe | by these two characteristics, namely svarūpa (personal) and taṭastha (marginal) symptoms | CC Madhya 20.358 |
| ||
| taṭastha-lakṣaṇe | marginal symptoms | CC Madhya 22.106 |
| ||
| lālasayoḥ | who were eagerly longing for | SB 3.23.46 |
| ||
| lalita-lavańga-latā | beginning with the words lalita-lavańga-latā | CC Antya 19.84 |
| ||
| jihvā-lāmpaṭya | indulging in satisfying the tongue | CC Antya 8.85 |
| ||
| lañā | bringing | CC Adi 16.23 |
| ||
| lañā | bringing | CC Madhya 3.30 |
| ||
| lañā | bringing | CC Madhya 3.137 |
| ||
| lañā | bringing | CC Madhya 4.55 |
| ||
| lañā | bringing | CC Madhya 4.98 |
| ||
| lañā | bringing | CC Madhya 9.83 |
| ||
| lañā | bringing | CC Madhya 12.110 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda lañā | bringing all kinds of mahā-prasādam | CC Madhya 12.153 |
| ||
| lañā | bringing | CC Antya 6.92 |
| ||
| lañā | bringing | CC Antya 6.97 |
| ||
| lañā | bringing | CC Antya 6.267 |
| ||
| lañā | bringing | CC Antya 16.65 |
| ||
| lasat | hanging | SB 1.11.19 |
| ||
| lasat | hanging | SB 2.2.9 |
| ||
| lalita-lavańga-latā | beginning with the words lalita-lavańga-latā | CC Antya 19.84 |
| ||
| laulyam | ardent longing or greed | NoI 2 |
| ||
| lalita-lavańga-latā | beginning with the words lalita-lavańga-latā | CC Antya 19.84 |
| ||
| laya | merging | CC Adi 5.38 |
| ||
| māgi' laya | begging, takes | CC Madhya 12.102 |
| ||
| prāpta-brahma-laya | as good as merging into the impersonal Brahman | CC Madhya 24.109 |
| ||
| ādi-līlā | the original pastimes | CC Adi 13.15 |
| ||
| lińgam | the forms (respectively, the material form of the universe and also Your original spiritual form) | SB 10.86.48 |
| ||
| lobhaḥ | stinginess | SB 11.25.2-5 |
| ||
| loka-guruṇā | by the original teacher of all people, Lord Brahmā | SB 4.19.39 |
| ||
| loka-pālāḥ | the great leaders of the universe, beginning with Lord Brahmā | SB 5.18.27 |
| ||
| loka-bhava | O origin of all planets | SB 8.7.26 |
| ||
| lola | swinging | SB 10.29.4 |
| ||
| mādhavāḥ | the dynasty beginning from Madhu | SB 9.23.29 |
| ||
| madhu-ādiṣu | beginning with Madhu | SB 12.11.32 |
| ||
| mādhu-karī | begging little by little, like honeybees | CC Madhya 19.128 |
| ||
| madhura-gīta | by the sweet singing | SB 5.25.7 |
| ||
| madhyāhna karāñā | after arranging for His bath | CC Madhya 19.84 |
| ||
| madhyam | between the beginning and the end, the sustenance | SB 8.12.5 |
| ||
| madhyataḥ ca | also in the middle (the duration between the beginning and end) | SB 7.9.30 |
| ||
| māgi' | begging | CC Adi 10.38 |
| ||
| māgi' | begging | CC Adi 10.71 |
| ||
| māgi' | by begging | CC Madhya 4.25 |
| ||
| māgi' | begging | CC Madhya 4.29 |
| ||
| tāre māgi' | begging them | CC Madhya 4.151 |
| ||
| māgi' | begging | CC Madhya 5.101 |
| ||
| māgi' nila | obtained by begging | CC Madhya 12.73 |
| ||
| māgi' laya | begging, takes | CC Madhya 12.102 |
| ||
| māgi' | begging | CC Madhya 12.202 |
| ||
| taṇḍula māgi' | begging rice | CC Antya 2.107 |
| ||
| māgi' | begging | CC Antya 6.219 |
| ||
| māgi' | begging | CC Antya 6.221 |
| ||
| māgi' | begging | CC Antya 6.283 |
| ||
| māgi' | begging | CC Antya 8.61 |
| ||
| kauḍi māgi' | begging kauḍis | CC Antya 9.39 |
| ||
| māgi' | begging | CC Antya 9.72 |
| ||
| prasāda māgi' | begging prasādam | CC Antya 11.104 |
| ||
| māgi' | by begging | CC Antya 13.48 |
| ||
| māgile | by begging | CC Antya 9.40 |
| ||
| māgiñā | begging | CC Madhya 4.90 |
| ||
| māgiñā | begging | CC Madhya 4.180 |
| ||
| māgiñā | begging | CC Madhya 4.181 |
| ||
| māgiyā | begging | CC Madhya 4.11 |
| ||
| māgiyā | begging | CC Antya 2.110 |
| ||
| māgiyā | begging | CC Antya 2.111 |
| ||
| māgiyā | by begging | CC Antya 6.223 |
| ||
| māgiyā | begging | CC Antya 6.281 |
| ||
| māgiyā | begging | CC Antya 16.11 |
| ||
| māgiye | I am begging | CC Adi 1.25 |
| ||
| prasāda māgiye | I am begging prasādam | CC Antya 11.74 |
| ||
| mahā-viṣṇu | the original Viṣṇu | CC Adi 6.7 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda lañā | bringing all kinds of mahā-prasādam | CC Madhya 12.153 |
| ||
| mahān | the original form of material nature | SB 11.28.16 |
| ||
| mahāntam | who is the origin of the material world | SB 3.24.33 |
| ||
| mahāprabhu āni' | bringing Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu | CC Antya 6.89 |
| ||
| mahārāṣṭrīya | belonging to the Maharashtra state | CC Madhya 17.101 |
| ||
| mahat-ādīnām | beginning with Lord Brahmā | SB 3.29.37 |
| ||
| mahat-kṛtena | by that action which is considered the most powerful original existence or which is executed by mahājanas | SB 10.2.30 |
| ||
| mālinam | with hangings | SB 10.75.18 |
| ||
| mamatā | everything belonging to the material body is mine | SB 7.12.29-30 |
| ||
| māyā-manaḥ-mayam | it is only imagined to be real by the influence of māyā | SB 11.7.7 |
| ||
| mānasottara-mervoḥ antaram | the land between Mānasottara and Meru (beginning from the middle of Mount Sumeru) | SB 5.20.35 |
| ||
| manavaḥ | original progenitors of mankind | SB 12.4.2 |
| ||
| mańgala-ācaraṇe | in the performance of auspiciousness in the beginning | CC Antya 1.182 |
| ||
| paṇḍita-māninam | imagining himself to be a great scholar | SB 11.26.13 |
| ||
| taila-mardana | massaging mustard oil on the body | CC Madhya 25.206 |
| ||
| abhyańga-mardana | massaging the body with oil | CC Antya 5.17 |
| ||
| mardana | massaging | CC Antya 18.100 |
| ||
| prathamei māribā | kill them in the beginning | CC Madhya 24.247 |
| ||
| māthura | belonging to the district of Mathurā | CC Madhya 18.172 |
| ||
| sattā-mātram | the original substance, the cause of everything | SB 10.3.24 |
| ||
| abhijña-mātram | only imagined to have a separate existence | SB 12.8.44 |
| ||
| matsya-ādi | beginning with Matsya | CC Adi 4.11-12 |
| ||
| māyā-manaḥ-mayam | it is only imagined to be real by the influence of māyā | SB 11.7.7 |
| ||
| māyā-ādyaiḥ | beginning with the unmanifest stage of nature | SB 12.11.5 |
| ||
| māyā-manaḥ-mayam | it is only imagined to be real by the influence of māyā | SB 11.7.7 |
| ||
| māyayā | by his imagination | SB 10.86.45 |
| ||
| mayūra-ādi | beginning with peacocks | CC Madhya 17.44 |
| ||
| mene | he imagined | SB 10.66.2 |
| ||
| meru-ādi-giri-duhitaraḥ | daughters of the mountains beginning with Meru | SB 5.17.10 |
| ||
| mānasottara-mervoḥ antaram | the land between Mānasottara and Meru (beginning from the middle of Mount Sumeru) | SB 5.20.35 |
| ||
| mīḍhvāṃsam | expert in discharging semen | SB 9.19.4 |
| ||
| mithunī-bhūya | engaging in sex life | SB 4.29.54 |
| ||
| mleccha-jāti | belonging to the meat-eater caste | CC Madhya 1.197 |
| ||
| mṛga-pateḥ | belonging to the king of animals, the lion | SB 10.52.39 |
| ||
| mṛga-ādi | animals, beginning with the deer | CC Madhya 24.263 |
| ||
| mṛjan | massaging | SB 10.48.15-16 |
| ||
| mucaḥ | discharging | SB 3.19.20 |
| ||
| niśā-mukham | the beginning of night | SB 10.34.22 |
| ||
| tretā-mukhe | in the beginning of Tretā-yuga | SB 6.10.16 |
| ||
| āji-mukhe | in the very beginning of the battle | SB 6.10.29 |
| ||
| tretā-mukhe | in the beginning of the Tretā-yuga | SB 9.14.49 |
| ||
| tretā-mukhe | at the beginning of Tretā-yuga | SB 11.17.12 |
| ||
| śarvarī-mukhe | in the beginning of evening | CC Antya 1.170 |
| ||
| mukhya kāraṇa | the original cause | CC Adi 6.20 |
| ||
| mukhya-artha | the original meaning | CC Madhya 25.25 |
| ||
| mukhyena | the origin of all activities | SB 7.3.29 |
| ||
| mukta | hanging loose | SB 3.19.20 |
| ||
| bhaktye jīvan-mukta | persons liberated in this life by discharging devotional service | CC Madhya 24.130 |
| ||
| brahma-sāyujya-mukti | merging into the Brahman effulgence | CC Madhya 6.264-265 |
| ||
| mūla-prakṛtaye | unto the puruṣa-avatāra, the origin of prakṛti and pradhāna | SB 8.3.13 |
| ||
| mūla | original | CC Adi 2.39 |
| ||
| mūla | original | CC Adi 2.42 |
| ||
| mūla | original | CC Adi 2.46 |
| ||
| mūla | original | CC Adi 2.57 |
| ||
| mūla | the original | CC Adi 2.89 |
| ||
| mūla-āśraya | original source | CC Adi 2.105 |
| ||
| mūla | original | CC Adi 3.70 |
| ||
| mūla | original | CC Adi 4.4 |
| ||
| mūla ślokera | of the original verse | CC Adi 4.229 |
| ||
| mūla-sańkarṣaṇa | the original Sańkarṣaṇa | CC Adi 5.8 |
| ||
| mūla | original | CC Adi 5.61 |
| ||
| mūla | original | CC Adi 6.88 |
| ||
| mūla | original | CC Adi 6.112 |
| ||
| mūla-āśraya | original support | CC Adi 9.12 |
| ||
| mūla | the original | CC Madhya 25.93 |
| ||
| yat-mūlaḥ | the origin of which | SB 5.6.5 |
| ||
| yat-mūlāḥ | the original cause of all these | SB 7.13.34 |
| ||
| viśva-mūlam | the origin is the Supreme | SB 3.7.16 |
| ||
| ātma-mūlāya | who are the original source of everything | SB 8.3.13 |
| ||
| īśvara-mūrti | original form as the Lord | CC Madhya 1.101 |
| ||
| ādi-mūrtiḥ | the original form, Vāsudeva | SB 11.16.32 |
| ||
| mūrtimadbhiḥ | in His original form | SB 8.6.3-7 |
| ||
| kamala-nābhāya | unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, from whose abdomen the original lotus flower originated | SB 4.30.25 |
| ||
| naḍa-baḍe | hanging | CC Antya 18.53 |
| ||
| bhārgī-nadī | in the small river of the name Bhārgīnadī | CC Madhya 5.141 |
| ||
| śuṇṭhi-khaṇḍa nāḍu | sweetmeat balls made with dried ginger | CC Antya 10.23 |
| ||
| harer nāma-ślokera | of the verse beginning harer nāma harer nāma | CC Madhya 25.29 |
| ||
| nanda-ādyāḥ | beginning from Nanda Mahārāja | SB 10.1.61 |
| ||
| nandāt | beginning from Nanda | SB 12.2.32 |
| ||
| nārada-ādi | beginning with Nārada | MM 7 |
| ||
| naṭkāya | hanging | CC Antya 18.72 |
| ||
| nāṭya-sańgīta-vāditraiḥ | by dancing, by singing and by a musical display | SB 9.23.6 |
| ||
| sei nava sańgama | We are meeting in the same new spirit as in the beginning | CC Madhya 13.126 |
| ||
| nāyam | beginning with the word nāyam | CC Madhya 9.137 |
| ||
| nayasi | you are bringing down | SB 9.3.21 |
| ||
| nayasi | you are bringing | SB 10.47.20 |
| ||
| nembu-ādā | a preparation made with lime and ginger | CC Antya 10.15-16 |
| ||
| ṛta-satya-netram | He is the origin of whatever truth is pleasing (sunetram) | SB 10.2.26 |
| ||
| nīca-jāti | belonging to a lower caste | CC Antya 16.29 |
| ||
| anādi-nidhanam | without beginning and end | SB 1.8.28 |
| ||
| nigamāya | to Him who is the origin of both kinds of scripture | SB 10.16.44 |
| ||
| nija-dharma-bhāvite | being situated in one's original constitutional position | SB 4.8.22 |
| ||
| nija-rūpam āsthitā | remained in her original demoniac form | SB 10.6.13 |
| ||
| nija-jāti | as belonging to the same family | CC Antya 16.148 |
| ||
| nijam | his original | SB 10.18.26 |
| ||
| nijam | his original | SB 10.37.31 |
| ||
| nikhanadbhiḥ | digging | SB 5.19.29-30 |
| ||
| māgi' nila | obtained by begging | CC Madhya 12.73 |
| ||
| bhūta-nilayam | the original source of all living entities | SB 8.1.11 |
| ||
| nimajjantam | plunging | CC Madhya 19.230 |
| ||
| nimajjya | of those who are submerging | SB 11.26.32 |
| ||
| nimeṣa-ādiḥ | beginning with minute parts of time | SB 10.3.26 |
| ||
| nimitta-hetu | original cause | CC Adi 5.63 |
| ||
| nimitta-hetu | original cause | CC Adi 6.14-15 |
| ||
| nimitta | the original cause | CC Adi 6.14-15 |
| ||
| nimitta kāraṇa | the original cause | CC Adi 6.16 |
| ||
| nimitta-aṃśe | in the portion as the original cause | CC Adi 6.17 |
| ||
| ninīṣantam | while bringing him | SB 1.7.34 |
| ||
| nipātya | dragging down | SB 3.3.1 |
| ||
| nirhāraḥ | the purging | SB 10.84.29 |
| ||
| nirmāṇe | the beginning of creation | CC Adi 6.19 |
| ||
| nirudhya | besieging | SB 10.76.9-11 |
| ||
| nirupakramāya | who has no beginning | SB 6.9.45 |
| ||
| nirūpya | arranging | SB 10.77.9 |
| ||
| nirvartakaḥ | bringing about | SB 5.20.18 |
| ||
| niśā-mukham | the beginning of night | SB 10.34.22 |
| ||
| niṣeka-ādiṣu | beginning from the happiness derived from sex life | SB 7.7.46 |
| ||
| niṣeka-ādi | the beginning of life (the purificatory process of garbhādhāna, performed when the father begets a child by discharging semen into the womb of the mother) | SB 7.15.52 |
| ||
| tat-puruṣa-niṣevayā | by engaging his life in the service of Kṛṣṇa's representative | SB 6.1.16 |
| ||
| niṣka-kaṇṭhyaḥ | and having little keys and lockets hanging from their necks | SB 10.5.11 |
| ||
| niṣkarṣayatā | who was dragging | SB 10.10.27 |
| ||
| nītam nītam | gradually bringing them | SB 10.37.29 |
| ||
| nītam nītam | gradually bringing them | SB 10.37.29 |
| ||
| jala nite | for bringing water | CC Madhya 4.30 |
| ||
| nītvā | bringing into such a condition | SB 4.17.27 |
| ||
| nītvā | bringing | SB 7.15.46 |
| ||
| nītvā | bringing | SB 10.11.20 |
| ||
| nītvā | bringing them | SB 10.13.15 |
| ||
| nītvā | bringing | SB 10.13.21 |
| ||
| nītvā | bringing | SB 10.50.57 |
| ||
| nītvā | bringing | SB 10.55.5 |
| ||
| nitya-yācñā | begging grains every day from the farmers | SB 7.11.18-20 |
| ||
| nivītam | hanging (from His neck) | SB 10.73.1-6 |
| ||
| nivītau | hanging on the neck | SB 3.15.28 |
| ||
| niyojayasi | You are engaging | BG 3.1 |
| ||
| niyojya | engaging | NoI 8 |
| ||
| nṛtya-vāditra-gītaiḥ ca | by dancing, playing various musical instruments, and singing songs | SB 8.21.6-7 |
| ||
| nṛtya-gīta-ādi-aneka-arhaiḥ | by many varied means of worship, such as dancing and singing | SB 10.13.51 |
| ||
| nṛtya-gīta | dancing and singing | CC Madhya 9.249 |
| ||
| nṛtya-gīte | in singing and dancing | CC Antya 5.13 |
| ||
| gāna-nṛtya | singing and dancing | CC Antya 14.39 |
| ||
| nūpura | ringing leglets | SB 2.2.11 |
| ||
| okaḥ | from the original home | SB 4.28.54 |
| ||
| vana-okasaḥ | the aborigine girls of the forest | SB 10.20.27 |
| ||
| okasām | belonging to the inhabitants | SB 10.33.3 |
| ||
| oṃ | beginning with oṃ | BG 17.24 |
| ||
| oṃkāra-ādīni | beginning with oṃkāra | SB 6.8.4-6 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhana-ādibhiḥ | even by massaging her feet | SB 9.18.35 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhana-ādibhiḥ | by massaging His feet and offering other services | SB 10.15.14 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhanam | the massaging of the feet | SB 10.15.17 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhana | massaging the feet | CC Adi 5.136 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhana-ādibhiḥ | by massaging His feet, etc | CC Adi 5.139 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhanam | massaging the feet | CC Adi 6.64 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhana | massaging the feet | CC Adi 10.155 |
| ||
| viṣṇu-pāda-utpatti | her origin from the lotus feet of the Lord | CC Adi 16.83 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhana | massaging the feet | CC Madhya 3.105 |
| ||
| apāṇi-pāda-śruti | the śruti-mantra beginning apāni-pādaḥ | CC Madhya 6.150 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhana | massaging the legs | CC Madhya 9.353 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhana | massaging the legs | CC Madhya 14.7 |
| ||
| pāda-samvāhana | massaging the legs | CC Madhya 17.90 |
| ||
| pāda-samvāhana | massaging the leg | CC Madhya 19.90 |
| ||
| pāda-samvāhana | massaging the legs | CC Antya 10.82 |
| ||
| pāda-samvāhana | massaging the legs | CC Antya 10.83-84 |
| ||
| pāda-samvāhana | massaging Your legs | CC Antya 10.88 |
| ||
| pāda-samvāhana | massaging of the legs | CC Antya 10.90 |
| ||
| pāda-samvāhane | massaging the feet | CC Antya 12.146 |
| ||
| pāda-samvāhana | massaging of the feet | CC Antya 18.108 |
| ||
| pāda-samvāhana | massaging the legs | CC Antya 19.71 |
| ||
| pāda cāpi' | massaging the legs | CC Antya 19.73 |
| ||
| padam | original position | SB 8.24.51 |
| ||
| param padam | the highest position (according to their imagination and speculation) | SB 10.2.32 |
| ||
| padmaja-ādibhiḥ | beginning with Lord Brahmā | SB 12.11.4 |
| ||
| pādukam | bringing the wooden shoes | SB 10.11.8 |
| ||
| pahile | in the beginning | CC Madhya 8.268 |
| ||
| pahilehi | in the beginning | CC Madhya 8.194 |
| ||
| pāka karāila | engaging in cooking | CC Madhya 19.87 |
| ||
| kariba pāka | I shall begin cooking | CC Antya 2.57 |
| ||
| loka-pālāḥ | the great leaders of the universe, beginning with Lord Brahmā | SB 5.18.27 |
| ||
| paṇḍita-māninam | imagining himself to be a great scholar | SB 11.26.13 |
| ||
| ānibāre pāni | for bringing water | CC Antya 6.299 |
| ||
| para-devatāyām | the origin of all demigods | SB 5.7.6 |
| ||
| paraḥ | not belonging to the same group or family | SB 7.5.37 |
| ||
| pārakya | belonging to others | SB 7.6.16 |
| ||
| pārakyam | belonging to others | SB 11.9.25 |
| ||
| param | elevation to the heavenly planets or becoming one by merging into Brahman | SB 9.4.65 |
| ||
| satya-param | who is the Absolute Truth (as stated in the beginning of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, satyaṃ paraṃ dhīmahi) | SB 10.2.26 |
| ||
| param padam | the highest position (according to their imagination and speculation) | SB 10.2.32 |
| ||
| parama kāraṇa | original cause | CC Adi 5.54 |
| ||
| paramakam | bringing the greatest happiness | SB 11.17.3-4 |
| ||
| paramāṇu-ādi | beginning from the time of minute atoms | SB 5.14.29 |
| ||
| paramātma-bhūtaḥ | the origin of all causes | CC Madhya 25.37 |
| ||
| parasya | belonging to the Supreme | SB 10.85.6 |
| ||
| parihāre | in begging pardon | CC Madhya 1.190 |
| ||
| parikliṣṭam | grudgingly | BG 17.21 |
| ||
| kaivalya-pate | O bestower of merging in the existence of the Lord | SB 4.20.23 |
| ||
| mṛga-pateḥ | belonging to the king of animals, the lion | SB 10.52.39 |
| ||
| patīnām | belonging to the presiding deities | SB 10.50.50-53 |
| ||
| pātram | his begging bowl | SB 11.23.34 |
| ||
| pātrikām | a pot for begging alms | SB 8.18.17 |
| ||
| paugaṇḍake | at the age of paugaṇḍa, beginning with the sixth year (one year later) | SB 10.12.37 |
| ||
| paugaṇḍe | in later childhood (beginning with His sixth year) | SB 10.14.59 |
| ||
| pauruṣīm | original | SB 8.12.37 |
| ||
| pavitra | purified, ungrudgingly | CC Madhya 12.116 |
| ||
| pāyasa-ādayaḥ | beginning with sweet rice | SB 10.24.26 |
| ||
| phala-vikrayiṇī | the aborigine fruit vendor, who was an elderly woman | SB 10.11.11 |
| ||
| phala-kāraṇam | the origin of the result | CC Antya 1.91 |
| ||
| phiri | changing | CC Madhya 6.273 |
| ||
| plāvitaiḥ | with the singing | SB 4.6.12 |
| ||
| prabhava | the origin | SB 10.44.48 |
| ||
| prabhavaḥ | encouraging | SB 1.17.40 |
| ||
| prabhavaḥ | the original source | CC Madhya 24.189 |
| ||
| prabhavam | origin, opulences | BG 10.2 |
| ||
| prabhavau | They who were the origin | SB 10.45.30-31 |
| ||
| tataḥ prabhṛti | beginning from then | SB 6.3.34 |
| ||
| adya prabhṛti | beginning from now | SB 10.73.18 |
| ||
| prabodhiyā | encouraging | CC Madhya 11.61 |
| ||
| vastra-pradāna-prasańga | incidents of exchanging cloth | CC Madhya 1.149 |
| ||
| pradāpya | arranging to give | SB 10.70.12 |
| ||
| pradhāna-puruṣau | the original persons | SB 10.48.18 |
| ||
| pradhānam | the original cause of the total material energy | SB 6.9.26-27 |
| ||
| pradhānam | material nature (in its original, undifferentiated state) | SB 10.59.29 |
| ||
| pragāyan | singing | SB 11.26.25 |
| ||
| pragāyantaḥ | singing along with | SB 10.12.7-11 |
| ||
| pragāyantyaḥ | singing forth | SB 10.32.1 |
| ||
| pragāyantyaḥ | singing loudly | SB 10.35.1 |
| ||
| pragāyataḥ | thus singing | SB 1.6.33 |
| ||
| pragrahiṇam | who was managing the reins of the horses | SB 10.1.34 |
| ||
| prajāpati | by the original progenitor, Lord Brahmā | SB 10.54.40 |
| ||
| prāk | the origin | SB 6.4.30 |
| ||
| prāk | from the very beginning, before the creation of this cosmic manifestation | SB 10.3.14 |
| ||
| mūla-prakṛtaye | unto the puruṣa-avatāra, the origin of prakṛti and pradhāna | SB 8.3.13 |
| ||
| prakṛtim | its original nature | SB 11.21.13 |
| ||
| pralamba | hanging down | SB 10.47.1-2 |
| ||
| karena pralāpana | begins talking like a crazy man | CC Antya 19.33 |
| ||
| pralaya | merging | CC Adi 5.46 |
| ||
| pramukhāḥ | beginning with them | SB 8.1.19 |
| ||
| prāṇaḥ | the Lord in the form of the original life air | SB 11.21.38-40 |
| ||
| praṇava-ādi | beginning with the oṃkāra | SB 6.8.7 |
| ||
| prāṇāya | the origin of life | SB 5.18.25 |
| ||
| prāpta-brahma-laya | as good as merging into the impersonal Brahman | CC Madhya 24.109 |
| ||
| prāpta-svarūpa | attaining his original status | CC Madhya 24.134 |
| ||
| prārabhate | begins | BG 18.15 |
| ||
| prārambhaḥ | the beginning | CC Adi 3.63 |
| ||
| prārthana | begging | CC Madhya 12.112 |
| ||
| prārthayate | begging | SB 3.9.29 |
| ||
| prasāda āni' | bringing jagannātha-prasādam | CC Madhya 6.111 |
| ||
| mahā-prasāda lañā | bringing all kinds of mahā-prasādam | CC Madhya 12.153 |
| ||
| prasāda māgiye | I am begging prasādam | CC Antya 11.74 |
| ||
| prasāda māgi' | begging prasādam | CC Antya 11.104 |
| ||
| prasādaye | I am begging your mercy | SB 9.4.9 |
| ||
| vastra-pradāna-prasańga | incidents of exchanging cloth | CC Madhya 1.149 |
| ||
| prasańgena | in the matter of indulging | SB 3.23.53 |
| ||
| praśraya-anvitam | very much obliging | SB 1.12.15 |
| ||
| brahma-prasūtānām | born originally from Brahmā | SB 12.7.16 |
| ||
| prasūtiḥ | the original source | SB 10.2.28 |
| ||
| prātaḥ-kāla haite | beginning from the morning | CC Antya 2.59 |
| ||
| prathama gamana | the beginning of the tour | CC Madhya 7.151 |
| ||
| prathama-avasare | in the beginning of the day | CC Madhya 15.5 |
| ||
| prathama yauvana | the beginning of youth | CC Antya 3.112 |
| ||
| prathame | in the beginning | CC Adi 12.8 |
| ||
| prathame | in the beginning | CC Adi 13.7 |
| ||
| prathame | at the beginning | CC Madhya 7.6 |
| ||
| prathame | in the beginning | CC Madhya 14.173 |
| ||
| prathame | in the beginning | CC Madhya 24.153 |
| ||
| prathame | in the beginning | CC Antya 10.156 |
| ||
| prathame | in the beginning | CC Antya 14.91 |
| ||
| prathame | in the beginning | CC Antya 18.87 |
| ||
| prathamei | in the beginning | CC Adi 10.34 |
| ||
| prathamei | at the beginning | CC Madhya 7.112 |
| ||
| prathamei | in the beginning | CC Madhya 12.72 |
| ||
| prathamei | in the beginning | CC Madhya 17.16 |
| ||
| prathamei | from the very beginning | CC Madhya 19.161 |
| ||
| prathamei | in the beginning | CC Madhya 20.165 |
| ||
| prathamei | in the beginning | CC Madhya 20.250 |
| ||
| prathamei māribā | kill them in the beginning | CC Madhya 24.247 |
| ||
| prathamete | in the beginning | CC Adi 17.235 |
| ||
| ańga-pratimā | the form of the Supreme Lord (there are many forms, but Kṛṣṇa is the original form) | SB 10.12.39 |
| ||
| pratinandya | encouraging | SB 7.5.20 |
| ||
| pravahan | constantly engaging in | SB 4.12.18 |
| ||
| pravartante | begin | BG 17.24 |
| ||
| pravartate | shall begin | SB 3.11.34 |
| ||
| pravartaye | in beginning | SB 3.8.2 |
| ||
| praveṣya | bringing into | SB 10.38.23 |
| ||
| pravilāpya | merging | SB 1.13.55 |
| ||
| praviśati | begins | SB 5.13.19 |
| ||
| pravṛttaḥ | begins | SB 12.2.31 |
| ||
| pravṛttāyām | when it was about to begin | SB 10.84.44-45 |
| ||
| pravṛttiḥ | the beginning | BG 15.3-4 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-prema-rasa | the nectar of always merging in love of Kṛṣṇa | CC Adi 11.34 |
| ||
| prema-ādika | love of Godhead, beginning with śānta, dāsya and so on | CC Madhya 23.47 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-premera ullāsa | the beginning of the flow of love of Kṛṣṇa | CC Antya 20.11 |
| ||
| pretya-āgatam | as if Kṛṣṇa had returned from death (no one could even imagine that from such danger a child could be saved) | SB 10.6.43 |
| ||
| prokṣaṇa-ādibhiḥ | by the various prescriptions beginning with sprinkling of water for purification | SB 11.27.29 |
| ||
| pulindyaḥ | the women of the aborigine Pulinda tribe in Vraja | SB 10.83.43 |
| ||
| puṃsām | belonging to living beings | SB 10.89.62 |
| ||
| puṇyaḥ | original | BG 7.9 |
| ||
| purā | from the beginning | SB 1.13.22 |
| ||
| purā | in the beginning of creation | SB 2.4.22 |
| ||
| purā | in the beginning | SB 7.8.10 |
| ||
| purā | from beginningless time | CC Adi 1.5 |
| ||
| purā | from beginningless time | CC Adi 4.55 |
| ||
| puraḥ | from the very beginning | SB 4.28.25 |
| ||
| gandharva-puram | an imaginary city in the forest | SB 5.13.7 |
| ||
| purāṇaḥ | the original | SB 5.6.14 |
| ||
| purāṇaḥ | the original | SB 5.11.13-14 |
| ||
| purāṇaḥ | the original | SB 8.12.44 |
| ||
| purāṇaḥ | original | SB 10.16.29 |
| ||
| puruṣam purāṇam | the original Personality of Godhead | SB 6.13.21 |
| ||
| purāṇam | the original | SB 9.8.24 |
| ||
| purāṇau | the original | SB 3.1.26 |
| ||
| purāṇau | are the original cause | CC Madhya 20.262 |
| ||
| purastāt | as it was in the beginning | SB 4.22.27 |
| ||
| purātanaḥ | the original | SB 1.10.21 |
| ||
| pūrta | by pious works (such as feeding brāhmaṇas, digging wells, etc.) | SB 10.52.40 |
| ||
| iṣṭā-pūrtam | the performance of sacrifice and public welfare activities such as digging wells or planting trees | SB 11.12.1-2 |
| ||
| pūrtena | and pious works for the benefit of others, such as digging wells | SB 11.11.47 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣa | the original enjoyer | SB 2.7.15 |
| ||
| tat-puruṣa-niṣevayā | by engaging his life in the service of Kṛṣṇa's representative | SB 6.1.16 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣa | the original person | SB 6.9.33 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣa | O supreme original Personality of Godhead | SB 7.8.43 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣa | O original Personality of Godhead | SB 10.15.6 |
| ||
| puruṣa | of the original Personality of Godhead | SB 12.8.46 |
| ||
| puruṣa | the original person, Mahā-Viṣṇu | CC Adi 6.13 |
| ||
| puruṣa-rūpe | in the original form of Mahā-Viṣṇu | CC Madhya 20.265 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣa | O original person | CC Madhya 24.177 |
| ||
| puruṣa-jāti | belonging to the male class | CC Antya 15.37 |
| ||
| puruṣa-jāti | belonging to the male class | CC Antya 16.144 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣaḥ | the original person | SB 5.1.10 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣaḥ | the original person | SB 5.22.3 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣaḥ | the original person | SB 8.17.4 |
| ||
| ādi-pūruṣaḥ | the original person | SB 8.24.54 |
| ||
| puruṣaḥ | the original person | SB 10.1.23 |
| ||
| ādi-pūruṣaḥ | the original Personality of Godhead | SB 10.35.8-11 |
| ||
| puruṣaḥ | the original Mahā-Viṣṇu | CC Madhya 20.262 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original cause of all causes | SB 5.19.1 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | SB 6.9.20 |
| ||
| puruṣam purāṇam | the original Personality of Godhead | SB 6.13.21 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | unto the expansion of the original personality | SB 6.16.31 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | SB 6.18.66-67 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the supreme original person, Bhagavān | SB 8.23.11-12 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original Personality of Godhead | SB 9.10.14 |
| ||
| puruṣam | the original person | SB 10.51.56 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | CC Adi 2.14 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original personality | CC Adi 4.72 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | CC Adi 5.22 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | CC Adi 5.71 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | CC Adi 5.155 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original personality | CC Madhya 8.163 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | CC Madhya 15.170 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | CC Madhya 20.160 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | CC Madhya 20.281 |
| ||
| govindam ādi-puruṣam | Lord Govinda, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Madhya 20.304 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | CC Madhya 20.310 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the supreme original person | CC Madhya 20.316 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | CC Madhya 21.41 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Madhya 21.49 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.29 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.30 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.31 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.32 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.33 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.34 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.35 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.36 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original personality | Bs 5.37 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.38 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.39 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.40 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.41 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.42 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.43 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.44 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.45 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.46 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.47 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.48 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.49 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.50 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.51 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.52 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.53 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.54 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣam | the original person | Bs 5.55 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣasya | the original person | SB 5.1.23 |
| ||
| ādi-puruṣasya | of the original Personality of Godhead | SB 7.10.47 |
| ||
| pradhāna-puruṣau | the original persons | SB 10.48.18 |
| ||
| ādi-pūruṣe | unto the original Personality of Godhead | SB 1.9.30 |
| ||
| pūrva-ādibhiḥ | beginning with the front | SB 3.12.37 |
| ||
| pūrva-ādibhiḥ | beginning from the front face | SB 3.12.38 |
| ||
| pūrva-ja | O original Personality of Godhead | SB 7.10.26 |
| ||
| pūrva-aparam | the beginning and the end | SB 10.9.13-14 |
| ||
| pūrva-vat | as originally | SB 10.25.28 |
| ||
| pūrva | original | CC Adi 7.20-21 |
| ||
| pūrva-ādi | beginning from the east | CC Madhya 20.211 |
| ||
| pūrvam | in the beginning | SB 3.12.43 |
| ||
| pūrvam | in the beginning | SB 6.4.19 |
| ||
| pūrvam | beginning | SB 10.9.13-14 |
| ||
| pūrve | in the beginning | CC Adi 7.3 |
| ||
| pūtanā-vadha-ādi | killing the demons, beginning from Pūtanā | CC Madhya 20.394 |
| ||
| dui putra āni' | bringing his two sons | CC Madhya 19.108 |
| ||
| gujjarī-rāgiṇī | the gujjarī mode of singing | CC Antya 13.79 |
| ||
| ādi-rājaḥ | the original king | SB 4.20.21 |
| ||
| ādi-rājam | the original king | SB 4.16.21 |
| ||
| rājaputa-jāti | belonging to the kṣatriya class | CC Madhya 18.82 |
| ||
| rājaputa | belonging to the Rājaputa race | CC Madhya 18.167 |
| ||
| ādi-rājasya | of the original king | SB 3.13.3 |
| ||
| ādi-rājasya | of the original king | SB 4.21.8 |
| ||
| ādi-rājāya | upon the original king | SB 4.19.41 |
| ||
| ādi-rājena | by the original king (Pṛthu) | SB 4.20.32 |
| ||
| ādi-rājena | by the original king (Pṛthu) | SB 4.22.48 |
| ||
| rakta-sravaḥ | profusely discharging blood | SB 6.12.26 |
| ||
| ramā-ādika | beginning with the goddess of fortune | CC Antya 17.40 |
| ||
| rāsa-ādika | beginning with the rāsa dance | CC Adi 4.81 |
| ||
| rāsa-ādi | beginning with the rāsa dance | CC Adi 4.114 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-prema-rasa | the nectar of always merging in love of Kṛṣṇa | CC Adi 11.34 |
| ||
| rāsa-ārambha-vidhau | in the matter of beginning the rāsa dance | CC Adi 17.293 |
| ||
| eka-rasam | unchanging | SB 10.87.19 |
| ||
| śānta-ādi rasera | of the mellows beginning from neutrality | CC Madhya 23.56 |
| ||
| svā-rasikī | appropriate for one's own original aptitude of love | CC Madhya 22.150 |
| ||
| hiraṇya-retasaḥ | to the original fire | SB 6.9.42 |
| ||
| sapta ṛṣayaḥ | the seven great sages (beginning with Marīci) | SB 5.17.3 |
| ||
| ṛta-satya-netram | He is the origin of whatever truth is pleasing (sunetram) | SB 10.2.26 |
| ||
| ṛtam | encouraging statements | SB 9.5.5 |
| ||
| ṛtvijam | the original priest | SB 10.66.30-31 |
| ||
| rūpa-dhṛk | possessing the form (of his original Gandharva position) | SB 8.4.3-4 |
| ||
| svayam-rūpa | His own original form (two-handed Kṛṣṇa) | CC Adi 1.81 |
| ||
| svayam-rūpa | the original form | CC Madhya 20.165 |
| ||
| svayam-rūpa | the original form of the Lord | CC Madhya 20.166 |
| ||
| sva-rūpa | the original identity | CC Madhya 24.71 |
| ||
| sva-rūpam | original form | SB 1.9.39 |
| ||
| sva-rūpam | his original spiritual form | SB 6.2.43 |
| ||
| nija-rūpam āsthitā | remained in her original demoniac form | SB 10.6.13 |
| ||
| aṃśa-aṃśi-rūpe | as the expansion and the original Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Adi 5.154 |
| ||
| svayam-rūpe | in the original form | CC Madhya 20.166 |
| ||
| puruṣa-rūpe | in the original form of Mahā-Viṣṇu | CC Madhya 20.265 |
| ||
| svayam-rūpera | of the original form | CC Madhya 20.177 |
| ||
| sparśa-rūpiṇā | which exhibits the forms of the different phonemes of the alphabet, beginning with the sparśa letters | SB 11.21.38-40 |
| ||
| sa-ghṛṇam | begging for compassion | SB 11.4.9 |
| ||
| śabda-yoniḥ | the origin and source of Vedic literature | SB 8.7.25 |
| ||
| sādhaka | the beginner | CC Madhya 24.108 |
| ||
| sādhakam | bringing about | CC Madhya 21.1 |
| ||
| āgata-sādhvasaḥ | in the beginning becoming afraid | SB 6.4.40 |
| ||
| sahase | the origin of all mental power | SB 5.18.25 |
| ||
| sahasra-śīrṣā-ādi kari' | by the Vedic hymns beginning with sahasra-śīrṣā (ṛg Veda-saṃhitā 10.90.1) | CC Madhya 20.292 |
| ||
| sajyam | the stringing | SB 10.42.17 |
| ||
| sajyam kṛtvā | stringing it | SB 10.83.25-26 |
| ||
| sākṣāt | original | SB 1.9.18 |
| ||
| jīva-śakti | marginal potency, or living entities | CC Madhya 8.151 |
| ||
| jīva-śakti | marginal potency | CC Madhya 20.149 |
| ||
| śaktibhiḥ | the energies (marginal and external) | CC Madhya 24.135 |
| ||
| śaktiḥ | the feminine (marginal and external) energies | SB 4.7.59 |
| ||
| śaktite | as the marginal potency | CC Madhya 24.307 |
| ||
| śālinā | bringing the presence | SB 10.60.3-6 |
| ||
| sālokya-ādi | the five types of liberation, beginning from sālokya (residing on the same spiritual planet as the Lord) | CC Adi 4.204 |
| ||
| sālokya-ādi | liberation, beginning sālokya | CC Adi 4.208 |
| ||
| sālokya-ādi | beginning with sālokya | CC Madhya 6.267 |
| ||
| sālokya-ādi | liberation, beginning with sālokya | CC Madhya 24.183 |
| ||
| kari' samādhāna | after arranging | CC Antya 12.142 |
| ||
| samānīya | bringing | SB 7.7.12 |
| ||
| samānīya | bringing | SB 10.85.36 |
| ||
| samānīya | bringing back | CC Madhya 9.211-212 |
| ||
| samanuvartate | factually begins | SB 5.6.16 |
| ||
| samāśraya | the original shelter | CC Adi 5.46 |
| ||
| samāśraya | the original source | CC Madhya 20.150 |
| ||
| sāmasu | to the singing | SB 4.29.53 |
| ||
| sambandha | the original relationship | CC Madhya 20.124 |
| ||
| viśva-sambhava | O origin of the universe | SB 10.27.19 |
| ||
| yoga-sambhava | O origin of all mystic power | SB 11.7.14 |
| ||
| sambhavam | origin | SB 4.11.23 |
| ||
| jīva-saṃjñitaḥ | who is also known as the living entity, since the living entities are expansions of His marginal energy | SB 7.7.49 |
| ||
| sampracaratsu | when beginning to perform | SB 5.7.6 |
| ||
| hīna-sampradāya | belonging to a lower spiritual school | CC Adi 7.64 |
| ||
| sampravṛttāyām | was just on the point of beginning | SB 9.14.43 |
| ||
| anādi-saṃsāra-anubhavasya | of the perception of the beginningless process of transmigration | SB 5.14.1 |
| ||
| saṃspṛśan | massaging | SB 10.86.30 |
| ||
| sva-saṃsthām | situation in my original constitutional position | SB 5.10.13 |
| ||
| śiśumāra-saṃsthānena | imagine this wheel to be a śiśumāra (dolphin) | SB 5.23.4 |
| ||
| sva-saṃsthayā | His own original form | SB 6.4.26 |
| ||
| sva-saṃsthayā | in His original identity | SB 10.37.22 |
| ||
| svapna-saṃstutam | as if imagined in a dream | SB 9.4.15-16 |
| ||
| samutsṛjan | discharging | SB 9.2.7 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhana-ādibhiḥ | even by massaging her feet | SB 9.18.35 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhana-ādibhiḥ | by massaging His feet and offering other services | SB 10.15.14 |
| ||
| saṃvāhana | with massaging | SB 10.46.15 |
| ||
| saṃvāhana | massaging | SB 10.81.18 |
| ||
| saṃvāhana | by massaging | SB 10.90.27 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhana | massaging the feet | CC Adi 5.136 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhana-ādibhiḥ | by massaging His feet, etc | CC Adi 5.139 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhana | massaging the feet | CC Adi 10.155 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhana | massaging the feet | CC Madhya 3.105 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhana | massaging the legs | CC Madhya 9.353 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhana | massaging the legs | CC Madhya 14.7 |
| ||
| pāda-samvāhana | massaging the legs | CC Madhya 17.90 |
| ||
| pāda-samvāhana | massaging the leg | CC Madhya 19.90 |
| ||
| saṃvāhana | massaging | CC Antya 9.82 |
| ||
| pāda-samvāhana | massaging the legs | CC Antya 10.82 |
| ||
| pāda-samvāhana | massaging the legs | CC Antya 10.83-84 |
| ||
| pāda-samvāhana | massaging Your legs | CC Antya 10.88 |
| ||
| pāda-samvāhana | massaging of the legs | CC Antya 10.90 |
| ||
| pāda-samvāhana | massaging of the feet | CC Antya 18.108 |
| ||
| pāda-samvāhana | massaging the legs | CC Antya 19.71 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhanam | the massaging of the feet | SB 10.15.17 |
| ||
| pāda-saṃvāhanam | massaging the feet | CC Adi 6.64 |
| ||
| pāda-samvāhane | massaging the feet | CC Antya 12.146 |
| ||
| saṃvāhya | massaging | SB 10.38.39 |
| ||
| sāmyam | the original equilibrium | SB 11.22.12 |
| ||
| sāmyam | and the original, undifferentiated state of nature | SB 11.28.24 |
| ||
| saṃyojya | bringing together | SB 10.39.19 |
| ||
| saṃyojya | bringing together | SB 10.82.43 |
| ||
| saṃyojya | merging | SB 11.15.20 |
| ||
| saṃyojya | merging | SB 11.30.26 |
| ||
| sanātanam | original, eternal | BG 7.10 |
| ||
| sanātanam | without beginning | SB 4.21.42 |
| ||
| sandeśāt | beginning from his being ordered (by Kaṃsa) | SB 10.38.27 |
| ||
| sandhau | in the state of marginal existence | SB 7.13.5 |
| ||
| sandhyā-dhūpa | dhūpa-ārati just in the beginning of the evening | CC Madhya 11.214 |
| ||
| sandhyā ha-ite | beginning from the evening | CC Antya 3.127 |
| ||
| sandhyayoḥ | at the beginning and the end of the day | SB 12.8.7-11 |
| ||
| sei nava sańgama | We are meeting in the same new spirit as in the beginning | CC Madhya 13.126 |
| ||
| sańgīta-vat | like singing | SB 3.17.10 |
| ||
| sańgīta | of singing | SB 8.2.6 |
| ||
| nāṭya-sańgīta-vāditraiḥ | by dancing, by singing and by a musical display | SB 9.23.6 |
| ||
| sańgīta | singing | CC Adi 17.173 |
| ||
| sańgītam | with singing | SB 12.8.18-20 |
| ||
| sańgrathya | after stringing | CC Antya 10.21 |
| ||
| krośa-sañjāta-hāsaḥ | after this, when the head of the house is angry, Kṛṣṇa begins to smile | SB 10.8.29 |
| ||
| sañjīvana | for bringing the dead back to life | MM 32 |
| ||
| sañjīvayan | bringing back to life | SB 10.47.44 |
| ||
| sańkalpa | of the imagined desire | SB 10.28.12 |
| ||
| sańkalpya | imagining | SB 11.21.31 |
| ||
| mūla-sańkarṣaṇa | the original Sańkarṣaṇa | CC Adi 5.8 |
| ||
| sāńkhya-ātmanaḥ | the origin of all Vedic literatures | SB 8.7.30 |
| ||
| sannidhāpya | bringing Him near | SB 5.17.16 |
| ||
| śānta-ādi rasera | of the mellows beginning from neutrality | CC Madhya 23.56 |
| ||
| śānti | bringing peace by propagating the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra | CC Madhya 6.104 |
| ||
| sapta ṛṣayaḥ | the seven great sages (beginning with Marīci) | SB 5.17.3 |
| ||
| sapta-tantūn | the seven kinds of Vedic ritualistic ceremonies, beginning from the agniṣṭoma-yajña | SB 7.3.30 |
| ||
| sārdraka | pots with ginger dishes | CC Madhya 3.45 |
| ||
| sarga-ādyāḥ | bringing about creation, maintenance and annihilation | CC Madhya 20.113 |
| ||
| sarge | in the beginning of the creation | SB 2.7.39 |
| ||
| ādi-sarge | in the beginning of creation | SB 3.4.13 |
| ||
| śarīriṇām | for all embodied beings (beginning with the great demigods) | SB 11.7.10 |
| ||
| sarva-upakaraṇāni ca | then all sorts of necessities and whatever belongings they had | SB 10.11.31-32 |
| ||
| sarva-ātmā | the original soul of all | SB 11.27.48 |
| ||
| sarva-ādi | the origin of everything | CC Madhya 18.191 |
| ||
| sarva-ādi | origin of everything | CC Madhya 20.153 |
| ||
| sarva-aṃśī | the original source of all of them | CC Madhya 21.120 |
| ||
| sarva-adbhuta-camatkāra | bringing wonder to all | CC Madhya 23.82-83 |
| ||
| sarva-āśraya | the origin of everything, or that which controls everything | CC Madhya 24.318 |
| ||
| śarvarī-mukhe | in the beginning of evening | CC Antya 1.170 |
| ||
| śāśvatam | original | BG 10.12-13 |
| ||
| sattā-mātram | the original substance, the cause of everything | SB 10.3.24 |
| ||
| akhila-sattva-dhāmni | who are the original cause of all existence, from whom everything emanates and in whom all potencies reside | SB 10.2.30 |
| ||
| satya-param | who is the Absolute Truth (as stated in the beginning of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, satyaṃ paraṃ dhīmahi) | SB 10.2.26 |
| ||
| ṛta-satya-netram | He is the origin of whatever truth is pleasing (sunetram) | SB 10.2.26 |
| ||
| satyam | the Lord is the original truth | SB 10.2.26 |
| ||
| saubhaga-ādayaḥ | sons beginning with Saubhaga | SB 6.18.8 |
| ||
| saubhari-ādi | beginning with the sage named Saubhari | CC Madhya 20.169 |
| ||
| śayana | arranging His bed | SB 10.61.6 |
| ||
| brahma-sāyujya | of merging into the Supreme Brahman | CC Adi 5.31 |
| ||
| brahma-sāyujya-mukti | merging into the Brahman effulgence | CC Madhya 6.264-265 |
| ||
| sāyujya | liberation by merging into the effulgence | CC Madhya 6.268 |
| ||
| sāyujya | merging into the effulgence of the Lord | CC Madhya 6.268 |
| ||
| sāyujya | merging | CC Madhya 6.269 |
| ||
| brahma-sāyujya | merging into the Brahman effulgence | CC Madhya 6.269 |
| ||
| īśvara-sāyujya | merging into the body of the Lord | CC Madhya 6.269 |
| ||
| sāyujyam | merging | SB 7.1.14-15 |
| ||
| se divasa haite | beginning from that day | CC Madhya 25.18 |
| ||
| sei kṛṣṇa | that original Kṛṣṇa | CC Adi 5.6 |
| ||
| sei kṛṣṇa | that original Kṛṣṇa | CC Adi 5.156 |
| ||
| sei nava sańgama | We are meeting in the same new spirit as in the beginning | CC Madhya 13.126 |
| ||
| sei jñāna | that original consciousness | CC Madhya 24.201 |
| ||
| sevana | engaging the mind constantly in the service of the Lord | SB 1.16.16 |
| ||
| śici sthitam | situated in the butter pot hanging on the swing | SB 10.9.8 |
| ||
| śikya | hanging by a swing | SB 10.8.30 |
| ||
| śikya-ādīn | lunch bags and other belongings | SB 10.12.5 |
| ||
| śīla | obtained by begging or gleaning | SB 11.18.25 |
| ||
| avāk-śirāḥ | with his head hanging downward | SB 9.7.5-6 |
| ||
| sahasra-śīrṣā-ādi kari' | by the Vedic hymns beginning with sahasra-śīrṣā (ṛg Veda-saṃhitā 10.90.1) | CC Madhya 20.292 |
| ||
| śiśu-kāla haite | from the beginning of childhood | CC Antya 4.30 |
| ||
| śiśumāra-saṃsthānena | imagine this wheel to be a śiśumāra (dolphin) | SB 5.23.4 |
| ||
| sītām | the original mother Sītā | CC Madhya 9.211-212 |
| ||
| brahmā-śiva-ādika | demigods, beginning from Lord Brahmā and Śiva | CC Antya 8.2 |
| ||
| śleṣayā | because of clinging | SB 3.20.30 |
| ||
| mūla ślokera | of the original verse | CC Adi 4.229 |
| ||
| harer nāma-ślokera | of the verse beginning harer nāma harer nāma | CC Madhya 25.29 |
| ||
| kā stry ańga te ślokera | of the verse beginning with the words kā stry ańga te | CC Antya 20.132 |
| ||
| ṣoḍaśa-kalāya | whose parts are the sixteen original ingredients of creation (namely the five objects of the senses and the eleven senses, including the mind) | SB 5.18.18 |
| ||
| śoṇāyitena | acknowledging | SB 3.8.27 |
| ||
| spandanti | begin to act | SB 12.8.40 |
| ||
| sparśa-rūpiṇā | which exhibits the forms of the different phonemes of the alphabet, beginning with the sparśa letters | SB 11.21.38-40 |
| ||
| sphurantam | while challenging | SB 2.7.14 |
| ||
| rakta-sravaḥ | profusely discharging blood | SB 6.12.26 |
| ||
| śravaṇa-ādīni | the activities of bhakti-yoga, beginning with hearing and chanting | SB 10.6.3 |
| ||
| śravaṇa-ādi | devotional service, beginning with hearing | CC Adi 7.141 |
| ||
| śrī-vaiṣṇava eka | a devotee belonging to the Rāmānuja-sampradāya | CC Madhya 9.82 |
| ||
| śrī-jagamohana | the place between the original temple and the kīrtana hall | CC Madhya 12.83 |
| ||
| śrī-gurūn | unto the spiritual masters in the paramparā system, beginning from Mādhavendra Purī down to Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī ṭhākura Prabhupāda | CC Antya 2.1 |
| ||
| śrī-gurūn | unto the spiritual masters in the paramparā system, beginning from Mādhavendra Purī down to Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī ṭhākura Prabhupāda | CC Antya 3.1 |
| ||
| śrīvāsa-ādi | beginning with Śrīvāsa | CC Madhya 10.117 |
| ||
| śrīvatsa | the mark of the goddess of fortune, consisting of a special swirl of hair and belonging to the Supreme Lord alone | SB 10.51.1-6 |
| ||
| sṛjām | the engineers | SB 1.3.2 |
| ||
| śrutayaḥ | the original texts of the Vedas | SB 11.4.17 |
| ||
| apāṇi-pāda-śruti | the śruti-mantra beginning apāni-pādaḥ | CC Madhya 6.150 |
| ||
| stambha-ārambham | the beginning of stupefaction | CC Adi 4.202 |
| ||
| stana-dvayāt | beginning from the breast | SB 2.5.39 |
| ||
| taṭa-stha-ākhya | known as marginal | CC Adi 2.103 |
| ||
| taṭa-sthā-ākhya | known as the marginal potency | CC Adi 5.45 |
| ||
| taṭa-sthā | marginal | CC Madhya 8.152 |
| ||
| kūṭa-sthaḥ | unchanging | SB 11.3.39 |
| ||
| kūṭa-stham | unchanging | BG 12.3-4 |
| ||
| goloka-sthāne | in the original Goloka Vṛndāvana planet | CC Madhya 20.397 |
| ||
| sthāvara-ādiṣu | beginning with the nonmoving forms of life, the trees and plants | SB 7.6.20-23 |
| ||
| sva-sthāya | who is always situated in His original form | SB 8.17.9 |
| ||
| vrata-sthāyāḥ | who was faithfully discharging her vow | SB 6.18.58 |
| ||
| śici sthitam | situated in the butter pot hanging on the swing | SB 10.9.8 |
| ||
| strī gāya' | a woman is singing | CC Antya 13.83 |
| ||
| strī-jāti | belonging to the class of women | CC Antya 15.38 |
| ||
| kā stry ańga te ślokera | of the verse beginning with the words kā stry ańga te | CC Antya 20.132 |
| ||
| stuvanti | are singing hymns | BG 11.21 |
| ||
| su-gītam | the art of singing sweet songs | SB 4.15.19 |
| ||
| sudarśana | O original vision of the Supreme Personality of Godhead | SB 9.5.4 |
| ||
| śūdra | belonging to the śūdra community | CC Madhya 8.21 |
| ||
| śūdraḥ | belonging to the worker class | CC Madhya 13.80 |
| ||
| śuka | Śrīla Śukadeva Gosvāmī, the original speaker of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam | SB 1.1.3 |
| ||
| ādi-sūkaraḥ | the origin of the boar species | SB 3.19.31 |
| ||
| ādi-sūkaraḥ | the original form of a boar | SB 5.18.39 |
| ||
| sukha-āvaham | bringing happiness | SB 3.12.18 |
| ||
| sukha-āvaham | bringing happiness | SB 3.23.14-15 |
| ||
| brahma-sukha-anubhūtyā | with Kṛṣṇa, the source of brahma-sukha (Kṛṣṇa is Parabrahman, and from Him originates His personal effulgence) | SB 10.12.7-11 |
| ||
| śuklayā tanuvā | in His original spiritual form, which is above the modes of material nature | SB 5.3.20 |
| ||
| śunāya gīta | he was singing | CC Antya 2.149 |
| ||
| śuṇṭhi-khaṇḍa nāḍu | sweetmeat balls made with dried ginger | CC Antya 10.23 |
| ||
| koli-śuṇṭhi | dried ginger and berries | CC Antya 10.24 |
| ||
| śūnya-kalpitam | imagined to be void by less intelligent men | SB 9.9.49 |
| ||
| sura-viprayoḥ | belonging to the demigods or brāhmaṇas | SB 11.27.54 |
| ||
| sūrya-udaya haite | beginning from the sunrise | CC Madhya 20.389 |
| ||
| śuśrūṣatīnām | of those engaging in the service | SB 7.2.34 |
| ||
| sūtram | the sacred thread belonging to the first-class brāhmaṇas | SB 5.10.16 |
| ||
| sva-rūpam | original form | SB 1.9.39 |
| ||
| sva-saṃsthām | situation in my original constitutional position | SB 5.10.13 |
| ||
| sva-dharmeṇa | by discharging devotional service | SB 5.24.18 |
| ||
| sva-rūpam | his original spiritual form | SB 6.2.43 |
| ||
| sva-saṃsthayā | His own original form | SB 6.4.26 |
| ||
| sva-sthāya | who is always situated in His original form | SB 8.17.9 |
| ||
| sva-vaṃśam | his original dynasty (the Pūru dynasty) | SB 9.23.17 |
| ||
| sva-saṃsthayā | in His original identity | SB 10.37.22 |
| ||
| sva-dhāmnaḥ | who is His own origin | SB 12.6.40-41 |
| ||
| sva-kalpita | imaginative | CC Madhya 6.138 |
| ||
| svā-rasikī | appropriate for one's own original aptitude of love | CC Madhya 22.150 |
| ||
| sva-rūpa | the original identity | CC Madhya 24.71 |
| ||
| svabhāva | original form | CC Adi 17.292 |
| ||
| jīvera svabhāva | the original characteristic of all living entities | CC Madhya 24.201 |
| ||
| svaiḥ | by one's own belongings | SB 4.7.44 |
| ||
| svam | its own original | SB 5.11.8 |
| ||
| svam | his original position as an eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa | SB 9.9.48 |
| ||
| svān | belonging to their own kind | SB 3.23.20 |
| ||
| svapna-saṃstutam | as if imagined in a dream | SB 9.4.15-16 |
| ||
| svara | singing meter | SB 1.6.32 |
| ||
| kaṇṭha-svare | in his original voice | CC Antya 2.153-154 |
| ||
| svarlokaḥ | the higher planetary system, beginning with the heavenly planets | SB 2.5.42 |
| ||
| svarūpa | original form | CC Adi 2.6 |
| ||
| svarūpa | original form | CC Adi 2.28 |
| ||
| svarūpa | in His original form | CC Adi 7.139 |
| ||
| svarūpa | the original form | CC Madhya 8.150 |
| ||
| svarūpa | original | CC Madhya 18.126 |
| ||
| prāpta-svarūpa | attaining his original status | CC Madhya 24.134 |
| ||
| bhāṣya-svarūpa | as the original commentary | CC Madhya 25.97 |
| ||
| svarūpa | original form | CC Madhya 25.107 |
| ||
| svarūpa | the original form | CC Madhya 25.142 |
| ||
| svarūpa-ādi | beginning with Svarūpa Dāmodara | CC Antya 9.36 |
| ||
| svarūpe | in its original form | CC Adi 7.126 |
| ||
| svarūpe | original form | CC Madhya 17.132 |
| ||
| ātma-svarūpeṇa | by His original constitutional position as the Supersoul | SB 7.6.20-23 |
| ||
| svarūpera gāna | and singing by Svarūpa Dāmodara | CC Madhya 14.231 |
| ||
| kṛta-svastyayanam | engaging them in chanting auspicious Vedic hymns | SB 10.7.5 |
| ||
| svayam-bhagavān | is the original Personality of Godhead | CC Adi 1.42 |
| ||
| svayam-rūpa | His own original form (two-handed Kṛṣṇa) | CC Adi 1.81 |
| ||
| svayam-bhagavānera | of the original Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Adi 4.8 |
| ||
| svayam bhagavān | the original Personality of Godhead | CC Madhya 17.79 |
| ||
| svayam-rūpa | the original form | CC Madhya 20.165 |
| ||
| svayam-rūpa | the original form of the Lord | CC Madhya 20.166 |
| ||
| svayam-rūpe | in the original form | CC Madhya 20.166 |
| ||
| svayam-rūpera | of the original form | CC Madhya 20.177 |
| ||
| svayam bhagavān | the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa | CC Madhya 24.285 |
| ||
| svāyambhuvam | belonging to Lord Brahmā | SB 6.16.26 |
| ||
| sve | in his original form | SB 11.7.51 |
| ||
| svīyaiḥ | belonging to Himself | SB 10.70.11 |
| ||
| tāhā āni' | bringing that | CC Antya 4.53 |
| ||
| taila-mardana | massaging mustard oil on the body | CC Madhya 25.206 |
| ||
| tailańgī-gābhī-gaṇa | cows belonging to the Tailańga district | CC Antya 17.12 |
| ||
| tam | the original cause of material suffering | SB 10.10.17 |
| ||
| taṇḍula māgi' | begging rice | CC Antya 2.107 |
| ||
| tāńhā haite | from that original catur-vyūha | CC Madhya 20.193 |
| ||
| veda-tantrābhyām | according to both the original Vedas and ritual tantras | SB 11.5.28 |
| ||
| sapta-tantūn | the seven kinds of Vedic ritualistic ceremonies, beginning from the agniṣṭoma-yajña | SB 7.3.30 |
| ||
| śuklayā tanuvā | in His original spiritual form, which is above the modes of material nature | SB 5.3.20 |
| ||
| tāre māgi' | begging them | CC Madhya 4.151 |
| ||
| tārkika-ādi-gaṇa | all persons, beginning with the logicians | CC Adi 7.35 |
| ||
| tat-puruṣa-niṣevayā | by engaging his life in the service of Kṛṣṇa's representative | SB 6.1.16 |
| ||
| tat-vidvān | knowing very well the art of singing | SB 7.15.72 |
| ||
| tat | the attitude of my singing | SB 7.15.72 |
| ||
| tat | that service (bringing the chariot before Indra) | SB 8.11.17 |
| ||
| tat-tat-ātmā | as originally different individual souls | SB 10.13.21 |
| ||
| tat-tat-ātmā | as originally different individual souls | SB 10.13.21 |
| ||
| taṭa-stha-ākhya | known as marginal | CC Adi 2.103 |
| ||
| taṭa-sthā-ākhya | known as the marginal potency | CC Adi 5.45 |
| ||
| taṭa-sthā | marginal | CC Madhya 8.152 |
| ||
| tataḥ prabhṛti | beginning from then | SB 6.3.34 |
| ||
| tataḥ ārabhya | beginning from that time | SB 10.5.18 |
| ||
| taṭasthā | the marginal potency | CC Madhya 6.160 |
| ||
| taṭastha-lakṣaṇa | marginal characteristics | CC Madhya 18.126 |
| ||
| taṭasthā | marginal | CC Madhya 20.108-109 |
| ||
| taṭastha-lakṣaṇa | the marginal characteristics | CC Madhya 20.356 |
| ||
| taṭastha-lakṣaṇa | the marginal symptoms | CC Madhya 20.357 |
| ||
| taṭastha-lakṣaṇa | marginal characteristics | CC Madhya 20.362 |
| ||
| taṭastha-lakṣaṇe | marginal symptoms | CC Madhya 22.106 |
| ||
| taṭastha-lakṣaṇa | the marginal symptom | CC Madhya 22.151 |
| ||
| taṭastha | marginal | CC Madhya 23.6 |
| ||
| tatra | there, in the mutual merging of sun and eye | SB 11.15.20 |
| ||
| tattvam | its original condition | SB 5.11.8 |
| ||
| ātma-tattvam | the original Supersoul | SB 12.12.67 |
| ||
| tava kathāmṛtam | beginning with the words tava kathāmṛtam | CC Madhya 14.10 |
| ||
| jayati te 'dhikam | beginning with the words jayati te 'dhikam | CC Madhya 14.8 |
| ||
| kā stry ańga te ślokera | of the verse beginning with the words kā stry ańga te | CC Antya 20.132 |
| ||
| tejaḥ | the original form | SB 10.51.28 |
| ||
| ṭīkayā | by imaginary commentary | CC Madhya 24.313 |
| ||
| tiruhitā | belonging to the Tiruhitā state | CC Madhya 19.92 |
| ||
| traya-vidhuraḥ | although without beginning, end or middle | SB 6.16.36 |
| ||
| tretā-mukhe | in the beginning of Tretā-yuga | SB 6.10.16 |
| ||
| tretā-ādiṣu | beginning from Tretā-yuga | SB 7.14.39 |
| ||
| tretā-mukhe | in the beginning of the Tretā-yuga | SB 9.14.49 |
| ||
| tretā-mukhe | at the beginning of Tretā-yuga | SB 11.17.12 |
| ||
| tvam ādyaḥ | You are the original | SB 1.7.23 |
| ||
| deha-tyāga-ādi | beginning with giving up the material body | CC Antya 4.57 |
| ||
| ubhayam | belonging to both these categories | SB 11.22.15 |
| ||
| ucca-gāna | loud singing | CC Madhya 12.141 |
| ||
| udāhṛtaḥ | has already been described (in the beginning of the Ninth Canto) | SB 9.14.14 |
| ||
| udarkāḥ | bringing as the future result | SB 11.14.11 |
| ||
| udarkāṇi | bringing in the future | SB 11.10.27-29 |
| ||
| udarkāṇi | bringing as a future result | SB 11.13.11 |
| ||
| udaya | of the beginning | SB 8.12.7 |
| ||
| sūrya-udaya haite | beginning from the sunrise | CC Madhya 20.389 |
| ||
| uddhṛtya | digging the earth | SB 9.19.4 |
| ||
| uddīpayan | encouraging | SB 8.7.11 |
| ||
| udgāyan | singing loudly Himself | SB 10.29.44 |
| ||
| udgāyan | loudly singing | SB 10.69.39 |
| ||
| udgāyatīnām | who were loudly singing | SB 10.46.46 |
| ||
| udgīta | by the singing flute | CC Madhya 19.210 |
| ||
| udgīta | by the singing flute | CC Antya 7.42 |
| ||
| udīcyāḥ | belonging to the north | SB 12.6.78 |
| ||
| uḍiyā | devotees belonging to Orissa | CC Antya 1.58 |
| ||
| udvartana | and springing up | SB 8.12.19 |
| ||
| kṛta-udyamaḥ | even though originally intending to do so | SB 10.53.24 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-premera ullāsa | the beginning of the flow of love of Kṛṣṇa | CC Antya 20.11 |
| ||
| divya-unmāda-ārambha | the beginning of the spiritual trance of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu | CC Antya 20.123 |
| ||
| unmajya | emerging | SB 10.41.2 |
| ||
| unmarda | massaging the body | SB 7.12.8 |
| ||
| unmarda | massaging the body | SB 7.12.12 |
| ||
| unmardana | by massaging them with oil | SB 10.13.23 |
| ||
| unmardana | massaging | SB 10.15.45 |
| ||
| unmardana | massaging | SB 11.27.35 |
| ||
| upadeva-gītakaiḥ | with singing by the secondary demigods like the Gandharvas | SB 8.15.21 |
| ||
| upāgate | just in the beginning | SB 2.8.28 |
| ||
| upagāyan | singing along | SB 11.27.44 |
| ||
| upāhṛtya | after bringing it back | SB 7.15.32-33 |
| ||
| upahṛtya | bringing forward | SB 10.80.20-22 |
| ||
| upākalpya | arranging | SB 10.53.34 |
| ||
| sarva-upakaraṇāni ca | then all sorts of necessities and whatever belongings they had | SB 10.11.31-32 |
| ||
| upakrame | in the beginning | SB 7.12.3 |
| ||
| upalabhya | upon imagining | SB 3.20.31 |
| ||
| upāmantrya | begging for His attention | SB 10.27.18 |
| ||
| upanayan | bringing | CC Adi 4.224 |
| ||
| upanayan | bringing | CC Madhya 8.144 |
| ||
| upanayana-ādi | beginning with offering the sacred thread or training the conditioned soul to qualify as a bona fide brāhmaṇa | SB 5.14.30 |
| ||
| upanayanaiḥ | and bringing home | SB 10.69.33 |
| ||
| upānīya | dragging Her near | SB 8.12.28 |
| ||
| upānīya | bringing | SB 10.53.5 |
| ||
| upanīya | bringing | SB 11.1.19 |
| ||
| upānīya | bringing | SB 11.17.28 |
| ||
| ādya-upānta | from beginning to end | CC Madhya 18.226 |
| ||
| ādya-upānta | from beginning to the end | CC Madhya 20.65 |
| ||
| upāsane | in discharging the devotional service | SB 7.7.38 |
| ||
| upāsate | begin to worship | BG 13.26 |
| ||
| upāvartya | bringing near | SB 9.15.34 |
| ||
| upayukta-karaṇaḥ | engaging all the senses of the body by burning | SB 9.2.14 |
| ||
| upekṣitaḥ | not controlled in the beginning | SB 10.4.38 |
| ||
| urugāya | worth singing | SB 2.3.20 |
| ||
| utkramatā | bulging out | SB 3.30.16 |
| ||
| utpatti | of the origin | CC Adi 2.93 |
| ||
| utpatti | beginning | CC Adi 16.80 |
| ||
| viṣṇu-pāda-utpatti | her origin from the lotus feet of the Lord | CC Adi 16.83 |
| ||
| utpattyā | from the beginning of His appearance | SB 5.4.1 |
| ||
| utpatya | after springing up | SB 3.19.2 |
| ||
| artha-vādaḥ | the imaginative interpretation | SB 11.28.37 |
| ||
| vadanti | are lodging this complaint | SB 10.8.34 |
| ||
| pūtanā-vadha-ādi | killing the demons, beginning from Pūtanā | CC Madhya 20.394 |
| ||
| nṛtya-vāditra-gītaiḥ ca | by dancing, playing various musical instruments, and singing songs | SB 8.21.6-7 |
| ||
| vāditra-gīta | different varieties of music and singing | SB 10.7.4 |
| ||
| nāṭya-sańgīta-vāditraiḥ | by dancing, by singing and by a musical display | SB 9.23.6 |
| ||
| vaham | bringing | SB 10.66.18 |
| ||
| vahatī | bringing | SB 3.9.9 |
| ||
| vahe | discharging | CC Adi 17.45 |
| ||
| vaicitrī | condition bringing about astonishment | CC Antya 14.16 |
| ||
| vaikārikam | (originally) in the mode of goodness | SB 11.13.9-10 |
| ||
| karma-vaiṣamyam | discrepancy in discharging fruitive activities | SB 8.23.15 |
| ||
| śrī-vaiṣṇava eka | a devotee belonging to the Rāmānuja-sampradāya | CC Madhya 9.82 |
| ||
| vaiṣṇavān | unto all the Vaiṣṇavas, beginning from Lord Brahmā and others coming from the very start of the creation | CC Antya 2.1 |
| ||
| vaiṣṇavān | unto all the Vaiṣṇavas, beginning from Lord Brahmā and others coming from the very point of creation | CC Antya 3.1 |
| ||
| vaiṣṇavīḥ | belonging to Lord Viṣṇu | SB 12.11.4 |
| ||
| vaiśyaḥ | belonging to the mercantile class | CC Madhya 13.80 |
| ||
| vaivarṇya | changing of bodily color | CC Adi 7.89-90 |
| ||
| vaktā | the original speaker | SB 10.33.26-27 |
| ||
| sva-vaṃśam | his original dynasty (the Pūru dynasty) | SB 9.23.17 |
| ||
| vana-okasaḥ | the aborigine girls of the forest | SB 10.20.27 |
| ||
| vāṇīnātha-ādi | beginning with Vāṇīnātha | CC Antya 9.34 |
| ||
| vanitā-ādi | beginning with the wife | SB 4.29.54 |
| ||
| ādi-anta-vantaḥ | who all have a beginning and end | SB 7.9.49 |
| ||
| ādi-anta-vantaḥ | possessing a beginning and end | SB 11.14.11 |
| ||
| eka-vapu | the same original form | CC Madhya 20.167 |
| ||
| varṇam | his original identity | SB 8.24.48 |
| ||
| varṇī | belonging to any caste, or brahmacārī (A brahmacārī may belong to any caste. Anyone can become a brahmacārī, or lead a life of celibacy.) | CC Madhya 13.80 |
| ||
| vāruṇaiḥ | belonging to Varuṇa | SB 8.21.26 |
| ||
| vaśam ānīya | bringing under control | SB 7.4.5-7 |
| ||
| vaśamānīya | bringing under her control | SB 4.27.1 |
| ||
| graiṣma-vāsantikān | for four months, beginning with Caitra, on the fifteenth of May | SB 5.9.5 |
| ||
| vaṣaṭ-kāram | the mantra beginning with the word vaṣaṭ | SB 9.1.15 |
| ||
| vastra-pradāna-prasańga | incidents of exchanging cloth | CC Madhya 1.149 |
| ||
| yajña-vāstu-gatam | things belonging to the sacrificial arena | SB 9.4.8 |
| ||
| vastuni | in the original object | SB 6.15.8 |
| ||
| vastutaḥ | the original substance | SB 5.18.5 |
| ||
| vāsudeva-ādi | beginning with Lord Vāsudeva | CC Madhya 20.226 |
| ||
| vāsudevāya | unto Vāsudeva, the origin of Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha | SB 10.10.33 |
| ||
| vāsudevāya | unto the original Personality of Godhead, Vāsudeva | SB 10.10.36 |
| ||
| ādi-vasyā | uncivilized man, aborigine | CC Antya 14.26 |
| ||
| sańgīta-vat | like singing | SB 3.17.10 |
| ||
| ādi-anta-vat | everything material has a beginning and an end | SB 5.10.11 |
| ||
| pūrva-vat | as originally | SB 10.25.28 |
| ||
| ādi-anta-vat | having a beginning and an end | SB 11.28.9 |
| ||
| ādi-anta-vat | which has a beginning and an end | SB 12.4.23 |
| ||
| ādi-anta-vat | subject to beginning and end | SB 12.4.28 |
| ||
| anādi-anta-vatā | without beginning or end | SB 12.4.37 |
| ||
| ātma-vatsakān | the calves belonging to His own personal friends | SB 10.13.14 |
| ||
| kiśora vayase | just before the beginning of His youthful life | CC Adi 13.31 |
| ||
| veda | the four Vedas (Sāma, Yajur, ṛg and Atharva), the original knowledge given by the Supreme Personality of Godhead | SB 8.21.2-3 |
| ||
| veda-tantrābhyām | according to both the original Vedas and ritual tantras | SB 11.5.28 |
| ||
| veda-ādi | beginning with the Vedas | CC Madhya 20.144 |
| ||
| vedaḥ | the original source of knowledge | SB 1.4.20 |
| ||
| vedhase | unto the origin of creation | SB 10.10.33 |
| ||
| veṇu-gīte | the singing of the bamboo | CC Adi 4.251 |
| ||
| veṣa-dhāraṇa | changing the dress | CC Madhya 3.8 |
| ||
| kari' veśa-antara | changing the dress | CC Madhya 16.161 |
| ||
| vibhāga kariyā | dividing the original idea | CC Antya 1.125 |
| ||
| vibhindan | digging | SB 3.13.32 |
| ||
| rāsa-ārambha-vidhau | in the matter of beginning the rāsa dance | CC Adi 17.293 |
| ||
| vidhāya | arranging | SB 6.11.18 |
| ||
| traya-vidhuraḥ | although without beginning, end or middle | SB 6.16.36 |
| ||
| tat-vidvān | knowing very well the art of singing | SB 7.15.72 |
| ||
| vidyā-ārambha | the beginning of education | CC Adi 15.4 |
| ||
| vijñāna-vīryāya | O original source of strength and scientific knowledge | SB 3.15.5 |
| ||
| vikalpaḥ | imagination | SB 6.17.30 |
| ||
| vikalpaḥ | an imaginary situation | SB 10.87.36 |
| ||
| vikalpaḥ | variety of perception or imagination | SB 11.13.34 |
| ||
| vikalpitam | imagined as divided | SB 11.3.38 |
| ||
| vikāra-ātmakam | changing from one type of thinking, feeling and willing to another | SB 10.1.42 |
| ||
| vikarṣaṇaiḥ | and dragging | SB 10.18.12 |
| ||
| vikarṣantam | dragging | SB 10.11.3 |
| ||
| vikarṣantam | dragging | SB 10.11.6 |
| ||
| vikarṣatā | by Kṛṣṇa, who was dragging | SB 10.11.4 |
| ||
| vikatthamānaḥ | bragging | SB 5.12.7 |
| ||
| phala-vikrayiṇī | the aborigine fruit vendor, who was an elderly woman | SB 10.11.11 |
| ||
| vilamba | hanging down | SB 4.26.23 |
| ||
| vilambibhiḥ | hanging | SB 4.9.55 |
| ||
| vilambibhiḥ | with hangings | SB 10.69.9-12 |
| ||
| vilambinā | hanging | SB 10.60.3-6 |
| ||
| vilambīni | hanging | SB 10.81.29-32 |
| ||
| vilāsa-ādi | beginning with transcendental enjoyment | CC Madhya 14.183 |
| ||
| vināyakam | the original Gaṇeśa | SB 11.27.29 |
| ||
| sura-viprayoḥ | belonging to the demigods or brāhmaṇas | SB 11.27.54 |
| ||
| ā-viriñcāt | beginning from Lord Brahmā | SB 5.15.13 |
| ||
| vijñāna-vīryāya | O original source of strength and scientific knowledge | SB 3.15.5 |
| ||
| kalpita-viṣayaḥ | the subject matter is imagined | SB 5.13.26 |
| ||
| mahā-viṣṇu | the original Viṣṇu | CC Adi 6.7 |
| ||
| viṣṇu-pāda-utpatti | her origin from the lotus feet of the Lord | CC Adi 16.83 |
| ||
| visphūrjat | twanging | SB 3.21.52-54 |
| ||
| visphūrjayan | twanging | SB 4.10.16 |
| ||
| visphūrjya | twanging | SB 10.54.2 |
| ||
| visphūrjya | twanging | SB 10.68.9-10 |
| ||
| viśrāma | lodging | CC Madhya 10.92 |
| ||
| viśramaṇa | helping Him to relax (by massaging His feet) | SB 10.59.45 |
| ||
| viśramaṇa | helping Him to relax (by massaging His feet) | SB 10.61.6 |
| ||
| viśva-mūlam | the origin is the Supreme | SB 3.7.16 |
| ||
| viśva-bhāvanaḥ | the original cause of all cosmic manifestations | SB 6.10.1 |
| ||
| viśva-sambhava | O origin of the universe | SB 10.27.19 |
| ||
| vitanvan | enlarging | SB 3.11.15 |
| ||
| vitarkayantaḥ | indulging in speculations | SB 3.20.33 |
| ||
| vrajendra-kumāra | originally Lord Kṛṣṇa, the son of Mahārāja Nanda | CC Madhya 1.273 |
| ||
| vrata-sthāyāḥ | who was faithfully discharging her vow | SB 6.18.58 |
| ||
| vratām | whose (virgin) vow | SB 10.62.25-26 |
| ||
| ā-bāla-vṛddha | beginning from the children up to the old persons | CC Madhya 4.83 |
| ||
| ādi-vṛkṣaḥ | this is the original tree or construction of the material body, whether individual or universal | SB 10.2.27 |
| ||
| vṛṣṇayaḥ | the dynasty beginning from Vṛṣṇi | SB 9.23.29 |
| ||
| ayācita-vṛtti | accustomed to avoid begging | CC Madhya 4.123 |
| ||
| vyabhicāriṇām | as they occur in other, changing beings | SB 11.3.38 |
| ||
| vyajāyata | has originated | Bs 5.16 |
| ||
| vyakarṣan | were dragging | SB 6.2.30 |
| ||
| kalpita vyākhyāna | imaginary explanations | CC Madhya 25.88 |
| ||
| ādi-vyāsa | the original Vyāsadeva | CC Antya 20.82 |
| ||
| vyavahāraḥ | the artificial designations (being fat or skinny, or belonging to the demigods or human beings) | SB 5.11.7 |
| ||
| ādi-catur-vyūha | the original quadruple group | CC Madhya 20.189 |
| ||
| yācamānaḥ | begging | SB 1.3.19 |
| ||
| yācamānam | begging | SB 4.25.32 |
| ||
| yācamānāya | who was begging from him | SB 8.13.13 |
| ||
| yācan | begging | SB 5.13.12 |
| ||
| yāce | I am begging | SB 10.58.40 |
| ||
| yācitvā | begging | SB 10.80.14 |
| ||
| yācñā-chalena | by a trick of begging | SB 5.24.23 |
| ||
| nitya-yācñā | begging grains every day from the farmers | SB 7.11.18-20 |
| ||
| yācñā | begging | SB 8.15.1-2 |
| ||
| yācñā | begging | SB 10.23.47 |
| ||
| yācñā | begging | SB 10.58.40 |
| ||
| yācñā-chalena | on the excuse of begging for charity | SB 11.4.20 |
| ||
| yācñā | begging | SB 11.25.2-5 |
| ||
| yācñām | begging | SB 2.7.17 |
| ||
| yācñayā | by begging | SB 5.9.9-10 |
| ||
| yācñayā | by the begging | SB 9.5.12 |
| ||
| yādavāḥ | the dynasty beginning from Yadu | SB 9.23.29 |
| ||
| yajña-vāstu-gatam | things belonging to the sacrificial arena | SB 9.4.8 |
| ||
| yama-ādibhiḥ | beginning with yama | SB 3.27.6 |
| ||
| yāpanāḥ | bringing to an end | SB 3.22.35 |
| ||
| yat-mūlaḥ | the origin of which | SB 5.6.5 |
| ||
| yat-mūlāḥ | the original cause of all these | SB 7.13.34 |
| ||
| āniyā yatane | bringing very carefully | CC Antya 19.13 |
| ||
| yathā-āgatam | just as they had originally come | SB 12.3.6 |
| ||
| yauthikān | belonging to the herd | SB 5.8.9 |
| ||
| prathama yauvana | the beginning of youth | CC Antya 3.112 |
| ||
| yoga-hetave | the original master of all mystic power | SB 8.16.33 |
| ||
| yoga-sambhava | O origin of all mystic power | SB 11.7.14 |
| ||
| bhajanera yogya | fit for discharging devotional service | CC Antya 4.66 |
| ||
| yojayan | engaging | SB 5.5.15 |
| ||
| śabda-yoniḥ | the origin and source of Vedic literature | SB 8.7.25 |
| ||
| yonyā | whose origin | SB 10.89.4 |
| ||
| ańghri-yugmam anukṛṣya | dragging Their legs | SB 10.8.22 |
| ||
| bhakti-yuktena | by discharging devotional service | SB 3.24.47 |
| ||
| yuñjan | engaging in yoga practice | BG 6.28 |
| ||
| yuñjan | engaging | SB 11.13.12 |
| ||
| yuñjānānām | who are engaging themselves | SB 10.51.60 |
| ||
| yuñjataḥ | of one engaging in | SB 11.15.33 |
"gin" has 46 results.
|
|
| √ Root Search | Word Frequency | Sandhi | Pāṇini Research Tool | Sanskrit OCR | NCC Map| Maldives Map | 931416 Unique Words and 3500+ Years of History | Help Feedback |
icon to enable a popup keybord and you can toggle between देवनागरी and IAST characters. If you want a system software for typing easily in देवनागरी or IAST you can download our software called SanskritWriter